Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2014

Registration No. 333-193860

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7011   90-1032961

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600

Irving, Texas 75038

(214) 492-6600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Mark M. Chloupek

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600

Irving, Texas 75038

(214) 492-6600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

 

Michael D. Nathan, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 455-2000

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.

Cathy A. Birkeland, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4834

(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor do we seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated March 18, 2014

                Shares

LOGO

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of La Quinta Holdings Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                 and $                . We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LQ.”

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. will continue to own a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” See “Management—Controlled company exception” and “Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. See “Prospectus summary—Implications of being an emerging growth company.”

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

       Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                       $                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

   $         $     

 

 

 

(1)   See “Underwriting.”

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on         , 2014.

 

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup

 

  Credit Suisse

 

Deutsche Bank Securities  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

Blackstone Capital Markets   EA Markets   Evercore   JMP Securities

 

Lebenthal Capital Markets   Loop Capital Markets   Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

 

Ramirez & Co., Inc.   RBC Capital Markets   Stifel

Prospectus dated                 , 2014.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

Prospectus

 

     Page  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     i   

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES

     ii   

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     ii   

CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

     iii   

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

THE OFFERING

     16   

SUMMARY HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     18   

RISK FACTORS

     22   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     58   

OUR PRE-IPO TRANSACTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     60   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     62   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     63   

CAPITALIZATION

     64   

DILUTION

     66   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     68   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     80   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     82   

INDUSTRY

     112   

BUSINESS

     116   

MANAGEMENT

     136   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     157   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     160   

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

     162   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     168   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     175   

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     177   

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     181   

LEGAL MATTERS

     187   

EXPERTS

     187   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     188   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 


Table of Contents

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.


Table of Contents

Market and industry data

Within this prospectus, we reference information and statistics regarding the hotel industry and various segments within such industry. We have obtained this information and statistics from various independent third-party sources, including independent industry publications, reports by market research firms and other independent sources. Smith Travel Research (“STR”) and PKF Hospitality Research, LLC (“PKF-HR”) are the primary sources for third-party market data and industry statistics and forecasts. STR does not guarantee the performance of any company about which it collects and provides data. Nothing in the STR or PKF-HR data should be construed as advice. We have also obtained information from surveys conducted by Temkin Group (“Temkin”) and Forrester Research, Inc. Some data and other information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys and independent sources. We believe that these external sources and estimates are reliable, but have not independently verified them.

RevPAR Index, which measures a hotel’s fair market share of its competitive set’s revenue per available room, is stated as a percentage and is calculated for a hotel by comparing the hotel’s RevPAR to the aggregate RevPAR of a group of competing hotels generally in the same market (referred to as a “competitive set”); and when presented for a group of hotels is a weighted average of the individual hotel results. The manager for each of our owned hotels and each franchisee exercises discretion, subject to adherence to certain guidelines published by STR and described below and to review by La Quinta management to ensure system-wide consistency, in identifying the competitive set of properties for each such hotel. They consider such factors as physical proximity, competition for similar customers, services and amenities, quality and average daily rate, with location being the most significant factor. Competitive set makeup is initially determined when a new hotel enters our system and is reviewed for continuing appropriateness as non-La Quinta hotels enter and leave our markets. Each La Quinta hotel’s competitive set complies with the following four STR published guidelines, each of which places limitations on properties that may be included in a competitive set: (1) each competitive set must include a minimum of three participating properties, in addition to the subject property; (2) no single property or brand can account for more than 40% of the total participating room supply of a competitive set, excluding the rooms of the subject property; (3) no single company can account for more than 60% of the total participating room supply of a competitive set, excluding the rooms of the subject property; and (4) each competitive set must include a minimum of two companies other than that of the subject property. We may include certain competitors in a hotel property’s competitive set and those competitors may or may not include our hotel in their competitive set. We provide, for each La Quinta hotel, our proposed competitive set to STR for publication. STR confirms that each proposed competitive set complies with their published guidelines and then uses that information, along with ADR and RevPAR for each such hotel (which ADR and RevPAR may be calculated differently than we or our competitors do for internal purposes) to calculate RevPAR Index. STR calculates RevPAR Index for the current period and prior periods based on the competitive sets existing as of the date of the STR report for the current period. Accordingly, our future filings may disclose historical RevPAR Index for prior periods that differ from those disclosed in this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

Trademarks, service marks and tradenames

We own or have rights to use a number of registered and common law trademarks, service marks and trade names in connection with our business in the United States and/or in certain foreign jurisdictions, including, but not limited to, “La Quinta,” “La Quinta Inn,” “La Quinta Inn & Suites,” “LQ Instant Hold,” “LQ” and “Returns.”

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners.

Basis of presentation

Prior to completion of this offering, we will effect the transactions (the “Pre-IPO Transactions”) described under “Our pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure.” Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the Pre-IPO Transactions and references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” refer to La Quinta Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and references to “La Quinta Holdings Inc.” and the “Issuer” refer only to La Quinta Holdings Inc. exclusive of its subsidiaries, in each case after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions.

As of December 31, 2013, four of our La Quinta-branded hotels were designated as assets held for sale and the results of their operations together with the operations of the 29 hotels sold during 2013, have been classified as discontinued operations (collectively, the “Hotels Designated for Sale”). Sales of these four hotels closed subsequent to December 31, 2013.

Presentation of historical non-financial data and pro forma financial information.     Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, (i) operating and other non-financial data, including number of hotels and related data, disclosed in the sections of this prospectus other than the Financial Statement Sections (as defined below) and (ii) pro forma financial information in this prospectus:

 

 

reflects the combined and consolidated business and operations of the entities expected to be owned by the Company at the completion of this offering and previously under common control or otherwise consolidated for financial reporting purposes and their consolidated subsidiaries (the “Predecessor Entities”);

 

 

includes the 14 La Quinta hotels managed by the Predecessor Entities (the “Previously Managed Portfolio”) as owned hotels, which will be acquired by the Predecessor Entities at the time of the consummation of this offering (see “Our pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure”);

 

 

includes the Hotels Designated for Sale (with the Hotels Designated for Sale treated as discontinued operations in the pro forma financial information); and

 

ii


Table of Contents
 

excludes 11 Baymont-branded hotels (the “Baymont Hotels”) which we sold on August 8, 2013 (with the Baymont Hotels treated as discontinued operations in the pro forma financial information).

We expect to present our financial results following the completion of this offering in accordance with the basis of presentation for pro forma financial information as described above.

Presentation of combined financial information and certain other non-financial data.     Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, (i) the historical financial data (excluding all pro forma financial data) in this prospectus and (ii) the operating and other non-financial data (but excluding all related data prepared on a pro forma basis), including number of hotels and related data, disclosed in “Summary historical combined financial data,” “Selected financial and other data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” (collectively, the “Financial Statement Sections”):

 

 

reflects the combined and consolidated business and operations of the Predecessor Entities;

 

 

treats the Previously Managed Portfolio as franchised and managed hotels;

 

 

excludes the Hotels Designated for Sale (other than as discontinued operations); and

 

 

excludes the Baymont Hotels (other than as discontinued operations).

Except where the context requires otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us and that the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $            per share, which is the mid-point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.

Certain defined terms

The following are definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus:

 

 

“ADR” or “average daily rate” means hotel room revenues divided by total number of rooms sold in a given period;

 

 

“Blackstone” or “our Sponsor” means The Blackstone Group, L.P. and its affiliates;

 

 

“CAGR” means compound annual growth rate;

 

 

“Comfort” refers to Comfort Inns and Comfort Suites collectively;

 

 

“comparable hotels” means hotels that: (i) were active and operating in our system for at least one full calendar year as of the end of the applicable period and were active and operating as of January 1st of the previous year; and (ii) have not sustained substantial property damage, business interruption or for which comparable results are not available. Management uses comparable hotels as the basis upon which to evaluate ADR, occupancy, RevPAR and RevPAR Index on a system-wide basis and for each of our reportable segments;

 

 

“existing owners” refers to Blackstone and the members of our management that own, directly or indirectly, interests in the Predecessor Entities;

 

iii


Table of Contents
 

“franchised hotels” refers to La Quinta-branded hotels which are owned and operated by franchisees under franchise agreements with us;

 

 

“Hampton” refers to Hampton Inns and Hampton Inn & Suites collectively;

 

 

“main STR competitive set” refers to Comfort, Holiday Inn Express and/or Hampton, the brands most often included in our STR competitive sets;

 

 

“occupancy” means the total number of rooms sold in a given period divided by the total number of rooms available at a hotel or group of hotels;

 

 

“owned hotels” and “owned portfolio” refer to our hotels located on properties in which we have an ownership interest or leasehold interest;

 

 

“pipeline” means our portfolio of future La Quinta-branded hotels, each of which is represented by an executed franchise agreement;

 

 

“RevPAR” or “revenue per available room” means the product of the ADR charged and the average daily occupancy achieved;

 

 

“RevPAR Index” measures a hotel’s fair market share of its competitive set’s revenue per available room. See “Market and industry data”;

 

 

“system-wide” refers collectively to our owned, franchised and managed hotel portfolios;

 

 

“team members” refers to our employees at our owned hotels and the employees of our franchisees at our franchised hotels;

 

 

“Temkin Experience Ratings” means the annual ranking by Temkin of U.S. companies in terms of customer experience based on a survey of approximately 10,000 U.S. customers regarding their recent interactions with such companies; and

 

 

“U.S. defined market tracts” refers to the 628 geographic areas or locations in the United States, compiled by STR, each of which is a subset of a geographic market.

 

iv


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this offering. This is a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the section entitled “Risk factors” and the combined financial statements and the notes thereto, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from future results contemplated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors such as those set forth in “Risk factors” and “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.” When making an investment decision, you should also read the discussion under “Basis of presentation” above for the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus and a description of certain transactions and other matters described in this prospectus.

 

 

Company overview

We are a leading owner, operator and franchisor of select-service hotels primarily serving the midscale and upper-midscale segments under the La Quinta brand. Based on data provided by STR, La Quinta is the fastest growing principal select-service hotel brand in the United States primarily serving these segments in terms of percentage growth of number of hotels over the last ten years ended December 31, 2013, growing our total number of hotels from 362 in 2003 to 834 as of December 31, 2013, significantly outpacing the percentage growth of hotels franchised, owned and operated by Comfort, Holiday Inn Express and Hampton, the hotel brands one or more of which is most often included in the competitive sets we determine for STR, subject to STR’s guidelines, which we refer to as our “main STR competitive set.” Our system-wide portfolio, as of December 31, 2013, consisted of 834 hotels representing approximately 84,000 rooms located predominantly across 46 U.S. states, as well as in Canada and Mexico, of which 357 hotels were owned and operated and 477 were franchised. We also have a pipeline of 187 franchised hotels as of December 31, 2013, to be located in the United States, Mexico, Canada, Colombia and Honduras (79% of which represents new construction as opposed to the conversion of an existing hotel).

The following table illustrates the growth in number of our owned and franchised hotels from 2003 to December 31, 2013.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Certain of our owned hotels were previously operated by us as non-La Quinta hotels and are not included in this table until such time as they were converted to La Quinta-branded hotels. From the Acquisition through December 31, 2013 and primarily in 2006, we converted 128 hotels.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We primarily derive our revenues from owned hotel operations and fees generated from franchised and managed hotels. On a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated total revenue of $909.1 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $340.2 million and net income from continuing operations of $44.9 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, see “Summary historical combined financial data.”

We are focused on providing clean and comfortable guest rooms at affordable prices in convenient locations, with approximately 24% of our hotels serving the upper-midscale segment, approximately 59% of our hotels serving the midscale segment, approximately 10% (principally our owned hotels) serving the economy segment and the balance serving the remaining segments. Our hotels have fewer costly services and amenities than full-service hotels, which we believe results in a highly efficient hotel-level cost structure. Our hotels typically include common areas with amenities such as a great room (including breakfast seating area, lobby with seating area and business center), swimming pool and vending areas and generally offer a complimentary breakfast. As of December 31, 2013, the hotels in our system consisted of 565 La Quinta Inn & Suites, which include guest suites and generally are our newer hotels with interior corridors, and 269 La Quinta Inns, 145 of which include interior corridors. Our guest mix includes both business and leisure travelers.

La Quinta was founded in San Antonio, Texas in 1968 and has a 45-year history of owning and operating hotels and, from 1973 to January 2006, we operated through our predecessors as a public company. In 2006, we were acquired by Blackstone (the “Acquisition”), who identified a strategic repositioning opportunity to improve the quality and performance of our owned portfolio, narrow the RevPar Index gap between us and our main STR competitive set and accelerate growth in our franchise business. RevPAR Index measures a hotel’s fair market share of its competitive set’s revenue per available room and is calculated by comparing the hotel’s RevPAR to the aggregate RevPAR of a group of competing hotels generally in the same market.

Our strategic repositioning plan included:

 

 

assembling a management team led by lodging industry and La Quinta veteran Wayne Goldberg;

 

 

investing capital into our owned real estate, brand and technology infrastructure;

 

 

prioritizing the growth of our franchise business and dedicating resources to existing and new domestic franchise markets;

 

 

establishing a franchising infrastructure in Mexico and Central America;

 

 

increasing the focus on operating efficiencies and revenue management within our owned portfolio;

 

 

consolidating operations around the La Quinta brand; and

 

 

increasing the marketing spend with a focus on differentiating the La Quinta brand and growing our loyalty program.

In connection with our strategic repositioning plan from the Acquisition through December 31, 2013, we have expanded our franchise system by approximately three times, growing from 158 franchised hotels to 477 franchised hotels, with an additional 187 hotels in our pipeline. Based on historical experience, converted hotels in our pipeline can generally become operational between

 

 

2


Table of Contents

12 to 18 months from the date of execution of the franchise agreement, and newly constructed hotels in our pipeline can generally become operational between 36 to 48 months from the date of execution of the franchise agreement. Openings may be delayed, or franchises canceled, for a number of factors, including economic conditions, weather and construction delays, and certain of our pipeline properties may not become operational. Additionally, because revenues from franchised hotels are principally derived from franchise fees rather than room rentals, as we grow our system by increasing the number of franchised hotels, our revenues and expenses will increase at a significantly slower rate than if we were growing our system through an increase in number of owned hotels.

Additionally, over the period from 2007 through December 31, 2013, we have:

 

 

invested a total of $759 million in capital, $310 million of which we consider repositioning capital which was invested to increase our RevPAR Index. Repositioning capital investments included $148 million for improvements across our owned hotel portfolio, including acceleration of some aspects of cycle renovations and $45 million for upgrades to our technology infrastructure. Repositioning capital also included over $74 million expended to upgrade the non-La Quinta hotels we converted to La Quinta-branded hotels after the Acquisition and $42 million to develop our flagship downtown Chicago property;

 

 

after experiencing a decrease in RevPAR Index of 340 basis points from 2006 to 2007, principally due to the conversion over that period of 128 non-La Quinta hotels to La Quinta-branded hotels, increased our system-wide RevPAR Index by 990 basis points to 98.5%;

 

 

sold (or are holding for sale) 33 La Quinta hotels, the effect of which was to improve our system-wide RevPAR and guest satisfaction scores for our remaining portfolio;

 

 

increased membership in our La Quinta Returns loyalty program by 143% from 3.7 million to over 9 million members; and

 

 

improved guest satisfaction scores and we ranked #2 among the 15 and 18 hotel chains included, respectively, in the 2013 and 2014 Temkin Experience Ratings.

Additionally, following the industry-wide economic downturn that began in 2008, our operating performance has improved significantly over the past four years, during the strong lodging industry recovery that industry analysts believe will continue for the next several years. Specifically, we have:

 

 

increased our ADR 14.5% from $69.38 to $79.46 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2010;

 

 

increased our RevPAR 26.3% from $40.49 to $51.14 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2010; and

 

 

realized Adjusted EBITDA growth (including the Previously Managed Portfolio as franchised and managed hotels) of 42.1% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

Although we believe we have been successful in implementing our strategic repositioning plan, we believe there remains significant opportunity for future growth:

 

 

There remains a meaningful ADR differential between us and the hotels in our main STR competitive sets, which we believe we can continue to decrease over time. We estimate that in

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

2013, each $1 increase in ADR across our owned portfolio would have increased our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for our owned hotels by approximately $11 million, assuming all other variables remain constant.

 

 

Our 2013 Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margins for our owned portfolio remain below comparable 2008 metrics which we believe represents significant capacity for future organic growth at our hotels.

 

 

We remain approximately half the size of the hotel brands in our main STR competitive set in terms of number of hotels in the United States, which we believe provides for significant future expansion opportunity.

Our competitive strengths

We are driven by our core values and principles that we believe drive a high level of employee and guest engagement. Together with these core values and principles, we believe that the following competitive strengths position us to execute on our business plan and growth strategies.

 

 

Scalable and efficient business model with attractive cash flow characteristics.     Our hotel product offering is efficient, replicable and supported by a scalable operational, technological and administrative platform. Over 98% of our owned hotel revenue is derived solely from room rentals, as compared to 65% for full-service hotels, according to STR, and our operating margins in 2013 were 47% as compared to operating margins in 2012 of 30% for full-service hotels (which reflects the most current available information). As a select-service hotel brand, our hotels require fewer costly services, amenities and capital expenditures than full-service hotels, resulting in what we believe to be a highly efficient hotel-level cost structure, strong Adjusted EBITDA margins and stable cash flows. Even during the height of the recent economic downturn in 2009, our Adjusted EBITDA margins remained above 32% as compared to approximately 20% for full-service hotels, based on data provided by STR. In addition, our model enables us to manage corporate overhead expenses even though the number of our hotels, particularly the number of our franchised hotels, has increased substantially.

 

 

Established and rapidly growing franchise business.     Over the last ten years, we have grown our total number of franchised hotels from 89 in 2003 to 477 as of December 31, 2013, achieving a franchise compounded annual growth rate of 18%. Our franchise business requires little or no capital investment by us (which we refer to as “capital light”), and has substantial scale and an established infrastructure that we believe positions us to achieve meaningful franchise growth as development capital for franchisees continues to become more available. The hotels in our franchise portfolio have an average age of 13 years, with 38% of our franchise portfolio less than 5 years old. Despite the strong decade of growth, we are still less than half the size of our main STR competitive set, allowing room for continued aggressive franchise growth in a number of under-penetrated U.S. markets. As of December 31, 2013, we have a large pipeline of 187 franchised hotels (of which 79% are new construction), each represented by an executed franchise agreement, which upon completion would represent a 39% expansion of our total existing franchise system. Given our founding and significant presence in Texas, our presence in the U.S. southern border states and our established brand history with travelers from this region, we believe La Quinta has significant brand awareness in Mexico and believe Mexico, Central America and South America provide opportunities for significant franchise growth internationally where we have laid the foundation for expansion. Additionally, as our franchise

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

business continues to grow, we expect cash flow from this segment will comprise a higher percentage of our total cash flow. Given that the average remaining term of our existing franchise contracts is approximately 13 years, we believe that our existing franchisees provide a long-term stable income stream. Moreover, we anticipate our franchise revenues will grow over time as new franchise agreements and renewals of existing franchise agreements are executed at our newly published rates, which include a 4.5% royalty fee, which is higher than the 4.0% royalty fee generally applicable to our franchise agreements currently in effect.

 

 

Widely recognized and differentiated brand.     We own, operate and franchise all of our hotels under a single brand, La Quinta, a highly recognizable brand in the select-service market, established over a 45-year history. We also ranked #2 among the 15 and 18 hotel chains included, respectively, in the 2013 and 2014 Temkin Experience Ratings. Additionally, we have a loyal base of customers and a growing loyalty program, La Quinta Returns, with over nine million members as of December 31, 2013. We believe the capital investments we have made to upgrade and reposition our brand and hotel experience have helped to improve our brand awareness, brand perception, guest loyalty and guest experience. Our improved guest experience, brand perception and growing loyalty have contributed to consistent market share increases as reflected by our RevPAR Index growth. We believe that the demonstrated strength of our brand and loyal customer base drive revenues for our existing owned and franchised hotels and also makes us attractive to new franchisees.

 

 

Owner and operator business model promotes alignment with our franchisees.     Our position as an owner and operator of La Quinta-branded hotels creates an alignment of economic interest with our franchisees, which we believe is a differentiating factor among our competitors. We are focused on delivering value to our guests, which generates repeat stays and increases guest loyalty. Delivering value combined with the benefits of an increasing market presence through our growth in the number of hotels has strengthened our brand. We believe this focus and the powerful alignment with our franchisees drive strong operating results and financial returns which benefit both us and our franchisees and will continue to benefit and grow our business in the future. We have an active advisory Brand Council that includes both Company and franchisee representation and meets three to four times a year to discuss ways to improve the performance of our hotels. Through the Brand Council, we often test new concepts at both owned and franchised hotels, which we believe promotes collaboration between us and our franchisees. We believe our model incentivizes franchisees to invest in growing the La Quinta brand through additional capital investment into existing franchised hotels and through the development of new La Quinta hotels.

 

 

Highly experienced and successful management team.     Our management team has extensive experience in hospitality, consumer-facing and brand-based companies, with a proven track record for delivering strong results. Our executive management team has an average industry tenure of 20 years, including Wayne Goldberg with 34 years of select-service experience, Rajiv Trivedi, our Chief Development Officer, with 24 years of industry experience and Angelo Lombardi, our Chief Operating Officer, with 24 years of industry experience. In addition, Keith Cline, our Chief Financial Officer, who joined our executive management team in January 2013, brings over 21 years of finance, accounting and brand experience, including over 12 years of public company experience. Management has developed a culture of strong collaboration and teamwork that runs throughout the organization and has contributed to La Quinta’s successful performance.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our strategies

The following are key elements of our strategy to become the preferred select-service brand for our guests and franchise partners.

 

 

Take advantage of our significant capital investment to optimize the performance of our owned hotels.     We will continue to focus on maximizing revenues and managing costs at each of our owned hotels where we have updated our guest rooms to generally include a 32” flat panel high definition television, pillow-top mattresses, a large work desk with an ergonomic “task” chair, high speed internet access, a coffee maker, high-flow shower heads and curved shower rods. As of December 31, 2013, we had 357 owned hotels, representing 43% of our system-wide portfolio. We intend to drive revenue growth by employing our active revenue management strategies and increasing our ADR, share of hotel stays by return guests, membership in our Returns program, overall brand awareness and volume of our corporate guests. There is currently a meaningful ADR differential between us and the hotels in our main STR competitive sets. We believe the significant amount of capital we have spent since 2007 to reposition and improve the brand and the quality of our hotels, the growth in the number of hotel units in our system and the resulting increased brand awareness will allow us to continue to increase ADR. We estimate that in 2013 each $1 increase in ADR across our owned portfolio would have increased our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for our owned hotels by approximately $11 million, assuming all other variables remained constant. We further expect to continue to enhance the profitability of our owned hotels by maximizing cost efficiencies through disciplined cost control and focusing on operational enhancements.

 

 

Continue to aggressively grow our capital light franchise business both domestically and internationally.     A primary element of our growth strategy is to continue to grow the number of units in our higher margin, scalable franchise fee-based business. As of December 31, 2013, we had 477 franchised hotels, representing 57% of our system-wide portfolio. Additionally, we have a large pipeline of 187 franchised hotels, 79% of which represents new construction, rather than the conversion of an existing hotel. We believe that there remains meaningful opportunity for continued growth in the United States, with La Quinta under-penetrated in many of the markets served by our main STR competitive set, including the Northeast and Northwest. For example, we are represented in 63% of the 628 U.S. defined market tracts and have an average 2.06 hotels in such represented markets, whereas the hotel brands of our main STR competitive set are represented in over 92% of such market tracts and have an average 3.14 hotels in our represented markets. We also intend to add new domestic franchised hotels in highly populated urban locations to serve a wider group of guests and increase brand awareness. We believe the opportunity for franchise growth in Mexico, Central America and South America is significant given our existing infrastructure, established brand history with travelers from these regions and our presence in the U.S. southern border states and Mexico. We have dedicated franchise and sales personnel who are focused exclusively on our franchise operations in these regions. As of December 31, 2013, we had 22 hotels either open or in the pipeline and continue to explore other franchise opportunities in these international markets.

 

 

Continue to increase La Quinta brand awareness.     We will continue to invest in marketing and brand building in order to increase awareness and differentiation of the La Quinta brand to improve hotel performance in our owned and franchised hotels and attract new La Quinta franchisees. We are able to concentrate our marketing and advertising efforts under a single brand rather than spreading them across multiple brands, which we believe enhances our

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

ability to raise awareness of La Quinta hotels. Our owned and franchised hotels contribute 2.5% of gross room revenues to our Brand Marketing Fund (“BMF”) to support our marketing and build the brand and, from 2007 to 2013, total contributions to our BMF have grown 27% to $38.9 million, and, for the year ended December 31, 2013, 47% of contributions to the BMF, or $18.1 million, were funded by our franchisees. We expect amounts available in the BMF and the percentage of such amounts contributed by our franchisees to continue to grow as the number of hotels in the La Quinta system grows and the performance of our hotels continues to improve. We will seek to continue to expand existing relationships and develop new relationships with franchise owners who demonstrate an ability to provide an excellent guest experience and maintain our brand standards, and who can broaden our reach into existing and under penetrated markets. We will continue to focus on growing our loyal customer base by increasing the membership in La Quinta Returns, our loyalty program designed to increase stays and raise market share. Our over nine million La Quinta Returns members as of December 31, 2013 (representing growth of 143% in membership since January 1, 2008) generated 47% of room revenues at our owned and franchised hotels for the year ended December 31, 2013 (representing a 108% increase in room revenue contribution at owned and franchised hotels since 2008). In 2011, we introduced our “Taking Care of Business” national advertising campaign, featuring points of differentiation and the role of people and service in delighting our guests with our “Here For You” branded guest experience. We will continue to test media, technology, social platforms and email campaigns to find new ways to strengthen our brand.

 

 

Expand distribution channels and grow corporate accounts.     In 2013, revenues from bookings made through our website increased by 8%, while total electronic distribution revenues increased 17%, each as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, in 2012, we launched a new mobile site and introduced our new LQ Instant Hold feature (patent pending), which permits our guests to use a mobile application to hold a room for up to 4 hours from any smart device by just entering a phone number. We will continue to develop our online and mobile channels in an effort to use lower cost, proprietary distribution channels. We will also seek to grow our market share by establishing new online relationships as new technologies and platforms are introduced. La Quinta is also well recognized in the corporate community and, for the year ended December 31, 2013, corporate accounts, including government and military accounts, generated 25% of room revenue at our owned and franchised hotels. We will seek to increase room revenues from corporate accounts, as we believe such accounts are associated with more consistent demand and longer stays.

Our industry—the select-service segment

Select-service hotels generally serve the midscale and upper-midscale chain segments as defined by STR. Select-service hotels typically have fewer costly services and amenities than full-service hotels, which results in a highly efficient hotel-level cost structure. Select-service hotels typically have limited food and beverage outlets and do not offer comprehensive business or banquet facilities. Hotels in the midscale segment had an average ADR of $76.33 in 2013, and hotels in the upper-midscale segment had an average ADR of $100.29 in 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the midscale and upper-midscale segments collectively represent 1,350,617 rooms, or 27.3% of the overall U.S. lodging industry.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The midscale and upper-midscale segments tend to follow the cyclicality of the overall lodging industry and have also improved with the economic recovery in recent years. According to data provided by STR for the lodging industry, demand for the U.S. midscale and upper-midscale segments has improved, experiencing a CAGR of 3.3% over the three years ended December 31, 2013, while U.S. midscale and upper-midscale supply has grown at a CAGR of 0.1%. This recent demand growth has exceeded the CAGR of 1.4% over the ten years ended December 31, 2013, while supply growth has trended lower than the CAGR of 0.9% over the ten years ended December 31, 2013. We believe this positive imbalance between demand growth and supply growth, together with the economic recovery, has contributed to a RevPAR CAGR of 6.4% over the three years ended December 31, 2013, well above the CAGR of 3.4% over the ten years ended December 31, 2013. We believe that the fundamentals of the U.S. lodging industry in the midscale and upper-midscale segments will yield strong industry segment performance and support the growth of our business. According to PKF-HR, U.S. midscale and upper-midscale segment RevPAR is expected to increase 5.6% and 4.3%, respectively, in 2014 and 6.9% and 5.7%, respectively, in 2015.

For a further discussion of our industry, see “Industry.”

Refinancing transactions

Concurrently with, and subject to, the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a new credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities consisting of a $2.1 billion senior secured term loan facility, which will mature in 2021, and a $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, $50.0 million of which is available in the form of letters of credit, which will mature in 2019 (together, the “senior secured credit facilities’’). On February 21, 2014, we agreed with the joint lead arrangers on the terms of the credit agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the senior secured credit facilities to the lenders.

We intend to use the net proceeds of the senior secured term loan facility, together with the net proceeds from this offering and available cash, to repay all of our indebtedness. For more information, see “Use of proceeds” and “Description of indebtedness—New senior secured credit facilities.” The closing of the senior secured credit facilities is subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of this offering.

Our sponsor

Blackstone (NYSE: BX) is one of the world’s leading investment and advisory firms. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of corporate private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge fund solutions, credit-oriented funds and closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services. Through its different businesses, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $266 billion as of December 31, 2013. Blackstone’s global real estate group is the largest private equity real estate manager in the world with $79 billion of investor capital under management as of December 31, 2013.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Investment risks

An investment in shares of our common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our Company include, among other things, the following:

 

 

We are subject to the business, financial, and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry, any of which could reduce profits and limit opportunities for growth.

 

 

Macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can adversely affect and reduce demand for rooms at hotels that we own or franchise.

 

 

Contraction in the global economy or low levels of economic growth could adversely affect our revenues and profitability as well as limit or slow our future growth.

 

 

Because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our revenues or profits could be harmed if we are unable to compete effectively.

 

 

Any deterioration in the quality or reputation of our brand could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

 

Some of our existing development pipeline may not be developed into La Quinta hotels, which could adversely affect our growth prospects.

 

 

Our hotels are geographically concentrated, with 25% of our hotel rooms and 29% of our pipeline properties located in Texas, which exposes our business to the effects of regional events and occurrences.

 

 

Our efforts to renovate, redevelop or develop our hotels could be delayed or become more expensive, which could reduce profits or impair our ability to compete effectively.

 

 

The hotels in our owned portfolio have an average age of 26 years, and the hotels in our franchise portfolio have an average age of 13 years. Our business is capital intensive and our failure or the failure of our franchises to make necessary investments could adversely affect the quality and reputation of our brand.

 

 

The hospitality industry is subject to seasonal and cyclical volatility, which may contribute to fluctuations in our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

If our franchisees are unable to access the capital necessary to implement plans for growth, including our existing pipeline, our revenues may be reduced and our ability to compete effectively may be diminished.

 

 

If we are unable to maintain good relationships with our franchisees, revenues could decrease and we may be unable to expand our presence.

 

 

Franchise agreement standards are important to protecting our brand reputation and perception, and if our franchisees fail to make investments necessary to maintain or improve their hotels, guest preference for the La Quinta brand and reputation could suffer or the franchise agreements with those parties could terminate.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

If our franchisees are unable to repay or refinance loans secured by the mortgaged hotels, our revenues, profits and capital resources could be reduced and our business could be harmed.

 

 

We are exposed to the risks resulting from significant investments in owned real estate, which could increase our costs, reduce our profits and limit our ability to respond to market conditions.

 

 

Changes in local market or neighborhood conditions may diminish the value of real property.

 

 

Failure to keep pace with developments in technology could adversely affect our operations or competitive position.

 

 

Failures in, material damage to, or interruptions in our information technology systems, software or websites, including as a result of cyber-attacks, and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

 

We may be exposed to risks and costs associated with protecting the integrity and security of our guests’ personal information.

 

 

Any failure to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property could reduce the value of our brand and harm our business.

 

 

The loss of senior executives or key field personnel could significantly harm our business.

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, our total indebtedness was approximately $2.7 billion. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and our ability to pay our debts. Our substantial indebtedness could also expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable debt and divert our cash flow from operations to make debt payments. Additionally, all of our debt currently matures in July 2014. We do not expect to have sufficient cash on hand to repay in full the balances expected to exist at that time. As such, we intend to enter into a new credit agreement as described under “Description of indebtedness—New senior secured credit facilities”. On February 21, 2014, we agreed with the joint lead arrangers on the terms of the credit agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the senior secured credit facilities to the lenders. The closing of the senior secured credit facilities is subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of this offering.

 

 

Following this offering, our Sponsor will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

 

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that a majority of the directors on our board be independent and the requirement that we have a compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee each composed entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

 

 

Following the completion of this offering, our Sponsor, certain of our directors and officers and other existing owners will hold approximately                  shares of our common stock.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

Future sales or the possibility of future sales of a substantial amount of these shares may depress the price of our common stock.

Please see “Risk factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in shares of our common stock.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year as of the initial filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

 

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

 

no non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

 

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. If we do, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Our corporate structure

Our business is currently conducted, and our hotel properties are currently owned, through multiple entities (including the Predecessor Entities and entities that own the Previously Managed Portfolio, collectively, the “Existing Entities”). The Existing Entities are separately owned (directly and indirectly) by certain investment funds affiliated with our Sponsor and certain members of our management, whom we refer to collectively as our “existing owners,” and certain of the Existing Entities operated as real estate investment trusts, or REITs, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which reduced the amount of taxes we owed. La Quinta Holdings Inc. is a newly incorporated entity currently owned by our existing owners. The chart below summarizes the current corporate structure of the Existing Entities before giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions:

LOGO

 

 

12


Table of Contents

In order to effectuate this offering, we expect to effect a series of transactions to occur at various times prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of this offering that will result in a reorganization of our business (the “Pre-IPO Transactions”), which will subsequently be owned by La Quinta Holdings Inc. and will allow us to complete a public offering of all of the business historically conducted by the Existing Entities. Specifically, (i) Holdco III will purchase the Previously Managed Portfolio, (ii) the equity interests in Holdco I, Holdco II and Holdco III (the “Holdcos”) held by the existing owners will be exchanged by the existing owners for shares of common stock of the Issuer, (iii) LQ Management L.L.C. will be sold to our wholly-owned subsidiary, La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C., for cash and (iv) certain other transactions described in the footnotes to “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information” will occur. Additionally, all of the shares of capital stock held by third-party shareholders of the Existing Entities that are REITs will be redeemed for cash and the REITs will be converted into limited liability companies. Following this offering, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will operate as a REIT, and we will be taxed as a “C” corporation at the federal and state level.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

The chart below summarizes our corporate structure after giving effect to this offering and the Pre-IPO Transactions:

LOGO

 

(1)   See “Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management” for share ownership of Sponsor and certain members of our management following the Pre-IPO Transactions.

 

(2)   Ownership percentages assume an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

For a further discussion of the Pre-IPO Transactions, see “Our Pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Corporate history and information

La Quinta Holdings Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on December 9, 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600, Irving, Texas 75038, and our telephone number is (214) 492-6600. We maintain a website at www.lq.com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website neither constitutes part of this prospectus nor is incorporated by reference herein.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us

                shares.

 

Common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

                shares (                 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses, will be approximately $            , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from the senior secured term loan facility and available cash, to repay all of our long-term indebtedness, with any remaining balance to be used for general corporate purposes. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Conflicts of interest

An affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC holds an aggregate of approximately $100.0 million of the Company’s current debt facilities, which we intend to repay in part with the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, affiliates of Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is an underwriter in this offering and its affiliate is expected to receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, and because Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. is an Underwriter in this offering and its affiliates own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. are deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified

 

 

16


Table of Contents
 

independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed ticker symbol

“LQ.”

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to this offering is based on                 shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions and assumes an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The actual number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after completion of this offering will depend upon the actual initial public offering price per share.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon does not reflect:

 

 

                shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us; or

 

 

                shares of common stock that may be granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including             shares of common stock we intend to grant to our employees at the time of this offering. See “Management—Executive compensation—Omnibus incentive plan” and “Management—Executive compensation—Long-term incentive awards.”

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Summary historical combined financial data

The following table sets forth summary financial and operating data on a historical basis and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions and the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

Our historical financial statements were prepared by combining the financial results of the entities expected to be owned by the Company at the completion of this offering, including those entities under common control and their consolidated subsidiaries. The historical financial information below does not include the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio and does not include the Hotels Designated for Sale and the Baymont Hotels (other than the information relating to discontinued operations). We derived the summary statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 from the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 from the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities not included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period. You should read the table below, together with the combined financial statements including the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Selected financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Description of indebtedness,” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been

prepared to reflect (1) the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio (the “WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels”) by the Predecessor Entities and the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, (2) the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, (3) the intended refinancing of our current debt facilities and (4) the issuance of shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds thereof (as described in “Use of proceeds”), in each case, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data for the year ended December 31, 2013 is derived from our unaudited pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus and is presented as if this offering and the Pre-IPO Transactions (including the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels) all had occurred on December 31, 2013 for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and on January 1, 2013 for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information excludes the Hotels Designated for Sale. The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations had the transactions described above for which we are giving pro forma effect actually occurred on the dates or for the periods indicated, nor is such unaudited pro forma financial information necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. See “Unaudited pro forma financial information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited pro forma combined data.

 

 

18


Table of Contents
(in thousands)    Pro forma as of
and for the
year ended
December 31,
    As of and for the year ended
December 31
 
   2013     2013      2012     2011  

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Room revenues

   $ 796,015      $ 757,699       $ 714,143      $ 660,816   

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

     76,896        79,180         69,206        59,314   

Other hotel revenues

     18,042        17,949         17,506        16,229   
  

 

 

 
     890,953        854,828         800,855        736,359   

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchised and managed properties

     18,107        19,065         17,157        15,182   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     909,060        873,893         818,012        751,541   

Operating Expenses:

         

Direct lodging expenses

     352,488        344,515         334,394        330,205   

Depreciation and amortization

     170,602        164,077         155,879        149,356   

General and administrative expenses

     88,919        74,794         74,111        61,578   

Other lodging and operating expenses

     56,270        56,068         58,266        47,791   

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

     59,193        59,193         48,610        45,580   
  

 

 

 
     727,470        698,647         671,260        634,510   

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchised and managed properties

     18,107        19,065         17,157        15,182   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     745,579        717,712         688,417        649,692   
  

 

 

 

Operating Income

     163,159        156,181         129,595        101,849   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     74,838        8,614         20,223        61,027   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     44,902        5,016         17,088        58,695   

Net Income (loss)

   $ 44,902      $ 2,521       $ (35,764   $ 58,939   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (397     1,455         4,810        4,574   
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ 44,505      $ 3,976       $ (30,954   $ 63,513   

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,189      $ 33,412       $ 40,813      $ 90,857   

Restricted cash

     6,900        104,026         113,407        60,745   

Total assets

     3,258,653        3,169,834         3,356,320        3,484,232   

Total debt(1)

     2,100,000        2,720,286         2,899,965        3,158,409   

Total equity (deficit)(2)

     665,582        305,253         303,385        183,095   

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ 340,212      $ 326,807       $ 297,823      $ 258,389   

 

 

 

(1)   Includes current portion.

 

(2)   Reflects the impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, which results in the recording of a net deferred tax liability of approximately $331 million.

 

 

19


Table of Contents
(in thousands)    As of and for the year ended
December 31
 
   2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Summary Statement of Cash Flows Data:

      

Capital expenditures

   $ (115,529   $ (102,886   $ (95,552

Cash flow from operating activities

     232,858        248,187        220,429   

Cash flow from investing activities

     1,719        (150,952     (92,446

Cash flow from financing activities

     (241,978     (147,279     (78,265

Operating Data (based on comparable hotels)(4):

      

Number of hotels

     771        756        719   

Number of rooms

     78,045        76,688        73,639   

Hotel occupancy

     64.8%        63.5%        61.9%   

Hotel ADR

   $ 79.11      $ 75.66      $ 72.14   

Hotel RevPAR

   $ 51.26      $ 48.05      $ 44.67   

 

 

 

(3)   Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is a commonly used measure in many industries. We adjust EBITDA when evaluating our performance because we believe that the adjustment for certain items, such as impairment charges, discontinued operations, gains (losses) on asset sales, certain financing costs, non-cash equity-based compensation, and other items not indicative of ongoing operating performance, provides useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding our ongoing operating performance. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors about us and our financial condition and results of operations for the following reasons: (i) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions; and (ii) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, lenders, and other interested parties as a common performance measure to compare results or estimate valuations across companies in our industry.

 

     EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP, have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss), cash flow or other methods of analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our future operations;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

     Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

 

 

20


Table of Contents
     The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to the Company, which we believe is the most closely comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure:

 

(in thousands)    Pro forma for
the year ended
December 31, 2013
    For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company

   $ 44,505      $ 3,976      $ (30,954   $ 63,513   

Interest expense

     89,565        148,806        103,342        51,986   

Income tax expense

     29,936        3,665        3,283        2,472   

Depreciation and amortization

     171,884        170,401        172,787        165,295   

Non-controlling interest

     397        (1,455     (4,810     (4,574

EBITDA

     336,287        325,393        243,648        278,692   

Fixed asset impairment loss

            19,533        53,228          

Income from discontinued operations

            (8,636     (12,723     (13,543

(Gain) Loss on sale from discontinued operations

            (10,714              

Loss on retirement of assets

     681        359        1,562        2,168   

(Gain) Loss related to casualty disasters

     (1,926     (1,825     4,730        (3,447

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

                   (1,192     (11,451

Management bonus related to debt amendment

                   4,932          

Financing costs expensed as incurred

                   7,749        1,668   

Other (gains) losses, net

     5,170        2,697        (4,111     (850

Termination of long-term contract

                          5,152   

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 340,212      $ 326,807      $ 297,823      $ 258,389   

 

 

 

(4)   Operating data are for comparable hotels on a system-wide basis as of each period end. See the definition of comparable hotels in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key indicators of financial condition and operating performance—Comparable hotels.”

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider each of the following risks as well as the other information included in this prospectus, including “Selected financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In such a case, the trading price of the common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment in the Company. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this “Risk factors” section to “our hotels,” “our rooms” and similar phrases refer to hotels that we own or franchise.

Risks related to our business and industry

We are subject to the business, financial, and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry, any of which could reduce profits and limit opportunities for growth.

Our business is subject to a number of business, financial and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry, including:

 

 

changes in operating costs, including energy, food, compensation, benefits, insurance and unanticipated costs resulting from force majeure events;

 

 

increases in costs due to inflation that may not be fully offset by price and fee increases in our business;

 

 

changes in taxes and governmental regulations that influence or set wages, prices, interest rates or construction and maintenance procedures and costs;

 

 

the costs and administrative burdens associated with complying with applicable laws and regulations;

 

 

the costs or desirability of complying with local practices and customs;

 

 

significant increases in cost for health care coverage for employees and potential government regulation with respect to health coverage, such as costs associated with the implementation of the requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;

 

 

shortages of labor or labor disruptions;

 

 

the availability and cost of capital necessary for us and our franchisees to fund investments, capital expenditures and service debt obligations;

 

 

delays in or cancellations of planned or future development or renovation projects;

 

 

the quality of services provided by franchisees;

 

 

the financial condition of franchisees;

 

 

relationships with franchisees, including the risk that our franchise agreements may be terminated early;

 

 

changes in desirability of particular geographic locations and shortages of desirable locations for development;

 

22


Table of Contents
 

changes in lodging preferences and travel patterns of our guests and geographic concentration of our operations and guests;

 

 

changes in the supply and demand for hotel services;

 

 

foreign exchange rate fluctuations or restructurings;

 

 

decreased business travel as a result of improvements to the alternatives to in-person meetings, including virtual meetings hosted on-line or over private teleconferencing networks; and

 

 

the ability of third-party internet and other travel intermediaries to attract and retain guests.

Any of these factors could limit or reduce the prices we and our franchisees are able to charge for rooms. These factors can also increase costs or affect the ability to develop new hotels or maintain and operate existing hotels. As a result, any of these factors can reduce our profits and limit opportunities for growth.

Macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can adversely affect and reduce demand for rooms at hotels that we own or franchise.

Macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can reduce demand for rooms at hotels that we own or franchise. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

 

changes in general economic conditions, including the severity and duration of any downturn in the U.S. or global economy and financial markets;

 

 

war, political conditions or civil unrest, terrorist activities or threats and heightened travel security measures instituted in response to these events;

 

 

outbreaks of pandemic or contagious diseases, such as avian flu, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) and H1N1 (swine flu);

 

 

natural or man-made disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, tornadoes, hurricanes, typhoons, floods, oil spills and nuclear incidents;

 

 

decreased corporate or government travel-related budgets and spending and cancellations, deferrals or renegotiations of group business;

 

 

low consumer confidence, high levels of unemployment or depressed real estate prices;

 

 

the financial condition and general business condition of the airline, automotive, and other transportation-related industries and its impact on travel;

 

 

decreased airline capacities and routes;

 

 

travel-related accidents;

 

 

oil prices and travel costs;

 

 

statements, actions or interventions by governmental officials related to travel and corporate travel-related activities and the resulting negative public perception of such travel and activities;

 

 

climate change and resource scarcity, such as water and energy scarcity;

 

 

domestic and international political and geo-political conditions; and

 

 

cyclical over-building in the hotel and lodging industries.

 

23


Table of Contents

These factors, and the reputational repercussions of these factors, can adversely affect, and from time to time have adversely affected, individual hotels, particular regions and our business, financial condition and results of operations as a whole. Any one or more of these factors could limit or reduce the demand, or the rates that we are able to charge, for rooms. Declines in ADR and occupancy relating to declines in consumer demand will lower RevPAR and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, these factors could increase our operating costs or affect our ability to develop or franchise new hotels or to maintain and operate our existing hotels.

Contraction in the global economy or low levels of economic growth could adversely affect our revenues and profitability as well as limit or slow our future growth.

Consumer demand for our rooms is closely linked to the performance of the general economy and is sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Decreased demand can be especially pronounced during periods of economic contraction or low levels of economic growth, and the recovery period in our industry may lag overall economic improvement. Declines in consumer demand due to adverse general economic conditions could negatively impact our business by decreasing the revenues and profitability of our owned hotels and limiting the amount of franchising fee revenues we are able to generate from our franchised hotels. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2009, our revenues declined approximately $136 million, or 17%, from revenues of $816 million for the year December 31, 2008, and our Adjusted EBITDA declined approximately 30%. In addition, many of the expenses associated with our business, including personnel costs, interest, rent, property taxes, insurance and utilities, are relatively fixed. During a period of overall economic weakness, if we are unable to meaningfully decrease these costs as demand for our hotels decreases, our business operations and financial performance may be adversely affected.

Additionally, recent global economic conditions have significantly affected consumer confidence and behavior and, as a result, historical financial results may be less effective as a means of predicting future demand and operating results. Uncertainty regarding the rate and pace of recovery from the recent economic downturn and the impact any such recovery may have on different regions of the world makes it difficult to predict future profitability levels. Moreover, if further economic weakness in the markets in which we operate were to occur, it could have an adverse impact on our revenues and negatively affect our profitability.

Because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our revenues or profits could be harmed if we are unable to compete effectively.

Competition for hotel guests

The segments of the hotel industry in which we operate are subject to intense competition. La Quinta is a select-service hotel brand that competes primarily against other select-service hotels in both the upper-midscale and the midscale segments. However, our owned and franchised hotels generally operate in segments that contain numerous competitors, including a wide range of lodging facilities offering full-service, select-service and all-suite lodging options. Hotels in other market segments, such as full-service hotels, may lower their rates to a level comparable to those of select-service hotels such as ours that, in turn, may further increase competitive pressure in our segments. Our owned and franchised hotels generally compete for guests on the basis of room rates, quality of accommodations, name recognition, service levels, convenience of locations and reward program offerings. Additionally, an increasing supply of hotel rooms in La Quinta’s market segments, and consolidations in the lodging industry generally, have resulted in

 

24


Table of Contents

the creation of several large, multi-branded hotel chains with diversified operations and greater marketing and financial resources than we have, which has increased competition for guests in the segments in which our owned and franchised hotels operate. If we are unable to compete successfully for hotel guests, our revenues or profits may decline.

Competition for franchise agreements

A primary component of our growth strategy entails increasing our system-wide portfolio of franchised hotels and further growing our franchise fee-based business. We compete for franchise agreements based primarily on brand name recognition and reputation, the room rate that can be realized, royalty fees charged and other contract terms. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater marketing and financial resources, greater brand distribution and awareness and/or offer greater financial incentives than we do. Other competitive factors for franchise agreements include relationships with hotel owners and investors, including institutional owners of multiple hotels, availability and affordability of financing, marketing support, reservation and e-commerce system capacity and efficiency and the ability to make investments that may be necessary to obtain franchise agreements. The terms of our franchise agreements for each of our franchised hotels are also influenced by contract terms offered by our competitors, among other things. As a result, the terms of new franchise agreements may not be as favorable as our current franchise agreements. For example, competition may require us to reduce or change fee structures, make greater use of key money or provide other financial incentives such as loans and guarantees to franchisees and/or reduce the level of hotel improvements required to conform to brand standards. In addition, if the availability of suitable locations for new hotels decreases, planning or other local regulations change or the availability or affordability of financing is limited, the supply of suitable hotels for franchising could be diminished. Additionally, an excess supply of hotel rooms or unfavorable borrowing conditions may discourage potential franchisees from expanding or constructing new hotels, thereby limiting a source of growth of the franchise fees received by us. Our franchise agreements generally restrict our ability to open a new owned or franchised hotel in a limited area near the franchised hotel, which can range from several city blocks in an urban area to several square miles in less populated areas. We may be prohibited from franchising or owning hotels in areas where opportunities exist due to these restrictions. If the hotels that we franchise perform less successfully than those of our competitors, if we are unable to offer terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors, or if the availability of suitable hotels is limited, our ability to compete effectively for new franchise agreements could be reduced. If we are unable to compete successfully for franchisees, our revenues or profits may decline.

Any deterioration in the quality or reputation of our brand could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our brand and our reputation are among our most important assets. The success of our hotel business and our ability to attract and retain guests and franchise partners depends on brand recognition and reputation. Such dependence makes our hotel business susceptible to reputational damage and to competition from other hotel management and franchise companies. Additionally, for our franchised hotels, the continued success of a hotel owner’s business and its ability to make payments to us may directly depend on the strength and reputation of our franchised hotels and our brand. We cannot assure you that the prior performance of our owned or franchised hotels will be indicative of future results or that competition from other brands will not adversely affect our market position or financial performance.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, the brand recognition and support that provide much of the basis for the successful operation of our owned hotels and our franchise business can also mean that changes or problems with La Quinta (e.g., changes in ownership or management or management practices, or acts or omissions that adversely affect our business), or within our hotel business or at other locations (e.g., crime, scandal, litigation, negative publicity, catastrophic fires or similar events or accidents and injuries or other harm to our guests or our team members) can have a substantial negative impact on the operations of otherwise successful individual locations, and can cause a loss of consumer confidence in La Quinta and other hotels in our segment. Adverse incidents have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. The considerable expansion in the use of social media over recent years has compounded the potential scope of the negative publicity that could be generated by such incidents. We could also face legal claims and adverse publicity from a variety of events or conditions, many of which are beyond our control. If the reputation or perceived quality of our brand declines, our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Some of our existing development pipeline may not be developed into La Quinta hotels, which could adversely affect our growth prospects.

As of December 31, 2013, we had a total of 187 franchised hotels in our pipeline, each of which is represented by an executed 20-year franchise agreement. Approximately 79% of the pipeline represents new construction, rather than the conversion of an existing hotel, and, as of December 31, 2013, approximately 35% of the conversions and new construction has commenced. The commitments of owners and developers with whom we have agreements are subject to numerous conditions, and the eventual development and construction of our pipeline not currently under construction is subject to numerous risks, including, in certain cases, the ability of the franchisee to obtain governmental and regulatory approvals and adequate financing. As a result, we cannot assure you that our entire pipeline will develop into new hotels. Any of these risks could have an adverse impact on the growth of our business and future operating results.

Our efforts to renovate, redevelop or develop our hotels could be delayed or become more expensive, which could reduce profits or impair our ability to compete effectively.

We must maintain and renovate our hotels to remain competitive, maintain the value and brand standards of these hotels and comply with applicable laws and regulations. From time to time we evaluate our hotels to determine whether additional capital expenditures are required and will provide an acceptable return on investment.

Our strategy includes maintenance and renovation of our hotels and may include redevelopment, development and conversion of hotels, which is subject to a number of risks, including:

 

 

the inability to obtain financing upon favorable terms or at all;

 

 

construction delays or cost overruns (including labor and materials) that may increase project costs;

 

 

lack of availability of rooms for revenue-generating activities during construction, modernization or renovation projects;

 

 

changes in economic conditions that may result in weakened or lack of demand or negative project returns;

 

26


Table of Contents
 

the inability to find appropriate, strategically located hotels at commercially reasonable prices;

 

 

obtaining zoning, occupancy, and other required permits or authorizations;

 

 

governmental restrictions on the size or kind of development;

 

 

force majeure events, including earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, or tsunamis; and

 

 

design defects that could increase costs.

Furthermore, we generally rely heavily on local contractors, who may be inadequately capitalized or understaffed. The inability or failure of one or more local contractors to perform its obligations may result in construction or remodeling delays, increased costs and loss of revenues. As a result, we may not increase our revenues or generate expected profits and cash flows from the renovation, redevelopment or development of hotels.

If we are not able to begin operating hotels under renovation or development as scheduled, or if renovation investments adversely affect or fail to improve performance, our ability to compete effectively could be diminished and revenues could be reduced. Further, due to the lengthy development cycle, adverse economic conditions may alter or impede our development plans, thereby resulting in incremental costs to us or potential impairment charges. If the cost of funding these renovations or developments exceed budgeted amounts, profits could be reduced. Moreover, during the early stages of operations, charges related to interest expense and depreciation may substantially detract from, or even outweigh, the profitability of certain new hotel investments.

Our hotels are geographically concentrated, which exposes our business to the effects of regional events and occurrences.

We have a concentration of hotels in Texas, Florida and California. Specifically, as of December 31, 2013, approximately 42% of rooms in our system were located in Texas, Florida and California with approximately 25% of rooms in our system located in Texas. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, approximately 29% of our pipeline properties are to be located in Texas. The concentration of hotels in one region or a limited number of markets may expose us to risks of adverse economic developments that are greater than if our portfolio were more geographically diverse. These economic developments include regional economic downturns, significant increases in the number of our competitors’ hotels in these markets and potentially higher local property, sales and income taxes in the geographic markets in which we are concentrated. In addition, our hotels are subject to the effects of adverse acts of nature, such as winter storms, hurricanes, hail storms, strong winds, earthquakes and tornados, which have in the past caused damage such as flooding and other damage to our hotels in specific geographic locations, including in the Texas, Florida and California markets. Depending on the severity of these acts of nature, the damage to our hotels could require us to close all or substantially all of our hotels in one or more markets for a period of time while the necessary repairs and renovations, as applicable, are undertaken. Additionally, we cannot assure you that the amount of our hurricane, windstorm, earthquake, flood or other casualty insurance we maintain from time to time would entirely cover damages caused by any such event.

As a result of our geographic concentration of hotels, we will face a greater risk of a negative impact on our revenues in the event these areas are more severely impacted by adverse economic and competitive conditions and extreme weather than other areas in the United States.

 

27


Table of Contents

The hospitality industry is subject to seasonal and cyclical volatility, which may contribute to fluctuations in our financial condition and results of operations.

The hospitality industry is seasonal in nature. The periods during which our hotels experience higher revenues vary from hotel to hotel, depending principally upon location. Generally, our hotel revenues are greater in the second and third quarters than in the first and fourth quarters. The timing of holidays can also impact our quarterly results. This seasonality can be expected to cause quarterly fluctuations in revenue, profit margins and net earnings. Additionally, our first quarter results may be further adversely affected by the timing of certain of our marketing production expenditures. In addition, the opening of newly constructed hotels and the timing of any hotel acquisitions or sales may cause a variation of revenue from quarter to quarter. The seasonality and cyclicality of our industry may contribute to fluctuations in our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is capital intensive and our failure or the failure of our franchisees to make necessary investments could adversely affect the quality and reputation of our brand.

The hotels in our owned portfolio have an average age of 26 years, and the hotels in our franchise portfolio have an average age of 13 years. For our owned and franchised hotels to remain attractive and competitive, we and the owners of our franchised hotels have to make periodic investments to keep the hotels well maintained, modernized and refurbished. This creates an ongoing need for capital. We and the owners of our franchised hotels may be unable to access capital or unwilling to spend available capital when necessary, even if required by the terms of our franchise agreements. To the extent that owners of franchised hotels and we cannot fund expenditures from cash generated by the operation of the hotels, funds must be borrowed or otherwise obtained, which may be difficult to obtain. Failure to make the investments necessary to maintain or improve hotels, act in accordance with applicable brand standards or project a consistent brand image could adversely affect the quality and reputation of our brand.

If our franchisees are unable to access the capital necessary to implement plans for growth, including our existing pipeline, our revenues may be reduced and our ability to compete effectively may be diminished.

Our franchisees depend on capital to buy and develop new franchised hotels, and our franchisees may be unable to access capital as expected. The availability of funds for development depends in large measure on capital markets and liquidity factors. Instability in the worldwide financial markets and the contraction of available liquidity may constrain the capital markets for hotel and real estate investments. As a result, while lenders have shown willingness to work with borrowers to extend relief in the short to medium term, many current and prospective hotel owners may struggle to find new hotel financing on commercially viable terms. The inability of our existing or future franchisees’ to obtain adequate funding could result in the decrease, delay or stoppage of development of new franchised hotels, including our existing pipeline.

If we are unable to maintain good relationships with our franchisees, revenues could decrease and we may be unable to expand our presence.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 57% of the La Quinta-branded hotels were operated as franchised hotels. Our franchisees pay us a franchise fee and certain other fees pursuant to our franchise agreements. The viability of the franchising business depends on our ability to establish and maintain good relationships with our franchisees. Franchisees are focused on maximizing the

 

28


Table of Contents

value of their investment and working with a franchisor that can help them be successful in the ownership of their respective hotel investments. The value of our brand and the rapport that we maintain with our franchisees affect renewals of existing agreements and are important factors for potential franchisees considering doing business with us. Our relationships with franchisees generate additional hotel development opportunities that support growth. If we are unable to maintain good relationships with franchisees, we may be unable to renew existing franchise agreements or expand relationships with them. Additionally, opportunities for developing new relationships with additional franchisees may be adversely affected. This, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to execute our growth strategy.

Franchise agreement standards are important to protecting our brand reputation and perception, and if our franchisees fail to make investments necessary to maintain or improve their hotels, guest preference for the La Quinta brand and reputation could suffer or the franchise agreements with those parties could terminate.

Substantially all of our franchise agreements require our franchisees to comply with standards that are essential to maintaining brand integrity and reputation and protecting the quality guests ascribe to the La Quinta brand. We depend on our franchisees to comply with these requirements by maintaining and improving hotels through investments, including investments in furniture, fixtures, equipment, amenities, personnel and branding elements.

Franchisees may be unable to access capital or unwilling to spend available capital when necessary, even if required by the terms of their agreements with us. If our franchisees fail to make investments necessary to maintain or improve the hotels that we franchise, guest preference for our brand and our reputation could suffer. Moreover, our franchisees may be unwilling or unable to incur the cost of complying with brand standards as brand standards may evolve from time to time. In addition, if our franchisees breach the terms of their agreements with us, we may elect to exercise our termination rights, which would eliminate revenues from these hotels and cause us to incur expenses related to terminating these relationships. We may be unable to find suitable or offsetting replacements for any terminated relationships. These risks become more pronounced during economic downturns.

Contractual and other disagreements with franchisees could make us liable to them or result in litigation costs or other expenses.

Our franchise agreements require us and our franchisees to comply with operational and performance conditions that are subject to interpretation and could result in disagreements. At any given time, we may be in disputes with one or more of our franchisees. Any dispute we have with our franchisees could result in arbitration or litigation, which could be very expensive for us even if the outcome is ultimately in our favor. We cannot predict the outcome of any such arbitration or litigation, the effect of any adverse judgment against us or the amount of any settlement that we may enter into with any franchisee. An adverse result in any such proceeding could adversely impact our results of operations and prospects.

If our franchise agreements terminate prematurely or expire in accordance with their terms, our revenues could decrease and our costs could increase.

Our franchise agreements may be terminated, renegotiated or expire, but typically have an initial term of 20 years. These agreements also typically contain provisions permitting either party to terminate the franchise agreement after five, ten or fifteen years under certain circumstances.

 

29


Table of Contents

The continuation of a franchise agreement is subject to the franchisee adhering to certain standards and other applicable terms and conditions (including the obligation to pay certain fees to us). While our franchise agreements generally provide for liquidated damages to be paid to us by franchisees whose agreements have been terminated as the result of a violation of the provisions of the agreement, these damage amounts are typically less than the fees we would have received if the terminated franchisee fulfilled its contractual obligations.

Our franchise agreements also provide early termination rights to the franchisees upon the failure to meet a specified performance test, which is typically based on the hotel’s occupancy rates. Franchisees also may attempt to terminate franchise agreements with us prior to their scheduled expiration date. If that happens, we may have difficulty recovering any resulting damages from the owner or replacing the revenues lost as a result of the termination. In addition, if a franchisee files for bankruptcy, our franchise agreements may be terminable under applicable law.

If any of our franchise agreements are terminated or expire, we cannot assure you that we can obtain new or replacement franchise agreements at the same time that those other agreements are terminated or expire. As a result, we could lose the revenues we derive from that agreement or incur costs related to ending our relationship with the franchisee.

Deterioration in the general financial condition of our franchisees may adversely affect our results.

Our operating results are impacted by the ability of our franchisees to generate revenues at hotels they franchise from us. Our franchisees compete for guests with other hotels in their geographic markets. Some of their competitors may have substantially greater marketing and financial resources than our franchisees, and they may construct new hotels or improve their existing hotels, reduce their prices or expand and improve their marketing programs in ways that adversely affect our franchisees’ operating results and financial condition. In addition, the ability of our franchisees to compete for guests directly impacts the desirability of our brand to current and prospective franchisees.

These factors, among others, could adversely affect the operating results and financial condition of our franchisees. This could result in the financial failure of our owners and result in a termination of the franchisee for non-payment of franchise fees and/or declines in franchise fees and other revenues derived from our franchising business.

If our franchisees are unable to repay or refinance loans secured by the mortgaged hotels, our revenues, profits and capital resources could be reduced and our business could be harmed.

Many of the hotels owned by our franchisees are pledged as collateral for mortgage loans entered into when such hotels were purchased or refinanced by them. If our franchisees are unable to repay or refinance maturing indebtedness on favorable terms or at all, the lenders could declare a default, accelerate the related debt and repossess the hotel. Debt defaults could lead franchisees to sell the hotel on unfavorable terms or to convey the mortgaged hotels to the lender. Any such sale or conveyance could, in certain cases, result in the termination of our franchise agreements or eliminate any anticipated income and cash flows from such hotel, which could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are exposed to the risks resulting from significant investments in owned real estate, which could increase our costs, reduce our profits and limit our ability to respond to market conditions.

Real estate ownership is subject to risks not applicable to franchised and managed hotels, including:

 

 

governmental regulations relating to real estate ownership or operations, including tax, environmental, zoning and eminent domain laws;

 

 

loss in value or functionality, or unanticipated liabilities, due to environmental conditions, governmental takings, uninsured casualties or restrictive changes in zoning and similar land use laws and regulations or in health, safety and environmental laws, rules and regulations and other governmental and regulatory action;

 

 

changes in tax laws and property taxes, even if the hotel level cash flows remain the same or decrease;

 

 

differences in potential civil liability between owners and operators for accidents or other occurrences on owned hotels;

 

 

the ongoing need for owner funded capital improvements and expenditures to maintain or upgrade hotels;

 

 

periodic total or partial closures due to renovations and hotel improvements;

 

 

risks associated with mortgage debt, including the possibility of default, fluctuating interest rate levels and uncertainties in the availability of replacement financing;

 

 

risks associated with the possibility that cost increases will outpace revenue increases and that in the event of an economic slowdown, the high proportion of fixed costs will make it difficult to reduce costs to the extent required to offset declining revenues;

 

 

acts of God, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, winter storms and other natural disasters (that may result in uninsured losses);

 

 

fluctuations in real estate values or potential impairments in the value of our assets; and

 

 

maintaining tenants for leased properties.

Additionally, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and, therefore, cannot be purchased or sold rapidly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Buyers may not be identified quickly or be able to secure suitable financing to consummate a transaction or we may not be able to sell hotels on terms favorable to us. Furthermore, sales of certain appreciated hotels could generate material adverse tax consequences, which may affect our ability to sell hotels in response to market conditions and adversely affect our ability to generate cash flows.

Any of the forgoing risks could increase our costs, reduce our profits and limit our ability to respond to market conditions.

Changes in local market or neighborhood conditions may diminish the value of real property.

Hotels may be difficult to convert to other uses if changes in market conditions or in the area in which the hotel is located make hotel use unattractive for any reason. In such cases, large capital investments in real estate may prove difficult to recover. Hotels may be completely undamaged, but may lose significant value that cannot be recovered through insurance or operational changes because of disasters occurring nearby.

 

31


Table of Contents

The negative impact on profitability and cash flow generation from a decline in revenues is more pronounced in owned hotels because we, as the owner, bear the risk of their high fixed-cost structure. The need to maintain and renovate owned hotels can present challenges, especially when cash generated from operations has declined due to decreased revenues or increased costs, or when government regulations or other factors require expenditures on property improvements that cannot be recovered through rate increases. The effectiveness of any cost-cutting efforts is limited by the fixed-cost nature of our business. As a result, we may not be able to offset revenue reductions through cost cutting, which could further reduce our margins. Further, during times of economic distress, declining demand and declining earnings often result in declining asset values.

In an unfavorable market, we may not be able to sell hotels in the short term. Accordingly, we may not be able to adjust our portfolio promptly in response to economic or other conditions. Similarly, unfavorable markets may make it difficult to refinance mortgage debt as it comes due.

Failure to keep pace with developments in technology could adversely affect our operations or competitive position.

The hospitality industry demands the use of sophisticated technology and systems for hotel management, brand assurance and compliance, procurement, reservation systems, operation of our loyalty program, distribution of hotel resources to current and future guests and guest amenities. These technologies require refinements, including compliance with privacy regulations and requirements of third parties such as the payment card industry. The development and maintenance of these technologies may require significant capital. We cannot assure you that as various systems and technologies become outdated or new technology is required, we will be able to replace or introduce them as quickly as our competition or in a cost-effective and timely manner. We also cannot assure you that we will achieve the benefits we may have been anticipating from any new technology or system.

Failures in, material damage to, or interruptions in our information technology systems, software or websites, including as a result of cyber-attacks, and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We depend heavily upon our information technology systems in the conduct of our business. For example, we own, license or otherwise contract for sophisticated technology and systems for hotel management, procurement, reservations, phone switches and the operation of our Returns program. Those systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches and natural and manmade disasters. In particular, from time to time we and third parties who serve us experience cyber-attacks, attempted breaches of our or their information technology systems and networks or similar events, which could result in a loss of sensitive business or customer information, systems interruption or the disruption of our operations.

Damage or interruption to our information systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. Any material interruptions or failures in our systems, including those that may result from our failure to adequately develop,

 

32


Table of Contents

implement and maintain a robust disaster recovery plan and backup systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We are vulnerable to various risks and uncertainties associated with our website, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, costs and technical issues as we upgrade our website software, computer viruses, changes in applicable federal and state regulation, security breaches, legal claims related to our website operations and e-commerce fulfillment and other consumer privacy concerns. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties could reduce website sales and have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Failure of third party technology providers or vendors to provide services and technology in a satisfactory manner could adversely affect our business.

We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology functions worldwide and the provision of information technology and business process services. The success of our business depends in part on maintaining our relationships with these third parties and their continuing ability to perform these functions and services in a timely and satisfactory manner. If we experience a loss or disruption in the provision of any of these functions or services, or they are not performed in a satisfactory manner, we may have difficulty in finding alternate providers on terms favorable to us, in a timely manner or at all, and our business could be adversely affected.

We rely on certain software vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of our information technology systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner.

We may be exposed to risks and costs associated with protecting the integrity and security of our guests’ personal information.

We are subject to various risks associated with the collection, handling, storage and transmission of sensitive information, including risks related to compliance with U.S. and foreign data collection and privacy laws and other contractual obligations, as well as the risk that our systems collecting such information could be compromised. We collect and maintain information relating to our employees and guests for various business purposes, including managing our workforce and marketing and promotion purposes of our hotel business. Our various information technology systems enter, process, summarize and report such data, including credit card numbers and other personally identifiable information. A significant number of guest purchases are made using credit cards. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, approximately 20.4% of our guest reservations are placed through our website, including through mobile devices and those reservations made via LQ Instant Hold. In order for our business to function successfully, we must be able to handle and transmit confidential information, including credit card information, securely.

Privacy regulation is an evolving area in which different jurisdictions may subject us to increasingly demanding or inconsistent compliance requirements. Compliance with applicable privacy laws, regulations and policies may increase our operating costs and/or adversely affect our ability to service hotel guests and market our products, hotels and services to hotel guests. In

 

33


Table of Contents

addition, our failure to comply with applicable privacy laws and regulations, with our own privacy policies or with third-party requirements (or in some circumstances non-compliance by third parties engaged by us), or a breach of security in which personal data are compromised, could result in fines, litigation, adverse reputation impacts, remedial and other expenses, criminal sanctions, or restrictions on the use or transfer of data, which could adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that our business will always be conducted in compliance with these laws, regulations and policies.

Even if we are fully compliant with such legal standards, we may not be able to prevent security breaches involving guest transaction data and identity theft. In addition, efforts to hack or breach security measures, failures of systems or software to operate as designed or intended, viruses, operator error, or inadvertent releases of data all threaten our information systems and records. Our reliance on computer, Internet-based and mobile systems and communications and the frequency and sophistication of efforts by hackers to gain unauthorized access to such systems have increased in recent years. Any breach, theft, loss, or fraudulent use of guest, employee or Company data could cause consumers to lose confidence in the security of our website and choose not to purchase from us. If a computer hacker or other criminal is able to circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation and action for damage and could seriously disrupt our operations and harm our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Failure to comply with marketing and advertising laws, including with regard to direct marketing, could result in fines or place restrictions on our business.

We rely on a variety of direct marketing techniques, including telemarketing, email marketing and postal mailings. Any further restrictions in laws such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, the Telemarketing Sales Rule, CAN-SPAM Act of 2003, and various U.S. state laws, or new federal laws, regarding marketing and solicitation or international data protection laws that govern these activities could adversely affect current or planned marketing activities and could force further changes in our marketing strategy. If this occurs, we may not be able to develop adequate alternative marketing strategies. We also obtain access to potential guests from travel service providers or other companies with whom we have substantial relationships. We market to some individuals on these lists directly or through other companies’ marketing materials. If access to these lists was prohibited or otherwise restricted, our ability to develop new guests, and introduce them to our hotels could be impaired.

The growth of internet reservation channels could adversely affect our business and profitability.

A significant percentage of hotel rooms for individual guests is booked through internet travel intermediaries. We contract with such intermediaries and pay them various commissions and transaction fees for sales of our rooms through their system. If such bookings increase, these intermediaries may be able to obtain higher commissions, reduced room rates or other significant contract concessions from us or our franchisees. Moreover, hospitality intermediaries generally employ aggressive marketing strategies, including expending significant resources for online and television advertising campaigns to drive consumers to their websites. Further, some of these internet travel intermediaries are attempting to commoditize hotel rooms by increasing the importance of price and general indicators of quality at the expense of brand identification. Consumers may develop brand loyalties to the intermediaries’ websites and reservations systems

 

34


Table of Contents

rather than to the La Quinta brand. If this happens, our business and profitability may be significantly harmed as shifting guest loyalties divert bookings away from our websites, or as the fees charged by third-party websites increase the overall cost of internet bookings for our hotels.

In addition, recent class action litigation against several online travel intermediaries and lodging companies challenges the legality under antitrust law of certain provisions in contracts with third party intermediaries. While the travel intermediaries and lodging companies are vigorously defending this litigation and believe the contract provisions are lawful, the courts will ultimately determine this issue and an adverse outcome could force hotel companies, including us, to alter their business arrangements with these third parties which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our reservation system is an important component of the La Quinta brand and a disruption to its functioning could have an adverse effect on our hotels.

We license software from unaffiliated third parties for the La Quinta hotels reservation system. Losing these licenses may adversely affect our ability to maintain a technically adequate reservations system, which, in the absence of suitable alternatives, would inhibit our ability to conduct our business (including our ability to attract and retain franchise arrangements) and, ultimately, diminish our ability to generate revenue.

We manage a reservation system that communicates reservations to our owned and franchised hotels that have been made by individuals directly, either online or by telephone to our call centers, or through intermediaries like travel agents, internet travel web sites and other distribution channels. The cost, speed, efficacy and efficiency of the reservation system, as well as protection of personal or confidential information of its users, are important aspects of the business and are major considerations of franchisees in choosing to affiliate with the La Quinta brand. Any degradation of, failure of adequate development relative to, or security breach of, our reservation system may adversely affect our business.

Our reservation system relies on data communications networks operated by unaffiliated third parties. Any significant interruption of the function of our reservation system (or significant parts of our reservation system) may adversely affect our business as well as our ability to generate revenues.

The cessation, reduction or taxation of program benefits of our Returns loyalty program could adversely affect the La Quinta brand and guest loyalty.

We manage the Returns program for the La Quinta brand. Our owned and franchised hotels contribute a percentage of the guest’s room rate per night to the program for each hotel stay of a Returns program member. We arrange with service providers such as airlines to exchange monetary value represented by points for program awards and we may charge a license fee to such service providers for use of the La Quinta brand trademarks. Returns program members accumulate points based on eligible stays and hotel charges and redeem the points for a range of benefits, including free rooms, airline miles and other items of value. The Returns program is an important aspect of our business and of the affiliation value for hotel owners under franchise agreements. Currently, the program benefits are not taxed as income to members. If the program awards and benefits are materially altered, curtailed or taxed and, as a result, a material number of Returns members choose to stay at non-La Quinta-branded hotels, our business could be adversely affected.

 

35


Table of Contents

Any failure to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property could reduce the value of our brand and harm our business.

The recognition and reputation of our brand are important to our success. We rely on trademark laws to protect our proprietary rights. The success of our business depends in part upon our continued ability to use our trademarks to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand in both domestic and international markets. From time to time, we apply to have certain trademarks registered; however, we cannot assure you that those trademark or other intellectual property registrations will be granted or that the steps we take to use, control or protect our trademarks or other intellectual property in the United States and other jurisdictions will always be adequate to prevent third parties, including former employees, from copying or using the trademarks or other intellectual property without authorization or in a manner where authorization may not be required. We may also fail to obtain and maintain trademark protection for our brand in all jurisdictions. For example, in certain jurisdictions, third parties have registered or otherwise have the right to use certain trademarks that are the same as or similar to our trademarks, which could prevent us from registering trademarks and opening hotels in that jurisdiction. In addition, “la quinta” is a commonly used term in Central and South America and, as such, we may face greater difficulty protecting our registered trademarks in those regions. Third parties may also challenge our rights to certain trademarks or oppose our trademark applications. Defending against any such proceedings may be costly, and if unsuccessful, could result in the loss of important intellectual property rights. Obtaining and maintaining trademark protection for multiple brands in multiple jurisdictions is also expensive, and we may therefore elect not to apply for or to maintain certain trademarks. See “Business—Our trademarks.”

Our intellectual property is also vulnerable to unauthorized copying or use in some jurisdictions outside the United States, where local law, or lax enforcement of law, may not adequately protect it. If our trademarks or other intellectual property are misappropriated, or otherwise used in a manner where authorization may not be required, the La Quinta brand, including its value and reputation, could be harmed.

We monitor the unauthorized copying or use of intellectual property in the United States and other countries in which we operate or plan to operate. However, it is difficult to protect against every possible unauthorized use of our trademarks or other intellectual property and there are times where we have resorted, and may in the future resort, to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights. Litigation of this type could be costly, force us to divert our resources, lead to counterclaims or other claims against us or otherwise harm our business or reputation. In addition, we license certain of our trademarks to third parties. For example, we grant our franchisees a right to use certain of our trademarks in connection with their operation of the applicable hotel. If a franchisee or other licensee fails to maintain the quality of the goods and services used in connection with the licensed trademarks, our rights to, and the value of, our trademarks could potentially be harmed. Negative publicity relating to the franchisee or licensee could also be incorrectly associated with us, which could harm our business. Failure to maintain, control and protect our trademarks and other intellectual property would likely adversely affect the ability of our hotels to generate revenues or our ability to enter into new franchise agreements.

 

36


Table of Contents

Third-party claims that we infringe patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights or misappropriate trade secrets of others could subject us to damages and other costs and expenses.

Third parties may make claims against us for infringing their patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights or for misappropriating their trade secrets. Any such claims, even those without merit, could:

 

 

be expensive and time consuming to defend;

 

 

force us to stop using the intellectual property that is being challenged, or to stop providing products or services that use the challenged intellectual property;

 

 

force us to rebrand our services;

 

 

divert management’s attention and resources;

 

 

force us to enter into royalty, licensing, co-existence or other agreements to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property;

 

 

limit the use or the scope of our intellectual property or other rights;

 

 

force us to pay significant damages; and

 

 

limit where we can open future hotels.

In addition, we may be required to indemnify franchisees for any losses they incur as a result of any such infringement claims. All necessary royalty, licensing or other agreements may not be available to us at all or on acceptable terms. Any costs, lost revenues, changes to our business or diversion of management attention related to intellectual property claims against us, whether successful or not, could adversely affect our business.

Because a component of our strategy is to continue to grow our franchise business internationally, the risks of doing business internationally could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

At December 31, 2013, seven of our 477 franchised hotels were located outside of the United States, which represents approximately 1.5% of our total franchised hotels. We expect to increase the number of franchised hotels located outside of the United States in the coming years, with approximately 9.6% of our pipeline relating to hotels located outside the United States. As a result, we are and will be, on an increasing basis, subject to the risks of doing business outside the United States, including:

 

 

recessionary trends or economic instability in international markets;

 

 

changes in foreign currency exchange rates or currency restructurings and hyperinflation or deflation in the countries in which we operate;

 

 

the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or limitations on our ability to repatriate non-U.S. earnings in a tax effective manner;

 

 

the presence and acceptance of varying levels of business corruption in international markets;

 

 

the impact of various anti-corruption and other laws;

 

37


Table of Contents
 

the ability to comply with, or impact of complying with, complex and changing laws, regulations and policies of foreign governments that may affect investments or operations, including foreign ownership restrictions, import and export controls, tariffs, embargoes, licensing requirements and regulations, increases in taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws;

 

 

uncertainties as to local laws and enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights;

 

 

the difficulties involved in managing an organization doing business in many different countries;

 

 

rapid changes in governmental, economic and political policies, political or civil unrest, acts of terrorism or the threat of international boycotts or U.S. anti-boycott legislation;

 

 

increases in anti-American sentiment and the identification of the licensed brands as an American brand;

 

 

forced nationalization of franchised hotels by local, state or national governments;

 

 

the effect of disruptions caused by severe weather, natural disasters, outbreak of disease or other events that make travel to a particular region less attractive or more difficult; and

 

 

political and economic instability.

Any or all of these factors may adversely affect the income from and the market value of our hotels located in international markets. In addition, the economy of any region in which our hotels are located may be adversely affected to a greater degree than that of other areas of the country or the world by certain developments affecting industries concentrated in that region or country. A decline in the general economic condition in regions or countries in which our hotels are located could result in a decrease in hotel demand in the region, and the income from and market value of these hotels may be adversely affected. Over time, room rates in regions can fluctuate and have historically fluctuated widely. While these factors and the impact of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business, and as our international operations increase, these risks will become more pronounced.

A number of our owned hotels are subject to ground leases; if we are found to be in breach of a ground lease or are unable to renew a ground lease, we could be adversely affected.

Twenty of our owned hotels are either completely or partially on land subject to ground leases. If we are found to be in breach of a ground lease or ground sublease, such ground lease or sublease could be terminated. Assuming that we exercise all available options to extend the terms of our ground leases and ground subleases, all of our ground leases and ground subleases will expire between 2014 and 2102, with two expiring in the next three years. However, in certain cases, our ability to exercise such options is subject to the condition that we are not in default under the terms of the ground lease or ground sublease, as applicable, at the time that we exercise such options and/or the time such extension occurs, and we can provide no assurances that we will be able to exercise our options at such time. Furthermore, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to renew our ground leases and ground subleases upon expiration. If a ground lease or ground sublease expires or is terminated, we would be unable to derive income from such hotel, which could adversely affect us.

 

38


Table of Contents

If an appropriate opportunity becomes available, we may seek to expand through acquisitions of and investments in other businesses and hotels, or through alliances. We may also seek to divest some of our hotels and other assets. These acquisition and disposition activities may be unsuccessful or divert management’s attention.

We may consider strategic and complementary acquisitions of and investments in other hotel or hospitality brands, businesses, hotels or other assets. Furthermore, we may pursue these opportunities in alliance with existing or prospective owners of franchised hotels. In many cases, we will be competing for these opportunities with third parties that may have substantially greater financial resources than us. Acquisitions or investments in brands, businesses, hotels or assets as well as these alliances are subject to risks that could affect our business, including risks related to:

 

 

issuing shares of stock that could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders;

 

spending cash and incurring debt;

 

assuming contingent liabilities; or

 

creating additional expenses.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify opportunities or complete transactions on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that we will actually realize any anticipated benefits from such acquisitions, investments or alliances. There may be high barriers to entry in certain key markets and scarcity of available development and investment opportunities in desirable locations. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain financing for acquisitions or investments on attractive terms or at all, or that the ability to obtain financing will not be restricted by the terms of our indebtedness.

The success of any such acquisitions or investments also will depend, in part, on our ability to integrate the acquisition or investment with our existing operations. We may experience difficulty with integrating acquired businesses, hotels or other assets, including difficulties relating to:

 

 

coordinating sales, distribution, and marketing functions;

 

integrating technology information systems; and

 

preserving the important guest, labor and other relationships of the acquired assets.

Divestment of some of our hotels or assets may yield lower than expected returns. In some circumstances, sales of hotels or other assets may result in losses. Upon a sale of hotels or assets, we may become subject to contractual indemnity obligations, incur material losses, including impairment charges, or tax liabilities or, as a result of required debt repayment, face a shortage of liquidity. In addition, any acquisitions, investments, dispositions or alliances could demand significant attention from management that would otherwise be available for business operations, which could harm our business.

Governmental regulation may adversely affect the operation of our hotels.

The hotels that we operate are subject to extensive local, regional and national regulations and, on a periodic basis, must obtain various licenses and permits. The laws and regulations of states, counties, cities, provinces and other political subdivisions may also require certain registration, disclosure statements and other practices with respect to the franchising of hotels. Any failure to identify, obtain or maintain required licenses and permits could result in adverse consequences.

The hotel industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local governmental regulations in the United States and the other countries in which our franchised hotels operate, including those

 

39


Table of Contents

relating to building and zoning requirements and those relating to the preparation and sale of food. Hotels and their owners and operators are also subject to licensing and regulation by state and local departments relating to health, sanitation, fire and safety standards, and to laws governing their relationships with employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime, working conditions and citizenship requirements. In connection with the continued operation or remodeling of certain of our hotels, we or our franchisees may be required to expend funds to meet federal, state and local regulations. For example, we may incur significant costs complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), which requires that all public accommodations meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The regulations also mandate certain operational requirements that hotel operators must observe. If, pursuant to the ADA, we are required to make substantial alterations to, and capital expenditures for, our hotels, including removal of access barriers, it could increase our expenditures and, in turn, could reduce our earnings. Any failure to obtain or maintain any such licenses or any publicity resulting from actual or alleged violations of any such laws and regulations could result in injunctive relief, fines, damage awards or capital expenditures and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Moreover, new or revised laws and regulations or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations could affect the operation of our hotels or result in significant additional expense and operating restrictions on us and our franchisees.

In addition, we may be subject to certain laws and regulations that govern the offer and sale of franchises, including regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”). Many franchise laws impose substantive requirements on franchise agreements, including limitations on provisions concerning the termination or non-renewal of a franchise. The FTC requires franchisors to make extensive disclosure to prospective franchisees but does not require registration. Some franchise laws require that certain materials be registered before franchises can be offered or sold in that state. The failure to obtain or retain licenses or approvals to sell franchises could adversely affect us and our franchisees.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations may increase costs, reduce profits, limit growth or subject us to broader liability.

Our business operations in countries outside the United States are subject to a number of U.S. federal laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the Commerce Department. The FCPA is intended to prohibit bribery of foreign officials or parties and requires public companies in the United States to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect those companies’ transactions. OFAC and the Commerce Department administer and enforce economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted foreign states, organizations and individuals. Some of our business operations are also subject to the laws and regulations of non-U.S. jurisdictions, including anti-corruption legislation in the countries in which we conduct operations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be exposed to claims for damages, financial penalties, reputational harm, incarceration of our employees or restrictions on our operation, ownership or franchising of hotels, including the termination of our franchise and ownership rights. These restrictions could increase our costs of operations, reduce our profits or cause us to forgo development opportunities that would otherwise support our growth.

In August 2012, Congress enacted the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (“ITRSHRA”), which expands the scope of U.S. sanctions against Iran. More specifically, Section 219 of the ITRSHRA amended the Exchange Act to require companies subject to Securities and

 

40


Table of Contents

Exchange Commission, or SEC, reporting obligations under Section 13 of the Exchange Act to disclose in their periodic reports specified dealings or transactions involving Iran or other individuals and entities targeted by certain OFAC sanctions engaged in by the reporting company or any of its affiliates during the period covered by the relevant periodic report. In some cases, ITRSHRA requires companies to disclose these types of transactions even if they were permissible under U.S. law. These companies are required to separately file with the SEC a notice that such activities have been disclosed in the relevant periodic report, and the SEC is required to post this notice of disclosure on its website and send the report to the U.S. President and certain U.S. Congressional committees. The U.S. President thereafter is required to initiate an investigation and, within 180 days of initiating such an investigation, to determine whether sanctions should be imposed. Under ITRSHRA, we would be required to report if we or any of our “affiliates” knowingly engaged in certain specified activities during the period covered by the report. Because the SEC defines the term “affiliate” broadly, it includes any entity controlled by us as well as any person or entity that controls us or is under common control with us. Because we may be deemed to be a controlled affiliate of Blackstone, affiliates of Blackstone may also be considered our affiliates. Disclosure of such activity by us or our affiliates, even if such activity is not subject to sanctions under applicable law, and any sanctions actually imposed on us or our affiliates as a result of these activities, could harm our reputation and have a negative impact on our business.

Foreign or U.S. environmental laws and regulations may cause us to incur substantial costs or subject us to potential liabilities.

We are subject to certain compliance costs and potential liabilities under various foreign and U.S. federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern actions including air emissions, the use, storage and disposal of hazardous and toxic substances, and wastewater disposal. Our failure to comply with such laws, including any required permits or licenses, could result in substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some of our operations. We could also be liable under such laws for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances at our currently or formerly owned, operated or franchised hotels or at third-party locations in connection with our waste disposal operations, regardless of whether or not we knew of, or caused, the presence or release of such substances. Some laws may regard us as having liability as an operator by virtue of how we may implement our franchise agreements, rendering us potentially responsible for addressing environmental or other conditions existing at our franchised hotels. In some cases, we may be entitled to indemnification from the party that caused the contamination, or pursuant to our franchise agreements, but there can be no assurance that we would be able to recover all or any costs we incur in addressing such problems. From time to time, we may be required to remediate such substances or remove, abate or manage asbestos, mold, radon gas, lead or other hazardous conditions at our hotels. The presence or release of such toxic or hazardous substances could result in third-party claims for personal injury, property or natural resource damages, business interruption or other losses. Such claims and the need to investigate, remediate, or otherwise address hazardous, toxic or unsafe conditions could adversely affect our operations, the value of any affected hotel, or our ability to sell, lease or assign our rights in any such hotel, or could otherwise harm our business or reputation. Environmental, health and safety requirements have also become increasingly stringent, and our costs may increase as a result. For example, Congress, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and some states are considering or have undertaken actions to regulate and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. New or revised laws and regulations or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, such as those related to climate change, could affect the operation of our owned and franchised hotels

 

41


Table of Contents

or result in significant additional expense and operating restrictions on us and our franchisees. The potential for changes in the frequency, duration and severity of extreme weather events that may be a result of climate change could lead to significant property damage at our hotels and other assets, impact our ability to obtain insurance coverage in areas that are most vulnerable to such events, and have a negative effect on revenues.

Asbestos, lead-based paint, mold and other hotel related issues could expose us to substantial liability.

Certain U.S. and foreign laws impose liability for the release of asbestos containing materials into the air or require the removal or containment of asbestos containing materials, and third parties may seek recovery from owners or operators of real properties for personal injury associated with exposure to toxic or hazardous substances. Some of our owned hotels may have asbestos containing materials, and when these materials have been discovered, we have taken action as and when required by applicable law. Such laws require that, as owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos, we must (i) properly manage and maintain the asbestos, (ii) notify and train those who may come into contact with asbestos and (iii) undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if asbestos would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws may impose fines and penalties on us if we fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos fibers, which could significantly increase our operating costs and reduce our earnings.

In addition, certain laws impose liability for lead based paint, and third parties may seek recovery from owners or operators of real properties for personal injury associated with lead based paint. Limits are placed on the amount of lead that may be present in public drinking water supplies, and third parties may seek recovery from owners or operators of real properties for injuries arising from exposure to high lead concentration.

Other materials used in the construction of our owned hotels that are currently thought to be safe may in the future be determined to be hazardous, and could expose us to substantial liability for damages, injuries, adverse health effects or removal and disposal costs. In addition, other building supplies thought to be appropriate for their use, while not toxic, have been discovered to be defective (such as fire-retardant plywood or polybutylene piping). Defects in such supplies have resulted in substantial costs on the part of the owners or operators of affected hotels to remove and replace the defective materials. Materials currently thought to be appropriate or safe may in the future prove to be defective, and could result in substantial costs or losses.

Problems associated with mold may pose risks to our hotels and also may be the basis for personal injury claims against us. There is no generally accepted standard for the assessment of mold. If left unchecked or inadequately addressed, the growth of mold could result in litigation and remediation expenses, or in a closure of some or all of a hotel, that could adversely affect revenues from an individual hotel. We have discovered that some of our owned hotels have problems with mold. The presence of mold at some of our owned hotels has required us to undertake a remediation program to remove the mold from the affected hotels. The cost of remediation to date has not been material. However, remediation costs may substantially increase if there is mold in our other hotels or if costs related to mold such as legal and insurance expense continue to increase rapidly, which could significantly increase our operating costs and reduce our earnings.

 

42


Table of Contents

Additionally, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has identified certain health risks associated with elevated radon gas in buildings, and has recommended that certain mitigating measures be considered. It is possible that other environmental conditions not currently known, or known but not currently thought to be dangerous, may in the future be determined to present a risk to health or safety, such as with respect to possible exposure to waterborne pathogens.

Franchisees are exposed to the same risks with respect to the hotels that they own and operate. Additionally, some laws may regard us as having liability as an operator by virtue of how we may implement our franchise agreements, rendering us potentially responsible for addressing environmental or other conditions existing at our franchised hotels. Our franchise agreements typically require our franchisees to assume and indemnify us against such liabilities, but there can be no assurance that governmental authorities will not look directly to us to address such matters or that we would be able to recover from our hotel owners any costs we incur in doing so.

For all of these reasons, the presence of, or potential for contamination by, such hazardous or toxic substances, or exposure to pathogens, at, on, under, adjacent to, emanating from, or in any of our hotels could materially adversely affect the operations, the value of such hotel or the ability to attract guests to such hotel, or could otherwise harm our business or reputation.

We are subject to risks from litigation filed by or against us.

Legal or governmental proceedings brought by or on behalf of franchisees, employees or guests may adversely affect our financial results. In recent years, a number of hospitality companies have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal laws and regulations regarding workplace and employment matters, consumer protection claims and other commercial matters. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants through adverse judgments or settlement agreements. Similar lawsuits have been and may be instituted against us from time to time, and we may incur substantial damages and expenses resulting from lawsuits of this type, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. From time to time, we may also be engaged in lawsuits against franchisees. Similarly, we may from time to time institute legal proceedings on behalf of ourselves or others, the ultimate outcome of which could cause us to incur substantial damages and expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The loss of senior executives or key field personnel, such as general managers, could significantly harm our business.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends to a large degree on the efforts and skills of our senior executives. On average, our management team members have 20 years of experience in lodging and lodging related industries or have other relevant experience; however, we cannot guarantee that these individuals will remain with us. Finding suitable replacements for senior executives could be difficult. We currently do not have a life insurance policy or key person insurance policy with respect to any of our senior executives. Losing the services of one or more of these senior executives could adversely affect strategic relationships, including relationships with franchisees and vendors, and limit our ability to execute our business strategies.

We also rely on the general managers at each of our owned hotels to manage daily operations and oversee the efforts of their team members. These general managers are trained professionals in the hospitality industry and have extensive experience in many markets worldwide. The failure to retain, train or successfully manage general managers for our owned hotels could negatively affect our operations.

 

43


Table of Contents

Labor shortages could restrict our ability to operate our hotels or grow our business or result in increased labor costs that could reduce our profits.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain, train, manage and engage employees. If we are unable to attract, retain, train, manage and engage skilled employees, our ability to manage and staff the owned hotels adequately could be impaired, which could reduce guest satisfaction. In addition, the inability of our franchisees to attract, retain, train, manage and engage skilled employees for the franchised hotels could adversely affect our business. Staffing shortages also could hinder our ability to grow and expand our businesses. Because payroll costs are a major component of the operating expenses at our hotels, a shortage of skilled labor could also require higher wages that would increase labor costs, which could adversely affect our profits and the profits of our franchisees. In addition, increases in minimum wage rates could result in significantly increased costs and reduced profits for us and our franchisees.

Higher health care costs and labor costs could adversely affect our business.

With the passage in 2010 of the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Act”), we are required to provide affordable coverage, as defined in the Act, to all employees, or otherwise be subject to a payment per employee based on the affordability criteria in the Act. Many of these requirements will be phased in over a period of time, with the majority of the most impactful provisions affecting us presently anticipated to begin in 2015. Additionally, some states and localities have passed state and local laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. Increased health care and insurance costs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition changes in federal or state workplace regulations could adversely affect our ability to meet our financial targets.

Attempts by labor organizations to organize groups of our employees or changes in labor laws could disrupt our operations, increase our labor costs or interfere with the ability of our management to focus on implementing our business strategies.

Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, we cannot guarantee that our employees will not elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. We may become subject to collective bargaining agreements, similar agreements or regulations enforced by governmental entities in the future. Changes in the federal regulatory scheme could make it easier for unions to organize groups of our employees. If relationships with our employees become adverse, our hotels could experience labor disruptions such as strikes, lockouts and public demonstrations. Additionally, if such changes take effect, our employees could be subject to organizational efforts, which could potentially lead to disruptions or require our management’s time to address unionization issues. Labor regulation could also lead to higher wage and benefit costs, changes in work rules that raise operating expenses and legal costs, and limit our ability to take cost saving measures during economic downturns. These or similar agreements, legislation or changes in regulations could disrupt our operations, hinder our ability to cross-train and cross-promote our employees due to prescribed work rules and job classifications, reduce our profitability or interfere with the ability of our management to focus on executing our business and operating strategies.

If the insurance that we or our franchisees carry does not sufficiently cover damage or other potential losses or liabilities to third parties involving our hotels, our profits could be reduced.

We carry, and we require our franchisees to carry, insurance from insurance carriers that we believe is adequate for foreseeable first and third party losses and with terms and conditions that we

 

44


Table of Contents

believe are reasonable and customary. Nevertheless, market forces beyond our control could limit the scope of the insurance coverage that we and our franchisees can obtain or restrict our or our franchisees’ ability to buy insurance coverage at reasonable rates. In the event of a substantial loss, the insurance coverage that we or our franchisees carry may not be sufficient to reimburse us in full for our losses or pay the full value of financial obligations, liabilities or the replacement cost of any lost investment or property loss, which could adversely affect our profits. In addition, risks that may fall outside the general coverage terms and limits of the policies and certain types of losses that are significantly uncertain, or generally of a catastrophic nature, such as hurricanes, earthquakes and floods or terrorist acts, may be uninsurable or not economically insurable. If such losses or events occur, they could cause substantial damage to our hotels or our franchised hotels or the surrounding area, without any insurance coverage. Further, we and our franchisees may not be able to obtain or renew insurance policies or, if we or our franchisees are able to obtain or renew our coverage, it may be at a significantly higher cost than the historic cost.

In addition, insurance coverage for our hotels and for casualty losses does not customarily cover damages that are characterized as punitive or similar damages. As a result, any claims or legal proceedings, or settlement of any such claims or legal proceedings that result in damages that are characterized as punitive or similar damages may not be covered by our insurance. If these types of damages are substantial, our financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.

In some cases, these factors could result in certain losses being completely uninsured. As a result, we or our franchisees could lose some or all of the capital invested in a hotel, as well as the anticipated future revenues and profits from the hotel. We or our franchisees could suffer an uninsured or underinsured loss, and we may not have sufficient insurance to cover awards of damages resulting from claims made against us.

Terrorism insurance may not be available at all or at commercially reasonable rates.

Following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in New York City and the Washington, D.C. area, Congress passed the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, which established the Terrorism Insurance Program to provide insurance capacity for terrorist acts. On December 26, 2007, the Terrorism Insurance Program was extended by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 through December 31, 2014, or TRIPRA. We carry insurance from insurance carriers to respond to both first-party and third-party liability losses related to terrorism. We purchase our first-party property damage and business interruption insurance from a stand-alone market in place of and to supplement insurance from government run pools. If TRIPRA is not extended or renewed upon its expiration in 2014, premiums for terrorism insurance coverage will likely increase and/or the terms of such insurance may be materially amended to increase stated exclusions or to otherwise effectively decrease the scope of coverage available, perhaps to the point where it is effectively unavailable.

Terrorist attacks and military conflicts may adversely affect the hospitality industry.

The terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 underscore the possibility that large public facilities or economically important assets could become the target of terrorist attacks in the future. The occurrence or the possibility of terrorist attacks or military conflicts could generally reduce travel to affected areas for tourism and business or adversely affect the willingness of guests to stay in or avail themselves of hotel services and result in higher costs for security and insurance premiums or diminish the availability

 

45


Table of Contents

of insurance coverage for losses related to terrorist attacks, all of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes to estimates or projections used to assess the fair value of our assets, or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain locations, may cause us to incur impairment charges that could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, other intangible assets with finite useful lives, and substantial amounts of long-lived assets, principally property and equipment, including hotels. We analyze our assets for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. Our evaluation of impairment requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions including projections of future results. After performing our evaluation for impairment, including an analysis to determine the recoverability of long-lived assets, we will record an impairment loss when the carrying value of the underlying asset, asset group or reporting unit exceeds its fair value. In connection with the impairment test in 2012, we determined that property and equipment related to certain hotels were partially impaired primarily due to changes in market position, the economy, decreased overall travel demand and/or decrease in assumed holding period, and we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no impairment was recorded on our assets held for use. If the estimates or assumptions used in our evaluation of impairment change, we may be required to record additional impairment charges on certain of these assets. During times of economic distress, declining demand and declining earnings often result in declining asset values. If any impairment losses we recognize are significant, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to taxation at the federal, state and local levels in the U.S. and other countries and jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rate could be affected by changes in the composition of earnings in jurisdictions with differing tax rates, changes in statutory rates and other legislative changes, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in determinations regarding the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. From time to time, the U.S. federal, state and local and foreign governments make substantive changes to tax rules and their application, which could result in materially higher taxes than would be incurred under existing tax law or interpretation and could adversely affect our profitability, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. State and local tax authorities have also increased their efforts to increase revenues through changes in tax law and audits. Such changes and proposals, if enacted, could increase our future effective income tax rates. We are subject to ongoing and periodic tax audits and disputes in various jurisdictions. An unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties and interest, thereby adversely impacting our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service and may be required to pay additional taxes.

The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) is currently auditing the tax returns of La Quinta Corporation, one of our REITs, and BRE/LQ Operating Lessee Inc., one of our taxable REIT

 

46


Table of Contents

subsidiaries, in each case for calendar years 2010 and 2011. On January 9, 2014, we received a draft notice of proposed adjustment from the IRS in the amount of $158 million of additional tax for calendar years 2010 and 2011 in which the IRS has preliminarily asserted that the rent charged for these periods under the lease of hotel properties from the REIT to the taxable REIT subsidiary exceeded an arm’s length rent. The rent payable under such lease is based on a transfer pricing study prepared by an expert firm, and we believe that all such rent has been on an arm’s length basis. If, however, the IRS were successful in showing the rent charged was higher than the rent determined under any reasonable method, an excise tax would be imposed on the REIT equal to 100% of the excess rent. Such adjustments could also give rise to additional state income taxes. The IRS has indicated that it intends to review similar issues with respect to subsequent taxable years of the REIT and taxable REIT subsidiary. The IRS may also raise other issues in the course of examining our tax returns that could result in additional proposed adjustments. We have reviewed the draft notice from the IRS, considered its content, and intend to seek additional input from the IRS. However, we continue to believe that the positions reported on our tax returns under audit by the IRS are, based on their technical merits, more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013, we have not established any reserves related to this draft proposed adjustment or any other issues reflected on the returns under examination. If the IRS were successful in its challenges, we could owe additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow and the price of our common stock.

Although neither we nor our subsidiaries will be a REIT for United States federal income tax purposes following this offering, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the Existing Entities’ REIT status for previous years in which they elected REIT status. If the IRS were to successfully challenge the previous REIT status of any such entity, we may be required to pay additional taxes.

Certain of the Existing Entities elected to be treated as REITs for United States federal income tax purposes for taxable years ending on and prior to the date of this offering. Following consummation of this offering, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be REITs for United States federal income tax purposes. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the Existing Entities’ REIT qualification for previous years in which they elected REIT status. Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”) for which only a limited number of judicial or administrative interpretations exist. Although we believe that each of the Existing Entities that elected to be treated as a REIT met all of these requirements and qualified as a REIT in each of the years REIT status was elected, if the IRS were to successfully challenge the previous REIT status of any such entity, we could be liable for additional income taxes, interest and penalties, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow and the price of our common stock.

Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our results of operations.

New accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future. A change in accounting rules or regulations may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective, and future changes to accounting rules or regulations or the questioning of current accounting practices may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, in 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a revised exposure draft outlining proposed changes to current lease accounting in FASB Accounting Standards

 

47


Table of Contents

Codification (“Codification” or “ASC”) Topic 840, “Leases” and certain of our owned hotels are located on land that is leased from third parties. The proposed Accounting Standards Update, if ultimately adopted in its current form, could result in significant changes to current accounting, including the capitalization of leases on the balance sheet that currently are recorded off balance sheet as operating leases. While this change would not impact the cash flow related to our leased hotels and other leased assets, it could adversely impact our balance sheet and could therefore impact our ability to raise financing from banks or other sources.

Risks relating to our indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and our ability to pay our debts and could expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable debt and divert our cash flow from operations to make debt payments.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2013, our total indebtedness was approximately $2.7 billion, or $2.1 billion on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the use of proceeds. Our substantial debt could have important consequences, including:

 

 

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and pursue future business opportunities;

 

 

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

 

 

exposing us to increased interest expense, as our degree of leverage may cause the interest rates of any future indebtedness (whether fixed or floating rate interest) to be higher than they would be otherwise;

 

 

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our indebtedness is at variable rates of interest;

 

 

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default that accelerates our obligation to repay indebtedness;

 

 

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

 

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, hotel development, satisfaction of debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

 

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be better positioned to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

 

48


Table of Contents

Furthermore, all of our debt currently matures in July 2014. We do not expect to have sufficient cash on hand to repay in full the balances expected to exist at that time. As such, we intend to enter into a new credit agreement as described under “Description of indebtedness—New senior secured credit facilities”. On February 21, 2014, we agreed with the joint lead arrangers on the terms of the credit agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the senior secured credit facilities to the lenders. The closing of the senior secured credit facilities is subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of this offering.

In addition, we are a holding company and substantially all of our consolidated assets are owned by, and most of our business is conducted through, our subsidiaries. Revenues from these subsidiaries are our primary source of funds for debt payments and operating expenses. If our subsidiaries are restricted from making distributions to us, that may impair our ability to meet our debt service obligations or otherwise fund our operations. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by subsidiaries to their parent companies under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. As a result, although a subsidiary of ours may have cash, we may not be able to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligation to service our outstanding debt or fund our operations.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives. Our failure to make the required interest and principal payments on our indebtedness would result in an event of default under the agreement governing such indebtedness, which may result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt and enter into other transactions, which could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities will contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and entering into certain types of other transactions, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also do not prevent us from incurring obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined under our debt instruments. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described in the preceding two risk factors would increase.

 

49


Table of Contents

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities will contain, and future debt agreements may contain, restrictions that may limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities will contain operating covenants that limit the discretion of management with respect to certain business matters. These covenants place restrictions on, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness and make guarantees, create liens on assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, engage in mergers and consolidations, sell assets, make fundamental changes, pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, make changes in the nature of our business and make prepayments of junior debt. In addition, under our senior secured credit facilities, if, on the last day of any period of four consecutive quarters on or after June 30, 2014, the aggregate principal amount of revolving credit loans, swing line loans and/or letters of credit (excluding up to $20 million of letters of credit and certain other letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or back-stopped) that are issued and/or outstanding is greater than 25% of the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement will require the borrower to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio not to exceed 8.0 to 1.0. Additionally, the documents governing our future indebtedness may place additional restrictions on us and may require us to meet certain financial ratios and tests. Our ability to comply with these and other provisions of our new credit agreement and future debt agreements is dependent on our future performance, which will be subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or non-compliance with any of these financial ratios and tests could result in an event of default under the debt agreements, which, if not cured or waived, could result in acceleration of the related debt and the acceleration of debt under other instruments evidencing indebtedness that may contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

Our Sponsor controls us and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, our Sponsor will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock, or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. Moreover, under our amended and restated bylaws and the stockholders’ agreement with our Sponsor that will be in effect by the completion of this offering, we will agree to nominate to our board individuals designated by our Sponsor, whom we refer to as the “Sponsor Directors,” according to the following scale: (1) if our Sponsor continues to beneficially own at least 50% of our stock, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (2) if our Sponsor continues to beneficially own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of our stock, the lowest whole number that is at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (3) if our Sponsor continues to beneficially own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of our stock, the lowest whole number that is at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (4) if our Sponsor continues to beneficially own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of our stock, the lowest whole number that is at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; and (5) if our Sponsor continues to beneficially own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of our stock, the lowest whole number that is at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. Therefore, even when our Sponsor ceases to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, our Sponsor will still be able to significantly

 

50


Table of Contents

influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, our Sponsor will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, for so long as our Sponsor continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, our Sponsor will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our Company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of our Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our Sponsor engages in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in real estate generally and in the hospitality industry in particular. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Sponsor may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. For example, our Sponsor owns interests in Extended Stay America, Inc., Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and G6 Hospitality, LLC, and certain other investments in the hotel industry that may compete directly or indirectly with us. As a result, they could have interests that could conflict with ours. Additionally, two of our directors sit on the board of directors of the companies listed above and our directors may in the future sit on other companies in the hospitality industry. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our Sponsor or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Sponsor also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our Sponsor may have an interest in having the Company pursue acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in the Company, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

Upon the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of such exchange’s rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. To the extent we rely on such exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, our Sponsor will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. For example, controlled companies, within one year of the date of the listing of their common stock:

 

 

are not required to have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

 

are not required to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

51


Table of Contents
 

are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not expect a majority of the directors on our board will be independent upon the closing of this offering. In addition, although we will have a fully independent audit committee, we do not expect that our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules implemented by the SEC. The expenses incurred by public

 

52


Table of Contents

companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

There may not be an active trading market for shares of our common stock, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

 

53


Table of Contents

The market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

We do not currently have a policy regarding payment of dividends. We will determine our initial dividend polity prior to consummation of this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, other contractual restrictions and the terms of any preferred stock, our business prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. For more information, see “Dividend policy.”

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of common stock than the amounts paid by our existing owners. Assuming an offering price of $             per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $             per share of common stock. See “Dilution.”

 

54


Table of Contents

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately                 million shares of common stock authorized but unissued under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. We will be authorized to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for consideration and on terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved                 shares for issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including             shares of common stock we intend to grant to our employees at the time of this offering. See “Management—Executive compensation—Omnibus incentive plan” and “Management—Executive compensation—Long-term incentive awards.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing investors of additional shares of our common stock after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of                 shares of our common stock outstanding (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Of the outstanding shares, the                 shares sold in this offering (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares eligible for future sale.”

The remaining outstanding                 shares of common stock held by our Sponsor, certain of our directors and officers and other existing owners after this offering will be subject to certain restrictions on resale. We, our executive officers, directors and holders of certain of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to this offering, including Blackstone, will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for a period starting on the date of the prospectus and continuing for 180 days after the closing date of this offering. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of common stock subject to lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, all of such                 shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. We expect that our Sponsor will be considered an affiliate 180 days after this offering based on their expected share ownership (consisting of                 shares), as well as their board nomination rights. Certain other of our shareholders may also be considered affiliates at that time. In addition, commencing 180 days following this offering, the holders of these shares of common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares eligible for future sale.”

As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock issued pursuant to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover                 shares of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our Company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things:

 

 

although we do not have a stockholder rights plan, and would either submit any such plan to stockholders for ratification or cause such plan to expire within a year, these provisions would allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock in connection with a stockholder rights plan or otherwise, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

 

these provisions prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the parties to our stockholders’ agreement cease to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock unless such action is recommended in advance by all directors then in office;

 

 

these provisions provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our

 

56


Table of Contents
 

amended and restated bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and

 

 

these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

 

57


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus, including statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, our results of operations, financial position and our business outlook, business trends and other information referred to under “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Dividend policy,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business” are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “estimates,” “expects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections, and various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections will result or be achieved and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements.

There are a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Such risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and factors set forth above under “Risk factors,” and the following risks, uncertainties and factors:

 

 

business, financial, and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry;

 

 

macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can adversely which affect and reduce demand for hotel rooms;

 

 

contraction in the global economy or low levels of economic growth;

 

 

inability to compete effectively;

 

 

any deterioration in the quality or reputation of our brand;

 

 

inability to develop our pipeline;

 

 

the geographic concentration of our hotels;

 

 

delays or increased expense relating to our efforts to develop, redevelop or renovate our hotels;

 

 

inability by us or our franchisees to make necessary investments to maintain the quality and reputation of our brand;

 

 

inability to access capital necessary for growth;

 

 

seasonal and cyclical volatility in the hotel industry;

 

 

inability to maintain good relationships with our franchisees;

 

58


Table of Contents
 

inability to protect our brand standards;

 

 

risks resulting from significant investments in owned real estate;

 

 

failure to keep pace with developments in technology;

 

 

failures or interruptions in, material damage to, or difficulties in updating, our information technology systems, software or websites;

 

 

inability to protect our guests’ personal information;

 

 

failure to comply with marketing and advertising laws;

 

 

disruptions to our reservation system;

 

 

failure to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property;

 

 

risks of doing business internationally;

 

 

the loss of senior executives or key field personnel;

 

 

our substantial indebtedness; and

 

 

Blackstone’s control of us.

There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements, including factors disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” in this prospectus. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the risks, uncertainties and other factors referenced above may not contain all of the risks, uncertainties and other factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results, benefits or developments that we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our business in the way expected. All forward-looking statements in this prospectus apply only as of the date made and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure

Our business is currently conducted, and our hotel properties are currently owned, through multiple entities (including the Predecessor Entities and entities that own the Previously Managed Portfolio, collectively, the “Existing Entities”). The Existing Entities are separately owned (directly and indirectly) by seventeen real estate investment fund entities and other entities affiliated with our Sponsor, principally including Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV L.P. and Blackstone Real Estate Partners V L.P. and their affiliates, and certain members of our management, whom we refer to collectively as our “existing owners.” Certain of the Existing Entities operated as REITs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which reduced the amount of taxes we owed.

The Issuer is a newly formed entity, formed for the purpose of effecting the Pre-IPO Transactions (as defined below) and this offering, and has engaged in no business or activities other than in connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions and this offering.

In order to effectuate this offering, we expect to effect the following series of transactions to occur at various times prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of this offering, which will result in a reorganization of our business (the “Pre-IPO Transactions”):

 

 

each of Lodge S-Holdings Inc., Lodge Holdings Inc. and La Quinta Corporation, which are the REIT subsidiaries of the Existing Entities, will redeem its shares of capital stock from its third-party shareholders for cash in an aggregate amount estimated to be $3.6 million and convert into a limited liability company;

 

 

Holdco III will purchase the Previously Managed Portfolio for an estimated amount equal to $                 million in cash and              shares of common stock of the Issuer, in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

 

the equity interests in the Holdcos held by the existing owners will be exchanged by the existing owners for an aggregate of                  shares of common stock of the Issuer, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus (see “Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management” for share ownership of Blackstone and certain members of our management following this exchange);

 

 

LQ Management L.L.C. will be sold to our wholly-owned subsidiary, La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C., for cash; and

 

 

certain other transactions as described in the footnotes to “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information” will occur.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following is a simplified depiction of our Company following the Pre-IPO Transactions:

 

LOGO

 

(1)   See “Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management” for share ownership of Sponsor and certain members of our management following the Pre-IPO Transactions.

 

(2)   Ownership percentages assume an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The purpose of the Pre-IPO Transactions is to enable us to complete a public offering of all of the business previously conducted by the Existing Entities.

Except where otherwise expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus reflects the completion of the Pre-IPO Transactions. See “Basis of presentation.”

 

61


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock), in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $                 million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $                 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from the senior secured term loan facility and available cash, to repay approximately $1.9 billion of borrowings outstanding under Holdco I’s mortgage loan agreement (the “Mortgage Loan”), approximately $570.1 million of borrowings outstanding under Holdco I’s unsecured mezzanine loans (the “Mezzanine Loans”) and approximately $208.9 million of borrowings outstanding under Holdco III’s mortgage loan agreement (the “Holdco III Mortgage Loan”). Any remaining net proceeds from this offering will be used for general corporate purposes.

Each of the Mortgage Loan, the Holdco III Mortgage Loan and the Mezzanine Loans matures in July 2014. Interest for portions of the Mortgage Loan are subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus interest rate spreads ranging from 0.55% to 6.803%, resulting in a weighted average spread of 2.892% as of December 31, 2013. Interest for the Mezzanine Loans is subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus interest rate spreads ranging from 9.0% to 13.9%, resulting in a weighted average spread of 11.59% as of December 31, 2013. The Holdco III Mortgage Loan bears interest at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.5%. For a description of these facilities, see “Description of indebtedness—Existing indebtedness.”

 

62


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company, and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries.

For a description of distributions made by the Predecessor Entities on their equity interests in 2013 and 2012, see our consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

63


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following tables set forth our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

on a historical basis for the Predecessor Entities;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the Pre-IPO Transactions, including the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio and (2) the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the Previously Managed Portfolio being owned by a “C” corporation; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further give effect to (1) the refinancing of our existing indebtedness, (2) the consummation of this offering, including the sale by us of approximately                 shares of common stock in this offering, and (3) the application of the estimated net proceeds from the offering, as described in “Use of proceeds,” based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents are not components of our total capitalization. You should read these tables in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of proceeds,” “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information,” “Selected financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Description of indebtedness,” as well as the combined financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

       As of December 31, 2013  
(amounts in thousands, except shares and per share data)    Historical     Pro forma(1)     Pro forma
as further
adjusted(1)
 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,412        NM(2)      $                    

Restricted cash(3)

     104,026        104,026     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 137,438        NM(2)      $     

Total debt

   $ 2,720,286      $ 2,720,286      $     

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000 shares authorized and 100 shares issued and outstanding on a historical basis; and 2,000,000,000 shares authorized and              issued and outstanding on a pro forma

     —          —       

Additional paid in capital

     —          —       

Retained earnings

     —          —       

Total stockholders’ equity

     319,096        62,361     

Non-controlling interests

     (13,843     (13,843  

Total equity

     305,253        48,518     

Total capitalization

   $ 3,025,539      $ 2,768,804      $     

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents
(1)   To the extent we change the number of shares of common stock sold by us in this offering from the shares we expect to sell or we change the initial public offering price from the assumed initial offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, or any combination of these events occurs, the net proceeds to us from this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization may increase or decrease. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock, assuming no change in the number of shares of common stock to be sold, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                 million. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per share, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering and our total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                 million. In addition, the number of shares of common stock in the table above does not include the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Management—Executive compensation—Omnibus incentive plan.”

 

(2)   Information regarding cash and cash equivalents pro forma for the Pre-IPO Transactions, but without giving effect to this offering and the financing transactions, is not meaningful as the Pre-IPO Transactions will occur if, and only if, this offering and the financing transactions are completed.

 

(3)   The majority of our restricted cash balances relates to prefunded cash reserves for our existing debt and cash collateral for our self-insurance programs. The prefunded cash reserves are required under the terms of the agreements related to our mortgage loans.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by the existing owners.

Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $                 million, or $                 per share of our common stock (after giving effect to the adjustments presented in “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information“ but before giving effect to this offering). We calculate net tangible book deficit per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding (after giving effect to the adjustments presented in “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information“ but before giving effect to this offering).

After giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the mid-point of the range described on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2013 would have been $                , or $                 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $                 per share of common stock to our existing owners and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $                 per share of common stock to investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

            $                

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock as of December 31, 2013 before the change attributable to investors in this offering(1)

   $                  

Increase in net tangible book value per share of common stock attributable to investors in this offering

   $       
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering

      $     
  

 

 

 

Dilution per share of common stock to investors in this offering

      $     

 

 

 

(1)   Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share is based on the historical book value of the Predecessor Entities as of December 31, 2013 divided by the number of shares expected to be issued in the adjustments presented in “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information“ but before giving effect to this offering.

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share of our common stock would increase our pro forma net tangible book value after giving to the offering by $                 million, or by $                 per share of our common stock, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described above as of December 31, 2013, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total net cash consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing owners and by new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing owners paid. The table below assumes an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, for shares purchased in this offering and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

       Shares of common
stock
purchased
     Total
consideration
    

Average
price per
share of
common

stock

 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share
amounts)
   Number    Percent      Amount     Percent     

 

 

Existing owners

            %       $              (1)          %       $               

Investors in this offering

            %       $              %       $    
  

 

 

Total

        100.0%       $          100.0%       $    

 

 
(1)   Reflects all cash distributions. For a description of distributions made by the Predecessor Entities on their equity interests in 2013 and 2012, see our consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Each $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price of $                 per share would increase total consideration paid by investors in this offering and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $                 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.

The table above does not give effect to the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Management—Executive compensation—Omnibus incentive plan.”

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our net tangible book deficit following the consummation of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

67


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial information

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to reflect (1) the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio (the “WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels”) by the Predecessor Entities and the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, (2) the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, (3) the intended refinancing of our current debt facilities and (4) the issuance of              shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds thereof (as described in “Use of proceeds”), in each case, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented as if this offering and the Pre-IPO Transactions (including the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels) all had occurred on December 31, 2013 for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and on January 1, 2013 for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information excludes the Hotels Designated for Sale.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements provide a detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with “Our Pre-IPO transaction and organizational structure,” “Description of indebtedness,” “Capitalization,” “Use of proceeds,” “Selected financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our combined financial statements and related notes thereto and the combined financial statements of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only is not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations had the transactions described above for which we are giving pro forma effect actually occurred on the dates or for the periods indicated, nor is such unaudited pro forma financial information necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. A number of factors may affect our results. See “Risk factors” and “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.”

 

68


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2013

(dollars in thousands)

 

      Predecessor
Entities
    WIH
La Quinta
Inn Hotels
    Acquisition /
Disposition
Adjustments
    Income
Taxes
    Debt
Refinancing
    Equity
Offering
    Pro forma  
   

Assets

             

Current Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 33,412      $ 42      $
(81,800
)(c) 
  $      $
43,159
(j) 
  $      $ 20,189   
       
(4,668
)(h) 
      30,044 (p)     

Restricted cash

    97,126        2                      (97,128 )(k)               

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

    32,678        936                                    33,614   

Receivables from affiliates

    11,181               (10,905 )(f)                           276   

Assets held for sale

    7,332               (7,332 )(h)                             

Deferred tax assets

                         15,656 (i)                    15,656   

Other current assets

    17,087        733                             (4,757 )(q)      13,063   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    198,816        1,713        (104,705 )       15,656        (23,925 )       (4,757 )       82,798   

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

    2,761,457        86,195        70,119 (a)                           2,917,771   

Goodwill

                  18,193 (c)                           18,193   

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

    179,486               1,360 (b)                           180,846   

Deferred costs, net of accumulated amortization

    10,153                             31,877 (l)             42,030   

Restricted cash

    6,900                                           6,900   

Deferred tax assets

    3,008                      (3,008 )(i)                      

Other non-current assets

    10,014        101                                    10,115   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

    2,971,018        86,296        89,672        (3,008 )       31,877               3,175,855   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,169,834      $ 88,009      $ (15,033 )     $ 12,648      $ 7,952      $ (4,757 )     $ 3,258,653   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Invested Equity

             

Liabilities

             

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 2,720,286      $ 61,103      $ (61,103 )(c)    $      $ (2,108,386 )(l)    $ (599,900 )(r)    $ 21,000   
        (12,000 )(h)        21,000 (l)     

Accounts payable

    30,490                                           30,490   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    53,571        2,873                      (5,583 )(l)             50,861   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

    26,302                                           26,302   

Accrued real estate taxes

    19,577                                           19,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    2,850,226        63,976        (73,103 )              (2,092,969 )       (599,900 )       148,230   

Long-term debt

                                2,079,000 (l)             2,079,000   

Other long-term liabilities

    13,947               5,308 (b)                           19,255   

Deferred tax liabilities

    408                      346,178 (i)                    346,586   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    2,864,581        63,976        (67,795 )       346,178        (13,969 )       (599,900 )       2,593,071   

Invested Equity/Stockholders’ Equity

             

Members’ equity

    319,096        24,033       
(24,033
)(e) 
    (333,530 )(i)      30,044 (p)      (92,405 )(s)        
        76,795 (c)         

Common stock

                                            (r)   
                (t)   

Additional paid-in capital

                                       (4,757 )(q)      (4,757
                   (r)   
              92,405 (s)      92,405   
              (16,665 )(u)      (16,665

Accumulated deficit

                                (8,123 )(m)      (t)      (8,123

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

                                                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

La Quinta Holdings Inc. Equity

                                (8,123 )       670,883        662,760   

Noncontrolling interests

    (13,843                                 16,665 (u)      2,822   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total invested equity/stockholder’s equity

    305,253        24,033        52,762        (333,530 )       21,921        595,143        665,582   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and invested equity

  $ 3,169,834      $ 88,009      $ (15,033 )     $ 12,648      $ 7,952      $ (4,757 )     $ 3,258,653   
   

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information

 

69


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

      Predecessor
Entities
   

WIH
La Quinta
Inn Hotels

    Acquisition /
Disposition
Adjustments
    Income
Taxes
    Debt
Refinancing
    Equity
Offering
    Pro forma  
   

Revenue

             

Room revenue

  $ 757,699      $ 38,316      $      $      $      $      $ 796,015   

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

    79,180               (2,284 )(d)                           76,896   

Other hotel revenues

    17,949        455        (362 )(d)                           18,042   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    854,828        38,771        (2,646 )                            890,953   

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchise properties

    19,065               (958 )(d)                           18,107   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    873,893        38,771        (3,604 )                            909,060   

Operating Expenses

             

Direct lodging expenses

    344,515        8,548        (575 )(d)                           352,488   

Depreciation and amortization

    164,077        4,685        2,071 (a)                           170,602   
        (231 )(b)         

General and administrative expenses

    74,794        14,253        (128 )(d)                           88,919   

Other lodging and operating expenses

    56,068        282        (80 )(d)                           56,270   

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

    59,193                                           59,193   

Management and other fees

           1,863        (1,863 )(d)                             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    698,647        29,631        (806 )                            727,472   

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchise properties

    19,065               (958 )(d)                           18,107   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

    717,712        29,631        (1,764 )                            745,579   

Loss on sale or retirement of assets

           (322                                 (322
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

    156,181        8,818        (1,840 )                            163,159   

Other Income (Expenses)

             

Interest expense, net

    (148,615     (1,663                   60,909 (n)             (89,369

Other income (loss)

    1,048                                           1,048   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Expenses)

    (147,567 )       (1,663 )                     60,909               (88,321 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

    8,614        7,155        (1,840 )              60,909               74,838   

Income tax (expense)/ benefit

    (3,598            736 (g)      (2,710 )(i)      (24,364 )(o)             (29,936
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations

    5,016        7,155        (1,104 )       (2,710 )       36,545               44,902   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

  $ 5,016      $ 7,155      $ (1,104 )     $ (2,710 )     $ 36,545      $      $ 44,902   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Income) loss from noncontrolling interests in continuing operations

    1,455                                    (1,852 )(u)      (397
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ 1,455      $      $      $      $      $ (1,852 )     $ (397 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts attributable to the Company

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    6,471        7,155        (1,104     (2,710     36,545        (1,852 )(u)      44,505   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ 6,471      $ 7,155      $ (1,104 )     $ (2,710 )     $ 36,545      $ (1,852 )     $ 44,505   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per Share:

             

Net Income per share:

             

Basic and diluted

             

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic and diluted

                (v) 
   

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information

 

70


Table of Contents

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited pro forma financial information is based on our historical condensed combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, and has been prepared to reflect the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels by the Predecessor Entities and the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation for tax purposes, the intended refinancing of our current debt facilities and this offering.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 is presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels by the Predecessor Entities and the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, the intended refinancing of our current debt facilities and this offering as if they were completed as of December 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels by the Predecessor Entities, the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, the intended refinancing of our current debt facilities and this offering as if they were completed as of January 1, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. These adjustments are included only to the extent they are directly attributable to the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels by the Predecessor Entities and the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, the intended refinancing of our current debt and this offering and the appropriate information is known and factually supportable. We continue to evaluate the accounting impact of the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels by the Predecessor Entities, the income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, the intended refinancing of our current debt and this offering and believe that (1) we will close or expect to close on the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels prior to or concurrently with the consummation of this offering and (2) concurrently with the consummation of this offering, the existing long-term debt will be repaid as a part of the debt financing transactions. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information reflects all of the repaid debt being accounted for as an extinguishment of debt.

Pro forma adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are expected to have a continuing effect on us. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations exclude the initial income tax impact of the Predecessor Entities and WIH La Quinta Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation, gains and losses related to the debt financing transactions, and the impact of the issuance of the restricted stock related to long-term incentives that will not have a continuing effect on us, although these items are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet.

 

71


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. ACQUISITION OF PREVIOUSLY MANAGED PORTFOLIO AND DISPOSITION OF HOTELS DESIGNATED FOR SALE

Prior to or concurrently with the consummation of this offering, we expect to acquire the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels. The WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels consists of 14 La Quinta branded hotels, owned by affiliates of the Blackstone Group L.P. The 14 hotels currently have franchise and management agreements with the Predecessor Entities. All transactions between the Predecessor Entities and WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels have been eliminated in the accompanying pro forma condensed combined financial statements and footnotes.

The WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “ Business Combinations ”, which requires recognition and measurement of all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their full fair value as of the date control is obtained. The pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflect the following preliminary acquisition method adjustments to tangible assets and other identifiable intangible assets, which were based upon a valuation performed with the assistance of a third party valuation specialist as well as management estimates, utilizing a combination of the income, market, and cost approaches to valuation.

The income approach is a valuation technique that provides an estimation of the fair value of an asset based on market participant expectations about the cash flows that an asset would generate over its remaining useful life, and converting these estimated future cash flows to a single present amount. The overall value for the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels was primarily derived using the income approach, utilizing 2014 forecasted operating results as a baseline and applying a discount rate of 10.5 percent and terminal capitalization rate of 8.0 percent.

The market approach is a valuation technique that provides an estimation of fair value of an asset by using one or more methods that compare and correlate the subject to similar assets that have been sold. The cost approach is a valuation technique that uses the concept of replacement cost as an indicator of fair value. The estimated fair values of the tangible assets and other identifiable intangible assets related to the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels were derived utilizing the market and cost approaches.

We believe that the key assumptions utilized within these valuation techniques are appropriate in the circumstances based on our knowledge of the operations of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels gained through our day to day management of the hotels, as well as our overall industry experience. The final acquisition method adjustments may result in a different allocation for tangible and other identifiable intangible assets from that presented in these pro forma condensed combined financial statements, in part due to the fact that the actual purchase price is dependent upon, and a portion of the consideration paid will take the form of, shares of our common stock, the exact value of which will not be determined until the completion of this offering.

We intend to acquire the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels for an estimated net purchase price of approximately $169.5 million. Total estimated net consideration paid will be $158.6 million, which equals the total purchase price of $169.5 million less $10.9 million owed by the parent of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels to the Predecessor Entities. The total estimated net consideration paid will take the form of $81.8 million of cash and $76.8 million of equity consideration, which we expect to take the form of La Quinta Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) common stock prior to or concurrently with the consummation of this offering. Goodwill of $18.2 million is expected to be recognized as a result of this acquisition.

 

72


Table of Contents

The acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels contemplates the following assets as if they were acquired on December 31, 2013:

 

Description    Fair Value  

 

 
     (in thousands)  

Total estimated consideration transferred(1)

   $ 169,500   

Estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Property and equipment

     156,314   

Intangible assets (“Favorable leasehold interests”)

     1,360   

Other long-term liabilities (“Unfavorable leasehold interests”)

     (5,308
  

 

 

 

Total assets subject to depreciation and amortization

     152,366   

Other operating assets(2)

     1,814   

Other operating liabilities(3)

     (2,873
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 151,307   

Goodwill

     18,193   

 

 

 

(1)   Total estimated net consideration paid will be $158.6 million, which equals total purchase price of $169.5 million less $10.9 million owed by the parent of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels to the Predecessor Entities which will be extinguished at the time of the acquisition.

 

(2)   Other operating assets consist primarily of accounts receivable, other current assets and other non-current assets as of December 31, 2013.

 

(3)   Other operating liabilities consist of accrued expense and other liabilities as of December 31, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet also includes the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, and which were subsequently sold, as if this sale occurred on December 31, 2013. In accordance with the terms of our existing loan agreement, all proceeds associated with the sale of these hotels and an additional $4.7 million in cash have been used to make principal payments on our long-term debt in order to release these properties from the collateral for our long-term debt.

NOTE 3. INCOME TAXES

In connection with consummating this offering, the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels will be owned by a “C” corporation and will become subject to additional entity-level taxes that will be reflected in our financial statements.

NOTE 4. DEBT FINANCING TRANSACTIONS

Prior to or concurrently with the consummation this offering, we expect to enter into a new $2.1 billion senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Facility”) and a new $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), which we expect to be undrawn at close. The net proceeds from the Term Facility, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be used to repay our Holdco I Mortgage Loan, Holdco III Mortgage Loan and Mezzanine Loans, which have an outstanding balance of $1.9 billion, $208.9 million and $570.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013.

NOTE 5. COMMON STOCK OFFERING

We estimate that the gross proceeds provided by this offering will be approximately $650.0 million and that proceeds to us, net of underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses,

 

73


Table of Contents

will be approximately $599.9 million. Net proceeds of this offering, available cash from debt financing transactions, and other available cash will be used to repay approximately $2.7 billion of our outstanding indebtedness and pay a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels. Any remaining balance will be used for our general corporate purposes.

NOTE 6. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

Adjustments included under the heading “Pro Forma Adjustments— Acquisition of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels” represent the following:

The pro forma adjustments shown below for the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels are based on our preliminary estimates and are subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

 

a.   Represents the pro forma impact of the fair value adjustment to property and equipment, and the associated change to depreciation expense, recorded as a result of the acquisition of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels. The amounts assigned to property and equipment, the estimated useful lives, and the estimated depreciation expense related to the property and equipment acquired are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Estimated
fair value
    Estimated
Useful Life
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
Depreciation
Expense
 

 

 

Land

   $ 28,176                  

Building and improvements

     101,620        10-40 years         2,540   

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and other

     26,518        6 years         4,215   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     156,314           6,755   

Less: Historical WIH PP&E and related depreciation expense

     (86,195        (4,685
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total pro forma adjustments

   $ 70,119         $ 2,071   

 

 

Acquired property and equipment are being depreciated on a straight-line method over the estimated remaining useful life.

 

b.   Represents the pro forma impact of the fair value of the recognized favorable and unfavorable leasehold interests, including ground leases, that are being acquired, and the related amortization expense. The fair value of favorable leasehold interests is $1.4 million and the fair value of unfavorable leasehold interests is $5.3 million. The pro forma impact of the favorable and unfavorable leasehold interests to amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in the pro forma statement of operations was a reduction of depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million. The acquired favorable leasehold interests and unfavorable leasehold interests are being amortized using the effective interest method over the remaining lease terms of nine years and twelve to sixty-seven years, respectively.

 

c.  

Assumes total estimated net consideration paid of $158.6 million, which equals total purchase price of $169.5 million less $10.9 million owed by the parent of the WIH La Quinta

 

74


Table of Contents
 

Inn Hotels to the Predecessor Entities. The total estimated net consideration paid will take the form of $81.8 million of cash and $76.8 million of equity consideration, which we expect to take the form of Holdings common stock at the time of this offering. The number of shares of Holdings’ common stock and price per share will preliminarily be determined based on the mid-point of the range described on the cover of this prospectus. The final number of shares and price per share for the equity component of the purchase price will be based on the initial offering price per share offered to the public, and the total purchase price will be adjusted to maintain a constant relative value of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels as compared to the value of the Issuer utilizing such initial offering price. Any adjustment will be settled by increasing or decreasing the number of shares given as purchase price consideration. Goodwill has preliminarily been determined to be $18.2 million as a result of this acquisition. The current portion of long-term debt of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels of $61.1 million will not be assumed at acquisition.

 

d.   Represents eliminations that would have occurred between the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels as if the acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2013. Pursuant to hotel management agreements (“LQM Management Agreements”), LQM provides management services to the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels, including supervision, direction, operation, management and promotion. Under the terms of the LQM Management Agreements, LQM is entitled to receive from hotels it manages a management fee of 1.67% of gross operating revenue, as well as reimbursement for certain shared group costs. Management fees earned by LQM from the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels, for the years ended December 31, 2013, were approximately $0.6 million.

In addition, in accordance with the LQM Management Agreements, LQM also provides certain group services for WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels including group and administrative services, information systems support, training, and other field services and is reimbursed for the cost of providing these services. During 2013, LQM earned from WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels approximately $2.0 million of group services reimbursements.

LQM maintains the Brand Marketing Fund (“BMF”) on behalf of all La Quinta branded hotel properties from which national marketing and advertising campaign expenses are paid. Each La Quinta branded hotel is charged a percentage of its room revenue from which the expenses of the fund are covered. During 2013, LQM collected BMF fees from the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels totaling $1.0 million.

 

e.   Represents the elimination of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels’ historical equity.

 

f.   Represents the extinguishment of $10.9 million of receivable from affiliate balance owed by the parent of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels to the Predecessor Entities.

 

g.   Represents the income tax effect related to the acquisition pro forma adjustments using an estimated blended statutory U.S. federal and state income tax rate of 40%.

 

h.   Represents the sale of four hotels which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, which were subsequently sold for cash consideration of $7.3 million as if this sale occurred on December 31, 2013. In accordance with the terms of our existing loan agreement, all proceeds associated with the sale of these hotels and an additional $4.7 million in cash have been used to make principal payments on our long-term debt in order to release these properties from collateralization.

 

75


Table of Contents

Adjustments included under the heading “Pro Forma Adjustments—Income Taxes” represent the following:

 

i.   Represents the impact of the Predecessor Entities and the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels being owned by a “C” corporation. Prior to the completion of this offering, we have operated primarily as limited liability companies treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, REIT entities, and taxable entities. As a result, we were not subject to U.S. federal and most state income taxes for our limited liability companies and our REIT entities. Our partnership and REIT status will terminate in connection with this offering and we will become subject to additional entity-level taxes. The adjustments to deferred tax assets and liabilities in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet were computed as if our “C” corporation status was in effect as of December 31, 2013. These balance sheet adjustments reflect the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and the estimated blended statutory U.S. federal and state income tax rate of 40%. More specifically, the adjustment amount is primarily driven by (1) the recognition of additional deferred tax liabilities totaling approximately $477 million which are primarily related to differences between the book and tax basis for our fixed and intangible assets and related depreciation and (2) the recognition of additional deferred tax assets totaling approximately $143 million which are primarily related to the expected realization of federal net operating loss carryforwards.

Below is a table of our deferred tax assets and liabilities underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments.

 

(in thousands)    Current     Non-current     Total  

Deferred Tax Liabilities

      

Fixed Assets

   $      $ 396,238      $ 396,238   

Trademark

            63,504        63,504   

Cancellation of Debt Income

     3,227        11,948        15,175   

Other

            2,449        2,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,227      $ 474,139      $ 477,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

      

Net Operating Losses

          $ 115,526      $ 115,526   

Insurance Accruals

   $ 12,350               12,350   

Tax Credits

            7,030        7,030   

Other

     7,883        14,117        22,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 20,233      $ 136,673      $ 156,906   

Valuation Allowance

     (1,350     (9,120     (10,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 18,883      $ 127,553      $ 146,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      

Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)

   $ 15,656      ($ 346,586   ($ 330,930

Less:

      

Deferred Tax Asset-Historical

            (3,008     (3,008

Deferred Tax Liability-Historical

            408        408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Tax Adjustment

   $ 15,656      ($ 349,186 )(1)    ($ 333,530

 

 
  (1)   Amount is comprised of a reduction of the historical non-current deferred tax asset of $3.0 million and an increase to the historical non-current deferred tax liability of $346.2 million.

 

76


Table of Contents

The net operating losses above include $10.47 million of net operating losses attributable to a separate return group entity which is subject to limitation on the use of such losses under the consolidated return income tax regulations. The valuation allowance of $10.47 million is attributable to those specific net operating losses.

In addition, the pro forma provision for income taxes reflects combined federal and state income taxes on a pro forma basis, as if the Company has been treated as a “C” corporation in 2013, using an estimated blended statutory U.S. federal and state income tax rate of 40%.

Adjustments included under the heading “Pro Forma Adjustments—Debt financing Transaction” represent the following:

 

j.   To adjust cash for transactions discussed below as follows:

 

       ($ in thousands)  

 

 

Cash received from Term Facility issuance

   $ 2,100,000   

Cash received from release of restricted cash related to existing debt

     97,128   

Cash paid to repay debt principal and interest(1)

     (2,113,969

Cash paid for debt issuance costs related to Term Facility

     (40,000
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to cash

   $ 43,159   

 

 

 

(1)   The debt repayment balance includes the $2.7 billion of existing debt, offset by $599.9 million repayment of debt using the net proceeds from the equity offering and by $12.0 million repayment of debt in connection with the sale of the four hotels.

 

k.   Represents the release of restricted cash related to the existing debt upon the full repayment of debt principal and interest.

 

l.   To adjust for the completion of the debt financing transaction and repayment of our existing debt:

 

       ($ in thousands)  

 

 

Issuance of Term Facility(1)

   $ 2,100,000   

Repayment of existing debt:

  

Holdco I Mortgage Loan(2)

     (1,329,338

Holdco III Mortgage Loan

     (208,909

Holdco I Mezzanine Loans

     (570,139
  

 

 

 

Total repayment of existing debt

     (2,108,386
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to refinancing

   $ 8,386   

 

 

 

(1)   The new Term Facility includes the current portion of long-term debt of $21.0 million, which represents a mandatory payment of quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount. In addition, the provisions of the new Term Facility may require mandatory prepayments of the principal which is contingent upon certain business events, such as cash flows exceeding certain annual thresholds calculated in accordance with the credit agreement, non-ordinary course asset sales and incurrence of additional debt. Such potential prepayments of the principal are not included in the current portion of long term-debt as they are not factually supportable and cannot be estimated.

 

(2)   The debt repayment balance includes $1.9 billion of Holdco I Mortgage Loan outstanding as of December 31, 2013, offset by $599.9 million repayment of debt using the net proceeds from the equity offering and $12.0 million repayment of debt in connection with the sale of the four hotels. Refer to adjustment (r) for equity offering related adjustment and adjustment (h) for sale of four hotels adjustment.

 

77


Table of Contents

The debt financing transactions also reflect:

 

 

the write-off of debt issuance costs of $8.1 million related to the existing debt payoff and the addition of debt issuance costs of $40.0 million related to the new debt issued. The net increase to the debt issuance costs, which are classified as deferred costs, net of accumulated amortization, in our unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet was $31.9 million; and

 

 

the payment of current accrued interest of $5.6 million related to the existing debt payoff, which was reflected in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet. This payment is not considered to have a continuing effect on us and, therefore, it is not reflected in our unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations.

 

m.   To adjust accumulated deficit for the $8.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the existing loans that does not have a continuing effect on us.

 

n.   To adjust interest expense for the new Term Facility and repayment of the existing indebtedness discussed above for the year ended December 31, 2013, as follows:

 

       ($ in thousands)  

 

 

Issuance of Term Facility:

  

Interest expense(1)(2)

   $ 83,990   

Amortization expense of debt issuance costs

     5,379   
  

 

 

 
     89,369   
  

 

 

 

Repayment of existing debt:

  

Interest expense

     (140,123

Amortization expense of debt issuance costs

     (10,155
  

 

 

 
     (150,278
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ (60,909

 

 

 

(1)   Includes commitment fees on the unused Revolving Facility commitments.

 

(2)   A 0.125 percent change to interest rates on our variable rate debt would result in an increase in interest expense of approximately $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

o.   Represents the estimated income tax effect related to the pro forma expense items noted above in adjustment (n) using an estimated blended statutory U.S. federal and state tax rate of 40%.

 

p.   Represents a capital contribution of $30.0 million which will be paid in cash by Blackstone in connection with the debt refinancing.

Adjustments included under the heading “Pro Forma Adjustments—Equity Offering” represent the following:

 

q.   To reclassify the transaction costs related to the offering, which were originally capitalized as deferred costs in our historical condensed combined balance sheet into additional paid-in capital as a reduction against offering proceeds.

 

r.  

Represents the net proceeds received from this offering of $599.9 million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of $32.5 million, or five percent of gross proceeds from this offering, and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $17.6 million

 

78


Table of Contents
 

for legal, accounting, consulting, and other costs related to the offering. We intend to use proceeds from this offering, proceeds from the debt refinancing, and available cash as noted above to repay $2.7 billion of our existing debt.

 

s.   As a result of the public offering, the members’ equity of the Predecessor Entities will be reclassified to additional paid-in-capital to reflect the establishment of Holding’s equity.

 

t.   Certain members of our management and others associated with Blackstone are eligible to receive long-term incentives evidenced by units (the “Units”) in LQ Services L.L.C., which indirectly holds interests in the Predecessor Entities, which units are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes. In connection with this offering, the Units that are outstanding at the time of the offering will be converted into restricted stock of Holdings of equivalent economic value, which will ultimately be determined at the effective date of this offering.

On or about the consummation of this offering (the “effective date”), we expect to record incremental compensation expense of approximately $25 million, related to these awards and additional stock awards to be made under our equity incentive plan at the time of this offering. The adjustment is reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as an increase to common stock and additional paid-in capital, and a decrease to accumulated retained earnings.

Further, we do not anticipate that there will be a material, recurring effect on the amount of future compensation expense as a result of the terms of the awards which solely vest upon achieving the service conditions, including the additional compensation expense of approximately $25 million that we expect to record from the effective date through the first anniversary of that date, and the additional compensation expense of approximately $2 million that we expect to record each year after the first anniversary of the effective date of this offering and continuing through the seventh anniversary of that date. Accordingly, we have made no adjustment to our unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for any incremental compensation expense resulting from the issuance of these awards or additional stock awards to be made under our equity incentive plan at the time of this offering.

See “Management—Executive compensation—Long-term incentive awards” for a further discussion of the long-term incentive awards.

 

u.   In connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions, the Predecessor Entities will acquire LQ Management L.L.C. (LQM). The members’ equity/deficit of LQM has previously been included within noncontrolling interests in the financial statements of the Predecessor Entities. As a result of the acquisition of LQM by the Predecessor Entities, members’ equity/deficit and income/loss related to LQM will be shown as items attributable to the company rather than noncontrolling interests.

 

v.   Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding is calculated assuming all shares of common stock or other equity based awards issued by us in the initial public offering were outstanding for the entire period, and the proceeds from the sale of such shares, which will be used to repay indebtedness, is also reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

79


Table of Contents

Selected financial and other data

Our historical financial statements were prepared by combining the financial results of the entities expected to be owned by the Company at the completion of this offering, including those entities under common control and their consolidated subsidiaries, which corresponds to the results of operations for the Company on a prospective basis after giving effect to the consummation of the Pre-IPO Transactions and this offering. The table below does not include the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio as such hotels are not under common control prior to their acquisition by the Company in connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions. Further, the information provided below (other than the information relating to discontinued operations) does not include the Hotels Designated for Sale and the Baymont Hotels.

We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 from the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 from the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

 

80


Table of Contents

You should read the selected condensed combined financial data below together with the combined financial statements including the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Description of indebtedness,” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Room revenues

  $ 757,699      $ 714,143      $ 660,816      $ 623,720      $ 610,395   

Franchising and other fee-based revenues

    79,180        69,206        59,314        52,074        40,716   

Other hotel revenues

    17,949        17,506        16,229        16,821        16,743   
 

 

 

 
    854,828        800,855        736,359        692,615        667,854   

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchised and managed properties

    19,065        17,157        15,182        13,238        11,790   
 

 

 

 

Total revenues

    873,893        818,012        751,541        705,853        679,644   
 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

         

Direct lodging expenses

    344,515        334,394        330,205        305,856        302,742   

Depreciation and amortization

    164,077        155,879        149,356        141,708        135,303   

General and administrative expenses

    74,794        74,111        61,578        63,828        56,449   

Other lodging and operating expenses

    56,068        58,266        47,791        49,623        56,190   

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

    59,193        48,610        45,580        42,516        36,179   
 

 

 

 
    698,647        671,260        634,510        603,531        586,863   
 

 

 

 

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchised and managed properties

    19,065        17,157        15,182        13,238        11,790   

Total operating expenses

    717,712        688,417        649,692        616,769        598,653   

Operating Income

    156,181        129,595        101,849        89,084        80,991   

Other Income (Expenses):

         

Interest expense, net

    (148,615     (103,124     (51,611     (50,469     (54,961

Other income (loss)

    1,048        (7,440     (662     1,483        2,115   

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

           1,192        11,451        40,494          
 

 

 

 

Total other income (expenses)

    (147,567     (109,372     (40,822     (8,492     (52,846
 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    8,614        20,223        61,027        80,592        28,145   

Income tax expense

    (3,598     (3,135     (2,332     (2,459     1,634   
 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    5,016        17,088        58,695        78,133        29,779   

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations, net of tax

    (2,495     (52,852     244        (12,150     2,145   
 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  $ 2,521      $ (35,764   $ 58,939      $ 65,983      $ 31,924   

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

    1,455        4,810        4,574        2,845        5,219   
 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company

  $ 3,976      $ (30,954   $ 63,513      $ 68,828      $ 37,143   

 

 

 

      As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

 

 

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

    33,412        40,813        90,857        41,139        41,163   

Restricted cash

    104,026        113,407        60,745        61,243        44,705   

Total assets

    3,169,834        3,356,320        3,484,232        3,494,905        3,569,298   

Total debt(1)

    2,720,286        2,899,965        3,158,409        3,320,829        3,406,709   

Total equity (deficit)

    305,253        303,385        183,095        39,597        36,278   

 

 

 

(1)   Includes current portion

 

81


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion should be read together with “Our pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure,” “Selected financial and other data,” “Unaudited pro forma financial information,” and the historical combined financial statements and the notes thereto of the Company included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The information in this “Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations” reflects the combined financial results of the entities expected to be owned by the Company at the completion of this offering and previously under common control (Lodge Holdco I LLC, Lodge Holdco II LLC and Lodge Holdco III LLC, collectively, the “Holdcos”) and their consolidated subsidiaries, which corresponds to the results of operations for the Company on a prospective basis after giving effect to the consummation of the Pre-IPO Transactions and this offering. The information in this section does not include the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio as such hotels are not under common control prior to their acquisition by the Company in connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions. Since 2006, LQ Management L.L.C., an eligible independent contractor (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code) that is consolidated for financial reporting purposes by the Holdcos, has managed the Previously Managed Portfolio under a management agreement with the owner of the Previously Managed Portfolio, an affiliate. Further, the discussion (other than the discussion of discontinued operations) in this section does not include the 11 Baymont-branded hotels (the “Baymont Hotels”) and the 29 La Quinta-branded hotels that were sold prior to December 31, 2013, or the 4 La Quinta-branded hotels designated as held for sale as of December 31, 2013 (the “Hotels Designated for Sale”). Sales of these four hotels closed subsequent to December 31,2013.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should carefully read “Risk factors” and “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.”

Overview

Our business

We are a leading owner, operator and franchisor of select-service hotels primarily serving the midscale and upper-midscale segments under the La Quinta brand. According to data provided by STR, La Quinta is the fastest growing principal select-service hotel brand in the United States primarily serving these segments in terms of percentage growth of number of hotels over the last ten years ended December 31, 2013, significantly outpacing the percentage growth of our main STR competitive set in percentage terms. Our system-wide portfolio, as of December 31, 2013 (other than our discontinued operations) consisted of 830 hotels representing approximately 83,000 rooms located predominantly across 46 U.S. states, as well as in Canada and Mexico, of which 339 hotels were owned and operated and 491 were franchised or managed. We also have a pipeline of 187 franchised hotels in the United States, Mexico, Canada, Colombia and Honduras. We primarily derive our revenues from owned hotel operations and fees generated from franchised hotels.

 

82


Table of Contents

All of our long-lived assets are located in the United States and, in 2013, we derived over 99% of our revenue from within the United States.

Segments

Our operating segments are components of the business which are managed discretely and for which discrete financial information is reviewed regularly by our chief operating decision maker to assess performance and make decisions regarding the allocation of resources. Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer. We define our reportable segments as follows:

 

 

Owned hotels —This segment derives its earnings from the operation of owned hotel properties located in the United States.

 

 

Franchise and management —This segment derives its earnings primarily from fees earned under various license, franchise and management agreements relating to our owned, franchised and managed hotels. These agreements provide for us to earn compensation for the licensing of our brand to franchisees, for providing certain services (including hotel management services) and for providing access to certain shared services and marketing programs such as reservations, La Quinta Returns, and property management systems. Other than with respect to the Previously Managed Portfolio, which is reflected as managed hotels in this “Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations” section, we do not currently generate, and did not generate over the periods presented, any revenue from the management of hotel operations for third parties. This segment includes intercompany fees, which are charged to our owned portfolio to reflect that certain functions, such as licensing and management, are included in the franchise and management segment. We have historically charged aggregate fees of 2.0% (0.33% license fee for trademark rights and 1.67% management fee for management services) to our owned hotels (as well as having certain cost reimbursement arrangements). Upon effectiveness of the IPO, we intend to enter into a new franchise agreement, which will cover certain services as well as trademark rights, and a new management agreement and will terminate the existing agreements. Under the two new agreements, the intercompany fees will be 7.0% (4.5% franchise fee and 2.5% management fee) for our owned hotels. We set the franchise fee on a basis that reflects the services and rights covered by the new franchise agreement and because, as a public company with two segments that may be valued differently by investors, we believe it is meaningful to investors to show a franchise fee on our owned portfolio that is consistent with the franchise fee we charge our franchisees. We set the management fee on a basis that reflects current market rates for select service hotels and the current composition of our owned portfolio.

Our segment information also reflects corporate and other which includes revenues generated by and related to and operating expenses incurred in connection with the overall support and brand management of our owned, managed and franchised hotels and operations.

We have a business model that involves both ownership of properties and franchising of third-party owned properties. This provides us with a diversified revenue and income streams that balance both the advantages and risks associated with these lines of business.

As an owner of hotels, we can capture the full benefit of increases in operating profits during periods of increasing demand or ADR. The cost structure of our typical hotel is more fixed than variable, so as demand and ADR increase over time, the pace of increase in operating profits typically is higher than the pace of increase of revenues. Hotel ownership is, however, more

 

83


Table of Contents

capital intensive than franchising hotels to third-party owners, as we are responsible for the costs and capital expenditures for our owned hotels. The profits realized by us in our Owned Hotels segment are generally more significantly affected by economic downturns and declines in revenues than the results of our Franchise and Management segment. See also “—Key components and factors affecting our results of operations—Expenses” and “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry.”

As a franchisor of hotels, growth in the number of franchised hotels and earnings from franchises typically results in higher overall returns on invested capital because the capital required to build and maintain franchised hotels is typically provided by the owner of the respective property with minimal or no capital required by us, as franchisor. During periods of increasing demand, we do not, however, share in most of the benefits of increases in profits from franchised hotels because franchisees do not pay us fees based on profits. A principal component of our current growth strategy is to focus our expansion on our franchise business.

For purposes of this “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” the following table sets forth the number of net owned, franchised and managed hotels as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

       As of December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Owned Hotels:

        

Owned Hotels

     343         372         372   

Discontinued Operations

     4         33         33   

Net Owned Hotels

     339         339         339   

Franchised/Managed Hotels:

        

Franchised Hotels

     477         449         430   

Managed Hotels

     14         14         14   

Total Franchised/Managed Hotels

     491         463         444   

Total Net Owned and Franchised/Managed Hotels

     830         802         783   

 

 

Seasonality

The hotel industry is seasonal in nature. Generally, our revenues are greater in the second and third quarters than in the first and fourth quarters. The timing of holidays can also impact our quarterly results. The periods during which our properties experience higher revenues vary from property to property and depend principally upon location. This seasonality can be expected to cause quarterly fluctuations in revenue, profit margins and net earnings. Additionally, our first quarter results may be further adversely affected by the timing of certain of our marketing production expenditures. Further, the timing of opening of newly constructed or franchised hotels and the timing of any hotel acquisitions or dispositions may cause a variation of revenue and earnings from quarter to quarter.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Although we believe that increases in the rate of inflation will generally result in comparable increases in hotel room rates, severe inflation could contribute to a slowing of the U.S. economy. Such a slowdown could result in a reduction in room rates and occupancy levels, negatively impacting our revenues and net income.

 

84


Table of Contents

Key components and factors affecting our results of operations

Revenues

We primarily derive our revenues from the following sources:

 

 

Room revenues .    Represents revenues derived from hotel operations which are almost exclusively driven by room rentals. Our Owned Hotels revenue is primarily derived from three categories of guests: leisure, corporate and group.

 

 

Franchise fees .    Represents revenues derived from franchise fees received in connection with the franchising of our brand, and other revenue generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for franchised hotels. Franchise fees consist of an initial application fee upon the entry of a new hotel into the system and a monthly royalty fee, generally calculated as a percentage of gross room revenue. As new franchised hotels are established in our franchise system, we expect the franchise fees received from such hotels to increase over time as they establish their presence in the marketplace and stabilize their operations.

 

 

Management fees .    Represents revenues derived from management fees received in connection with the management of day-to-day hotel operations, and other revenue generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for these properties. Management fees are generally calculated as a percentage of gross room revenue. Following consummation of the Pre-IPO Transactions and this offering, we do not expect to have any management fees.

 

 

Other hotel revenues .    Other hotel revenues include revenues generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for owned hotels, including charges to guests for vending commissions, meeting and banquet room revenue, laundry services, and other rental income from operating leases associated with leasing space for restaurants, billboards and cell towers.

 

 

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchised and managed properties .    These revenues represent the fees collected from our franchised and managed hotels related to our BMF, which is calculated as a percentage of gross room revenues. The corresponding expenses are presented as other expenses from franchised and managed properties in our combined statements of operations, resulting in no impact to operating income or net income.

Consumer demand for our services is closely linked to the performance of the general economy and is sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Declines in consumer demand due to adverse general economic conditions, risks affecting or reducing travel patterns, lower consumer confidence and adverse political conditions can lower the revenues and profitability of our owned hotels and the amount of franchise fee revenues we are able to generate from our franchised hotels. As a result, changes in consumer demand and general business cycles can subject, and have subjected, our revenues to significant volatility. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry” and “Industry.”

In addition to general economic conditions, our guest satisfaction scores, the location of our hotels, the expenditures that we and our franchisees incur to improve our hotels, our loyalty program and the quality of our service impact our ADR, occupancy rates, RevPAR and RevPAR Index performance (each of which is described below under “—Key indicators of financial condition and operating performance”). Changes in ADR, occupancy, RevPAR and RevPAR Index performance significantly impact our revenues.

 

85


Table of Contents

Expenses

We primarily incur the following expenses:

 

 

Direct lodging expenses and other lodging and operating expenses .    Direct lodging and Other lodging and operating expenses reflect the operating expenses of our owned hotels, including both direct and indirect hotel operating expenses. Direct lodging expenses include items such as compensation costs for hotel level management, housekeeping, laundry and front desk staff, supply costs for guest room amenities and laundry, repairs and maintenance, utilities, sales and local marketing, bad debt expenses related to direct-bill corporate customers, and online and offline travel agency commissions. Other lodging and operating expenses include indirect property operating expenses, primarily property taxes and insurance.

 

 

Depreciation and amortization .    These are non-cash expenses that primarily consist of depreciation of fixed assets such as buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment at our owned hotels, as well as certain corporate assets. Amortization expense primarily consists of amortization of intangibles related to our franchise business and other leasehold interests, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

 

 

General and administrative expenses .    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation expense for our corporate staff and personnel supporting our business segments, professional fees (including consulting, audit and legal fees), travel and entertainment expenses, contractual performance obligations and office administrative and related expenses.

 

 

Impairment losses .    We hold amortizing and non-amortizing intangible assets and long-lived assets. We evaluate these assets for impairment as further discussed in “—Critical accounting policies and estimates.” These evaluations have, in the past, resulted in impairment losses for certain of these assets based on the specific facts and circumstances surrounding those assets and our estimates of the fair value of those assets. Based on economic conditions or other factors at a hotel-specific or system-wide level, we may be required to take additional impairment losses to reflect further declines in our asset and/or investment values.

 

 

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchised and managed properties .    These expenses represent the expenditure of BMF fees collected from our franchised and managed hotels for marketing and other support of the La Quinta brand. The corresponding revenues are presented as other revenues from franchised and managed properties in our combined statements of operations, resulting in no impact to operating income or net income.

 

 

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses .    These expenses include advertising costs associated with general promotion of the La Quinta brand and specific advertising and marketing support for our operation and for the operations of our franchisees, which are in addition to the expenditure of BMF fees collected from franchised and managed properties for the same purpose.

Fluctuations in operating expenses at our owned hotels can be related to various factors, including changes in occupancy rates, which directly impact certain variable expenses including labor, supplies, utilities and other operating expenses. However, certain of our expenses are relatively fixed, including rent, property taxes, liability insurance and, to a certain extent, payroll. As market conditions dictate, we take steps to reduce both our variable and fixed costs to levels we feel are appropriate to maximize profitability and respond to market conditions without

 

86


Table of Contents

jeopardizing the overall guest experience or the value of our hotels or brand. In addition, changes in depreciation expenses may be impacted by renovations of existing hotels or the disposition of existing hotels through sale or closure. For other factors affecting our costs and expenses, see “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry.”

Key indicators of financial condition and operating performance

We use a variety of financial and other information in monitoring the financial condition and operating performance of our business. Some of this information is financial information that is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, while other information may be financial in nature and may not be prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our management also uses other information that may not be financial in nature, including statistical information and comparative data that are commonly used within the lodging industry to evaluate hotel financial and operating performance. Our management uses this information to measure the performance of hotel properties and/or our business as a whole. Historical information is periodically compared to our internal budgets, as well as against industry-wide information. We use this information for planning and monitoring our business, as well as in determining management and employee compensation.

Average daily rate (“ADR”) represents hotel room revenues divided by total number of rooms sold in a given period. ADR measures the average room price attained by a hotel or group of hotels, and ADR trends provide useful information concerning pricing policies and the nature of the guest base of a hotel or group of hotels. Changes in room rates have an impact on overall revenues and profitability.

Occupancy represents the total number of rooms sold in a given period divided by the total number of rooms available at a hotel or group of hotels. Occupancy measures the utilization of our hotels’ available capacity. Management uses occupancy to gauge demand at a specific hotel or group of hotels in a given period. Occupancy levels also help us determine achievable ADR levels as demand for hotel rooms increases or decreases.

Revenue per available room (“RevPAR”) is defined as the product of the ADR charged and the average daily occupancy achieved. RevPAR does not include other ancillary, non-room revenues, such as food and beverage revenues or parking, telephone or other guest service revenues generated by a hotel, which are not significant for the Company.

RevPAR changes that are driven predominately by occupancy have different implications for overall revenue levels and incremental hotel operating profit than changes driven predominately by ADR. For example, increases in occupancy at a hotel would lead to increases in room revenues, as well as incremental operating costs (including, but not limited to, housekeeping services, utilities and room amenity costs). RevPAR increases due to higher ADR, however, would generally not result in additional operating costs, with the exception of those charged or incurred as a percentage of revenue, such as credit card fees. As a result, changes in RevPAR driven by increases or decreases in ADR generally have a greater effect on operating profitability than changes in RevPAR driven by occupancy levels. Due to seasonality in our business, we review RevPAR by comparing current periods to budget and period-over-period.

RevPAR Index measures a hotel’s or group of hotels’ fair market share of a competitive set’s revenue per available room. RevPAR Index is stated as a percentage and is calculated for each hotel by comparing the hotel’s RevPAR to the aggregate RevPAR of a group of competing hotels

 

87


Table of Contents

generally in the same market. RevPAR Index is a weighted average of the individual property results. We subscribe to STR who collects and compiles the data used to calculate RevPAR Index, and STR may calculate ADR and RevPAR differently than we and our competitors do. The owner of each La Quinta hotel exercises its discretion in identifying the competitive set of properties for such hotel, considering, subject to STR’s guidelines, such factors as physical proximity, competition for similar customers, services and amenities, quality and average daily rate. We initially review the competitive set makeup of each new hotel that enters our system and review the continuing appropriateness of each hotel’s competitive set on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, while the hotel brands included in the competitive set for any individual La Quinta hotel depend heavily on market-specific conditions, the competitive sets for La Quinta hotels most often include one or more of Comfort, Holiday Inn Express and Hampton. Management uses RevPAR Index and changes in RevPAR Index, particularly year-over-year percentage changes, to evaluate the performance of individual or groups of hotels relative to other competing hotels.

Comparable hotels are defined as hotels that: (i) were active and operating in our system for at least one full calendar year as of the end of the applicable period and were active and operating as of January 1st of the previous year; and (ii) have not sustained substantial property damage, business interruption or for which comparable results are not available. Management uses comparable hotels as the basis upon which to evaluate ADR, occupancy and RevPAR on a system-wide basis and for each of our reportable segments. We report variances in ADR, occupancy and RevPAR between periods for the set of comparable hotels existing at the reporting date versus the results of same set of hotels in the prior period.

Of the 830, 802 and 783 hotels in our system (excluding our assets held for sale or otherwise sold) as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, 771, 756 and 719 have been classified as comparable hotels for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA .     Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is a commonly used measure in many industries. We adjust EBITDA when evaluating our performance because we believe that the adjustment for certain items, such as restructuring and acquisition transaction expenses, impairment charges related to long-lived assets, non-cash equity-based compensation, discontinued operations, and other items not indicative of ongoing operating performance, provides useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding our ongoing operating performance. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors about us and our financial condition and results of operations for the following reasons: (i) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions; and (ii) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, lenders and other interested parties as a common performance measure to compare results or estimate valuations across companies in our industry.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP, have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss), cash flow or other methods of analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

 

88


Table of Contents
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our future operations;

 

 

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

 

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

Results of operations

Our business has steadily improved in recent years following declines during the economic downturn, resulting in an increase in RevPAR on a year-over-year basis each year since 2011. We have experienced occupancy increases in our business and we have been able to increase ADR in our markets where demand has outpaced supply.

The following table presents hotel operating statistics for our system-wide (owned, franchised and managed) comparable hotels for the applicable periods(1):

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2013
     Variance
2013 vs.
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Variance
2012 vs.
2011
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

 

 

Occupancy

     64.8%         143 bps         63.5%         191 bps         61.9%   

ADR

   $ 79.11         4.2%       $ 75.66         4.6%       $ 72.14   

RevPAR

   $ 51.26         6.6%       $ 48.05         7.8%       $ 44.67   

 

 

 

(1)   See definition of comparable hotels in “—Key indicators of financial condition and operating performance—Comparable hotels.”

In addition, the following table presents RevPAR Index for our system-wide (owned, franchised and managed) hotels for the applicable periods:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2013
    

Net Change

     Year ended
December 31,
2012
    

Net Change

     Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

 

 

RevPAR Index

     98.5%         193 bps         96.6%         97 bps         95.6%   

 

 

We anticipate that if the overall economic recovery continues, we will continue to experience increases in demand for hotel accommodations. Because this continued increase in demand is not expected to be met with a corresponding significant increase in hotel room supply in the near term, particularly in the United States, we expect to see continued improvement in our operational and financial metrics. While we expect operating results at existing properties to

 

89


Table of Contents

improve and our business to continue to grow based on our business strengths and strategies that have and will continue to maximize our performance, our ability to do so is dependent in part on increases in discretionary spending and continued stabilization and recovery in the overall economic environment.

We also anticipate growth in our Franchise and Management segment, driven both by improvements in performance at our existing franchised hotels and by increases in the number of franchised hotels in our system based on our pipeline and plans to grow our franchise business. In recent years, we have made significant progress in executing our strategic priorities, including the expansion of our footprint through our franchise business. From January 2011 to December 31, 2013, our total number of owned, franchised and managed La Quinta hotels has grown from 775, or 78,348 rooms, to 830, or 83,179 rooms, with franchised and managed hotels increasing from 436 to 491. At December 31, 2011, our pipeline numbered 168 hotels, or 12,979 rooms, and has remained strong with 187 hotels, or 15,247 rooms, in our pipeline at December 31, 2013, while we have opened a net total of 47 hotels over that time period. Each of our pipeline hotels is represented by an executed franchise agreement, and approximately 35% of the conversions and new construction has commenced as of December 31, 2013. However, should our franchisees experience difficulty in securing financing for their franchise or a decline in demand for hotel rooms, our pipeline may be adversely affected, resulting in delays in the opening of new hotels or decreases in the number of future properties that we could potentially franchise. Although there is no significant cost to us associated with our pipeline, because revenues from franchised hotels are principally derived from franchise fees rather than room rentals, as we grow our system by increasing the number of franchised hotels, our revenues and expenses will increase at a significantly slower rate than if we were growing our system through an increase in number of owned hotels.

The completion of this offering will have effects on our results of operations and financial conditions. In connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions, we will incur a one-time estimated net tax expense of approximately $333.5 million, which reflects the impact of the Predecessor Entities becoming owned by a “C” corporation and establishing the related net deferred tax liability on our books. In connection with this offering, our results of operations will be affected by other one-time costs and recurring costs of being a public company, including increases in executive and board compensation (including equity based compensation), increased insurance, accounting, legal and investor relations costs and the costs of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the costs of complying with the other rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Additionally, as a result of becoming owned by a “C” corporation, we will be taxed as a “C” corporation at the federal and state level. These costs are not reflected in our historical results. See ”Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information” for the pro forma effect of certain of these items.

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared with year ended December 31, 2012

For 2013, we experienced system-wide improvement at our comparable hotels in occupancy, ADR, and RevPAR, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Despite challenges in specific markets, we were able to increase ADR in markets where demand outpaced supply and successfully manage the usage of our best available rates (BAR), which represents our lowest available unqualified rate, resulting in a 4.2 percent increase in system-wide ADR in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. System-wide occupancy increased 143 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year

 

90


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2012. The combination of improved occupancy and ADR drove a system-wide RevPAR increase of 6.6 percent in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

The following tables present our overall operating performance, and system-wide and segment occupancy, ADR and RevPAR rates on a comparable hotel statistic basis, in each case, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, including the amount and percentage change in these results between the periods:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
    Increase/(Decrease)  
(in thousands)    2013     2012     $ change     % change  

 

 

Revenues

        

Room revenues

   $ 757,699      $ 714,143      $ 43,556        6.1%   

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

     79,180        69,206        9,974        14.4   

Other hotel revenues

     17,949        17,506        443        2.5   
  

 

 

 
     854,828        800,855        53,973        6.7   

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchised and managed properties

     19,065        17,157        1,908        11.1   
  

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     873,893        818,012        55,881        6.8   

Operating Expenses

        

Direct lodging expenses

     344,515        334,394        10,121        3.0   

Depreciation and amortization

     164,077        155,879        8,198        5.3   

General and administrative expenses

     74,794        74,111        683        0.9   

Other lodging and operating expenses

     56,068        58,266        (2,198     (3.8

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

     59,193        48,610        10,583        21.8   
  

 

 

 
     698,647        671,260        27,387        4.1   

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchised and managed properties

     19,065        17,157        1,908        11.1   
  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     717,712        688,417        29,295        4.3   

Operating Income

     156,181        129,595        26,586        20.5   

 

 

Other Income (Expenses)

        

Interest expense, net

     (148,615     (103,124     (45,491     44.1   

Other income (loss)

     1,048        (7,440     8,488        NM (1) 

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

            1,192        (1,192     NM (1) 
  

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Expenses)

     (147,567     (109,372     (38,195     NM (1) 
  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

     8,614        20,223        (11,609     NM (1) 

Income tax expense

     (3,598     (3,134     (463     14.8   
  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations, Net of Tax

     5,016        17,088        (12,072     NM (1) 

Loss on Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

     (2,495     (52,852     50,357        NM (1) 

Net Income

     2,521        (35,764     38,285        NM (1) 

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

     1,455        4,810        (3,355     (69.8
  

 

 

   

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company

   $ 3,976      $ (30,954   $ 34,930        NM (1) 

 

 

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

 

91


Table of Contents
Comparable hotel statistics    Year ended
December 31,
2013
     Variance
2013 vs.
2012
 

 

 

Owned Hotels

     

Occupancy

     64.0%         96 bps   

ADR

   $ 75.08         4.8%   

RevPAR

   $ 48.05         6.4%   

Franchised and Managed Hotels

     

Occupancy

     65.8%         201 bps   

ADR

   $ 83.98         3.6%   

RevPAR

   $ 55.25         6.8%   

System-wide

     

Occupancy

     64.8%         143 bps   

ADR

   $ 79.11         4.2%   

RevPAR

   $ 51.26         6.6%   

 

 

Revenues

Owned hotels

As of December 31, 2013, we had 339 owned hotels, comprising 43,210 rooms, located in the United States. Room revenues at our owned hotels for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $757.7 million and $714.1 million, respectively. The increase of $43.6 million, or 6.1 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR at our comparable owned hotels of 6.4 percent, which was due to increases in ADR and occupancy of 4.8 percent and 96 basis points, respectively.

The increase in RevPAR was driven by a combination of factors, including the continuing economic recovery, an increased demand for hotel rooms due in part to the historically low level of new hotels being built in our competitive markets, enhanced pricing power in certain of our markets, the introduction of new distribution and selling channels and continuous enhancements to our brand experience through capital expenditures and staff training.

Other hotel revenues at our owned hotels for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $17.9 million and $17.5 million, respectively. The increase of $0.4 million, or 2.5 percent, was primarily a result of an increase in demand for ancillary hotel services, which was driven by increased occupancy.

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

As of December 31, 2013, we had 491 franchised and managed hotels, comprising 39,969 rooms, located in the United States, Canada and Mexico. Franchise and other fee-based revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $79.2 million and $69.2 million, respectively. The increase of $10 million, or 14.4 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR at our comparable franchised and managed hotels of 6.8 percent, which was due to increases in ADR and occupancy of 3.6 percent and 201 basis points, respectively. The increase in RevPAR was driven by a combination of factors, including the continuing economic recovery, an increased demand for hotel rooms due in part to the historically low level of new hotels being built in our franchised hotels’ competitive markets and enhanced pricing power in certain of our franchisees’ markets.

 

92


Table of Contents

The addition of new hotels to our franchise system also contributed to the growth in revenue. From December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, we added 28 franchised hotels on a net basis, providing an additional 2,485 rooms to our system.

Operating expenses

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2013      2012      2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Direct lodging expenses

   $ 344.5       $ 334.4         3.0   

Other lodging and operating expenses

     56.1         58.3         (3.8

 

 

Direct lodging expenses for our owned hotels totaled $344.5 million and $334.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase of $10.1 million, or 3.0 percent, was driven primarily by: (1) an occupancy increase of 96 basis points; (2) increased usage and market driven price increases in certain of the commodities that impact our business, such as milk, orange juice and cotton; (3) increased travel agency commission costs due to the introduction of Expedia.com’s Expedia Traveler’s Preference, which allows the guest a choice to pay for a reservation at the time of booking, resulting in Expedia retaining its margin before paying us after the guest’s stay, or to pay us directly, resulting in the recognition of a commission after the guest departs based on actual consumed revenue. Many of our guests chose to pay us directly under this program, resulting in a new commission expense; and (4) the introduction of a significant new online travel agency, Booking.com, to our system. These expense increases were partially offset by the effects of continued cost mitigation strategies and the impact of operational efficiencies employed at our owned hotels. Other lodging and operating expenses for our owned hotels totaled $56.1 million and $58.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The decrease of $2.2 million, or 3.8 percent, was primarily the result of decreases in net property casualty losses and losses on retirement or sale of assets, partially offset by increased cost for property, general liability and auto insurance.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)            2013              2012      2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 164.1       $ 155.9         5.3   

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for our owned hotels totaled $164.1 million and $155.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase of $8.2 million, or 5.3 percent, was the result of $115.5 million in capital expenditures between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, which drove additional depreciation on certain owned assets in 2013.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)            2013              2012      2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

General and administrative expenses

   $ 74.8       $ 74.1         0.9   

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses totaled $74.8 million and $74.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase of $0.7 million, or 0.9 percent, was primarily the result of an increase in professional services by outside parties and corporate salaries.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)            2013              2012      2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

   $ 59.2       $ 48.6         21.8   

 

 

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses, not funded by the BMF collected from our franchised and managed hotels, totaled $59.2 million and $48.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase of $10.6 million, or 21.8 percent, was primarily driven by increased spending to enhance brand awareness via broadcast, online, and print media outlets, increased administrative costs to support our growing brand programs and increased reimbursements to franchised and managed hotels for free night certificate redemptions. In addition, we spent $19.1 million of the BMF fees collected from franchised and managed hotels on similar brand management and other advertising expenses.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)            2013              2012      2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Interest expense, net

   $ 148.6       $ 103.1         44.1   

 

 

Net interest expense totaled $148.6 million and $103.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase of $45.5 million, or 44.1 percent, was primarily driven by the amendment and extension of our debt facilities (the “Secured Debt”) which occurred in May 2012 (the ”Amendment”). The Amendment raised the weighted average effective interest rate on our Secured Debt from approximately 3.4 percent to approximately 5.4 percent for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. The higher effective interest rate was in place for the full twelve months in 2013 as compared to approximately seven months in 2012.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
    Percent
change
 
(in millions)            2013              2012     2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

   $       $ 1.2        NM (1) 

Other income (loss)

   $ 1.0       $ (7.4     NM (1) 

 

 

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

In connection with the Amendment, we (1) settled a portion of our Secured Debt for $69.8 million, which resulted in a $5.2 million gain, and modified the terms of an additional portion of our Secured Debt, which resulted in a $4.0 million loss, the net impact of which was a gain on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $1.2 million, and (2) incurred $7.7 million of closing costs which were expensed as incurred and included in other income (loss).

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)            2013              2012      2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 3.6       $ 3.1         14.8   

 

 

We have historically operated within legal structures that are disregarded for federal and most state income tax purposes. Accordingly, in those jurisdictions that recognize disregarded status,

 

94


Table of Contents

items of income and expense have been allocated to the owners of our legal entities. See “—Critical accounting policies and estimates—Income taxes.”

Our income tax expense totaled $3.6 million and $3.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and primarily consisted of the Texas margin tax, federal income taxes paid by certain taxable REIT subsidiaries and a provision for foreign income taxes. The increase of $0.5 million, or 14.8 percent, is primarily attributable to increased alternative minimum tax paid by a taxable REIT subsidiary and an increase in state income taxes due to increased taxable income, primarily in Texas, Colorado and California.

The effective tax rate for 2013 of 41.8% differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to state tax rates applied to U.S. earnings, foreign income taxes, and the increase in the valuation allowance for alternative minimum tax credit carry forwards. This is offset by a $2.9 million benefit for income not subject to tax at the Predecessor Entities level due to limited liability companies treated as partnerships and REIT status.

The effective tax rate for 2012 of 15.5% differed from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to the benefit of $7.0 million for income not subject to tax at the Predecessor Entities level due to limited liability companies treated as partnerships and REIT status. This is offset by state tax rates applied to U.S. earnings, foreign income taxes, and the increase in the valuation allowance for alternative minimum tax credit carry forwards.

Segment results

We evaluate our segments’ operating performance using segment Adjusted EBITDA, as described in Note 16: “Segments” in the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Refer to those financial statements for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. For a discussion of our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, how management uses them to manage our business and material limitations on their usefulness, refer to “—Key indicators of financial condition and operating performance.” The following table sets forth revenues and Adjusted EBITDA by segment, reconciled to consolidated amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
    Percent
change
 
(in thousands)    2013     2012     2013 vs. 2012  

 

 

Revenues

      

Owned Hotels

   $ 778,898      $ 734,547        6.0   

Franchise and Management

     55,542        50,086        10.9   

Segment revenues

     834,440        784,633        6.3   

Other revenues from franchised and managed properties

     19,065        17,157        11.1   

Corporate and other revenues(1)(2)

     97,177        88,870        9.3   

Intersegment elimination(3)

     (76,789     (72,648     5.7   

Total revenues

     873,893        818,012        6.8   

Adjusted EBITDA

      

Owned Hotels

     311,809        285,974        9.0   

Franchise and Management

     55,542        50,086        10.9   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     367,351        336,060        9.3   

Corporate and other

     (40,544     (38,237     6.0   

Adjusted EBITDA

     326,807        297,823        9.7   

 

 

 

(1)   Corporate and other includes revenues generated by and related to, and operating expenses incurred in connection with, the overall support and brand management of our owned, managed and franchised hotels and operations.

 

95


Table of Contents
(2)   Includes revenues related to our brand management programs and other cost reimbursements. The portion of these fees that are charged to our owned hotels, which totaled $53.7 million and $51.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.

 

(3)   Includes management, royalty, intellectual property royalty fees and other cost reimbursements totaling $76.8 million and $72.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which are eliminated in our combined financial statements.

Owned hotels

Owned Hotels segment revenues increased primarily due to an improvement in RevPAR of 6.4 percent at our comparable owned hotels. Refer to “Revenues—Owned hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable owned hotels. Our Owned Hotels segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of an increase in Owned Hotels segment revenues of approximately $44.4 million, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses of $18.4 million at our owned hotels. Refer to “Operating expenses—Owned hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in operating expenses at our owned hotels.

Franchise and management

Franchise and Management segment revenues increased primarily as a result of increases in RevPAR of 6.8 percent at our comparable franchised and owned hotels and the net addition of hotels added to our franchise system. Refer to “Revenues—Franchise and other fee-based revenues” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable franchised hotels. Our Franchise and Management segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of the increase in Franchise and Management segment revenues.

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared with year ended December 31, 2011

For 2012, the growth in hotel room demand continued from 2011 and 2010, as we experienced system-wide improvement at our comparable hotels in occupancy, ADR and RevPAR, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Despite challenges in specific markets, we were able to increase ADR in markets where demand outpaced supply, successfully manage the usage of our best available rates (BAR), which represents our lowest available unqualified rate, and shift business to higher rated channels, resulting in a 4.6 percent increase in system-wide ADR in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. System-wide occupancy increased 191 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The combination of improved occupancy and ADR drove a system-wide RevPAR increase of 7.8 percent in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

The following tables present our overall operating performance and system-wide and segment occupancy, ADR and RevPAR rates, in each case, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, including the amount and percentage change in these results between the periods:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Increase/(Decrease)  
(in thousands)    2012      2011      $ change      % change  

 

 

Revenues

           

Room revenues

   $ 714,143       $ 660,816       $ 53,327         8.1%   

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

     69,206         59,314         9,892         16.7   

Other hotel revenues

     17,506         16,229         1,277         7.9   
  

 

 

 
     800,855         736,359         64,496         8.8   

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchised and managed properties

     17,157         15,182         1,975         13.0   
  

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     818,012         751,541         66,471         8.8   

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents
       Year ended
December 31,
    Increase/(Decrease)  
(in thousands)    2012     2011     $ change     % change  

 

 

Operating Expenses

        

Direct lodging expenses

     334,394        330,205        4,189        1.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     155,879        149,356        6,523        4.4   

General and administrative expenses

     74,111        61,578        12,533        20.4   

Other lodging and operating expenses

     58,266        47,791        10,475        21.9   

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

     48,610        45,580        3,030        6.6   
  

 

 

 
     671,260        634,510        36,750        5.8   

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchised and managed properties

     17,157        15,182        1,975        13.0   
  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     688,417        649,692        38,725        6.0   

Operating Income

     129,595        101,849        27,746        27.2   
  

 

 

 

Other Income (Expenses)

        

Interest expense, net

     (103,124     (51,611     (51,513     99.8   

Impairment loss

                  

Other income (loss)

     (7,440     (662     (6,778     NM (1) 

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

     1,192        11,451        (10,259     (89.6
  

 

 

 

Total Other Income (expenses)

     (109,372     (40,822     (68,550     NM (1) 
  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

     20,223        61,027        (40,804     NM (1) 

Income tax expense

     (3,135     (2,332     (803     34.4   
  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations , Net of Tax

     17,088        58,695        (41,607     NM (1) 

Gain (Loss) on Discontinued Operations , Net of Tax

     (52,852     244        (53,096     NM (1) 
  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

     (35,764     58,939        (94,703     NM (1) 

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

     4,810        4,574        236        5.2   
  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company

   $ (30,954   $ 63,513      $ (94,467     NM (1) 

 

 

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

 

Comparable hotel statistics    Year ended
December 31, 2012
     Variance
2012 vs. 2011
 

 

 

Owned Hotels

     

Occupancy

     63.0%         159 bps   

ADR

   $ 71.67         5.0%   

RevPAR

   $ 45.18         7.8%   

Franchised and Managed Hotels

     

Occupancy

     64.1%         232 bps   

ADR

   $ 80.72         4.0%   

RevPAR

   $ 51.77         7.9%   

System-wide

     

Occupancy

     63.5%         191 bps   

ADR

   $ 75.66         4.6%   

RevPAR

   $ 48.05         7.8%   

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Revenues

Owned hotels

As of December 31, 2012, we had 339 owned hotels, comprising 43,197 rooms located in the United States. Room revenues at our owned hotels for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $714.1 million and $660.8 million, respectively. The increase of $53.3 million, or 8.1 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR at our comparable owned hotels of 7.8 percent, which was due to increases in ADR and occupancy of 5.0 percent and 159 basis points, respectively.

The increase in RevPAR was driven by a combination of factors, including the continuing economic recovery, an increased demand for hotel rooms due in part to the historically low level of new hotels being built in our competitive markets, enhanced pricing power in certain of our markets, the introduction of new distribution and selling channels, and continuous enhancements to our brand experience through capital expenditures and staff training.

Other hotel revenues at our owned hotels for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $17.5 million and $16.2 million, respectively. The increase of $1.3 million, or 7.9 percent, was primarily a result of an increase in demand for ancillary hotel services, which was driven by increased occupancy.

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

As of December 31, 2012, we had 463 franchised hotels, comprising 37,484 rooms, located in the United States, Canada and Mexico. Franchise and other fee-based revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $69.2 million and $59.3 million, respectively. The increase of $9.9 million, or 16.7 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR at our comparable franchised and managed hotels of 7.9 percent, which was due to increases in ADR and occupancy of 4.0 percent and 232 basis point, respectively. The increase in RevPAR was driven by a combination of factors, including the continuing economic recovery, an increased demand for hotel rooms due in part to the historically low level of new hotels being built in our franchised hotels’ competitive markets and enhanced pricing power in certain of our franchisees’ markets.

The addition of new hotels to our franchise system also contributed to the growth in revenue. From December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, we added 19 franchised hotels on a net basis, providing an additional 1,653 rooms to our system.

Operating expenses

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Direct lodging expenses

   $ 334.4       $ 330.2         1.3   

Other lodging and operating expenses

   $ 58.3       $ 47.8         21.9   

 

 

Direct lodging expenses for our owned hotels totaled $334.4 million and $330.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $4.2 million, or 1.3 percent, was primarily due to increased occupancy of 159 basis points, market driven increases in commodity pricing, local market advertising costs and travel agency commissions. These expense increases were partially offset by the effects of continued cost mitigation strategies and the impact of operational efficiencies employed at our owned hotels.

 

98


Table of Contents

Other lodging and operating expenses for our owned hotels totaled $58.3 million and $47.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $10.5 million, or 21.9 percent, was primarily the result of increased cost for property insurance and assessed property taxes, as well as an increase in net property casualty losses.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 155.9       $ 149.4         4.4   

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for our owned hotels totaled $155.9 million and $149.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $6.5 million, or 4.4 percent, was the result of $103 million in capital expenditures occurring in 2012, which drove additional depreciation on certain owned assets during the year.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

General and administrative expenses

   $ 74.1       $ 61.6         20.4   

 

 

General and administrative expenses totaled $74.1 million and $61.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $12.5 million, or 20.4 percent, was primarily driven by a one-time management bonus payment tied to the successful amendment and extension of our long-term debt obligations, shifting of certain support staff from direct hotel operations to general and administrative functions, as well as an increase in our operational staff to support the growth of the overall business.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

   $ 48.6       $ 45.6         6.6   

 

 

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses, not funded by the BMF collected from our franchised and managed hotels, totaled $48.6 million and $45.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $3.0 million, or 6.6 percent, was primarily driven by increased spending to enhance brand awareness via broadcast, online and print media outlets, increased reimbursements to franchised and managed hotels for free night certificate redemptions and increased use of advertising agencies. In addition, we spent $17.2 million of the BMF from franchised and managed hotels on similar brand management and other advertising expenses.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Interest expense, net

   $ 103.1       $ 51.6         99.8   

 

 

Net interest expense totaled $103.1 million and $51.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $51.5 million, or 99.8 percent, was primarily driven by the Amendment, which was finalized in May of 2012. The Amendment raised the weighted average effective interest rate on our Secured Debt from approximately 1.6 percent to 3.5 percent for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

99


Table of Contents
       Year ended
December 31,
    Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012     2011     2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

   $ 1.2      $ 11.5        (89.6

Other income (loss)

   $ (7.4   $ (0.7     NM (1) 

 

 

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

In connection with the Amendment, we (1) settled a portion of our Secured Debt for $69.8 million, which resulted in a $5.2 million gain, and modified the terms of an additional portion of our Secured Debt, which resulted in a $4.0 million loss, the net impact of which was a gain on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $1.2 million, and (2) incurred $7.7 million of closing costs which were expensed as incurred and included in other income (loss). In 2011, we settled a portion of our Secured Debt, resulting in a gain on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $11.5 million.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 3.1       $ 2.3         34.4   

 

 

We have historically operated within legal structures that are disregarded for federal and most state income tax purposes. Accordingly, in those jurisdictions that recognize disregarded status, items of income and expense have been allocated to the owners of our legal entities. See “—Critical accounting policies and estimates—Income taxes.”

Our income tax expense totaled $3.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and primarily consisted of the Texas margin tax, federal income taxes paid by certain taxable REIT subsidiaries and a provision for foreign income taxes. The increase of $0.8 million, or 34.4 percent, is primarily attributable to increased alternative minimum tax paid by a taxable REIT subsidiary, and an increased provision for foreign income taxes related to our growing operations outside the United States.

The effective income tax rate is determined by the level and composition of pre-tax income which is subject to federal, foreign, state, and local income taxes. Our effective tax rate was 16 percent and 4 percent for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Discontinued operations

 

       Year ended
December 31,
     Percent
change
 
(in millions)    2012     2011      2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Gain (Loss) on discontinued operations

   $ (52.9   $ 0.2         NM (1) 

 

 

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

Gain (Loss) on discontinued operations totaled $(52.9) million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. During 2012, we began an exercise to identify hotel assets in our portfolio which, for a variety of reasons, we determined detracted from our brand. As a result of a tentative disposal list of hotels being identified, and the resulting decrease in the assumed holding period for these assets, an impairment charge of $51.5 million was recognized as part of our annual testing for impairment of long-lived assets. However, the assets did not meet all of the criteria for classification as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2012.

 

100


Table of Contents

During the second quarter of 2013, the disposal list was finalized, causing 44 of our hotels, including all 11 of our Baymont-branded hotels, to meet all of the criteria to be classified as assets held for sale. As such, these hotels were classified as assets held for sale, and the results of their operations have accordingly been presented within discontinued operations for all periods presented herein. For the year ended December 31, 2011, no impairment was recorded. See Note 6: “Discontinued Operations” in the audited condensed combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Segment results

We evaluate our segments’ operating performance using segment Adjusted EBITDA, as described in Note 16: “Segments” in the audited condensed combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus. Refer to those financial statements for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. For a discussion of our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, how management uses them to manage our business and material limitations on their usefulness, refer to “—Key indicators of financial condition and operating performance.” The following table sets forth revenues and Adjusted EBITDA by segment, reconciled to consolidated amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
    Percent
change
 
(in thousands)    2012     2011     2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Revenues

      

Owned Hotels

   $ 734,547      $ 679,843        8.0   

Franchise and Management

     50,086        44,064        13.7   

Segment revenues

     784,633        723,907        8.4   

Other revenues from franchised and managed properties

     17,157        15,182        13.0   

Corporate and other revenues(1)(2)

     88,870        76,178        16.7   

Intersegment elimination(3)

     (72,648     (63,726     14.0   

Total revenues

     818,012        751,541        8.8   

Adjusted EBITDA

      

Owned Hotels

     285,974        250,701        14.1   

Franchise and Management

     50,086        44,064        13.7   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     336,060        294,765        14.0   

Corporate and other

     (38,237     (36,376     5.1   

Adjusted EBITDA

     297,823        258,389        15.3   

 

 

 

(1)   Corporate and other includes revenues generated by and related to and operating expenses incurred in connection with the overall support and brand management of our owned, managed, and franchised hotels and operations.

 

(2)   Includes revenues related to cost reimbursements and brand management fees. The portion of these fees that are charged to our owned, which totaled $51.1 million and $44.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, hotels are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.

 

(3)   Includes management, royalty, intellectual property royalty fees and other cost reimbursements totaling $72.6 million and $63.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which are eliminated in our combined financial statements.

Owned hotels

Owned Hotels segment revenues increased primarily due to an improvement in RevPAR of 7.8 percent at our comparable owned hotels. Refer to “Revenues—Owned hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable owned hotels. Our Owned Hotels segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of an increase in Owned

 

101


Table of Contents

Hotels segment revenues of approximately $54.7 million, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses of approximately $19.4 million at our owned hotels. Refer to “Operating expenses—Owned hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in operating expenses at our owned hotels.

Franchise and management

Franchise and Management segment revenues increased primarily as a result of increases in RevPAR of 7.9 percent at our comparable franchised and owned hotels and the net addition of hotels added to our franchise system. Refer to “Revenues—Franchise and other fee-based revenues” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable franchised hotels. Our Franchise and Management segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of the increase in Franchise and Management segment revenues.

Liquidity and capital resources

Overview

As of December 31, 2013, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $137.4 million, including both restricted (current and non-current) and unrestricted cash balances. Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $33.4 million as of December 31, 2013. Our restricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $104.0 million as of December 31, 2013 ($97.1 million included in current assets and $6.9 million included in non-current assets). The majority of our restricted cash and cash equivalents balances relates to prefunded cash reserves and cash collateral on our self-insurance programs. The prefunded cash reserves are required under the terms of the agreements related to our mortgage loans. They may be used to pay debt service and other amounts due under the mortgage loans and for general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures, but are classified in our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash and cash equivalents in accordance with GAAP because they generally require lender consent to be used.

Our known liquidity requirements primarily consist of funds necessary to pay for operating expenses and other expenditures, including corporate expenses, taxes, payroll and related benefits, legal costs, operating costs associated with the operation of hotels, interest and scheduled principal payments on our outstanding indebtedness, and capital expenditures for renovations and maintenance at our owned hotels and funds necessary to pay for scheduled debt maturities, capital improvements at our owned hotels and purchase commitments. Specifically, all of our Secured Debt currently matures in July 2014. We intend to refinance such debt facilities prior to or concurrently with the consummation of this offering. See “—Debt” for a further discussion of our Secured Debt. Following consummation of this offering, for federal income tax purposes our partnership and REIT status will terminate and we will become subject to additional entity-level taxes at the federal and state level and we will record an adjustment for the estimated net deferred tax liability of approximately $333.5 million at the time of completion of this offering. Accordingly, we expect that in the future our cash taxes, after utilization of net operating losses (“NOLs”) currently expected to be utilized in 2014 and 2015, will exceed the income tax provision in our financial statements, which excess may be material. In addition, if we undergo an ownership change (including as a result of future sales by Blackstone) in the future, our ability to utilize our NOLs will be subject to annual limitations on utilization by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. See note (i) in “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.”

 

102


Table of Contents

We finance our business activities primarily with existing cash and cash generated from our operations. We believe that this cash will be adequate to meet anticipated requirements for operating expenses and other expenditures, including corporate expenses, payroll and related benefits, legal costs, and purchase commitments for the foreseeable future. The objectives of our cash management policy are to maintain the availability of liquidity and minimize operational costs.

The following table summarizes our net cash flows and key metrics related to our liquidity:

 

       As of and for the year
ended December 31,
    Percent change  
(in millions)    2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 232.9      $ 248.1      $ 220.4        (6.2     12.6   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1.7        (151.0     (92.4     (101.1     63.3   

Net cash used in financing activities

     (242.0     (147.3     (78.3     64.3        88.2   

Working capital surplus (1)

     68.9        63.9        65.6        7.8        (2.7

 

 

 

(1)   Total current assets less total current liabilities, excluding the current portion of long-term debt.

Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities, excluding the current portion of long-term debt, was 1.53, 1.47 and 1.52 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Operating activities

Cash flow from operating activities is primarily generated from operating income from our owned hotels and our franchising business.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $232.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $248.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $15.2 million decrease was primarily due to a net decrease in cash due to changes in various working capital components of approximately $18.6 million and an increase in cash paid for interest of approximately $25.0 million driven by the increase in effective interest rate as a result of the amendment and extension of our long-term debt, partially offset by an increase in operating income of approximately $26.6 million.

The net $27.7 million increase in cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, was primarily due to an increase in operating income of $27.7 million, a net increase in cash due to changes in various working capital components of approximately $13.2 million, partially offset by an increase in losses from hotel property casualty occurrences of approximately $7.6 million and an increase in cash paid for interest of approximately $22.2 million.

Investing activities

Net cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.7 million, compared to $151.0 million in net cash used during the year ended December 31, 2012. The $152.7 million increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the receipt of approximately $105.8 million in proceeds from the sale of the 11 Baymont Hotels and the 29 La Quinta-branded hotels during 2013, a decrease in amounts funded to restricted cash accounts created in connection with the Amendment in the amount of approximately $62.0 million, partially offset by a $12.6 million increase in capital expenditures.

 

103


Table of Contents

The $58.6 million increase in net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, was primarily attributable to an increase in restricted cash of $53.1 million and an increase in capital expenditures of $7.3 million. The majority of the increase in capital expenditures related to improvements at existing owned hotels. The increase in restricted cash was a result of new requirements associated with the Amendment.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $242.0 million, compared to $147.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The $94.7 million increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to a decrease of $156.7 million in net member contributions, partially offset by a net decrease of $53.0 million in repayment of long term debt and a decrease of $9.0 million in financing costs.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $69.0 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to activity related to the Amendment, which resulted in increased net principal payments totaling approximately $130.4 million and increased payments for financing costs of approximately $10.1 million, partially offset by increased net contributions from our existing owners of approximately $71.5 million.

Capital expenditures

We divide our capital expenditures primarily between “repositioning” and “recurring” capital. Repositioning capital includes projects designed to increase our RevPAR Index through enhancements to our hotel rooms, hotel common areas and hotel exteriors and conversions of pre-existing non-La Quinta hotels to La Quinta brand standards. In addition, our historic repositioning capital also includes funds spent to develop our flagship hotel property in downtown Chicago and capital projects to upgrade our technology infrastructure. Repositioning capital includes acceleration of some aspects of normal cycle renovations. Recurring capital expenditures are comprised of repair and maintenance in ordinary course operations, cycle renovations and ongoing maintenance of our technology infrastructure in order to keep it current.

The cost of all improvements and renovations to our owned hotels are generally made with cash on hand and cash flows from operations.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred capital expenditures of approximately $115.5 million and $102.9 million, respectively. Of these amounts, approximately 14% and 24%, respectively, represented repositioning capital and 86% and 76%, respectively, represented recurring capital.

For 2014 and 2015, we currently consider a spending level of approximately 8-9% of each year’s total annual revenues for capital expenditures to be required in order to repair, maintain and complete necessary cycle renovations and fund other capital commitments. These levels do not reflect additional capital expenditures we may elect to make to, among other reasons, maintain or improve our competitive position or construct or acquire new hotels.

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding commitments under capital expenditure contracts of approximately $53.9 million for capital expenditures at certain owned hotels and for

 

104


Table of Contents

information technology enhancements. If cancellation of a contract occurred, our commitment would be any costs incurred up to the cancellation date, in addition to any costs associated with the discharge of the contract.

Debt

As of December 31, 2013, our total indebtedness was approximately $2.7 billion. For further information on our total indebtedness, refer to Note 8: “Long-Term Debt” in the audited of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2013, key terms and balances related to our indebtedness were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Interest rate  

Maturity

date

 

December 31,

2013

    

December 31,

2012

 

 

 

Current:

         

Holdco I Mortgage Loan

   LIBOR + 2.982%(1)   (2)   $ 1,941,238       $ 56,250   

Holdco III Mortgage Loan

   (3)   (4)     208,909         5,042   

Mezzanine Loans

   LIBOR + 9.0% to 13.9%(5)   (6)     570,139           
      

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

       $ 2,720,286       $ 61,292   
      

 

 

 

Long-term:

         

Holdco I Mortgage Loan

   LIBOR + 2.892%(1)   (6)             2,092,864   

Holdco III Mortgage Loan

   (3)   (7)             228,547   

Mezzanine Loans

   LIBOR + 9.0% to 13.9%(5)   (6)             517,262   
      

 

 

 

Long-term debt

       $       $ 2,838,673   

 

 

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the 30 day United States dollar London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) was 0.17% and 0.21%, respectively. As more fully described below, portions of the Holdco I Mortgage Loan, with principal totaling $1.03 billion, carry interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 0.55%. The remaining Holdco I Mortgage Loan balances, with principal totaling approximately $0.9 billion, are subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0% plus spreads ranging from 3.891% to 6.803%. The total weighted average spread for the Holdco I Mortgage loan was 2.892% as of December 31, 2013 and 2.664% as of December 31, 2012.

 

(2)   The modified terms of the Holdco I Mortgage Loan require us to make certain principal payments upon closing and quarterly beginning on the first scheduled loan payment date following September 30, 2012. Final maturity is July 2014.

 

(3)   The interest rate for the Holdco III Mortgage loan for the year ended December 31, 2013 was LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.5%.

 

(4)   Principal payments are required quarterly equal to the amount of excess cash flows, as defined, held in escrowed accounts over a specified floor.

 

(5)   The Holdco I Mezzanine Loans bear interest at LIBOR plus current payment spreads ranging from 1.0% to 2.15%, and deferred payment spreads ranging from 8.0% to 11.75%, payable at maturity. Any difference between current LIBOR and the LIBOR floor of 1% is deferred to maturity. The total weighted average spread for the Holdco I Mezzanine Loans was 11.590% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

(6)   In accordance with the Amendment, the maturity date was extended to July 2014. No scheduled principal payments are required prior to the maturity date.

 

(7)   The original maturity date was July 2013; however, we exercised the remaining one-year extension option that permitted us, at our discretion, to extend the Holdco III Mortgage Loan’s maturity date to July 2014. Included in the Holdco III Mortgage Loan as of December 31, 2013 is an unamortized long-term debt reduction of $2,297, which is being amortized using an imputed interest rate of 3.45%.

Substantially all of our assets in which we hold an ownership interest are encumbered or have been pledged as collateral for our Secured Debt. Our debt contains certain restrictions on us incurring any additional indebtedness relating to secured assets, including the prohibition on incurring indebtedness in the form of borrowed money and/or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments without prior approval from our creditors. Our Secured Debt was amended in May 2012 to extend the maturity date to July 2014 and to require quarterly

 

105


Table of Contents

principal payments in the amount of $12.5 million in September 2012, December 2012 and March 2013, and in the amount of $15.625 million in each of June 2013, September 2013, December 2013 and March 2014. Our Secured Debt may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time. The terms of our Secured Debt allow for the sale of collateralized assets, subject to defined release prices, up to $225 million without premium on the resulting debt pay-down, and subject to defined premiums on the resulting debt pay-downs above that amount. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we were in compliance with the terms of our Secured Debt.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt, we may be required to reduce capital expenditures or refinance all or a portion of our existing debt. Our ability to make scheduled principal payments and to pay interest on our debt depends on the future performance of our operations, which is subject to general conditions in or affecting the hotel industry that are beyond our control. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry” and “Risk factors—Risks relating to our indebtedness.”

All of our Secured Debt currently matures in July 2014. We do not expect to have sufficient cash on hand to pay the Secured Debt balances expected to exist at that time in full. As such, we intend to enter into a new credit agreement as described under “Description of indebtedness—New senior secured credit facilities”. On February 21, 2014, we agreed with the joint lead arrangers on the terms of the credit agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the senior secured credit facilities to the lenders. The closing of the senior secured credit facilities is subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of this offering. We currently anticipate that, upon a successful refinancing of our current debt facilities and completion of this offering, our net interest expense will decrease.

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

(in millions)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

 

 

Long-term debt obligations(1)(2)

   $ 2,720       $ 2,720       $       $       $   

Capital lease obligations

              

Operating and ground leases

     111         3         7         6         95   

Contract acquisition costs

                                       

Purchase commitments

     54         54                           

Total contractual obligations

   $ 2,885       $ 2,777       $ 7       $ 6       $ 95   

 

 

 

(1)   The Secured Debt matures in July 2014.

 

(2)   Includes principal as well as interest payments. To project interest payments on floating rate debt, we have used a forward curve for 30-day LIBOR for interest payments to be made in the future.

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the Pre-IPO Transactions (including the acquisition of the Previously Managed Portfolio), (ii) the anticipated use of the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of proceeds” and (iii) the intended refinancing of our current debt facilities:

 

(in millions)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 2,100       $ 21       $ 42       $ 42       $ 1,995   

 

106


Table of Contents
(in millions)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

              

Operating and ground leases

   $ 124       $ 4       $ 9       $ 8       $ 103   

Contract acquisition costs

                                       

Purchase commitments

     54         54                           

Total contractual obligations

   $ 2,278       $ 79       $ 51       $ 50       $ 2,098   

 

 

In addition to the purchase commitments in the table above, in the normal course of business, we enter into purchase commitments for which we are reimbursed by our franchisees. These obligations have minimal or no impact on our net income and cash flow.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have off balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. Under certain franchise agreements, we have committed to provide certain incentive payments, reimbursements, rebates and other payments, to help defray the costs of construction, marketing and other costs associated with opening and operating a La Quinta hotel.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods and the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2: “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” in the audited financial statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies are critical because they involve a higher degree of judgment, and the estimates required to be made were based on assumptions that are inherently uncertain. As a result, these accounting policies could materially affect our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and judgments based on historical experiences and various other factors that are believed to reflect the current circumstances. While we believe our estimates, assumptions and judgments are reasonable, they are based on information presently available. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates due to changes in judgments, assumptions and conditions as a result of unforeseen events or otherwise, which could have a material impact on financial position or results of operations.

Investments in long-lived assets

We annually review the performance of our long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment, as well as when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We also identify properties we intend to sell and properties we intend to hold for use. For each lodging asset or group of assets held for use, we compare the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) generated by the asset or group of assets with its associated net carrying value. If the net carrying value of the asset or group of assets exceeds expected future cash flows, the excess of the

 

107


Table of Contents

net book value over estimated fair value is charged to impairment loss in the accompanying combined statements of operations. Properties held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount of their estimated sales price, less estimated costs to sell.

We estimate fair value primarily using unobservable inputs by (1) calculating the discounted expected future cash flows and (2) calculating expected liquidated sales proceeds, relying on common hotel valuation methods such as multiples of room revenues or per room valuations. Our estimate of fair value of the asset using these unobservable inputs then becomes the new basis of the asset or group of assets and this new basis is then depreciated over the asset’s remaining useful life. We may be subject to impairment charges in the future, in the event that operating results of individual hotel operations are materially different from its forecasts, the economy or the lodging industry weakens or the estimated holding period of a hotel is shortened.

Guest loyalty program

Our guest loyalty program, “Returns,” allows members to earn points primarily based on certain dollars spent at our owned and franchised hotels or via our co-branded credit card. Members may redeem points earned for free night certificates, gift cards, airline miles and a variety of other awards. We account for the economic impact of points earned by accruing an estimate of its liability for unredeemed points. The expense related to this estimate includes the cost of administering the program, as well as the incremental cost of the stay at one of its hotels or the value of awards purchased from program partners. We estimate the future redemption obligation based upon historical experience, including an estimate of “breakage” for points that will never be redeemed. The estimate is based on a calculation that includes an assumption for the redemption rate, redemption type (whether for a free night certificate or other award), and rate of redemption at our owned hotels versus franchised hotels. Actual results of the Returns program, and the related expense and liability, may vary significantly from our estimates due primarily to variances from assumptions used in the calculation of its obligation for future redemptions and changes in member behavior. These variances are accounted for as changes in estimates and are charged to operations as they become known.

We had approximately $13.3 million of guest loyalty liability as of December 31, 2013. Changes in the estimates used in developing our breakage rate could result in a material change to our loyalty liability. Currently, a 10% decrease to the breakage estimate used in determining future award redemption obligations would increase our loyalty liability by approximately $2.7 million.

Insurance programs

Workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability

We maintain a retrospective loss deductible insurance program for workers’ compensation and automobile liability loss exposures, and a self-insured retention program for our commercial general liability loss exposures related to our lodging operations. A transfer of risk to an insurance underwriter is purchased for loss exposures in excess of the deductible and retention limits on both a primary and excess limits basis.

Case loss reserves are established for losses within the insurance and self-insured programs. These individual case reserves are estimates of amounts necessary to settle the claims as of the reporting date. These individual case estimates are based on known facts and interpretations of circumstances and legal standards and include the claims representatives’ expertise and experience with similar cases. These individual estimates change over time as additional facts and information become known.

 

108


Table of Contents

On at least an annual basis, we perform a formal review of estimates of the ultimate liability for losses and associated expenses for each coverage component of the casualty insurance program within the deductible and self-insured retention. We engage outside actuaries who perform an analysis of historical development trends of loss frequency and severity in order to project the ultimate liability for losses, including incurred but not reported claims. The outside actuaries utilize various actuarial methods such as the loss triangle technique to derive loss development factors from the actual loss experience, which translate current case reserve value to an ultimate basis by measuring the historical change in valuations over time, which is characteristic of liability losses. Other methods such as “increased limits factors” are utilized for projecting losses and are calculated based on historical experience and represent an average over several years and used to estimate the ultimate loss. We revise our reserve amounts periodically based upon recognized changes in the development factors and trends that affect loss costs and their impact on the actuarial calculation. These estimates are influenced by external factors, including inflation, changes in law, court decisions and changes to regulatory requirements, economic conditions and public attitudes.

Employee healthcare

We maintain a self-insurance program for major medical and hospitalization coverage for our employees and their dependents, which is partially funded by payroll deductions. Payments for major medical and hospitalization to individual participants below specified amounts are self-insured by us. We base our estimate of ultimate liability on trends in claim payment history, historical trends in incurred but not reported incidents and developments in other cost components (such as rising medical costs, projected premium costs and the number of participants). Our liability with respect to employee healthcare reserves is monitored on a periodic basis and adjusted accordingly.

Income taxes

We have various taxable subsidiaries and account for the taxable subsidiaries’ income taxes using the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting purposes. For financial reporting purposes, income tax expense or benefit is based on reported financial accounting income or loss before non-controlling interests and income taxes related to our taxable subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and the analogous amounts recognized for tax purposes using the statutory tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse, within the taxable subsidiaries. We evaluate the probability of realizing the future benefits of their deferred tax assets and provide a valuation allowance for the portion of any deferred tax assets where the likelihood of realizing an income tax benefit in the future does not meet the more-likely-than-not criteria for recognition.

We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

See Note 12: “Income Taxes” in the audited condensed combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

109


Table of Contents

Legal contingencies

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, the outcomes of which are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue an estimated amount for a loss contingency if it is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required when we evaluate, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. Changes in these factors could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

Consolidations

We use judgment evaluating whether we have a controlling financial interest in our partnership and other investments, including the assessment of the importance of rights and privileges of the partners based on voting rights, as well as financial interests that are not controllable through voting interests. If the entity is considered to be a variable interest entity (“VIE”), we use judgment determining whether we are the primary beneficiary, and then consolidate those VIEs for which we have determined we are the primary beneficiary. If the entity in which we hold an interest does not meet the definition of a VIE, we evaluate whether we have a controlling financial interest through our voting interests in the entity. We consolidate entities when we own more than 50 percent of the voting shares of a company or have a controlling general partner interest of a partnership, assuming the absence of other factors determining control, including the ability of minority owners to participate in or block certain decisions. Changes to judgments used in evaluating our partnership and other investments could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We are exposed to market risk primarily from changes in interest rates, which may impact future income, cash flows, and fair value of the Company, depending on changes to interest rates. In certain situations, we may seek to reduce cash flow volatility associated with changes in interest rates by entering into financial arrangements intended to provide a hedge against a portion of the risks associated with such volatility. We continue to have exposure to such risks to the extent they are not hedged. We enter into derivative financial arrangements to the extent they meet the objective described above, or are required by the terms of our debt facilities, and we do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our floating rate debt. Interest rates on our floating rate debt discussed below are based on 30-day LIBOR, so we are most vulnerable to changes in this rate. The 30-day LIBOR rate decreased from 0.28 percent per annum as of December 31, 2011, to 0.21 percent per annum as of December 31, 2012, and to 0.17 percent per annum at December 31, 2013. Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our fixed rate debt and our fixed rate financing receivables.

Under the terms of our Secured Debt, we are required to hedge interest rate risk using derivative instruments, such as interest rate caps, under certain defined conditions, until the maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, we held six interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $2.6 billion which cap LIBOR used to calculate the floating portion of the interest rate on our Secured Debt at 4.0 percent. The caps were executed in June 2013 to replace the previous

 

110


Table of Contents

portfolio of interest rate caps that expired in July 2013 and expire in July 2014. We have elected not to designate any of the interest rate caps as effective hedging instruments. The fair values of our interest rate caps were immaterial to our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a loss of $0.1 million in other income (loss) in our combined statement of operations, which represented the premiums paid on these interest rate caps. No other gain or loss related to the undesignated interest rate caps in our current portfolio or previous portfolio that expired in July 2013 were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 as changes in the fair values of our interest rate caps were immaterial.

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities and the total fair value as of December 31, 2013 for our financial instruments that are materially affected by interest rate risks (in millions, excluding average interest rate):

 

      Maturities by period     Carrying
value
    Fair
value
 
    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     Thereafter      

 

 

Floating rate Secured Debt

  $ 2,720      $      $      $      $      $      $ 2,720      $ 2,716   

Weighted average interest rate(1)

                5.294%     

 

 

 

(1)   Weighted average interest rate as of December 31, 2013.

Refer to our Note 10: “Fair Value Measurements” in the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities as of December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of the fair value measurements of our financial assets and liabilities.

Recently issued accounting standards

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2013-02. This ASU amends existing guidance by requiring companies to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For amounts which are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, companies will be required to cross reference other disclosures that provide information about those amounts. We adopted ASU 2013-02 prospectively as of January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11. This ASU provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists in the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from disallowance of the tax position. We plan to adopt ASU 2013-11 prospectively as of January 1, 2014, and we are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

 

111


Table of Contents

Industry

The lodging sector is a significant part of the U.S. economy, generating approximately $163.3 billion of revenues in 2013, according to data provided by STR. As of December 2013, the U.S. hotel sector comprised approximately 53,000 hotels with more than 4.9 million rooms, of which 69% were affiliated with a brand. Over the 25 years ended December 31, 2013, the sector revenue has grown at a CAGR of 4.7%. The industry can be segmented from a brand perspective across STR chain scale categories and from an operating structure across real estate ownership, franchise and third party management.

Chain scale segments

Hotels can be divided into STR chain scale categories or groupings of generally competitive brands as follows:

 

 

Luxury —typically offers first class appointments and an extensive range of on-property amenities and services, including restaurants, spas, recreational facilities, business centers, concierges, room service and local transportation (shuttle service to airport and/or local attractions). According to STR, the average of the ADR for the luxury chain scale in 2013 was $290.31.

 

 

Upper upscale —typically offers well-appointed properties that offer a full range of on-property amenities and services, including restaurants, spas, recreational facilities, business centers, concierges, room service and local transportation (shuttle service to airport and/or local attractions). According to STR, the average of the ADR for the upper upscale chain scale in 2013 was $161.04.

 

 

Upscale —typically offers a full range of on-property amenities and services, including restaurants, spas, recreational facilities, business centers, concierges, room service and local transportation (shuttle service to airport and/or local attractions). According to STR, the average of the ADR for the upscale chain scale in 2013 was $121.72.

 

 

Upper midscale —typically offers limited food service (which may include restaurants), vending, selected business services, partial recreational facilities (either a pool or fitness equipment) and limited transportation (airport shuttle). According to STR, the average of the ADR for the upper midscale chain scale in 2013 was $100.29.

 

 

Midscale —typically offers limited breakfast, selected business services, limited recreational facilities (either a pool or fitness equipment) and limited transportation (airport shuttle). According to STR, the average of the ADR for the midscale chain scale in 2013 was $76.33.

 

 

Economy —typically offers basic amenities and may offer a limited breakfast. According to STR, the average of the ADR for the economy chain scale in 2013 was $54.27.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table shows the total room count per each STR chain scale category and the independent segment in the United States at December 31, 2013. The STR midscale and upper midscale segments are predominantly comprised of brands that are affiliated with broader multi-branded companies. La Quinta’s STR competitive sets most often include Comfort, Holiday Inn Express and/or Hampton.

 

Chain scale    Brand examples    Room
count
     % of total
room
count
     Avg.
number of
rooms per
hotel
 

 

 

Luxury

   Four Seasons, Ritz Carlton, W Hotel      107,263         2.2%         340.5   

Upper Upscale

   Hilton, Hyatt, Marriott, Sheraton      560,888         11.4%         360.0   

Upscale

   Cambria Suites, Courtyard, Hilton Garden Inn      612,565         12.4%         153.2   

Upper Midscale

   Comfort, Hampton, Holiday Inn Express      875,153         17.7%         97.7   

Midscale

   Best Western, La Quinta, Ramada, Quality      475,464         9.6%         86.7   

Economy

   Days Inn, Econo Lodge, Red Roof Inn, Super 8      773,719         15.7%         76.0   
     

 

 

 

Sub-Total Brand Affiliated

        3,405,052         68.9%         111.7   
     

 

 

 

Independents

        1,534,156         31.1%         68.1   
     

 

 

 

Total All Hotels

        4,939,208         100.0%         93.2   

 

 

Source: STR

Hotel operating structures

The U.S. lodging industry is generally segmented into three different operating structures: real estate ownership, franchise and third party management. Some companies employ only one component while other companies employ a combination of operating structures.

 

 

Ownership —Hotels are owned by a company and are operated either by the company’s own management team or by an independent third party manager. Hotels may be branded under a franchise agreement, may be operated under a management agreement in which the manager brings it own brand to the hotel, or may be operated under the owner’s brand or as an independent hotel. Ownership requires a more substantial capital commitment as compared to other models but can offer high returns due to the owner’s ability to influence margins by driving RevPAR, managing operating expenses and financial leverage. The ownership model has a high fixed-cost structure that results in a high degree of operating leverage relative to RevPAR performance. As a result, profits escalate rapidly in a lodging up-cycle but can erode quickly in a downturn. Profits from an ownership model generally increase at a greater rate from RevPAR growth attributable to ADR growth, than from occupancy gains since there are more incremental costs associated with higher guest volumes compared to higher pricing.

 

 

Franchise —Franchisors license their brands to a hotel owner, providing the hotel owner the right to use the brand name, logo, operating practices and reservations systems in exchange for a fee and an agreement to operate the hotel in accordance with the franchisor’s brand standards. Under a typical franchise agreement, the hotel owner pays the franchisor an initial fee, a percentage-of-revenue royalty fee and a marketing/reservation fee. A franchisor’s

 

113


Table of Contents
 

revenues are dependent on the number of rooms in its system and the top-line performance of those hotels. Earnings drivers include RevPAR increases, unit growth and effective royalty rate improvement. Franchisors enjoy significant operating leverage in their business model since it typically costs little to add a new hotel franchise to an existing system.

 

 

Third party management —Third party management companies operate hotels on behalf of the hotel owner but do not, themselves, own the hotel. These companies collect base management fees which are typically a percentage of hotel revenue and incentive management fees which are tied to the financial performance of the hotel. The hotels may be operated under a franchise agreement and/or management agreement, or as an independent hotel. Similar to franchising activities, the key drivers of revenue based management fees are RevPAR and unit growth and similar to ownership activities, profit based fees are driven by improved hotel margins and RevPAR growth.

U.S. lodging industry performance

Lodging industry performance is generally tied to both macro-economic and micro-economic trends in the United States and, similar to other industries, experiences both positive and negative operating cycles. Positive cycles are characterized as periods of increasing RevPAR and hotel development. These cycles usually continue until the economy sustains a prolonged downturn, excess supply conditions exist or some external factor occurs such as war, terrorism or natural resource shortages. Negative cycles are characterized by hoteliers reducing room rates to stimulate occupancy and a reduction of hotel development. Industry recovery usually begins with an increase in occupancy followed by hoteliers increasing room rates. As demand begins to exceed room supply, occupancies and rates continue to improve.

The following graph illustrates historical and projected U.S. supply, demand and RevPAR growth. The trends are derived from historical data provided by STR and projections provided by PKF-HR.

Historical and Projected U.S. Supply, Demand and RevPAR Growth

LOGO

Source: STR (2005-2013), PKF-HR (2014-2015)

 

114


Table of Contents

Select-service segment performance

Select-service hotels generally serve the midscale and upper-midscale chain segments as defined by STR. Select-service hotels typically have fewer costly services and amenities than full-service hotels, which results in an efficient hotel-level cost structure. Select-service hotels typically have limited food and beverage outlets and do not offer comprehensive business or banquet facilities.

The midscale and upper-midscale segments tend to follow the cyclicality of the overall lodging industry and have also improved with the economic recovery in recent years. The following tables illustrate historical and projected midscale and upper-midscale U.S. supply, demand and RevPAR growth. The trends are derived from historical data provided by STR and projections provided by PKF-HR. Industry forecasts for RevPAR for both the midscale and upper-midscale segments remain positive for the next several years as the hotel industry is expected to continue to benefit from a supply and demand imbalance. We believe that the fundamentals of the U.S. lodging industry in the midscale and upper-midscale segments will yield strong industry segment performance and support the growth of our business.

Historical U.S. Midscale/Upper-Midscale Supply, Demand and RevPAR Growth

LOGO

Projected U.S. Midscale/Upper-Midscale Supply, Demand and RevPAR Growth

LOGO

Source: STR (2005-2013); PKF-HR (2014-2015)

 

115


Table of Contents

Business

Company overview

We are a leading owner, operator and franchisor of select-service hotels primarily serving the midscale and upper-midscale segments under the La Quinta brand. Based on data provided by STR, La Quinta is the fastest growing principal select-service hotel brand in the United States primarily serving these segments in terms of percentage growth of number of hotels over the last ten years ended December 31, 2013, growing our total number of hotels from 362 in 2003 to 834 as of December 31, 2013, significantly outpacing the growth of hotels franchised, owned and operated by Comfort, Holiday Inn Express and Hampton, the hotel brands one or more of which is most often included in the competitive sets we determine for STR, subject to STR’s guidelines, which we refer to as our “main STR competitive set”. Our system-wide portfolio, as of December 31, 2013, consisted of 834 hotels representing approximately 84,000 rooms located predominantly across 46 U.S. states, as well as in Canada and Mexico, of which 357 hotels were owned and operated and 477 were franchised. We also have a pipeline of 187 franchised hotels as of December 31, 2013, to be located in the United States, Mexico, Canada, Colombia and Honduras.

The following table illustrates the growth in number of our owned and franchised hotels from 2003 to December 31, 2013.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Certain of our owned hotels were previously operated by us as non-La Quinta hotels and are not included in this table until such time as they were converted to La Quinta-branded hotels. From the Acquisition through December 31, 2013 and primarily in 2006, we converted 128 hotels.

We primarily derive our revenues from owned hotel operations and fees generated from franchised and managed hotels. On a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated total revenue of $909.1 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $340.2 million and net income

 

116


Table of Contents

from continuing operations of $44.9 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, see “Summary historical combined financial data.”

We are focused on providing clean and comfortable guest rooms at affordable prices in convenient locations. Our hotels have fewer costly services and amenities than full-service hotels, which we believe results in a highly efficient hotel-level cost structure. Our hotels typically include common areas with amenities such as a great room (including breakfast seating area, lobby with seating area and business center), swimming pool and vending areas and generally offer a complimentary breakfast. As of December 31, 2013, the hotels in our system consisted of 565 La Quinta Inn & Suites, which include guest suites and are generally our newer hotels, and 269 La Quinta Inns. Our guest mix includes both business and leisure travelers.

La Quinta was founded in San Antonio, Texas in 1968 and has a 45-year history of owning and operating hotels and, from 1973 to January 2006, we operated through our predecessors as a public company. In 2006, we were acquired by Blackstone (the “Acquisition”) and assembled a management team led by lodging industry and La Quinta veteran Wayne Goldberg, our President and Chief Executive Officer. At the time of the Acquisition, we had a total of 425 hotels, 267 owned hotels and 158 franchised hotels. Since 2007, we have focused on growing our franchise business and investing in significant repositioning capital designed to increase our market penetration.

We began franchising the La Quinta brand in order to more rapidly expand our hotel system, promote brand awareness and drive growth without significant capital investment. Since the Acquisition and through December 31, 2013, we have aggressively grown our franchise business in the United States and expanded into international markets. During that period, we expanded our franchise system by approximately three times, growing from 158 franchised hotels to 477 franchised hotels. We also established a franchise presence in Mexico, Central America and South America, with 22 hotels either open or in the pipeline in those regions.

From 2007 through December 31, 2013, in addition to customary recurring capital expenditures such as repair and maintenance, cycle renovations and ongoing maintenance of our technology infrastructure, we invested approximately $310 million in our owned hotel portfolio and infrastructure, which we consider repositioning capital. We believe this investment has contributed to the overall improved perception of our brand and our ability to increase our ADR, occupancy and RevPAR Index for our owned hotels from 2007 through December 31, 2013. While we do not currently have any plans for major projects that would require additional repositioning capital expenditures, we will continue to evaluate projects and invest in those that we believe will provide an appropriate return on capital invested and increased RevPAR Index. We will also continue to make customary recurring capital expenditures.

Repositioning capital investments spent over this period have included $148 million for improvements across our owned hotel portfolio, including acceleration of some aspects of normal cycle renovations, and $45 million for upgrades to our technology infrastructure. Repositioning capital was used to update guest rooms at our owned hotels to generally include:

 

 

a 32” flat panel high definition television

 

quilted, pillow-top mattress

 

large work desk with an ergonomic “task” chair

 

high speed internet access

 

117


Table of Contents
 

coffee maker

 

high-flow shower heads and curved shower rods

 

plug-and-play feature which allows guests to connect personal devices to our side television panels in order to watch their own content

Additionally, repositioning capital also included over $74 million expended to upgrade the 128 hotels we converted from non-La Quinta hotels to La Quinta-branded hotels since the Acquisition and $42 million to develop our flagship downtown Chicago property.

Recurring capital expenditures from 2007 through December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $449 million. Recurring capital expenditures are comprised of repair and maintenance in ordinary course operations, customary cycle renovations and ongoing maintenance of our technology infrastructure in order to keep it current. Customary cycle renovations, which can range from design renovations to full renovations, take place on an as needed basis and, as of December 31, 2013, the overall average time since last cycle renovation for the owned portfolio was seven years. Customary cycle renovations can include, among other things, replacement of mattresses, seating, fixtures or carpet, repainting, window treatments and improvements in the common areas. We maintain a variety of designs and décor scheme options for our rooms and select the room scheme for a given hotel’s cycle renovation based on market factors and our review of the optimal return for the capital invested.

Our competitive strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths position us to execute on our business plan and growth strategies.

 

 

Scalable and efficient business model with attractive cash flow characteristics.     Our hotel product offering is efficient, replicable and supported by a scalable operational, technological and administrative platform. Over 98% of our owned hotel revenue is derived solely from room rentals, as compared to 65% for full-service hotels, according to STR, and our operating margins in 2013 were 47% as compared to operating margins in 2012 of 30% for full-service hotels (which reflects the most current available information). As a select-service hotel brand, our hotels require fewer costly services, amenities and capital expenditures than full-service hotels, resulting in what we believe to be a highly efficient hotel-level cost structure, strong Adjusted EBITDA margins and stable cash flows. Even during the height of the recent economic downturn in 2009, our Adjusted EBITDA margins remained above 32% as compared to approximately 20% for full-service hotels, based on data provided by STR. In addition, our model enables us to manage corporate overhead expenses even though the number of our hotels, particularly the number of our franchised hotels, has increased substantially. Moreover, our year-to-date 2013 Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margins for our owned portfolio remain below comparable 2008 metrics, which we believe represents significant capacity for future organic growth at our hotels.

 

 

Established and rapidly growing franchise business.     Over the last ten years, we have grown our total number of franchised hotels from 89 in 2003 to 477 as of December 31, 2013, achieving a franchise compounded annual growth rate of 18%. Our franchise business requires little or no capital investment by us (which we refer to as “capital light”), and has substantial scale and an established infrastructure that we believe positions us to achieve meaningful franchise growth as development capital for franchisees continues to become more available. As of December 31, 2013, we had a diversified group of 482 franchisees with 94% of our franchisees either operating or developing less than three La Quinta hotels. The hotels in our

 

118


Table of Contents
 

franchise portfolio have an average age of 13 years, with 38% of our franchise portfolio less than 5 years old. Despite the strong decade of growth, we are still less than half the size of our main STR competitive set, allowing room for continued aggressive franchise growth in a number of under-penetrated U.S. markets. As of December 31, 2013, we have a large pipeline of 187 franchised hotels (of which 79% are new construction), each represented by an executed franchise agreement, which upon completion would represent a 39% expansion of our total existing franchise system. Given our founding and significant presence in Texas, our presence in the U.S. southern border states and our established brand history with travelers from this region, we believe La Quinta has significant brand awareness in Mexico and believe Mexico, Central America and South America provide opportunities for significant franchise growth internationally where we have laid the foundation for expansion. As our franchise business continues to grow, we expect cash flow from this segment will comprise a higher percentage of our total cash flow. Given that the average remaining term of our existing franchise contracts is approximately 13 years, we believe that our existing franchisees provide a long-term stable income stream. Additionally, we anticipate our franchise revenues will grow over time as new franchise agreements and renewals of existing franchise agreements are executed at our newly published rates, which include a 4.5% royalty fee, which is higher than the 4.0% royalty fee generally applicable to our franchise agreements currently in effect.

 

 

Widely recognized and differentiated brand.     We own, operate and franchise all of our hotels under a single brand, La Quinta, a highly recognizable brand in the select-service market, established over a 45-year history. We also ranked #2 among the 15 and 18 hotel chains included, respectively, in the 2013 and 2014 Temkin Experience Ratings. Additionally, we have a loyal base of customers and a growing loyalty program, La Quinta Returns, with over nine million members as of December 31, 2013. We believe the capital investments we have made to upgrade and reposition our brand and hotel experience have helped to improve our brand awareness, brand perception, guest loyalty and guest experience. Our improved experience, brand perception and growing loyalty have contributed to consistent market share increases as reflected by our RevPAR Index growth. After experiencing a decrease in RevPAR Index of 340 basis points from 2006 to 2007, principally due to the conversion over that period of 128 non-La Quinta hotels to La Quinta-branded hotels, from the year ended December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2013, our RevPAR Index has increased 990 basis points from 88.6% to 98.5%. We believe that the demonstrated strength of our brand and loyal customer base drive revenues for our existing owned and franchised hotels and also makes us attractive to new franchisees.

 

 

Owner and operator business model promotes alignment with our franchisees.     Our position as an owner and operator of La Quinta-branded hotels creates an alignment of economic interest with our franchisees, which we believe is a differentiating factor among our competitors. We are focused on delivering value to our guests, which generates repeat stays and increases guest loyalty. Delivering value combined with the benefits of an increasing market presence through our growth in the number of hotels has strengthened our brand. We believe this focus and the powerful alignment with our franchisees drive strong operating results and financial returns which benefit both us and our franchisees and will continue to benefit and grow our business in the future. We have an active advisory Brand Council that includes both Company and franchisee representation and meets three to four times a year to discuss ways to improve the performance of our hotels. Through the Brand Council, we often test new concepts at both owned and franchised hotels, which we believe promotes collaboration between us and our franchisees. We believe our model incentivizes franchisees to invest in growing the La Quinta brand through additional capital investment into existing franchised hotels and through the development of new La Quinta hotels.

 

 

119


Table of Contents
 

Highly experienced and successful management team.     Our management team has extensive experience in hospitality, consumer-facing and brand-based companies, with a proven track record for delivering strong results. Our executive management team has an average industry tenure of 20 years, including Wayne Goldberg with 34 years of select-service experience, Rajiv Trivedi, our Chief Development Officer, with 24 years of industry experience and Angelo Lombardi, our Chief Operating Officer, with 24 years of industry experience. In addition, Keith Cline, our Chief Financial Officer, who joined our executive management team in January 2013, brings over 21 years of finance, accounting and brand experience, including over 12 years of public company experience. Management has developed a culture of strong collaboration and teamwork that runs throughout the organization and has contributed to La Quinta’s successful performance.

Our strategies

The following are key elements of our strategy to become the preferred select-service brand for our guests and franchise partners.

 

 

Take advantage of our significant capital investment to optimize the performance of our owned hotels .    We will continue to focus on maximizing revenues and managing costs at each of our owned hotels. As of December 31, 2013, we had 357 owned hotels, representing 43% of our system-wide portfolio. We intend to drive revenue growth by employing our active revenue management strategies and increasing our ADR, share of hotel stays by return guests, membership in our Returns program, overall brand awareness and volume of our corporate guests. There is currently a meaningful ADR differential between us and the hotels in our main STR competitive sets. We believe the significant amount of capital we have spent since 2007 to reposition and improve the brand and the quality of our hotels, the growth in the number of hotel units in our system and the resulting increased brand awareness will allow us to continue to increase ADR. We estimate that in 2013 each $1 increase in ADR across our owned portfolio would have increased our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for our owned hotels by approximately $11 million, assuming all other variables remained constant. We also intend to continue to make recurring capital expenditures to invest in and renovate our owned hotels to maintain a consistent standard for our brand and improve the overall quality of our hotels. We further expect to continue to enhance the profitability of our owned hotels by maximizing cost efficiencies through disciplined cost control and focusing on operational enhancements. We continually evaluate our owned hotel portfolio and, from time to time, we may sell certain hotels that we determine detract from our brand.

 

 

Continue to aggressively grow our capital light franchise business both domestically and internationally.     A primary element of our growth strategy is to continue to grow the number of units in our higher margin, scalable franchise fee-based business. As of December 31, 2013, we had 477 franchised hotels, representing 57% of our system-wide portfolio. Additionally, we have a large pipeline of 187 franchised hotels, 79% of which represents new construction, rather than the conversion of an existing hotel. We believe that there remains meaningful opportunity for continued growth in the United States, with La Quinta under-penetrated in many of the markets served by our main STR competitive set, including the Northeast and Northwest. For example, we are represented in 63% of the 628 U.S. defined market tracts and have an average 2.06 hotels in such represented markets, whereas the hotel brands of our main STR competitive set are represented in over 92% of such market tracts and have an average 3.14 hotels in our represented markets. We also intend to add new domestic

 

120


Table of Contents
 

franchised hotels in highly populated urban locations to serve a wider group of guests and increase brand awareness. We believe the opportunity for franchise growth in Mexico, Central America and South America is significant given our existing infrastructure, established brand history with travelers from these regions and our presence in the U.S. southern border states and Mexico. We have dedicated franchise and sales personnel who are focused exclusively on our franchise operations in these regions. As of December 31, 2013, we had 22 hotels either open or in the pipeline and continue to explore other franchise opportunities in these international markets.

 

 

Continue to increase La Quinta brand awareness.     We will continue to invest in marketing and brand building in order to increase awareness and differentiation of the La Quinta brand to improve hotel performance in our owned and franchised hotels and attract new La Quinta franchisees. We are able to concentrate our marketing and advertising efforts under a single brand rather than spreading them across multiple brands, which we believe enhances our ability to raise awareness of La Quinta hotels. Our owned and franchised hotels contribute 2.5% of gross room revenues to our BMF to support our marketing and build the brand and, from 2007 to the year ended December 31, 2013, total contributions to our BMF have grown 27% to $38.9 million, and, for the year ended December 31, 2013, 47% of contributions to the BMF, or $18.1 million, were funded by our franchisees. We expect amounts available in the BMF and the percentage of such amounts contributed by our franchisees to continue to grow as the number of hotels in the La Quinta system grows and the performance of our hotels continues to improve. We will seek to continue to expand existing relationships and develop new relationships with franchise owners who demonstrate an ability to provide an excellent guest experience and maintain our brand standards, and who can broaden our reach into existing and under penetrated markets. We will continue to focus on growing our loyal customer base by increasing the membership in La Quinta Returns, our loyalty program designed to increase stays and raise market share. Our over nine million La Quinta Returns members as of December 31, 2013 (representing growth of 143% in membership since January 1, 2008) generated 47% of room revenues at our owned and franchised hotels for the year ended December 31, 2013 (representing a 108% increase in room revenue contribution at owned and franchised hotels since 2008). In 2011, we introduced our “Taking Care of Business” national advertising campaign, featuring points of differentiation and the role of people and service in delighting our guests with our “Here For You” branded guest experience. We will continue to test media, technology, social platforms and email campaigns to find new ways to strengthen our brand.

 

 

Expand distribution channels and grow corporate accounts .    In 2013 revenues from bookings made through our website increased by 8%, while total electronic distribution revenues increased 17%, each as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, in 2012, we launched a new mobile site and introduced our new LQ Instant Hold feature (patent pending), which permits our guests to use a mobile application to hold a room for up to 4 hours from any smart device by just entering a phone number. We will continue to develop our online and mobile channels in an effort to use lower cost, proprietary distribution channels. We will also seek to grow our market share by establishing new online relationships as new technologies and platforms are introduced. La Quinta is also well recognized in the corporate community and, for the year ended December 31, 2013, corporate accounts, including government and military accounts, generated 25% of room revenue at our owned and franchised hotels. We will seek to increase room revenues from corporate accounts, as we believe such accounts are associated with more consistent demand and longer stays.

 

121


Table of Contents

Our mission

We are guided by two prime goals that we believe contribute to a high level of employee and guest engagement:

1. Live our core values, which are defined by our people:

 

 

People :    People are the heart of the company. Make coming to work the best part of their day. Treat everyone with respect.

 

 

Passion :    Approach each day with a sense of ownership and personal pride. Always do “whatever it takes.”

 

 

Integrity :    Always do the right thing, even when no one is watching. Be open, honest and candid.

 

 

Excellence :    Doing ordinary things extraordinarily well. Good is not good enough. Always strive for the best.

 

 

Unique :    We are a big company that acts like a small one. We are not afraid to be different.

2. Delight our guests with an experience that makes them feel:

 

 

Assured :    Secure, confident they made the right choice with La Quinta. Provide cues of assurance with a well-lit parking lot, a beautifully landscaped entry or a person at the front desk at all times.

 

 

Settled in :    Comfortable, relaxed in their surroundings. We create moments for settling in with a spotlessly clean, well-maintained room, fresh towels and a clutter-free desk.

 

 

Optimistic :    Ready to take on the new day—whatever it holds. When our guests feel assured and settled in, they are able to feel “up,” optimistic—ready to take on their day. It’s our brand promise of waking up on the bright side.

Our two goals can be summarized using a single phrase—“Here For You.” It is not a program or a slogan, but a way of life at La Quinta that is built upon the purpose and core values that guide us. Our values are delivered by people who have a unique passion to enhance our guests’ experience and create enduring relationships by striving for excellence and serving with integrity every day. “Here For You” creates meaningful and differentiated experiences that are uniquely La Quinta and provides us with a powerful business advantage. “Here For You” provides valuable insight into not only what motivates our team members and drives them to perform and innovate; it also helps to inform our strategies through a better understanding of guest preferences which drives business results.

Our brand and hotels

Our brand has gone through a significant transformation and repositioning since the Acquisition under the leadership of our management team led by industry veteran Wayne Goldberg. We have experienced significant growth in the total number of La Quinta hotels in the United States, driven primarily by the rapid expansion of our franchise business. As of December 31, 2013, our system-wide hotel portfolio consisted of 834 hotels representing approximately 84,000 rooms across 46 U.S. states, Canada and Mexico, of which 357 hotels were owned and operated and 477

 

122


Table of Contents

were franchised. As of December 31, 2013, we also had a pipeline of 187 franchised hotels, each represented by an executed franchise agreement. Eighteen of these properties are to be located in Mexico, Canada, Colombia or Honduras. The remaining properties are to be located throughout the United States, with 55 in Texas, 12 in Oklahoma, 12 in New York and the remaining 90 properties dispersed among 34 other states. As of December 31, 2013, over 50% of our existing hotel portfolio and our pipeline is located in states ranked in the first quartile in terms of economic growth projections for 2014 through 2020 by IHS Global Insight.

We own our owned hotels through wholly owned subsidiaries except for one hotel, which is owned by a joint venture in which we own a controlling interest. Generally, our owned hotels include the land, related easements and rights, buildings, improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, though certain of our owned hotels are located on land leased by us pursuant to ground leases with third parties.

As of December 31, 2013, the hotels in our system consisted of 565 La Quinta Inn & Suites, which include guest suites and are generally our newer hotels, and 269 La Quinta Inns. As of December 31, 2013, of our system-wide hotels, approximately 24% serve the upper-midscale segment, approximately 59% serve the midscale segment, approximately 10% (principally our owned hotels) serve the economy segment and the balance serves the remaining segments. Our hotels typically include common areas with amenities such as a great room (including breakfast seating area, lobby with seating area and business center), swimming pool and vending areas, and typically offer a complimentary breakfast. As of December 31, 2013, the hotels in our owned portfolio have an average age of 26 years, and the hotels in our franchise portfolio have an average age of 13 years.

To ensure continued overall quality, we regularly repair and maintain our hotels, and annually review each hotel to assess the need for renovations based on asset condition. For our owned hotel portfolio, customary cycle renovations, which can range from design renovations to full renovations, take place on an as needed basis and, as of December 31, 2013, the overall average time since last cycle renovation was seven years. For our franchised hotels and excluding those hotels currently under renovation, the overall average time since the last cycle renovation or the date on which such hotel entered our system was 3.7 years. In addition, we evaluate our hotels for updates to improve our competitive position.

Current designs for La Quinta Inn & Suites hotels are a minimum of three-story structures and approximately 50,600 square feet with approximately 100 interior corridor guest rooms. International La Quinta Inn & Suites generally also include expanded breakfast offerings, full-service restaurants and may be up to ten stories and between 98 and 164 rooms and suites. Current designs for La Quinta Inns hotels are on average 51,000 square feet with 121 guest rooms. Virtually all new franchised hotels are La Quinta Inn & Suites. Certain of our owned hotels are larger than our typical design. For example, our hotel in downtown Chicago, which was converted from office space to a La Quinta-branded hotel in 2009, is approximately 141,000 square feet with 241 guest rooms.

At both our La Quinta Inn & Suites and La Quinta Inns, our guests typically have convenient access to food service at nearby freestanding restaurants, which include many national chains. We have an ownership interest in approximately 70 buildings that are adjacent to our hotels, which we generally lease to third party restaurant operators.

 

123


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the number of hotels and rooms as of December 31, 2013(1):

 

       Owned      Franchised      Total  
     # of hotels      # of rooms      # of hotels      # of rooms      # of hotels      # of rooms  

 

 

Texas

     78         10,362         140         10,222         218         20,584   

Florida

     54         6,659         24         2,086         78         8,745   

California

     22         3,270         32         2,652         54         5,922   

Georgia

     14         1,694         21         1,502         35         3,196   

Louisiana

     13         1,796         16         997         29         2,793   

Colorado

     15         1,892         11         908         26         2,800   

Tennessee

     8         988         15         1,274         23         2,262   

Oklahoma

     3         404         19         1,454         22         1,858   

Alabama

     10         1,194         8         602         18         1,796   

New Mexico

     8         913         9         595         17         1,508   

Other states

     132         16,207         175         15,210         307         31,417   

United States Total

     357         45,379         470         37,502         827         82,881   

Canada

           2         133         2         113   

Mexico

           5         644         5         644   

Total

     357         45,379         477         38,279         834         83,658   

 

 

 

(1)   This table treats the Previously Managed Portfolio as owned hotels. See “Basis of Presentation.”

In addition, our franchise agreements allow us to require franchised hotels to replace furnishings every five to seven years and require upgrades to meet then-current brand standards at any time, but we may not require substantial upgrading or remodeling more often than once every five years. Since the Acquisition and through December 31, 2013, we have prioritized (1) expanding our franchise business both in the United States and internationally and (2) upgrading our owned portfolio, driven by significant capital investment.

We continually evaluate our owned hotel portfolio and, from time to time, we may sell certain hotels that we determine detract from our brand. For example, beginning in 2012, we conducted a review of our portfolio of hotels and subsequently decided to sell 33 of our La Quinta hotels. As of December 31, 2013, four La Quinta hotels were designated as assets held for sale and the results of their operations have been classified as discontinued operations. Sales of these four hotels closed subsequent to December 31, 2013. These sold hotels will exit the La Quinta system. In addition to these 33 La Quinta-branded hotels, 11 Baymont-branded hotels which we owned as a franchisee were sold on August 8, 2013. See “Basis of presentation.”

 

124


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our key operating statistics for our owned, franchised and managed hotels for the past five years(1):

 

      As of and for the year ended December 31,  
  2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of Hotels in Operation

         

Company Owned Hotels

         

La Quinta Inn & Suites (interior corridor)

    184        185        185        185        186   

La Quinta Inn & Suites (exterior corridor)

    3        3        3        3        3   

La Quinta Inns (interior corridor)

    56        56        56        56        56   

La Quinta Inns (exterior corridor)

    114        141        142        142        142   

Total Owned

    357        386        386        386        387   

Franchised/Managed Hotels

         

La Quinta Inn & Suites (interior corridor)

    373        349        325        309        267   

La Quinta Inn & Suites (exterior corridor)

    5        3        3        3        2   

La Quinta Inns (interior corridor)

    89        92        98        102        100   

La Quinta Inns (exterior corridor)

    10        5        4        8        10   

Total Franchised/Managed

    477        449        430        422        379   

Total

    834        835        816        808        766   

Occupancy Percentage

         

Company Owned Hotels

    64.4%        62.7%        61.2%        59.6%        58.1%   

Franchised/Managed Hotels

    64.3%        62.8%        61.0%        56.4%        53.6%   

Total

    64.4%        62.7%        61.1%        58.4%        56.5%   

Average Daily Rate

         

Company Owned Hotels

  $ 75.09      $ 70.55      $ 67.22      $ 65.10      $ 66.02   

Franchised/Managed Hotels

  $ 84.96      $ 81.80      $ 78.11      $ 76.39      $ 78.26   

Total

  $ 79.46      $ 75.21      $ 71.59      $ 69.38      $ 70.20   

RevPAR

         

Company Owned Hotels

  $ 48.36      $ 44.21      $ 41.11      $ 38.82      $ 38.33   

Franchised/Managed Hotels

  $ 54.61      $ 51.37      $ 47.64      $ 43.08      $ 41.97   

Total

  $ 51.14      $ 47.17      $ 43.74      $ 40.49      $ 39.64   

 

 

 

(1)   This table treats the Previously Managed Portfolio as “Company Owned Hotels.” See “Basis of presentation.”

Our owned hotel operations

Centralized corporate services for our owned hotels include marketing, global and regional sales, revenue management, accounting, finance, treasury, tax, information systems, construction and design, purchasing, legal, risk management, human resources and training. Although our corporate headquarters is located in Irving, Texas, we have organized our owned hotel operations into 15 regions. Management for each region, which is located within each region and reports directly to our senior management, is responsible for the day-to-day operations, guest experience and profitability of their hotels.

Each owned hotel is operated as an individual profit center, generally with an on-site general manager who oversees all day-to-day operations. Our general managers focus their attention on delivering our “Here For You” guest experience, maintaining clean and comfortable guest rooms and achieving profitable operations. Their responsibilities also include recruiting, training and supervising the hotel’s staff. A typical owned hotel has approximately 20 to 25 employees, including the general manager, housekeepers, laundry attendants, maintenance staff, front desk guest service representatives and a night auditor.

 

125


Table of Contents

Our general managers receive a comprehensive five-week training program through LQUniversity, our nationally recognized training and development program. Our team of trainers has both training and operational experience. LQUniversity offers comprehensive training solutions to enable our owned hotels to operate more successfully and deliver on our “Here For You” guest experience. Many of these same programs are made available to franchisees. We also utilize assistant managers to support the general managers at certain hotels, which provide a pool of experienced candidates to fill open general manager positions as needed and as we grow our portfolio.

We use target-driven operational budgets prepared by our general managers that are deployed after review with our senior management. Under the direction of our revenue management team, the hotel general managers, field leadership team and senior management continually review our room rates and price rooms into the demand curve based on the prevailing market conditions at each owned hotel. Each general manager can earn financial incentives based upon achieving favorable results in comparison to revenue and profit targets and upon achieving targeted goals in their RevPAR Index and Net Promoter scores for their respective hotel. Our Net Promoter score, which measures a guest’s intent to recommend our brand, is calculated through guest satisfaction surveys that are conducted by an independent market research company. These surveys provide guest feedback on each of our hotels. Financial incentives reward our general managers for improvements in Net Promoter scores which are indicative of guest satisfaction levels. We believe this incentive program increases our general managers’ focus on operating efficient, well-maintained and profitable hotels and on delivering a “Here For You” guest experience.

Our franchising operations

From 2003 through December 31, 2013, our franchise system has grown at an 18% compounded annual growth rate.

Our franchising activities include franchising both newly constructed hotels and existing hotels converted to meet our brand standards. La Quinta Inn & Suites represents the next generation standard for La Quinta and has largely been the exclusive focus of franchise growth since 2007. As of December 31, 2013, there were 477 open and operating franchised La Quinta lodging facilities in the United States, Canada and Mexico and an active pipeline of 187 locations, 169 of which were domestic and 18 of which were international.

Franchising sales

As of December 31, 2013, we employed ten franchise sales personnel who market our franchise programs to qualified applicants, two of whom focus exclusively on our international franchise operations. We believe that hotel owners and operators choose to become a franchisee of a lodging brand based primarily on the perceived value and quality of that brand and the franchisor’s services, and the extent to which affiliation with that franchisor may increase the franchisee’s profitability. Because a significant portion of the costs of owning and operating a hotel are generally fixed, increases in revenues generated by affiliation with a franchise lodging chain can improve a hotel’s financial performance. We offer our franchisees our strong brand awareness supported by well-developed infrastructure that includes reservation, national advertising, training and systems related services.

 

126


Table of Contents

Franchising agreements and fees

A prospective franchisee is required to pay us a nonrefundable application fee of $5,000 when an application is made for a La Quinta franchise. We evaluate franchise applicants on the basis of their hotel operating experience and ability, financial resources strength and credit history, among other factors. Upon execution of a franchise agreement, our current form of franchise agreement provides that approved franchise applicants will pay us an initial fee of $50,000 for up to 100 authorized guest rooms, plus $500 per guest room over 100. Historically, we have modified this initial fee to adapt to differing circumstances, such as the size and type of hotel facility, the location of the hotel site, and the experience and creditworthiness of the applicant. During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, the initial fees paid by franchisees ranged from $5,000 to $63,500. Under our current form of franchise agreement, the $5,000 application fee can be used as a credit toward the initial fee. Additionally, a franchisee may expand the number of guest rooms in a hotel with our approval, which requires payment of the then-standard per room initial fee per guest room. A franchisee may also transfer ownership of a hotel with our approval, which may require payment of a transfer fee.

Approved franchise applicants are granted rights (subject to the terms of their franchise agreement) to operate their hotels under the La Quinta Inn & Suites name, to obtain reservations through our central reservation system and to use our hotel designs, operating systems and procedures, among other rights. Our franchise agreements generally restrict our ability to open a new owned or franchised hotel in a limited area near the franchised hotel, which can range from several city blocks in an urban area to several square miles in less populated areas.

Our existing franchise agreements for existing franchised hotels generally require a franchisee to pay a royalty fee of 4.0% of gross room revenues (as defined in the franchise agreement) during the first two years of operating under our brand and 4.5% of gross room revenues for all periods thereafter. Our current form of franchise agreement for newly franchised hotels requires a franchisee to pay a royalty fee of 4.5% of gross room revenues during the first two years of operating under our brand and 5.0% of gross room revenues for all periods thereafter. After the first two years, a franchisee can receive a rebate of 0.5% of gross room revenues if, in any calendar year, the franchised hotel achieves superior results in guest satisfaction as measured and defined by results of surveys conducted by an independent market research firm. However, our current form of franchise agreement for newly franchised international hotels does not include a royalty fee ramp up or rebates for guest satisfaction results. In addition to royalty fees, a franchisee generally pays, as a percentage of gross room revenues, a marketing fund contribution fee of 2.5% for national advertising and other promotional efforts and a reservation fee of 2.0% to support the cost of reservation services provided to the hotels. Franchisees also pay us other fees, such as fees to participate in our online LQConnect intra-net, attend training programs and participate in our La Quinta Returns program. We also provide franchisees the option to purchase revenue management services for their hotel, at fees ranging from $800 to $5,000 per month depending on the size of the hotel and services provided.

Our franchise agreements generally have an initial term of 20 years. We, and the franchisee generally, have a right to terminate the agreement on the tenth and fifteenth anniversary of the opening date of the franchised hotel and, if the hotel was converted from a competing brand, additionally on the fifth such anniversary. The franchisee may also terminate the agreement if the hotel is not meeting predetermined occupancy levels, which may, under certain circumstances, require payment of specified termination fees to us. Additionally, we have the right to terminate a franchise agreement if a franchisee fails to meet our quality standards or

 

127


Table of Contents

fulfill other contractual obligations, which may, under certain circumstances, require payment by the franchisee of specified liquidated damages to us. Since the inception of our franchising program, we have retained approximately 90% of our franchise properties and the majority of the terminations were initiated by us, and, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, seven franchise agreements were terminated, and five of such terminations were initiated by us (in each case, excluding temporary franchise agreements provided to owners of disposition properties who were given the option to continue using the La Quinta brand for up to three to six months while they transitioned to a new brand).

Franchising operations support

As of December 31, 2013, the average size of our franchised hotels is approximately 80 rooms. Before a franchised hotel opens, we inspect the hotel to confirm that it meets our quality specifications. Once a franchised hotel opens, we strive to provide continued sales support and operational assistance. Each franchised hotel must adhere to the same rigorous brand standards of design, maintenance and guest service as an owned hotel and is inspected periodically by a franchise service director to assure that the franchised hotel adheres to our brand standards. Competition for franchise agreements, however, may require us to reduce the level of hotel improvements required. As of December 31, 2013, we employed nine franchise service directors to assist franchisees with pre-opening and ongoing business issues.

Financial assistance and incentives to new franchisees

We do not presently have a company-funded financial assistance program for franchisees. However, on occasion we have provided, and at our discretion may occasionally provide in the future, franchisees with various forms of financial incentives upon varying terms, depending upon a number of factors. These factors include: the number of hotels involved and their locations, the number of rooms involved, relevant market conditions and other factors that may warrant providing financial incentives.

Our pipeline

As of December 31, 2013, we had a pipeline of 187 future franchised hotels, representing approximately 15,250 rooms. Each hotel in our pipeline is represented by an executed 20-year franchise agreement. Seventy-nine percent of our pipeline represents new construction and the remaining 21% represents the conversion of an existing hotel into a La Quinta-branded hotel. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 35% of the new construction and conversion has commenced. Although, based on historical experience, converted hotels in our pipeline can generally become operational between 12 to 18 months from the date of execution of the franchise agreement, and newly constructed hotels in our pipeline can generally become operational between 36 to 48 months from the date of execution of the franchise agreement, openings may be delayed, or abandoned, due to economic conditions, weather, construction and permit delays and other factors. Moreover, the commitments of owners and developers with whom we have agreements are subject to numerous conditions, and the eventual development and construction of our pipeline not currently under construction is subject to numerous risks, including, in certain cases, the ability of the franchisee to obtain governmental and regulatory approvals and adequate financing.

Additionally, because revenues from franchised hotels are principally derived from franchise fees rather than room rentals, as we grow our system by increasing the number of franchised hotels,

 

128


Table of Contents

our revenues and expenses will increase at a significantly slower rate than if we were growing our system through an increase in number of owned hotels.

The size of our pipeline has remained relatively steady over the past several years. At December 31, 2010, our pipeline numbered 178 hotels and as of December 31, 2013, our pipelined numbered 187 hotels. The size of our pipeline is a function of both the number of new agreements signed and the pace of opening hotels in the pipeline and, accordingly, will fluctuate over time. Moreover, we continually evaluate our pipeline to determine whether to terminate any contracts and/or seek new franchisees in any particular locations. We opened 15% of the hotels in our pipeline as of the end of 2011 in 2012 and 19% of the hotels in our pipeline as of the end of 2012 in 2013.

Our marketing operation

Brand marketing .    We implement a national marketing strategy by using consumer insight studies and guest feedback. Our strategy to reach and influence our marketplace is shaped by our goals to:

 

 

drive brand awareness and perception that will generate first-time and repeat bookings and loyalty;

 

 

focus communications and media on the most relevant guest segment to increase revenue and penetration over our competitive market segment;

 

 

deliver on our distinctive positioning via break-through advertising;

 

 

create brand differentiation through cutting-edge guest insight and innovation; and

 

 

support and evolve our “Here For You” guest experience.

The La Quinta brand is promoted through national, regional and local marketing. We advertise our brand on television through national cable and spot TV as well as national network radio, on the web through online advertising, search marketing and email campaigns and in print through newspapers and magazines. We also conduct direct marketing to potential and former guests, including La Quinta Returns members. Our marketing is primarily supported through fee contributions, calculated as a percentage of gross room revenues, from our owned and franchised hotels to our marketing programs, including La Quinta Returns and the BMF.

Our international marketing efforts are intended to reinforce general brand awareness while targeting local market needs. With five hotels opened in Mexico, a portion of the fees paid to the BMF by Mexico franchisees will be devoted to a Mexico marketing program.

We have also launched a system-wide military initiative that supports hiring of military veterans, community outreach, franchise growth, sourcing and Returns loyalty program tiers geared towards the military community.

La Quinta returns.     As of December 31, 2013, we had over nine million members in our La Quinta Returns loyalty program, 2.4 million of which we consider active members (which generally refers to our loyalty program members who earn or redeem La Quinta Returns points within the previous 18 months). Our La Quinta Returns active members have delivered continued year-over-year increases in room revenues from 2008 to 2013, and generated 47% of room revenues at our owned and franchised hotels for the year ended December 31, 2013. We believe our loyalty program is favored by our members because of:

 

 

rapid accumulation of rewards, including free nights at La Quinta locations, airline miles and credits and gift cards and certificates from national restaurant chains and retailers;

 

129


Table of Contents
 

rapid achievement of Gold and Elite status, after as few as 10 nights in a calendar year; and

 

 

instant Gold status for military personnel and their families.

Our Returns program helps expedite the reservation and check-in process and improves administrative efficiency of our reservation agents and front desk staff by providing a personal profile of each Returns member. This profile includes information such as email and mailing address and preferred method of payment that we use to market directly to Returns members.

Internet & mobile.     We provide guests with the ability to shop and reserve rooms on the Internet through our brand website, www.LQ.com, and through mobile via the LQ Instant Hold platform. Our website provides guests with real-time information through hotel micro-sites that contain Trip Advisor scores, location, descriptions, amenities, special promotions, rates and availability for specific La Quinta hotels. Hotel photographs are prominently displayed on the hotel information pages along with dynamic maps and driving directions, information on nearby attractions and local weather information. Multiple search options are offered, including searches by city, attraction, zip code and trip routing from origin or destination. In addition to our proprietary brand website, we distribute our lodging product via third party travel websites.

The following graph reflects the percentage of our revenue that is attributable to each of our internal and external distribution channels in 2013.

 

LOGO

Our global sales operation

Global & regional sales.     As of December 31, 2013, we employed a direct sales force consisting of approximately 68 members. The direct sales force consists of approximately 35 global sales managers, funded by the BMF, who call on Fortune 500 companies and mid-tier businesses to increase our corporate travel base. These accounts typically have a significant number of travelers in the regions in which we operate and need a high volume of room-nights. Global sales managers also seek to increase room sales through inclusion in approved or preferred lodging lists of

 

130


Table of Contents

corporate travel managers and travel agencies operating on a national basis. We also form and continue to seek alliances with national travel and consumer organizations, such as AAA and AARP, and offer special rates or promotions to such organizations’ guests. In addition to the global effort, approximately 32 of our sales managers, funded by our owned hotels, are based in our regional markets. These regional sales managers call on local businesses, governmental agencies, hospitals and other organizations that can generate room-nights for our hotels.

Central reservations and global distribution systems.     We promote and operate our own central reservation system, as well as toll-free numbers to accept reservations. Our reservation system provides reservation agents with information about hotel locations, available rooms and prices in order to assist guests in reserving rooms. Our reservations agents are trained in telephone sales techniques. Through our computer network, we continually update the number of rooms sold at each hotel to maximize the sale of available rooms through either the individual hotel or the reservation center. We market our reservation services to travel agents and corporate travel planners who may make reservations through global airline reservation distribution systems. We also have specialized reservation agents for large group sales, motor coach sales and special service bookings.

Our information systems

In today’s world, technology drives almost every business process. We have created an innovative technology deployment methodology that has enabled a collaborative environment where cross departmental business partners work very closely and effectively with technology teams and third parties to innovate, design and deploy technology-enabled improvements. More than 150 projects have been successfully completed using this methodology over the past 6 years.

We have been systematically moving away from in-house development of technology solutions and instead partnering with the best of breed software-as-a-service providers. We have also moved away from deployment of technology hosted at hotels and moved all key systems like hotel management systems, phone switches, back office, financials and HR functions to Cloud based environments, resulting in a significant reduction in IT operating and maintenance costs. In 2012, La Quinta won the Hospitality Technology Visionary Award “for leveraging technology beyond standard practices to improve overall hotel operations” and realized reductions in operating costs through our Cloud and Software as a Service (SaaS) technology deployment strategy. This also helps lower the start-up investment costs for franchise owners (for example, no capital investment for phone switches at each hotel is necessary).

Our trademarks

All of the intellectual property used for the La Quinta brand is owned by La Quinta Worldwide, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer. “La Quinta,” “La Quinta Inn,” “La Quinta Inn & Suites,” “LQ Instant Hold,” “LQ” and “Returns” are our primary trademarks. Our material trademarks and many secondary marks are registered in various combinations of word and logo marks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) for hotel and motel services. In the United States, certain of our marks are subject to an agreement with the owner of a resort known as “La Quinta Resort & Club,” located in La Quinta, California. The agreement, among other things, geographically divides use of the trademark “La Quinta,” granting the resort owner the exclusive right to use the mark “La Quinta” in connection with facilities located within a 37 mile radius of the La Quinta Resort & Club, subject to certain exceptions, and the right to open

 

131


Table of Contents

three more facilities using certain of our marks, subject to certain exceptions, conditions and restrictions. As between the resort owner and us and our affiliates, we and our affiliates have the right to use the trademark in all other areas. The agreement is perpetual in duration.

Certain pending applications by us for registrations of variations of our primary marks, including certain logo forms, have been suspended by the USPTO pending resolution of litigation and related USPTO proceedings brought by us against the owners of a chain of hotels in Mexico called “Quinta Real.” After a trial on the merits in a federal court in Tucson in 2012, Quinta Real was generally prohibited from using the Quinta name to expand into the United States. That decision is on appeal to the 9 th Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals. We anticipate that, regardless of the ultimate outcome of that litigation or the related USPTO proceedings, the pending applications will ultimately proceed to registration.

We have also registered certain of our trademarks for hotel and motel services with the appropriate governmental agencies in certain foreign jurisdictions.

We consider all of these trademarks and the associated name recognition to be important to our business.

Our employees

As a service-oriented business, our employees are important to our success. Recruiting for general managers and corporate employees is coordinated through our corporate human resources department. All owned hotel employees, including hourly employees, receive training through LQUniversity when hired as well as ongoing training to improve their skills. Our online training system provides consistent and effective orientation, training and testing across our brand. Prior to assuming responsibility for a hotel, our general managers participate in a five-week training program that emphasizes operations, hospitality, rate management, legal and risk management issues, interviewing, employee relations, training and budgeting.

We provide all of our full-time employees and their families, including hourly hotel employees, the opportunity to participate in a benefits package, which includes health, dental and vision coverage. We believe these benefits provide a competitive advantage in recruiting hourly hotel employees, as compared to competing select-service hotels. Our salaried employees are also able to earn financial incentives based on achieving targeted goals, such as RevPAR Index, profitability, Net Promoter scores and personal development goals. In addition, recognition programs have been established to acknowledge our employees’ outstanding service and achievement. We believe our scale and size also provide career opportunities for our employees to advance within the organization.

As of December 31, 2013, we employed 7,621 employees. Of these employees, 6,551 were full-time and 1,070 were part-time. Three hundred sixty six were employed as corporate associates and 7,255 were employed at our hotels. Our employees are not currently represented by labor unions and we have never experienced an organized work stoppage. We believe that ongoing labor relations with our employees are good.

Competition

As of December, 2013 the U.S. hotel sector comprised approximately 53,000 hotels with more than 4.9 million rooms. Of these rooms, approximately 69% were affiliated with a brand. The hotel industry is highly fragmented, with no one entity controlling a majority of hotel rooms in the U.S.

 

132


Table of Contents

La Quinta is a select-service hotel brand that competes primarily against other select-service hotels in both the upper-midscale and the midscale segments, and we consider our main STR competitive set to be Comfort, Holiday Inn Express and Hampton. However, our owned and franchised hotels generally operate in markets that contain numerous competitors, including a wide range of lodging facilities offering full-service, select-service and all-suite lodging options. Hotels in other market segments, such as full-service hotels, may lower their rates to a level comparable to those of select-service hotels such as ours that, in turn, may further increase competitive pressure in our markets. Our owned and franchised hotels generally compete for guests on the basis of room rates, quality of accommodations, name recognition, service levels, convenience of locations and reward program offerings. Additionally, an increasing supply of hotel rooms in La Quinta’s market segment, and consolidations in the lodging industry generally, have resulted in the creation of several large, multi-branded hotel chains with diversified operations and greater marketing and financial resources than we have, which has increased competition for guests in the markets in which our owned and franchised hotels operate.

We compete for franchise agreements based primarily on brand name recognition and reputation, the room rate that can be realized, royalty fees charged and other contract terms. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater marketing and financial resources, greater brand distribution and awareness and/or greater financial incentives than we do. Other competitive factors for franchise agreements include relationships with hotel owners and investors, including institutional owners of multiple hotels, availability and affordability of financing, marketing support, reservation and e-commerce system capacity and efficiency and the ability to make investments that may be necessary to obtain franchise agreements. The terms of our franchise agreements for each of our franchised hotels are also influenced by contract terms offered by our competitors, among other things. As a result, the terms of new franchise agreements may not be as favorable as our existing franchise agreements. For example, competition may require us to reduce or change fee structures, make greater use of key money or provide other financial incentives such as loans and guarantees to franchisees and/or reduce the level of hotel improvements required to conform to brand standards. In addition, if the availability of suitable locations for new hotels decreases, planning or other local regulations change or the availability or affordability of financing is limited, the supply of suitable hotels for franchising could be diminished. Additionally, an excess supply of hotel rooms or unfavorable borrowing conditions may discourage potential franchisees from expanding or constructing new hotels, thereby limiting a source of growth of the franchise fees received by us. Our franchise agreements generally restrict our ability to open a new owned or franchised hotel in a limited area near the franchised hotel, which can range from several city blocks in an urban area to several square miles in less populated areas. If the hotels that we franchise perform less successfully than those of our competitors, if we are unable to offer terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors, or if the availability of suitable hotels is limited, our ability to compete effectively for new franchise agreements could be reduced.

We believe we compete effectively, and our competitive position is protected due to our strong brand, owner, operator and franchisor business model and experienced management team.

Environmental matters

We are subject to certain requirements and potential liabilities under various foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and incur costs in complying with such requirements. These laws and regulations govern actions including air

 

133


Table of Contents

emissions, the use, storage and disposal of hazardous and toxic substances, and wastewater disposal. In addition to investigation and remediation liabilities that could arise under such laws, we may also face personal injury, property damage or other claims by third parties concerning environmental compliance or contamination. We use and store hazardous and toxic substances, such as cleaning materials, pool chemicals, heating oil and fuel for back-up generators at some of our facilities, and we generate certain wastes in connection with our operations. Some of our hotels include older buildings, and some may have, or may historically have had, dry-cleaning facilities and underground storage tanks for heating oil and back-up generators. We have from time to time been responsible for investigating and remediating contamination at some of our facilities, such as contamination that has been discovered when we have removed underground storage tanks, and we could be held responsible for any contamination resulting from the disposal of wastes that we generate, including at locations where such wastes have been sent for disposal. Some laws may regard us as having liability as an operator by virtue of how we may implement our franchise agreements, rendering us potentially responsible for addressing environmental or other conditions existing at our franchised hotels. In some cases, we may be entitled to indemnification from the party that caused the contamination, or pursuant to our franchise agreements, but there can be no assurance that we would be able to recover all or any costs we incur in addressing such problems. From time to time, we may be required to manage, abate, remove or contain mold, lead, asbestos-containing materials, radon gas or other hazardous conditions found in or on our hotels. We have implemented an on-going operations and maintenance plan at each of our owned hotels that seeks to identify and remediate these conditions as appropriate. Although we have incurred, and expect that we will continue to incur, costs relating to the investigation, identification and remediation of hazardous materials known or discovered to exist at our hotels, those costs have not had, and are not expected to have, a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

Regulation

The hotel industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local governmental regulations in the United States and the other countries in which our owned and franchised hotels operate, including those relating to building and zoning requirements and those relating to the preparation and sale of food. Hotels and their owners and operators are also subject to licensing and regulation by state and local departments relating to health, sanitation, fire and safety standards, and to laws governing their relationships with employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime, working conditions and citizenship requirements. In connection with the continued operation or remodeling of certain of our hotels, we or our franchisees may be required to expend funds to meet federal, state and local regulations. Any failure to obtain or maintain any such licenses or any publicity resulting from actual or alleged violations of any such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Our franchisees are responsible for compliance with all laws and government regulations applicable to the hotels they own and operate. We believe that our businesses are conducted in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

The Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), various states and certain other foreign jurisdictions (including Canada and Mexico) regulate the sale of franchises. The FTC and the foreign jurisdictions require franchisors to make extensive disclosure to prospective franchisees but do not require registration of the franchise offer. A number of U.S. states in which we offer franchises require both registration and disclosure in connection with franchise offers and sales. In addition, several states have “franchise relationship laws” that limit the ability of the

 

134


Table of Contents

franchisor to terminate franchise agreements or to withhold consent to the renewal or transfer of these agreements. While our franchising operations have not been materially adversely affected by such regulations, we cannot predict the effect of future regulation or legislation.

Legal proceedings

We are a party to a number of pending claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including proceedings involving tort and other general liability claims, workers’ compensation and other employee claims and intellectual property claims.

In one matter, Brey Corp. v. LQ Management L.L.C. , the plaintiff claims that he received two unsolicited faxes that advertised rates for three different La Quinta hotels and that these faxes violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act. We participated in mediation on August 21, 2013, and our offer to settle the matter was rejected by the plaintiff. The plaintiff’s motion for class certification has been denied. The plaintiff appealed the decision on February 13, 2014. It is impossible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome of this proceeding.

We maintain general and other liability insurance; however, certain costs of defending lawsuits, such as those below the insurance deductible amount, are not covered by or are only partially covered by insurance policies, and our insurance carriers could refuse to cover certain claims in whole or in part. We regularly evaluate our ultimate liability costs with respect to such claims and lawsuits. We accrue costs from litigation as they become probable and estimable.

We do not consider our ultimate liability with respect to any single claim or lawsuit, including the Brey proceeding, or the aggregate of such claims and lawsuits, to be material in relation to our combined financial condition, results of operations, or our cash flows taken as a whole.

 

135


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name    Age      Position(s)

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

     53       Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Keith A. Cline

     44       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Rajiv K. Trivedi

     51       Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer

Angelo J. Lombardi

     42       Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Mark M. Chloupek

     42       Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Julie M. Cary

     48       Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

James H. Forson

     47       Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer

William J. Stein

     51       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Glenn Alba

     42       Director

Alan J. Bowers

     59       Director

Henry G. Cisneros

     66       Director

Jonathan D. Gray

     44       Director

Michael Nash

     52       Director

Mitesh B. Shah

     44       Director

Gary M. Sumers

     61       Director

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

Wayne B. Goldberg has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2006 and on our board of directors since 2013. In addition, Mr. Goldberg has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2006. Mr. Goldberg joined us in 2000 as Group Vice President of Operations and served the positions of Senior Vice President of Operations and Executive Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining La Quinta, Mr. Goldberg was Chief Operating Officer for BridgeStreet Accommodations, a worldwide corporate housing provider, from January 2000 to June 2000. Prior to BridgeStreet, Mr. Goldberg served in various roles at Red Roof Inns, Inc. from 1979 to 1999, including Group Vice President, District Vice President, Regional Manager, Area Manager and General Manager. Mr. Goldberg currently serves as a director for the Texas (FFA) Future Farmers of America Foundation. Mr. Goldberg graduated from the University of Louisville with a B.A. in communications/business organizations.

Keith A. Cline

Keith A. Cline has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2013. From 2011 to 2013, prior to joining us, Mr. Cline was Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Charming Charlie, Inc. and, from 2006 to 2011, Mr. Cline was Senior Vice President of Finance at Express, Inc. Mr. Cline began his career at Arthur Anderson & Company and held financial leadership roles at The J.M. Smucker Company, FedEx Custom Critical and Limited Brands. Mr. Cline is a summa cum laude graduate of the University of Akron with a B.S. in Accounting and a M.B.A. in Finance.

Rajiv K. Trivedi

Rajiv K. Trivedi joined La Quinta in 2000 and has served as Executive Vice President since 2006 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer since 2009. Prior to joining us,

 

136


Table of Contents

from 1992 to 2000, Mr. Trivedi served as Vice President of Franchise Operations at Cendant Corporation and in a variety of key management roles in the hotel industry, including Cendant Corporation. Mr. Trivedi is active in numerous civic and industry organizations including the Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA). Mr. Trivedi graduated from the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda with an M.S. in Math and Business.

Angelo J. Lombardi

Angelo J. Lombardi joined La Quinta in 2001 as Vice President Revenue Management and has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since 2006. Prior to joining La Quinta, from 1989 to 2000, Mr. Lombardi held several positions at Red Roof Inns, Inc., including General Manager, Director of Revenue Management and Vice President Operations.

Mark M. Chloupek

Mark M. Chloupek joined La Quinta as Executive Vice President and General Counsel in 2006 and was named Secretary in 2013. Prior to joining us, from 1999 through 2006, Mr. Chloupek served as Vice President and Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel of Operations for Wyndham International, Inc. Prior to joining Wyndham, from 1996 to 1999, Mr. Chloupek worked for Locke Lord LLP (formerly Locke Purrell Rain Harrell—a professional corporation), a Dallas-based law firm. Additionally, Mr. Chloupek served on the Boards of Directors for the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation and The Texas General Counsel Forum. Mr. Chloupek received a B.A. in economics from the College of William and Mary where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa and summa cum laude and received a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

Julie M. Cary

Julie M. Cary joined La Quinta in 2006 as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Prior to joining La Quinta, from 2004 to 2006, Ms. Cary served as Vice President at Brinker International, as Vice President of Marketing at Dean Foods from 2003 to 2004, as Senior Manager of Marketing until promoted to Vice President of Marketing at Gerber Products Company from 1998 to 2003 and as Assistant Brand Manager until promoted to Brand Manager at Ralston Purina from 1991 to 1997. Ms. Cary holds an M.B.A. from Washington University and a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Illinois.

James H. Forson

James H. Forson has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer since 2012. Prior to that role, Mr. Forson was Vice President and Controller from 2010, when he joined La Quinta, to 2012 and also served as Acting Chief Financial Officer from 2012 to 2013. Prior to joining La Quinta, Mr. Forson was Audit Senior Manager with Grant Thornton LLP from 2006 through 2010. Mr. Forson graduated from the University of Virginia’s McIntire School of Commerce with a B.S. degree in Commerce with distinction, and is a Certified Public Accountant in Texas.

Glenn Alba

Glenn Alba has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2006 and on our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Alba is a Managing Director in the Real Estate Group of Blackstone based in New York. Since joining Blackstone in 1997, Mr. Alba has been involved in the asset management of a broad range of Blackstone’s real estate investments in the US and Europe including office, hotel, multi-family and industrial assets. While based in the

 

137


Table of Contents

London office from 2001 to 2004, Mr. Alba managed a diverse set of assets in London, Paris and other cities in France as well as portfolio investments across Germany. More recently, Mr. Alba has been primarily involved in the hotel sector with management responsibility for various full-service and limited service hotels in the LXR Luxury Resorts portfolio and in us as well as global portfolio management duties. Mr. Alba received a B.S. in Accounting from Villanova University. Mr. Alba currently serves as a member of the Doubletree Hotels Owner Advisory Council and the Villanova University Real Estate Advisory Council.

Alan J. Bowers

Alan J. Bowers has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2013 and on our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Bowers most recently served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a board member of Cape Success, LLC from 2001 to 2004 and of Marketsource Corporation from 2000 to 2001. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Bowers served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a board member of MBL Life Assurance Corporation. Mr. Bowers held various positions, including Audit and Area Managing Partner, at Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. where he worked from 1978 to 1995 and also worked at Laventhol & Horwath, CPAs from 1976 to 1978. Mr. Bowers also serves on the boards of directors of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., American Achievement Corp. and Quadel Consulting, Inc. Mr. Bowers holds a B.S. in Accounting, from Montclair State University and an M.B.A., Finance and Economics, from St. John’s University and is a Certified Public Accountant in New Jersey.

Henry G. Cisneros

Henry G. Cisneros has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2013 and on our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Cisneros currently serves as Chairman of the CityView companies, which he joined in 2003. Mr. Cisneros served as the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development from 1992 to 1997 and, prior to that, Mr. Cisneros served four terms as Mayor of San Antonio, Texas. Mr. Cisneros has served as President of the National League of Cities, as Deputy Chair of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas and is currently an officer of Habitat for Humanity International. Mr. Cisneros is also currently Chairman of the San Antonio Economic Development Foundation and a member of the advisory boards of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the Broad Foundation. Mr. Cisneros holds a Bachelor of Arts and a Master’s degree in Urban and Regional Planning from Texas A&M University. Mr. Cisneros also holds a Master’s degree in Public Administration from Harvard University and a Doctorate in Public Administration from George Washington University.

Jonathan D. Gray

Jonathan D. Gray has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2006 and on our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Gray has served as Blackstone’s global head of real estate since January 2012 and a member of the board of directors of Blackstone since February 2012. He also sits on Blackstone’s management and executive committees. Prior to being named global head of real estate at Blackstone, Mr. Gray served as a senior managing director and co-head of real estate from January 2005 to December 2011. Since joining Blackstone in 1992, Mr. Gray has helped build the largest private equity real estate platform in the world with $79 billion in investor capital under management as of December 31, 2013. Mr. Gray received a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School, as well as a B.A. in English from the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania, where he graduated magna cum laude and was elected to Phi Beta Kappa. He currently serves as a board member of

 

138


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., Brixmor Property Group Inc., the Pension Real Estate Association and Trinity School and is Chairman of the Board of Harlem Village Academies. Mr. Gray and his wife, Mindy, recently established the Basser Research Center at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine focused on the prevention and treatment of certain genetically caused breast and ovarian cancers.

Michael Nash

Michael Nash has served on our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Nash is a Senior Managing Director in the Real Estate Group of Blackstone and the Chief Investment Officer of Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, each based in New York. He is also a member of the Real Estate Investment Committee for both Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies and Blackstone Real Estate Advisors. Prior to joining Blackstone, Mr. Nash was with Merrill Lynch from 1997 to 2007 where he led the firm’s Real Estate Principal Investment Group - Americas. Mr. Nash also serves as the executive chairman of the board of directors of Blackstone Mortgage Trust Inc. Mr. Nash received a B.S. in Accounting from State University of New York at Albany, as well as an M.B.A. in Finance from the Stern School of Business at New York University.

Mitesh B. Shah

Mitesh B. Shah has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2013 and on our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Shah currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and Senior Managing Principal of Noble Investment Group, which he founded in 1993 and which specializes in making opportunistic investments in the lodging and hospitality real estate sector. Mr. Shah currently serves as president of the Marriott International North America franchise board, is a member of the owner and franchise board for Hyatt Hotels Corporation and is a member of the Industry Real Estate Finance Advisory Council of the American Hotel and Lodging Association. Mr. Shah also serves as Vice Chairman and executive committee member of the Board of Trustees of Wake Forest University, where he chairs the audit, compliance and risk committee and the nominating committee and is a member of the compensation committee and the Medical Center board. In addition, he is an executive committee member of Woodward Academy’s governing board and a trustee of the University System of Georgia Foundation. Mr. Shah holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Wake Forest University.

William J. Stein

William J. Stein has served on the boards of directors of certain of our Predecessor Entities since 2006 and on our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Stein is a senior managing director and global head of asset management in Blackstone’s real estate group. Since joining Blackstone in 1997, Mr. Stein has been involved in the direct asset management and asset management oversight of Blackstone’s global real estate assets. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Stein was a Vice President at Heitman Real Estate Advisors and JMB Realty Corp. Mr. Stein currently serves as a board member of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and Brixmor Property Group Inc. Mr. Stein received a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Gary M. Sumers

Gary M. Sumers has served on our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Sumers was most recently a Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer in the Real Estate Group of Blackstone. From joining Blackstone in 1995 until his retirement at the end of 2013, Mr. Sumers’ activities included heading Blackstone Real Estate Advisors’ (BREA) Strategic Asset Management

 

139


Table of Contents

Group, oversight of all financial reporting activities and responsibility for the property disposition activities. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Sumers was Chief Operating Officer of General Growth Properties, a publicly traded regional mall REIT. Mr. Sumers also serves on the Washington University board of trustees. Mr. Sumers received an A.B. from Washington University in St. Louis, received his law degree from Northwestern University and attended the London School of Economics.

Our corporate governance

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance include:

 

 

Blackstone has advised us that, when it ceases to own a majority of our common stock, it will ensure that its employees will no longer constitute a majority of our board of directors;

 

 

our board of directors is not classified and each of our directors is subject to re-election annually;

 

 

under our amended and restated bylaws and our corporate governance guidelines, directors (other than directors designated pursuant to our stockholders’ agreement) who fail to receive a majority of the votes cast in uncontested elections will be required to submit their resignation to our board of directors;

 

 

we will have a fully independent audit committee and independent director representation on our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees immediately at the time of the offering, and our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors;

 

 

we anticipate that at least one of our directors will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

 

 

we do not have a stockholder rights plan, and if our board of directors were ever to adopt a stockholder rights plan in the future without prior stockholder approval, our board of directors would either submit the plan to stockholders for ratification or cause the rights plan to expire within one year; and

 

 

we will implement a range of other corporate governance best practices, including placing limits on the number of directorships held by our directors to prevent “overboarding” and implementing a robust director education program.

Composition of the board of directors after this offering

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as may from time to time be fixed by our board of directors. So long as Blackstone continues to beneficially own at least 5% of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date of such meeting, we will agree to nominate individuals designated by Blackstone for election as directors as specified in our stockholders’ agreement and Blackstone must consent to any change to the number of our directors. Each director will serve until our next annual meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. For a description of Blackstone’s right to require us to nominate its designees to our board of directors, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders’ agreement.”

 

140


Table of Contents

Background and experience of directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, our board of directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

 

 

Mr. Alba —his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, particularly in the real estate industry, his experience in working with the management of various other companies owned by Blackstone’s funds, including in the hospitality industry, his experience with real estate investing and his extensive financial background.

 

 

Mr. Bowers —his experience in accounting and executive management, including his substantial experience on the audit committees of private and public companies alike.

 

 

Mr. Cisneros —his significant experience in the housing and homebuilding industries and his background in executive management.

 

 

Mr. Goldberg —his experience as an executive in the hospitality industry, particularly in the select service segment. Furthermore, we also considered how his additional role as our President and Chief Executive Officer would bring management perspective to board deliberations and provide valuable information about the status of our day-to-day operations.

 

 

Mr. Gray —his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, particularly in the real estate industry, his experience in working with the management of various other companies owned by Blackstone’s funds, his experience with real estate investing and his extensive financial background.

 

 

Mr. Nash —his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in real estate investing, his role as chairman of Blackstone Mortgage Trust, Inc. and his extensive financial advisory background.

 

 

Mr. Shah —his experience with investing in the lodging and hospitality real estate sector and his significant experience in the hospitality industry, including with respect to franchising.

 

 

Mr. Stein —his 16-year tenure with Blackstone involving the direct asset management and asset management oversight of Blackstone’s global real estate assets, his extensive financial background and experience as an asset manager focusing on real estate and hospitality investments.

 

 

Mr. Sumers —his affiliation with Blackstone, including his tenure as chief operating officer in the real estate group, his significant experience in asset management, particularly in the real estate industry, and his extensive financial background.

Controlled company exception

After the completion of this offering, Blackstone will continue to beneficially own shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s

 

141


Table of Contents

corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. For at least some period following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, although we will have a fully independent audit committee upon closing this offering, immediately following this offering, we do not expect the majority of our directors will be independent or that our compensation committee or nominating committee will be comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Committees of the board of directors

We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Our board of directors intend to adopt written charters for the committees that comply with current federal law and applicable NYSE rules relating to corporate governance matters, which will be available on our website upon completion of this offering. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable.

Audit committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Bowers, Cisneros, and Shah, with Mr. Bowers serving as chair. Messrs. Bowers, Cisneros and Shah qualify as independent directors under governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The audit committee has oversight responsibilities regarding:

 

 

the adequacy and integrity of our financial statements and our financial reporting and disclosure practices;

 

 

the soundness of our system of internal controls regarding finance and accounting compliance;

 

 

the annual independent audit of our combined financial statements;

 

 

the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence;

 

 

the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements in connection with the foregoing; and

 

 

compliance with our Code of Business Conduct.

The audit committee shall also prepare the report of the committee required by the rules and regulations of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement.

 

142


Table of Contents

Compensation committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Shah, Stein and Sumers, with Mr. Stein serving as chair. The compensation committee is authorized to discharge the board’s responsibilities relating to:

 

 

the establishment, maintenance and administration of compensation and benefit policies designed to attract, motivate and retain personnel with the requisite skills and abilities to contribute to the long term success of the Company;

 

 

the goals, objectives and compensation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, including evaluating the performance of the President and Chief Executive Officer in light of those goals;

 

 

the compensation of our other executives and non-management directors;

 

 

our compliance with the compensation rules, regulations and guidelines promulgated by the NYSE, the SEC and other law, as applicable; and

 

 

the issuance of an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement, once required.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Alba, Bowers and Nash, with Mr. Alba serving as chair. The nominating and corporate governance committee is authorized to:

 

 

advise the board concerning the appropriate composition of the board and its committees;

 

 

identify individuals qualified to become board members;

 

 

recommend to the board the persons to be nominated by the board for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders;

 

 

recommend to the board the members of the board to serve on the various committees of the board;

 

 

develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance guidelines and assist the board in complying with them; and

 

 

oversee the evaluation of the board, the board’s committees and management.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of ethics

We will adopt a Code of Business Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering. Our Code of Business Conduct is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. Please note that our Internet website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only.

 

143


Table of Contents

We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our Internet website.

Executive compensation

Since 2006, our Sponsor (the “Compensation Manager”), as the manager of LQ Management L.L.C., one of the Predecessor Entities, has administered our compensation and benefit policies. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a compensation committee that will be responsible for establishing, maintaining and administering compensation and benefit policies.

As used in this “Executive compensation” section, the terms “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company,” with respect to historical matters, refer to the Predecessor Entities and, with respect to future matters, refer to La Quinta Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions. In addition, as used in this “Executive compensation” section, the term “Compensation Adjusted EBITDA” when used to describe the financial performance measure for the annual bonus awards means Adjusted EBITDA (as described under “Summary historical combined financial data”), as further adjusted for unusual expenses as determined by the Compensation Manager.

Summary compensation table

The following table sets forth summary information concerning the compensation paid to or accrued by our principal executive officer serving during 2013 and our two other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2013. We refer to these executives as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and principal position    Year      Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation

($)(3)

     All other
compensation
($)(4)
     Total
($)
 

 

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2013         500,000        80,000         920,000         133,241         1,633,241   
     2012         500,000        1,747,911         900,000         14,352         3,162,263   

Keith A. Cline

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     2013         343,269         251,356         298,644         125,968         1,019,237   

Angelo J. Lombardi

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

     2013         325,000        63,375         424,125         70,505         883,005   
     2012         325,000        436,978         438,750         14,038         1,214,766   

 

 

 

(1)   Mr. Cline commenced employment as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on January 7, 2013, and the amount reported in this column for Mr. Cline reflects the portion of his annual base salary earned in 2013 from such date.

 

(2)   Amounts in this column for 2013 include discretionary bonuses awarded to the named executive officers as described under “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table—2013 bonus compensation” and, for Mr. Cline, includes a $150,000 relocation bonus pursuant to the terms of his letter agreement described under “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table—Employment agreements.”

 

(3)   Amounts in this column represent the amounts earned under the annual bonus plan. See “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table—2013 bonus compensation.”

 

144


Table of Contents
(4)   All other compensation for 2013 includes for each named executive officer: employer-paid life and disability insurance; the employer’s 401(k) matching contributions; and the employer-paid executive physical. The amounts for Messrs. Goldberg and Lombardi also include (1) $105,781 and $43,770, respectively, for the reimbursements of employment-related taxes and personal state tax liability incurred due to the legal structure of the Company and (2) payments by the Company for air travel, lodging, food and entertainment for family members accompanying these executives on business trips. The amount for Mr. Cline also includes $115,233 paid by the Company for relocation expenses incurred and an associated tax gross-up.

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

Employment agreements

Mr. Goldberg

Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement, dated as of September 30, 2003, as amended as of November 9, 2005 and January 25, 2006, provides that he is to serve as Chief Executive Officer, is eligible to receive a base salary of $500,000, subject to annual adjustments as may be approved (but in no event less than $500,000), and a target bonus of 100% (or such higher amount as may be approved, which, for 2013, was 200%) of his base salary. In addition, Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement provides him with a $1,100 monthly auto allowance, a benefit which he did not take advantage of in 2013. The employment agreement provides for an initial three-year employment term that extends automatically for additional one-year periods, unless we or the executive elects not to extend the term. Mr. Goldberg is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements made available to other executive officers generally.

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement, upon a termination by us without cause, or by Mr. Goldberg for good reason or as a result of death or disability, and subject to his signing a general release of claims, he is entitled to receive a lump-sum payment equal to three times the sum of his then-current annual base salary and bonus calculated at 100% of his then-current annual base salary for the year of his termination, subject to continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below. In addition, Mr. Goldberg would be entitled to receive continued healthcare coverage for 12 months following such termination, or until such earlier time that Mr. Goldberg receives comparable coverage. In the event that Mr. Goldberg’s employment is terminated as a result of his death, his spouse and his eligible dependents are entitled to receive continued healthcare coverage for 12 months. Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement also provides for reimbursement by us on a “grossed up” basis for all taxes incurred in connection with all payments or benefits provided to him upon a change in control that are determined by us to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar federal or state excise tax, FICA tax or interest penalties with respect to such excise tax.

Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, and, during Mr. Goldberg’s employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his employment, covenants related to non-competition (other than a termination by the Company without cause or by Mr. Goldberg for good reason) and non-solicitation of employees of the Company, and a covenant not to disparage the Company.

Mr. Cline

Mr. Cline’s letter agreement, dated as of November 29, 2012, provides that he is to serve as our Chief Financial Officer commencing on January 7, 2013. Pursuant to the terms of his letter agreement, Mr. Cline is entitled to a base salary of $350,000 and is eligible to receive a target bonus of 100% of his annual base salary. Mr. Cline also was entitled to receive a relocation bonus of $150,000 and reimbursement up to $100,000 for expenses incurred in connection with the relocation of his primary residence. In addition to his cash compensation, Mr. Cline was granted

 

145


Table of Contents

Units (as described below) that would provide a minimum in distributions (which could include a mix of cash and securities) of $2,400,000, subject to the terms of the long-term incentive awards described below. See “Compensation Elements — Long-term incentive awards” for a description of the Units.

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Cline’s severance agreement, dated as of January 7, 2013, in the event Mr. Cline is terminated for reasons other than “cause” (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Cline is eligible to receive severance in an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which $2,400,000 exceeds the total value of his Units plus any prior distributions with respect to the Units, at the time of his termination. For purposes of calculating Mr. Cline’s severance amount, it is expected that, from and after the IPO, the value of Mr. Cline’s Units will equal the fair market value of each Unit as of the date such Unit vested (based upon the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of such date), or, to the extent that the distribution (described below under “Long-term incentive awards”) results in the receipt of unvested shares of restricted stock, the fair market value of our common stock as of the date such shares vest.

2013 bonus compensation

Our annual cash incentive compensation plan for the year ended December 31, 2013 compensated and rewarded successful achievement of both short-term financial and non-financial goals that were closely aligned with the long-term goals of the Company. The payout under the 2013 annual incentive program was based on a combination of (1) financial performance of the Company and (2) individual performance. For Mr. Goldberg, each of the financial component and the individual performance component composed 50% of his total award opportunity for Mr. Cline, the financial component composed 75% of his total award opportunity and the individual component composed 25% of his total award opportunity and, for Mr. Lombardi, the financial component composed 67% of his total award opportunity and the individual performance component composed 33% of his total award opportunity.

The financial component of each named executive officer’s annual bonus opportunity was based on (1) Compensation Adjusted EBITDA, (2) guest satisfaction/Net Promoter and (3) RevPAR Index change. For fiscal 2013, Compensation Adjusted EBITDA composed 70% of the financial component, guest satisfaction/Net Promoter composed 15% and RevPAR Index change composed 15%. Each of the three elements of the financial component (Compensation Adjusted EBITDA, guest satisfaction/Net Promoter and RevPAR Index change) are independent of one another. The financial component of Messrs. Goldberg’s and Cline’s annual bonus opportunity was based on Company-wide goals and, due to the division in which he works, the financial component of Mr. Lombardi’s annual bonus opportunity was based on goals related to the owned hotels.

The individual performance component for our named executive officers was based on a variety of individual achievement factors, including actual achievement of individual goals, actual achievement of divisional objectives, the economic environment as a whole as compared to overall and individual results, developed initiatives and lost opportunities.

Each named executive officer’s target annual bonus is expressed as a percentage of his base salary and, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the named executive officers’ target bonus opportunity as a percentage of such executive’s base salary were as follows: for Mr. Goldberg, 200% of his base salary, for Mr. Cline, 100% of his base salary earned in 2013 and for Mr. Lombardi, 150% of his base salary.

 

146


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the potential payout percentage under the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA portion of the financial component for Messrs. Goldberg and Cline was zero if the Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA was less than $27.5 million below budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA; was measured on a linear basis between 35% and 67.5% if the Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved was between $27.5 million below budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and $2 million below budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA; was measured on a linear basis between 67.5% and 80% if the Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved was between $2 million below budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and was measured on a linear basis between 80% and 100% if the Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved was between budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and $10 million above budgeted Company-wide Compensation Adjusted EBITDA.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the potential payout percentage under the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA portion of the financial component for Mr. Lombardi was zero if the owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA was less than $27.5 million below budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA; was measured on a linear basis between 35% and 67.5% if the owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved was between $27.5 million below budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and $2 million below budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA; was measured on a linear basis between 67.5% and 80% if the owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved was between $2 million below budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA; and was measured on a linear basis between 80% and 100% if the owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved was between budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA and $10 million above budgeted owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the actual Company Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved, after adjusting for costs related to loss contingency expenses and costs related to property taxes, resulted in an approximate 97.5% payout under the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA financial component of Messrs. Goldberg’s and Cline’s award opportunity. The actual owned hotels’ Compensation Adjusted EBITDA achieved, after adjusting for costs related to loss contingency expenses and costs related to property taxes, resulted in an approximate 93% payout under the Compensation Adjusted EBITDA financial component of Mr. Lombardi’s award opportunity.

There was no scale for the guest satisfaction/Net Promoter or the RevPAR Index change for any of the three named executive officers, and the named executive officers were eligible for payouts under these measures if the stated goals were achieved. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the goals for RevPar Index change were achieved, which resulted in a 100% payout under the RevPar Index change financial component for each named executive officer. As the guest satisfaction/Net Promoter goals on a Company-wide basis and for the owned hotels were not met, no payment was received for this financial component under the annual incentive plan.

The remaining 50% of Mr. Goldberg’s potential total award opportunity, the remaining 25% of Mr. Cline’s potential total award opportunity and the remaining 33% of Mr. Lombardi’s potential total award opportunity were based on individual achievement factors. As to Mr. Goldberg, the Compensation Manager considered the goals achieved in the Company’s marketing, design and construction, legal, sales, finance, operations, employee relations, technology, revenue management and franchise development departments. For Mr. Cline, the Compensation

 

147


Table of Contents

Manager considered his design and implementation of the accounting and tax department survey plan, his financial leadership in alternative financing activities, his efforts involving property collateral and debt restructuring initiatives and his contribution to corporate tax matters. For Mr. Lombardi, the Compensation Manager considered the property revenue and EBITDA achieved, the reduction in turnover of the general managers and in the field, the increased employee engagement and improved employee satisfaction and the level of promotions of assistant general managers.

As detailed in the following table, actual amounts paid under the annual bonus plan were calculated by multiplying each named executive officer’s base salary by his target bonus potential, which was then adjusted by an achievement factor based on the combined achievement of the financial component and the individual performance component. Based on the performance achieved, each of the named executive officers earned an annual bonus for 2013 under the annual cash incentive compensation plan as follows, which amounts are reflected in the “Non-equity incentive plan compensation” column of the “Summary compensation table” above:

 

Name    2013
base salary
     Target bonus as a
percentage of
base salary
     Target bonus
potential
     Combined
achievement
factor as a
percentage
of target
     2013
annual bonus
 

 

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

   $ 500,000         200%       $ 1,000,000         92%       $ 920,000   

Keith A. Cline

   $ 343,269         100%       $ 343,269         87%       $ 298,644   

Angelo J. Lombardi

   $ 325,000         150%       $ 487,500         87%       $ 424,125   

 

 

In addition to the non-equity incentive plan awards described above, the Compensation Manager also awarded discretionary bonuses to the named executive officers based on the difference between the actual achievement and 100% achievement of the financial component of their total award opportunity. In addition, the Compensation Manager determined to award Messrs. Cline and Lombardi discretionary bonuses in recognition of their contribution to the preparation and execution of this offering. Amounts related to these discretionary awards are reflected in the “Bonus” column of the “Summary compensation table” above.

Long-term incentive awards

Some of our management employees, including each of our named executive officers, have been granted long-term incentive awards in the form of units (the “Units”) in LQ Services L.L.C. (“LQ Services”), which holds interests in several of the Predecessor Entities, which Units are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes. Units are typically granted by our Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with our Sponsor, to key employees upon hire. Unit levels may also be adjusted to recognize changing job responsibilities.

As a condition to receiving the Units, each named executive officer was required to become party to LQ Services’ amended and restated limited liability company agreement (the “LLC Agreement”). The LLC Agreement generally governs the named executive officers’ rights with respect to their Units. The LLC Agreement also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information and covenants related to non-solicitation of employees of the Company at all times during the executive’s employment, and for a period ending on the earlier of three years from (A) the executive’s termination for cause or voluntary resignation and (B) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the specified Predecessor Entities which results in distributions being payable to the Unit holders.

 

148


Table of Contents

The Units granted to our named executive officers are designed to promote our interests by providing our management employees with the opportunity to participate in increases in the value of our business, thereby incentivizing them to remain as employees. The amounts available for payment on the Units is determined based on the net amount received by the Sponsor pursuant to a Liquidity Event (as defined below), net of specified debt and return of equity to the Sponsor. In 2012, the calculation of the amounts available for payment on the Units was amended, and the Units allocated to Messrs. Goldberg and Lombardi were increased. Under the LLC Agreement, all of the Units are exit-vesting and will vest on the date when there is a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of specified Predecessor Entities which results in distributions being payable to the holders of the Units (a “Liquidity Event”), subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment on such date. In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause or as a result of death or disability, then 20% of the executive’s Units will be deemed to have vested ratably in equal, annual installments over five years, beginning on January 26, 2006, and the executive will be entitled to an amount equal to the value of the executive’s vested Units at the then fair market value. Accordingly, if the executive is terminated without cause or is terminated because of death or disability, then the executive will be vested in, and entitled to, all of their Units at their then fair market value. However, if the executive is terminated for cause or voluntarily resigns prior to a Liquidity Event, all of the executive’s Units will be forfeited. In addition, if within six months of such a termination, a distribution is made under the LLC Agreement, the executive will be deemed fully vested with respect to that distribution, meaning that the distribution would be made as though any unvested Units had not been forfeited.

The following table provides information regarding the percentage of Units held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013, and the value of these Units based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Name    Percentage of Units (%)    Value of Units ($)

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

     

Keith A. Cline (1)

     

Angelo J. Lombardi

     

 

 

(1)   Mr. Cline’s percentage reflects participation in the Units above $35,000,000 in value.

The Units are expected to be converted into vested shares of our common stock and unvested shares of restricted stock in connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions described under “Our pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure.” The number of vested shares of common stock and unvested shares of restricted stock delivered will be determined in a manner intended to replicate the respective economic value associated with the Units based on the valuation derived from the initial public offering price. A portion of the shares that would have been issued to Messrs. Goldberg and Lombardi will be used to repay Blackstone and certain other holders in satisfaction of an advance and accrued interest thereon in respect of the Units as described below, and the remainder of the shares for Mr. Goldberg and Mr. Lombardi, and all of the shares for Mr. Cline will be issued to these executives as follows: (1) 40% of the shares received will be vested shares of common stock; (2) 40% will be unvested shares of restricted stock that will vest on the first anniversary of the date that is on or about the consummation of this offering (the “effective date”), contingent upon continued employment through that date; and (3) 20% will be unvested shares of restricted stock that will vest on the earlier of, the date that Blackstone and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Issuer or the seventh anniversary

 

149


Table of Contents

of the effective date, contingent upon continued employment at that date. If the executive’s (other than Mr. Cline’s) employment is terminated without cause (as defined in the LLC Agreement) or as a result of disability (as defined in the LLC Agreement) or death, or in the event of change of control (as defined in the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan described below) all outstanding shares of restricted stock will vest. As to Mr. Cline, it is expected that his unvested shares of restricted stock will receive the same treatment upon a change in control as that of the other executives and will fully vest, but, if he is terminated without cause or as a result of death or disability, rather than full vesting, a number of his then-unvested shares of restricted stock will vest as necessary so that he is vested as to all of his shares received in the conversion in no less than a percentage of the shares equal to 20% multiplied by each year that has elapsed from commencement of his employment in January 2013 through the date of such termination.

The following table sets forth the number of shares and value of our common stock and restricted stock that each of our named executive officers is expected to receive in exchange for their Units, assuming that each share of common stock has a value based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

       Vested common stock received in
exchange for Units
    

Unvested restricted stock received

in exchange for Units

Name                        (#)      ($)      (#)    ($)

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

     (1)              

Keith A. Cline

             

Angelo J. Lombardi

     (2)              

 

 

(1)   Excludes              shares that will be used to repay Blackstone and certain other holders an advance and accrued interest thereon allocated to Mr. Goldberg in respect of the Units.

 

(2)   Excludes              shares that will be used to repay Blackstone and certain other holders an advance and accrued interest thereon allocated to Mr. Lombardi in respect of the Units.

In addition to the Units described above, Messrs. Goldberg and Lombardi, as well as other members of management, purchased, directly or indirectly, for cash at fair market value interests in some of the Predecessor Entities, which interests have economic characteristics similar to those of shares of common stock in a corporation and have no vesting schedule. These interests are also expected to be converted to shares of our common stock in connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions and are reflected under “Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management.”

In connection with this offering, we expect to make grants of vested shares of our common stock and unvested shares of restricted stock to Messrs. Goldberg and Lombardi in an amount equal approximately $1,700,000 and $455,000 respectively. These grants will be made under the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan described below and in the following amounts based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus: Mr. Goldberg,      shares, and Mr. Lombardi,      shares. The shares will be issued as follows: (1) 50% of each award will be immediately vested, (2) 40% of each award will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, contingent upon continued employment through that date, and (3) 10% of each award will vest on the earlier of, the date that Blackstone and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Issuer or the seventh anniversary of the date of grant, contingent upon continued employment at that date. If the executive’s employment is terminated without cause or as a result of disability or death, or in the event of a change of control (each as defined in the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan) all outstanding shares of restricted stock will vest.

Retirement plan

The Company maintains a tax-qualified 401(k) plan, under which the Company matches each employee’s contributions dollar-for-dollar up to 3% of such employee’s eligible earnings and

 

150


Table of Contents

$0.50 for every $1.00 for the next 2% of the employee’s eligible earnings. The maximum match available under the 401(k) plan is 4% of the employee’s eligible earnings. All matching contributions by us are always fully vested.

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

Under the LLC Agreement, upon a Liquidity Event or a termination without cause or as result of death or disability, all of the Units of our named executive officers will fully vest. The value of the Units held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013 is described under “Long-term incentive awards” above.

Upon a termination, our named executive officers would be entitled to receive payment for their accrued but unused vacation days, and, in the event of death of a named executive officer, the named executive officer will receive benefits from third-party payors under our employer-paid premium life insurance plans. All of our named executive officers are eligible for three times their regular annual eligible wages at death (up to $1,000,000).

In addition to the foregoing, upon a termination without cause, for good reason or as a result of death or disability, Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement provides for cash severance benefits and continued healthcare coverage. See “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table—Employment agreements.” If Mr. Goldberg had been terminated without cause, for good reason or as a result of death or disability on December 31, 2013, he would have been entitled to receive $4,500,000 in severance and approximately $22,055 in continued healthcare coverage based on 2014 rates. In the event of a change in control, Mr. Goldberg’s employment agreement also provides for the Company’s reimbursement of taxes on a “grossed up” basis. If Mr. Cline had been terminated without cause, Mr. Cline would be entitled to receive severance in the amount, if any, by which $2,400,000 exceeded the value of his Units plus any prior distributions with respect to the Units.

Compensation of directors

For the year ended December 31, 2013, each of our non-employee directors other than those affiliated with our Sponsor who served as directors of some of the Predecessor Entities received an annual cash retainer of $115,000 (or $125,000 in the case of Mr. Bowers) payable quarterly and were reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings. Our employee directors and Sponsor-affiliated directors receive no additional compensation for serving on the board of directors or committees thereof.

Following this offering, each outside director (other than the directors employed by our Sponsor) will be entitled to annual compensation as follows:

 

 

Annual cash retainer of $60,000 payable quarterly;

 

 

Additional cash retainer payable quarterly for serving on committees or as the chairperson of specified committees as follows:

 

   

members (other than the chairperson of the audit committee and the compensation committee) of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an additional $5,000 for serving on more than one committee; and

 

   

the chairperson of each of the audit committee and the compensation committee will receive an additional $10,000 annually.

 

 

Equity award payable annually having a fair market value of $100,000 with vesting terms to be determined and where such award must be held until the earlier of the director’s termination or the date the director meets the stock ownership guidelines described below.

 

151


Table of Contents

Our directors will not be paid any fees for attending meetings, however, our directors will be reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings.

We have also adopted a stock ownership policy effective upon the consummation of this offering. Each of our non-employee directors will be required to own stock in an amount equal to five times his or her annual cash retainer, provided that a non-employee director who is employed by a stockholder of the Company that meets the ownership requirements for a non-employee director shall be exempt from such requirement. Each director is expected to meet these ownership guidelines within five years from the later of the date of the first annual grant to such directors following the consummation of this offering and when the director first becomes subject to the policy.

Omnibus incentive plan

In connection with, and prior to completion of, this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our stockholders expect to approve, our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as defined below).

Purpose . The purpose of the La Quinta Holdings Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (our “2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan”) is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration . Our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the board of directors (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee is authorized to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

 

152


Table of Contents

Shares Subject to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan . Our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is                 . Of this amount, the maximum number of shares for which incentive stock options may be granted is                 ; the maximum number of shares for which options or stock appreciation right may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is         ; the maximum number of shares for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is          (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $         in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $        . Except for substitute awards (as described below), in the event any award terminates, lapses, or is settled without the payment of the full number of shares subject to such award, including as a result of net share settlement of the award or as a result of the award being settled in cash, the undelivered shares may be granted again under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the shares are surrendered after the termination of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and only if stockholder approval is not required under the then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”), and such substitute awards shall not be counted against the total number of shares that may be issued under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, except that substitute awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” shall count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Options. The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided , that all stock options granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock underlying such stock options on the date an option is granted (other than in the case of options that are substitute awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the shares as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (i) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised; (ii) in shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may

 

153


Table of Contents

be imposed by the Committee; or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased; or (C) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (ii) the numbers of shares of common stock covered by the stock appreciation right. The strike price per share of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards).

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units . The Committee may grant restricted shares of our common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in its sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our common stock, subject to the other provisions of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of common stock, including without limitation the right to vote such restricted shares of common stock (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than or in addition to the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of common stock will be retained, and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse).

Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee may issue unrestricted common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in shares of common stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including performance-based awards, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Performance Compensation Awards . The Committee may also designate any award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation award under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels

 

154


Table of Contents

of our performance (and/or one or more affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to specific goals enumerated in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards . In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of common stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a change in control, as defined in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any affiliate, or the financial statements of us or any affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee must make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the share limits applicable under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted thereunder; (B) the number of our shares of common stock or other securities which may be issued in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and (C) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of common stock or other securities subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate; (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award; or (3) any applicable performance measures; (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested awards (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of common stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof.

Nontransferability of Awards . An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfer to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which participant, or participant and participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination . The board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no

 

155


Table of Contents

such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided , further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award shall not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively, subject to the consent of the affected Participant if any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to such award; provided that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or stock appreciation right; and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee in its sole discretion may provide part of an award with dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) options or stock appreciation rights or (ii) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

Clawback/Forfeiture . An award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such award if the participant, while employed by or providing services to us or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other detrimental activity that is in conflict with or adverse to our interests or the interests of any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Without limiting the foregoing, all awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

156


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Stockholders’ agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone. This agreement will require us to nominate a number of individuals designated by Blackstone for election as our directors at any meeting of our stockholders, each a “Sponsor Director,” such that, upon the election of each such individual, and each other individual nominated by or at the direction of our board of directors or a duly-authorized committee of the board, as a director of our Company, the number of Sponsor Directors serving as directors of our Company will be equal to: (1) if Blackstone continues to beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (2) if Blackstone continues to beneficially own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (3) if Blackstone continues to beneficially own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (4) if Blackstone continues to beneficially own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; and (5) if Blackstone continues to beneficially own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. For so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect, Sponsor Directors may be removed only with the consent of Blackstone. In the case of a vacancy on our board created by the removal or resignation of a Sponsor Director, the stockholders’ agreement will require us to nominate an individual designated by our Sponsor for election to fill the vacancy.

The stockholders’ agreement will remain in effect until our Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate a Sponsor Director pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, unless our Sponsor requests that it terminate at an earlier date.

Registration rights agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide Blackstone an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against (or make contributions in respect of) certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.

 

157


Table of Contents

Indemnification agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Pre-IPO Transactions

As described in the Pre-IPO Transactions, Holdco III will enter into an agreement to purchase the limited liability company interests of a Blackstone affiliate that owns (or as part of the Pre-IPO Transactions will own), directly or indirectly, the Previously Managed Portfolio. As consideration for such purchase and subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement, our affiliate will receive an estimated amount equal to $81.8 million in cash and              shares of common stock of the Issuer, in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The agreement provides for customary representations and warranties and closing conditions. In addition, the agreement will provide certain indemnifications of both the purchaser and seller, which in some cases will be subject to a liability cap.

As described in the Pre-IPO Transactions, the Predecessor Entities will acquire La Quinta Management L.L.C., of which Wayne B. Goldberg owns 70% and Angelo J. Lombardi owns 30%, for a purchase price of $375,000 in cash.

Some of our management employees, including our named executive officers, have been granted long-term incentive awards, or Units, in LQ Services, that are designed to promote our interests by providing our management employees with the opportunity to participate in increases in the value of our business, thereby incentivizing them to remain as employees. These Units will be converted into vested shares of our common stock and unvested shares of restricted stock in connection with the Pre-IPO Transactions. See “Management—Executive compensation—Long-term incentive awards” for a further discussion of these Units and the conversion.

Products and services

Alliant Insurance Services, Inc., or Alliant, which had been owned by Blackstone until 2012, provides us certain broker service, claims support services, risk management support and other services. In consideration for Alliant’s services, our payments to Alliant totaled $0.6 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Entities affiliated with Travelport, LP, or Travelport, in which certain Blackstone entities have an interest, provide computerized reservations and ticketing and other services to travel agencies and others in the travel industry. We are party to a master services agreement with Travelport whereby we agree to pay specified fees per hotel booking and to purchase certain advertising

 

158


Table of Contents

services. Our payments for services from Travelport totaled $2.2 million, $2.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Other

See Note 13 in the Notes to Combined Financial Statements of the Predecessor Entities included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding the management agreements between the Predecessor Entities and the owners of the Previously Managed Portfolio.

Statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

 

159


Table of Contents

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock by (1) each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, (2) each of our directors, director nominees and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

The information set forth below regarding the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the identified persons gives effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Unless otherwise provided, the address of each individual listed below is c/o La Quinta Holdings Inc., 909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600, Irving, Texas 75038.

 

       Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
   Percentage of shares beneficially owned
        Prior to this
offering
   After this offering
Name of beneficial owner              Assuming
the
underwriters’
option is
not
exercised
   Assuming
the
underwriters’
option is
exercised in
full

 

  

 

Blackstone(1)

           

Wayne B. Goldberg

           

Keith A. Cline

           

Rajiv K. Trivedi

           

Angelo J. Lombardi

           

Mark M. Chloupek

           

Julie M. Cary

           

James H. Forson

           

Glenn Alba(2)

           

Alan J. Bowers

           

Henry G. Cisneros

           

Jonathan D. Gray(2)

           

Michael Nash(2)

           

Mitesh B. Shah

           

William J. Stein(2)

           

Gary M. Sumers(3)

           

Directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)

           

 

  

 

 

(1)   Reflects                 shares of our common stock directly held by BRE/LQJV L.L.C.,                 shares of our common stock directly held by BRE/Prime Mezz 2 L.L.C.,                 shares of our common stock directly held by LQ S/S L.L.C., and                 shares of our common stock directly held by LQ Services L.L.C. (together, the “Blackstone Funds”).

 

     The managing members of BRE/LQJV L.L.C. are Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV L.P. and Blackstone Real Estate Partners V. L.P.

 

     The managing member of BRE/Prime Mezz 2 L.L.C. is BRE/Prime Mezz 3-A L.L.C. The managing member of BRE/Prime Mezz 3-A L.L.C. is BRE/Prime Holdings L.L.C. The managing member of BRE/Prime Holdings L.L.C. is WIH Hotels L.L.C. The managing member of WIH Hotels L.L.C. is Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV L.P.

 

160


Table of Contents
     The managing member of each of LQ S/S L.L.C., and LQ Services L.L.C. is BRE/LQJV L.L.C. The members of BRE/LQJV L.L.C. are Blackstone Real Estate Partners V L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners V.TE.1 L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners V.TE.2 L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners (AIV) V L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners V.F L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Holdings V L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV.TE.2 L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners (DC) IV.TE.1 L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners (DC) IV.TE.2 L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners (DC) IV TE.3-A L.P.; Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV.F L.P. and Blackstone Real Estate Holdings IV L.P.

 

     The general partner of Blackstone Real Estate Partners V L.P. is Blackstone Real Estate Associates V L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Real Estate Associates V L.P. is BREA V L.L.C.

 

     The general partner of Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV L.P. is Blackstone Real Estate Associates IV L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Real Estate Associates IV L.P. is BREA IV L.L.C.

 

     The managing member of each of BREA IV L.L.C. and BREA V L.L.C is Blackstone Holdings II L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. The sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the entities that may be deemed to directly or indirectly control shares held by the Blackstone Funds and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own such shares directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings). The address of each of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

 

(2)   Messrs. Alba, Gray, Nash and Stein are each employees of Blackstone, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone.

 

(3)   Mr. Sumers is an advisor of Blackstone, but disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone.

The foregoing table assumes that the initial public offering price for shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering is $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. The precise holdings of shares of our common stock by particular existing owners would differ from that presented in the table above if the actual initial public offering price per share differs from the assumed price. If the initial public offering price per share of common stock in this offering is $                , which is the low-point of the range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, Blackstone would beneficially own                  shares of common stock and its percentage ownership prior to the offering would be                  and after the offering would be                . Conversely, if the initial public offering price per share of common stock in this offering is $                , which is the high-point of the range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, Blackstone would beneficially own              shares of common stock and its percentage ownership prior to the offering would be                  and after the offering would be            . Similarly, the precise holdings of shares of our common stock by certain of our directors and officers would differ from that presented in the table above if the actual initial public offering price per share differs from the assumed price.

 

161


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness

New senior secured credit facilities

Concurrently with, and subject to, the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and the other agents and lenders from time to time party thereto.

The credit agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities consisting of:

 

 

a $2.1 billion senior secured term loan facility, which will mature in 2021; and

 

 

a $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, $50 million of which is available in the form of letters of credit, which will mature in 2019.

On February 21, 2014, we agreed with the joint lead arrangers on the terms of the credit agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the senior secured credit facilities to the lenders.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C., is the borrower under the senior secured credit facilities. The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referred to as the swing line borrowings. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities also provide the borrower with the option to raise incremental credit facilities (including an uncommitted incremental facility that provides the borrower the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facilities and/or the revolving credit facility by an aggregate of up to $350.0 million, subject to additional increases upon achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 (or, after the first anniversary of the closing date, 5.75 to 1.00)), refinance the loans with debt incurred outside the credit agreement and extend the maturity date of the revolving credit facility and term loans, subject to certain limitations.

Interest rate and fees

Borrowings under the term loans bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the administrative agent’s prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The margin for the term loans is 2.00%, in the case of base rate loans, and 3.00% in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to one step-down of 0.25% upon the achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, subject to a base rate floor of 2.00%, and a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the administrative agent’s prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing.

 

162


Table of Contents

The margin for the revolving credit facility is 1.50%, in the case of base rate loans, and 2.50%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to three step-downs of 0.25% each upon the achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00, 4.50 to 1.00 and 4.00 to 1.00, respectively.

In addition, the borrower is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate is 0.50% per annum subject to a step-down to 0.375%, upon achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00. The borrower is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

The senior secured term loan facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

 

50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0%, as applicable, subject to achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.25 to 1.00 and 4.00 to 1.00, respectively) of annual excess cash flow, calculated in accordance with the credit agreement;

 

 

100% of the net cash proceeds (including insurance and condemnation proceeds) of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, subject to de minimis thresholds, if those net cash proceeds are not reinvested in assets to be used in the borrower’s business or to make certain other permitted investments (a) within 12 months of the receipt of such net cash proceeds or (b) if the borrower commits to reinvest such net cash proceeds within 12 months of the receipt thereof, within 180 days of the date of such commitment; and

 

 

100% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt by the borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than debt permitted to be incurred or issued under the senior secured credit facilities.

Each lender of term loans will have the right to reject its pro rata share of mandatory prepayments described above, in which case we may retain the amounts so rejected.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to installments of term loans in direct order of maturity.

The borrower has the ability to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than a prepayment premium of 1.0% on the voluntary prepayment of term loans in connection with a repricing transaction on or prior to the date which is six months after the closing of the senior secured credit facilities and customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization

The borrower is required to repay installments on the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, with the remaining amount payable on the applicable maturity date with respect to the term loans.

Guarantees and security

The obligations under the senior secured credit facilities will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by each of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company that directly or indirectly

 

163


Table of Contents

owns any issued and outstanding equity interests of the borrower, and, subject to certain exceptions, each of the borrower’s existing and future material domestic wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “credit agreement guarantors”). In addition, the senior secured credit facilities will be collateralized by first priority or equivalent security interests in (i) all the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the borrower and each of the borrower’s and guarantors’ material direct or indirect wholly owned restricted domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting stock (and 100% of the non-voting stock) of, or other equity interests in, each of the borrower’s or any subsidiary guarantors’ material direct wholly owned first-tier restricted foreign subsidiaries and (ii) certain tangible and intangible assets of the borrower (other than real property except for certain real property described in the credit agreement) and those of the credit agreement guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and qualifications).

As of the closing date for the senior secured credit facilities, we do not expect any of our foreign subsidiaries, our non-wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are restricted subsidiaries or our immaterial subsidiaries to guarantee the senior secured credit facilities. The borrower will also have the ability to designate certain subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries utilizing its investment capacity under the credit agreement.

Certain covenants and events of default

The senior secured credit facilities will contain a number of significant affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. Such covenants, among other things, will limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of (i) La Quinta Holdings Inc., the direct parent of the borrower, to engage in any material operating or business activities other than the ownership of the equity interests of the borrower and (ii) the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur additional indebtedness and make guarantees;

 

 

create liens on assets;

 

 

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

 

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

 

sell assets;

 

 

make fundamental changes;

 

 

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

 

 

make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;

 

 

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

 

make changes in the nature of their business; and

 

 

make prepayments of junior debt.

In addition, if, on the last day of any period of four consecutive quarters on or after June 30, 2014, the aggregate principal amount of revolving credit loans, swing line loans and/or letters of credit (excluding up to $20 million of letters of credit and certain other letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or back-stopped) that are issued and/or outstanding is greater than 25%

 

164


Table of Contents

of the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement will require the borrower to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio not to exceed 8.0 to 1.0.

During the period in which the rating with respect to the senior secured credit facilities is equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) according to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and no default has occurred and is continuing, the restrictions in the senior secured credit facilities regarding incurring additional indebtedness, dividends and distributions or repurchases of capital stock and transactions with affiliates will not apply to the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries during such period.

Our senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Existing indebtedness

The following is a description of our current debt facilities, prior to giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions. We intend to refinance these facilities with the proceeds of this offering, together with the borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities described above and cash on hand. The closing of the senior secured credit facilities is subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of this offering.

Holdco I debt

On July 6, 2007, we borrowed $2.40 billion under a mortgage loan agreement (the “Mortgage Loan”) with Merrill Lynch Mortgage Lending, UBS Real Estate Securities, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. (“B of A”). In December 2007, a portion of the Mortgage Loan was refinanced with a $50 million senior mezzanine loan, reducing the Mortgage Loan to $2.35 billion.

In July 2007, we entered into five unsecured, mezzanine loans totaling $700 million in aggregate. The senior mezzanine loan described above and the five unsecured, mezzanine loans are collectively referred to herein as the “Mezzanine Loans.”

In July 2011, Blackstone made a contribution of $85 million which we used, along with $30 million of available cash, to settle portions of two of the Mezzanine Loans for $60.2 million and $45.2 million, respectively, resulting in a net gain on debt extinguishment of approximately $9.6 million.

In November 2011, we settled an additional portion of two of the Mezzanine Loans for a total of $23.1 million, resulting in a net gain on debt extinguishment of approximately $1.9 million.

In May 2012, the terms of the Mortgage Loan and the Mezzanine Loans (together, the “Loans”) were amended (“Amendment”). Pursuant to the Amendment, certain interest rate spreads were increased, additional assets were pledged as collateral, cash distributions to certain of our equity holders are prohibited, and we obtained the right, at our option, to one two-year term extension following the original maturity date of July 2012. On May 24, 2012, we exercised the option to extend the maturity date of the Loans for a period of two years to the current maturity date of July 6, 2014.

In connection with the Amendment, Blackstone made a cash contribution to us of approximately $175 million. We used this contribution, along with approximately $101 million of available cash,

 

165


Table of Contents

to (1) make a principal payment of $180 million on the Mortgage Loan, (2) settle a portion of the Mezzanine Loans for approximately $69.8 million, resulting in a gain on early debt extinguishment of approximately $5.2 million, and (3) pay associated closing costs of which (i) $7.7 million was expensed as incurred and is included in other income (loss) in the combined statements of operations, and (ii) $4.0 million related to Mezzanine Loans was treated as loss on extinguishment and is included within gain on extinguishment of debt, net in the combined statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.

As of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Loans are collateralized by 354 and 355 of our owned hotels, respectively. Concurrently with the closing of the Amendment, a newly created limited liability company (“Franchise Holdco”), was formed which assumed ownership of the net assets of our franchising and other brand-related operations. In connection with the Amendment, 100% of the member interests of Franchise Holdco were pledged as collateral for the Loans. In addition, upon closing of the Amendment, the Lenders were granted a first-priority security interest in the cash assets of the entities owned by Franchise Holdco. The Loans may be prepaid in full without penalty. Subject to certain defined premiums, individual properties may be released as collateral after prepayment of a defined portion of the Loans.

In connection with the Amendment, the Mortgage Loan carries interest at LIBOR, with portions subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus interest rate spreads ranging from 0.55% to 6.803%, resulting in a weighted average spread of 2.892% as of December 31, 2013, with all interest to be paid currently. In addition, interest for the Mezzanine Loans is subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus interest rate spreads ranging from 9.0% to 13.9%, resulting in a weighted average spread of 11.59% as of December 31, 2013. For the Mezzanine Loans, any difference between current LIBOR and the LIBOR floor, as well as the increase in the spreads as a result of the Amendment is deferred until the maturity date of the Mezzanine Loans. Such deferred interest is not to be treated as part of the principal amount of the Mezzanine Loans for calculation of interest or any other purpose, although it is considered debt under the Mezzanine Loans and secured accordingly.

Holdco III debt

In February 2007, certain subsidiaries of Holdco III entered into a $101.3 million mortgage loan (“Olympus Loan”) with B of A. The Olympus Loan was collateralized by eight owned hotels.

Pursuant to the terms of the Olympus Loan, it matured in February 2009; however, we were permitted to extend the maturity date of the Olympus Loan for three successive one-year extensions, at our option. In February 2009, we exercised the first extension option, extending the maturity of the Olympus Loan to February 2010. In February 2010, we exercised the second extension option, extending the maturity to February 2011. In February 2011, we exercised the third option and the Olympus Loan was extended until February 2012. The Olympus Loan required monthly interest payments based upon LIBOR plus a spread of 1.4%.

In June 2009, we extended the maturity date of our existing $250.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) with B of A and other lenders (“Revolver Lenders”) to June 26, 2010. The Revolver was collateralized by 20 owned hotels.

In June 2010, we obtained a new mortgage loan (“HCIII Loan”) in the amount of $177.9 million which replaced the expiring Revolver, and Blackstone concurrently made a contribution of $34.6 million which was used to release three collateralized properties. As a result, the HCIII Loan was

 

166


Table of Contents

collateralized by 17 owned hotels. Under the terms of the HCIII Loan, we were required to make monthly interest payments at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus 3.5%.

In December 2011, we amended and restated the HCIII Loan. Under the new terms, the Olympus Loan and HCIII Loan were combined into one mortgage loan (“Holdco III Mortgage Loan”) with an outstanding balance of $237.3 million, and the maturity date was extended to June 2013. The Holdco III Mortgage Loan is collateralized by 25 owned hotels.

In connection with the closing of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan in December 2011, we made a principal payment on the Holdco III Mortgage Loan of approximately $7.8 million, paid fees of approximately $1.2 million and wrote off approximately $0.5 million of deferred financing costs, which is included in other income (loss) in the accompanying combined statements of operations. Further, B of A agreed to reduce the principal amount outstanding by approximately $11.9 million. The carrying amount of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan has not been changed as a result of this reduction. The reduction in the amount outstanding is being amortized as a reduction in interest expense through the extended maturity date using a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method.

In June 2013, we exercised our extension option and extended the maturity date of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan to July 2014. Under the terms of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan, we are required to make monthly interest payments at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.0% through July 2012, and thereafter at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.5%.

Under the terms of the loans discussed above, we are required to make deposits into certain escrow accounts for the payments of debt service, taxes, insurance, and ground leases, the total of which deposits was $97.1 million as of December 31, 2013.

Interest rate caps

Pursuant to the terms of the Loans and the Holdco III Mortgage Loan, we are required to maintain interest rate caps under certain defined conditions until the maturity date. The effect of the interest rate cap agreements is to limit our maximum interest rate exposure with respect to increases in LIBOR through the maturity date. We have purchased and maintained the required interest rate caps during 2013, 2012, and 2011, and the related gain or loss on these investments is reflected within other income (loss) in the accompanying statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the interest rate caps we held are estimated to have no value. Management expects that, should it be necessary, the counter parties will fully perform under the terms of the interest rate cap agreements.

Letters of credit

In April 2010, we obtained two letters of credit through Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. aggregating approximately $9.2 million. In January 2012, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. agreed to reduce the two letters of credit by $2.0 million, aggregating to $7.2 million. In October 2013, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. agreed to reduce the two letters of credit by $1.5 million, to approximately $5.7 million. We are required to pay a fee of 2.0% per annum related to these letters of credit, and paid such fees of approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

167


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under “Description of capital stock,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “our company” refer to La Quinta Holdings Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

 

 

the designation of the series;

 

 

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

168


Table of Contents
 

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

 

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

 

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

 

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

 

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company;

 

 

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

 

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

 

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

Stockholder meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as

 

169


Table of Contents

exclusively selected by our board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairman of our board or the chief executive officer, upon the request of holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Anti-takeover effects of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of Delaware law

Undesignated preferred stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super majority voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

We do not have a stockholder rights plan or any series of preferred stock designated in connection with such a plan, and if our board of directors were ever to adopt a stockholder rights plan in the future without prior stockholder approval, our board of directors would either submit the plan to stockholders for ratification or cause the rights plan to expire within one year.

Requirements for advance notification of stockholder meetings, nominations and proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. For any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our amended and restated bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

No cumulative voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

170


Table of Contents

Stockholder action by written consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that from and after the date on which the parties to our stockholders’ agreement cease to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may not be effected by consent in writing by stockholders unless such action is recommended in advance by all directors then in office.

Delaware anti-takeover statute

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified in the law, a publicly-held Delaware corporation shall not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company’s board of directors.

However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that in the event the parties to our stockholders’ agreement cease to beneficially own at least 5% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, we will automatically become subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

 

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

 

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a

 

171


Table of Contents

person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Accordingly, Section 203 could have an anti-takeover effect with respect to certain transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. However, Section 203 also could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Dissenters’ rights of appraisal and payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ derivative actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf, to the fullest extent permitted by law, of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of our company to our company or our stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

172


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders, and certain of our directors sit on the board of directors of other companies in the hospitality industry. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Blackstone or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Blackstone or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

173


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Indemnification agreements

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Indemnification agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “LQ.”

 

174


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock—Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing investors of additional shares of our common stock after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.”

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of                  shares of our common stock outstanding (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Of the outstanding                 shares, the shares sold in this offering (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding                  shares of common stock held by our existing owners after this offering will be deemed restricted securities under the meaning of Rule 144 and may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144, which we summarize below.

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock issued pursuant to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, subject to applicable vesting restrictions or lock-up restrictions (described below), shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover                  shares.

Registration rights

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide Blackstone an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act. Securities registered under any such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions —Registration rights agreement.”

Lock-up agreements

We have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities

 

175


Table of Contents

convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period starting on the date of the prospectus and continuing for 180 days after the closing date of this offering.

Our executive officers, directors and Blackstone have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period starting on the date of the prospectus and continuing for 180 days after the closing date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

176


Table of Contents

Certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for United States federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

 

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends

If we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our

 

177


Table of Contents

current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Gain on disposition of common stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends will be required (a) to complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on disposition of common stock

Any gain realized on the disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

 

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

 

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point

 

178


Table of Contents

immediately above, it will be subject to United States federal income tax on its net gain in the same manner as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

We believe that as of the time of the offering, we will be a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. So long as our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of applicable United States Treasury regulations), only a non-U.S. holder who holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock.

Federal estate tax

Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information reporting and backup withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI) and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI) and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code, or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Additional withholding requirements

Under legislation enacted in 2010 and administrative guidance, a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid after June 30, 2014, and the gross proceeds

 

179


Table of Contents

from a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the legislation), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its United States “account” holders (as specifically defined in the legislation) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding this legislation and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

180


Table of Contents

Underwriting (conflicts of interest)

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of
shares

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                           Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P.

  

EA Markets Securities LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Lebenthal & Co., LLC

  

Loop Capital Markets LLC

  

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

  

Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

 

181


Table of Contents

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $             per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

       Without
over-allotment
exercise
     With full
over-allotment
exercise
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $         $     

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period starting on the date of the prospectus and continuing for 180 days after the closing date of this offering.

Our executive officers, directors, and Blackstone have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, subject to certain customary exceptions, for a period starting on the date of the prospectus and continuing for 180 days after the closing date of this offering, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement.

 

182


Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “LQ“.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

183


Table of Contents
 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a ‘‘Relevant Member State’’), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the ‘‘EU Prospectus Directive’’) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the ‘‘Relevant Implementation Date’’) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

 

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

 

184


Table of Contents
 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘‘offer of securities to the public’’ in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Conflicts of interest

An affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC holds an aggregate of approximately $100.0 million of the Company’s current debt facilities, which we intend to repay in part with the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, affiliates of Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is an underwriter in this offering and its affiliate is expected to receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, and because Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. is an underwriter in this offering and its affiliates own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. are deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of FINRA. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Most recently, each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Capital Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. or their respective affiliates acted as financial advisor and underwriter to our Sponsor in a variety of transactions including financings and loan originations, loan syndications, initial public offerings, secondary equity offerings, debt offerings and mergers and acquisitions, and, with respect to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC or its affiliates, distributions of funds; Wells Fargo Securities, LLC or its affiliates acted as broker, financial advisor and underwriter to our Sponsor in a variety of transactions, including property purchases and sales, financings and loan originations, loan syndications, initial

 

185


Table of Contents

public offerings, secondary equity offerings, debt offerings and mergers and acquisitions; RBC Capital Markets, LLC or its affiliates acted as financial advisor and underwriter to our Sponsor in a variety of transactions including financings and loan originations, loan syndications, initial public offerings, secondary equity offerings and debt offerings; and JMP Securities LLC or its affiliates acted as underwriter to our Sponsor in a secondary equity offering. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

186


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.

Experts

The combined financial statements of the Predecessor Entities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such combined financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of La Quinta Holdings Inc. as of December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

187


Table of Contents

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Forms S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules.

We will file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC will be available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings will also be available to the public on, or accessible through, our website under the heading “Investor Relations” at www.lq.com. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

We intend to make available to our common stockholders annual reports containing combined financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

188


Table of Contents

Index to financial statements

 

Lodge Holdco I L.L.C. and Subsidiaries, Lodge Holdco II L.L.C. and Subsidiaries and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C. and Subsidiaries (“La Quinta Predecessor Entities”)

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Combined Financial Statements of the La Quinta Predecessor Entities:

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Combined Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-8   

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

  

Independent Auditor’s Report

     F-40   

Combined Financial Statements of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels:

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-42   

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-43   

Combined Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-44   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-45   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-46   

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-53   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

     F-54   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-55   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Members of

Lodge Holdco I L.L.C, Lodge Holdco II L.L.C, and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C.

Irving, Texas

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Lodge Holdco I L.L.C. and subsidiaries, Lodge Holdco II L.L.C. and subsidiaries and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C. and subsidiaries, (the “Company”), all of which are under common control, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lodge Holdco I L.L.C. and subsidiaries, Lodge Holdco II L.L.C. and subsidiaries and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 26, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

La Quinta Predecessor Entities

Combined balance sheets

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,412      $ 40,813   

Restricted cash

     97,126        104,814   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,369 and $4,888

     32,678        36,917   

Receivables from affiliates

     11,181        8,261   

Assets held for sale

     7,332          

Other current assets

     17,087        10,097   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     198,816        200,902   
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     2,761,457        2,940,128   

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     179,486        180,913   

Deferred costs, net of accumulated amortization

     10,153        11,407   

Restricted cash

     6,900        8,593   

Deferred tax assets

     3,008        3,090   

Other non-current assets

     10,014        11,287   
  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     2,971,018        3,155,418   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,169,834      $ 3,356,320   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 2,720,286      $ 61,292   

Accounts payable

     30,490        33,784   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     53,571        53,381   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     26,302        29,867   

Accrued real estate taxes

     19,577        20,002   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,850,226        198,326   
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt

            2,838,673   

Other long-term liabilities

     13,947        15,489   

Deferred tax liabilities

     408        447   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,864,581        3,052,935   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

              

Equity:

    

Members’ equity

     319,096        315,255   

Noncontrolling interests

     (13,843     (11,870
  

 

 

 

Total equity

     305,253        303,385   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 3,169,834      $ 3,356,320   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

La Quinta Predecessor Entities

Combined statements of operations

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(In thousands)   2013     2012     2011  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues:

     

Room revenues

  $ 757,699      $ 714,143      $ 660,816   

Franchise and other fee-based revenues

    79,180        69,206        59,314   

Other hotel revenues

    17,949        17,506        16,229   
 

 

 

 
    854,828        800,855        736,359   

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchise and managed properties

    19,065        17,157        15,182   
 

 

 

 

Total revenues

    873,893        818,012        751,541   

Operating expenses:

     

Direct lodging expenses

    344,515        334,394        330,205   

Depreciation and amortization

    164,077        155,879        149,356   

General and administrative expenses

    74,794        74,111        61,578   

Other lodging and operating expenses

    56,068        58,266        47,791   

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

    59,193        48,610        45,580   
 

 

 

 
    698,647        671,260        634,510   

Brand marketing fund expenses from franchise and managed properties

    19,065        17,157        15,182   
 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    717,712        688,417        649,692   
 

 

 

 

Operating income

    156,181        129,595        101,849   

Other income (expenses):

     

Interest expense, net

    (148,615     (103,124     (51,611

Other income (loss)

    1,048        (7,440     (662

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

           1,192        11,451   
 

 

 

 

Total other income (expenses)

    (147,567     (109,372     (40,822
 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    8,614        20,223        61,027   

Income tax expense

    (3,598     (3,135     (2,332
 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    5,016        17,088        58,695   

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations, net of tax

    (2,495     (52,852     244   
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    2,521        (35,764     58,939   

Loss from noncontrolling interests in continuing operations, net of tax

    1,455        4,810        4,574   

Loss from noncontrolling interests in discontinued operations, net of tax

                    
 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    1,455        4,810        4,574   
 

 

 

 

Amounts attributable to the company

     

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    6,471        21,898        63,269   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (2,495     (52,852     244   
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the company

  $ 3,976      $ (30,954   $ 63,513   
 

 

 

 

Pro forma income from continuing operations data (unaudited):

     

Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

  $ 8,614      $ 20,223      $ 61,027   

Pro forma provision for income taxes

    3,446        8,089        24,411   
 

 

 

 

Pro forma income from continuing operations

  $ 5,168      $ 12,134      $ 36,616   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

La Quinta Predecessor Entities

Combined statements of equity

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(In thousands)    Members’
equity
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
equity
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

   $ 41,096      $ (1,499     39,597   

Net income (loss)

     63,513        (4,574     58,939   

Capital contributions

     85,000               85,000   

Distributions

     (24     (417     (441
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 189,585      $ (6,490     183,095   
  

 

 

 

Net loss

     (30,954     (4,810     (35,764

Capital contributions

     174,862               174,862   

Distributions

     (18,238     (570     (18,808
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 315,255      $ (11,870   $ 303,385   
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,976        (1,455     2,521   

Distributions

     (135     (518     (653
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 319,096      $ (13,843   $ 305,253   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

La Quinta Predecessor Entities

Combined statements of cash flows

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,521      $ (35,764   $ 58,939   

Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     168,498        169,122        161,819   

Amortization of other non-current assets

     723        805        1,597   

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,210        1,287        1,372   

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

            (1,192     (11,451

Interest expense added to long-term debt

     52,877        32,332          

Amortization of long-term debt reduction

     (4,595     (4,595     (383

Loss (gain) related to casualty disasters

     (468     5,279        (2,367

Write off of deferred costs

     27               1,705   

Write off of non-current assets

            165          

Amortization of leasehold interests

     (572     (676     (676

Amortization of deferred costs

     10,399        7,317        9,280   

Financing costs expensed as incurred

            7,749          

Impairment loss

     19,533        53,228          

Gain on sale from discontinued operations

     (10,714              

Loss on sale or retirement of assets

     359        1,562        2,168   

Deferred taxes

     43        34        67   

Loss on interest rate caps

     135        97        168   

Amortization of premium on subordinated notes

                   (29

Provision for doubtful accounts

     1,554        1,904        2,153   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     2,203        (5,186     (5,901

Other current assets

     (143     (47     (560

Receivables from affiliates

     (2,920     (332     566   

Other non-current assets

     (563     (1,277     (354

Accounts payable

     (4,027     6,439        (393

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     (3,565     733        3,335   

Accrued real estate taxes

     (425     451        (1,155

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     419        7,921        (698

Other long-term liabilities

     349        831        1,227   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     232,858        248,187        220,429   

 

F-6


Table of Contents

La Quinta Predecessor Entities

Combined statements of cash flows—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

   $ (115,529   $ (102,886   $ (95,552

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

     9,381        (52,662     498   

Increase in investments

            (11     (2

Insurance proceeds on casualty disasters

     2,833        2,843        2,853   

Purchase of intangible assets, net

     (103     (13     (600

Proceeds from sale of assets

     105,837        1,755          

Repayment (payment) of franchise incentives

     (700     22        33   

Proceeds from other non-current assets

                   324   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,719        (150,952     (92,446
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from long-term debt

            484,918          

Repayment of long-term debt

     (227,961     (765,908     (150,557

Payment of deferred costs

     (13,229     (22,246     (12,099

Investment in interest rate caps

     (135     (97     (168

Distributions to members

     (135     (18,238     (24

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     (518     (570     (417

Members’ contributions

            174,862        85,000   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (241,978     (147,279     (78,265
  

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (7,401     (50,044     49,718   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     40,813        90,857        41,139   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

   $ 33,412      $ 40,813      $ 90,857   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Interest paid during the year

   $ 90,572      $ 65,601      $ 43,372   
  

 

 

 

Income taxes paid during the year, net of refunds

   $ 3,459      $ 2,408      $ 2,305   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental non-cash disclosure:

      

Capital expenditures included in accounts payable

   $ 2,120      $ 3,079      $ 10,290   
  

 

 

 

Receivable for capital assets damaged by casualty disasters

   $ 2,413      $ 3,096      $ 615   

 

  

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

La Quinta Predecessor Entities

Notes to combined financial statements

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Organization

The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of Lodge Holdco I L.L.C. (“Holdco I”), Lodge Holdco II L.L.C. (“Holdco II”), Lodge Holdco III L.L.C. (“Holdco III”) (collectively herein, the “Holdcos” or “La Quinta Predecessor Entities”) and all related wholly-owned and majority owned subsidiaries. The Holdcos may also be referred to herein as “La Quinta”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or the “Company”.

Holdco I and Holdco II, Delaware limited liability companies, were formed on January 4, 2006. Holdco III, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on March 17, 2006. Since those dates, we have been owned and controlled by Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV L.P. and affiliates (“BREP IV”) and Blackstone Real Estate Partners V L.P. and affiliates (“BREP V”). BREP IV and BREP V are affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectivity referred to herein as the “Funds” or “Blackstone”).

We own and operate hotels, some of which are subject to ground leases, located in the United States under the La Quinta and Baymont brands, and franchise and manage hotels currently operating in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, total owned, franchised, and managed hotels, and approximate number of associated rooms were as follows (unaudited):

 

      2013     2012     2011  
    # of hotels     # of rooms     # of hotels     # of rooms     # of hotels     # of rooms  

 

 

Owned—La Quinta(1)

    342        43,500        371        47,000        371        47,000   

Owned—Baymont(1)

                  11        1,200        12        1,300   

Joint Venture—La Quinta

    1        200        1        200        1        200   

Managed—La Quinta(2)

    14        1,700        14        1,700        14        1,700   

Franchised—La Quinta

    477        38,300        449        35,800        430        34,100   
 

 

 

 

Totals

    834        83,700        846        85,900        828        84,300   

 

 

 

(1)   See discussion of discontinued operations in Note 6.

 

(2)   These hotels are owned by affiliates of the Funds and are referred to herein as the “Managed Hotels”. (See Note 13).

Lodging operations are particularly sensitive to adverse economic and competitive conditions and trends, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are contemplating participating in an initial public offering (“IPO”) by a newly formed holding company, La Quinta Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”), which, as part of the IPO, would become our ultimate parent. Holdings is a “C” corporation for Federal income tax purposes. We also anticipate completing certain transactions simultaneous with or prior to the effectiveness of the IPO including obtaining replacement financing or extension of our existing debt due in July 2014 (See Note 8), and the acquisition of the Managed Hotels.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Note 2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation and consolidations —The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the Holdcos, our wholly and majority owned subsidiaries, and entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where we are the primary beneficiary. The Holdcos have been presented on a combined historical cost basis due to their common ownership and control. Holdco I and Holdco II are owned 79.5% by BREP V and 19.9% by BREP IV. Holdco III is owned 99.4% by BREP V.

The accompanying combined financial statements and footnotes include LQ Management L.L.C.

(“LQM”), a VIE, in which we have a significant variable financial interest, no ownership interest, and are the primary beneficiary. LQM received no member or other capital contribution, or equity investment upon formation or thereafter. LQM’s sole purpose is to manage all of our day-to-day operations, as well as to provide day to day management of the Managed Hotels. In return for providing these management services, we and the Managed Hotels pay LQM a management fee and reimburse LQM for costs incurred on our behalf, and on behalf of the Managed Hotels, in accordance with management and service agreements in place. La Quinta is the primary beneficiary of LQM as the management and service agreements in place provide for La Quinta to reimburse LQM for its expenses in a manner that allows LQM to realize a reasonable profit. We have not provided financial or other support to LQM during the periods presented that we were not contractually required to provide, and LQM’s agreements with its vendors are structured as non-recourse to our general credit. Our maximum exposure to a loss as a result of involvement with LQM is related to the need to secure alternative management services and systems support if LQM were unable to fulfill its management agreement.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, LQM’s assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,609       $ 630   

Restricted cash

     6,700         8,193   

Receivables from affiliates

     49,027         58,214   

Other current assets

     4,472         4,021   

Property and equipment, net

     21,005         17,362   

Intangible assets, net

     347         413   

Accounts payable

     25,259         26,920   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     25,670         25,975   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     26,052         29,464   

Capital lease obligation (related party)

     23,852         21,287   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying combined financial statements and footnotes are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Going concern —The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and extinguishment of liabilities in the normal course of business. All of our debt matures on July 6, 2014 ( See Note 8 ). On February 21, 2014, our affiliate agreed with certain banks, acting as joint lead arranger, on the terms of a new debt agreement to replace the existing debt agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the facilities under the new agreement to lenders, subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of the IPO. If the IPO does

 

F-9


Table of Contents

not become effective, management’s plan includes obtaining other financing to replace the existing debt in place prior to the maturity of the current debt agreements. The accompanying combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Use of estimates —The preparation of the combined financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our combined financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of our revenues and expenses during the reporting year. Actual results could differ from such estimates. Significant estimates included within our financial statements include items related to recoverability of assets such as allowance for doubtful accounts, supplies and linen inventory obsolescence, estimated value and lives of property, equipment and intangibles, and valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, as well as estimated number of redeemed points from our customer loyalty program, deferred revenues, insurance reserves, estimated claims from losses, revenue recognition, allocated costs, and future incentive commitments.

Revenue recognition —Revenues primarily consist of room rentals, franchise fees and other hotel revenues. We defer a portion of our revenue from franchisees at the time the franchise agreement is signed and recognize the remainder when the franchised property opens.

Room revenues are derived from room rentals at our owned hotels. We recognize room revenue on a daily basis based on an agreed-upon daily rate after the guest has stayed at one of our hotels. Customer incentive discounts, cash rebates, and refunds are recognized as a reduction of room revenues. Occupancy, hotel, and sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to the taxing authorities are excluded from revenues in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Included in franchise and other fee-based revenues are franchise fee revenues, which primarily consist of revenues from franchisees for application, affiliation, royalty, reservations, and training, as well as fees related to our guest loyalty program (“Returns”). We recognize franchise fee revenue on a gross basis because we (1) are the primary obligor in these arrangements, (2) have latitude in establishing rates, (3) perform the services delivered, (4) have some discretion over supplier selection, and (5) determine the specification of services delivered. The different types of franchise fee revenues are described as follows:

 

 

Upon execution of a franchise agreement, a franchisee is required to pay us an initial fee. We recognize the initial fee as revenue when substantial performance of our obligations to the franchisee with respect to the initial fee has been achieved. In most cases, the vast majority of the initial fee is recognized as revenue when each franchise agreement is signed as, after that date, our remaining obligations to the franchisee are limited to (1) pre-opening inspections, for which we defer $2,500, and (2) if mandated by us or agreed to with the franchisee, preopening training and marketing support related to entry into the La Quinta brand, for which we defer $5,000. These amounts represent an estimate of the value provided to the franchisee related to the services provided, and are based on our experience with time, materials, and third-party costs necessary to provide these services. We recognize the remaining deferred initial fee as revenue when the franchised property opens as the remaining service obligations have been fulfilled.

 

 

For franchise agreements entered into prior to April 1, 2013, we collect a monthly royalty fee from franchisees generally equal to 4.0% of their room revenues until the franchisee has

 

F-10


Table of Contents
 

operated as a La Quinta for twenty-four consecutive months. Beginning in the twenty-fifth month of operation, the franchisee monthly royalty fee increases to 4.5%. For franchise agreements entered into on or after April 1, 2013, for new franchisees, we began charging a royalty fee from franchisees equal to 4.5% of their room revenues until the franchisee has operated as a La Quinta for twenty-four consecutive months. Beginning in the twenty-fifth month of operation, the franchisee monthly royalty fee increases to 5.0%. In these cases, the franchisee has the opportunity to earn the additional 0.5% back via rebate by achieving certain defined customer satisfaction results.

 

 

We receive reservation and technology fees, as well as fees related to Returns, in connection with franchising our La Quinta brand. Such fees are recognized based on a percentage of the franchisee’s hotel room revenues or the hotel’s room count. We perform certain other services for franchisees such as training and revenue management. Revenue for these services is recognized at the time the services are performed.

Included in franchise and other fee-based revenues are management fees of approximately $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, which represent fees earned from the Managed Hotels under long-term contracts with the property owners. Management fees from hotels include a base fee, which is generally a percentage of hotel revenues. ( See Note 13 ).

Other hotel revenues include revenues generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for owned hotels and other rental income. We record rental income from operating leases associated with leasing space for restaurants, billboards, and cell towers. Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the respective lease agreement.

Brand marketing fund revenues from franchise and managed properties represent fees collected from franchised and managed hotels related to maintaining our Brand Marketing Fund (“BMF”). LQM maintains the BMF on behalf of all La Quinta branded hotel properties, including our owned hotels, from which national marketing and advertising campaign expenses are paid. Each La Quinta branded hotel is charged a percentage of its room revenue from which the expenses of the fund are covered. The corresponding expenditures of the BMF fees collected from franchised and managed hotels are presented as other expenses from franchised and managed hotels in our combined statements of operations, resulting in no impact to operating income (loss) or net income (loss).

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, we collected BMF fees from franchisees totaling $18.1 million, $16.3 million and $14.4 million, respectively. During 2013, 2012, and 2011, we collected BMF fees from the Managed Hotels totaling $1.0 million, $0.9 million, and $0.8 million, respectively.

Non-controlling interests —Non-controlling interests are recognized within total equity in our combined balance sheets, reflected in net loss attributable to non-controlling interests in our combined statements of operations, and included in our combined statement of equity.

Cash and cash equivalents —We consider all cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments that are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. Certain balances in cash and cash equivalents exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limit of $250,000; however, we believe credit risk related to these deposits is minimal.

Restricted cash —Restricted cash classified as current assets consists of cash restricted under the terms of our mortgage loans and held in collateral property hotel depositories, escrow accounts

 

F-11


Table of Contents

primarily for the payment of capital expenditures, taxes, debt service, insurance losses, and ground leases, and a cash deposit for a letter of credit ( See Note 8). Restricted cash classified as non-current includes restricted cash related to certain loss deductibles and self-insured retention under a former insurance program. Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents that are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. Classification of restricted cash is based on the nature of the restrictions associated with the underlying assets.

Accounts receivable —Accounts receivable primarily consists of receivables due from franchisees, hotel guests, and credit card companies. Accounts receivable are carried at estimated collectable amounts. We periodically evaluate our receivables for collectability based on historical experience, the length of time receivables are past due, and the general economy. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts, after considering factors that might affect the collection of accounts receivable, including historical losses and the ability of the party to meet its obligations to us. Accounts receivable are written off when determined to be uncollectable.

Property and equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed using a straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

          

Buildings and improvements

   10 to 40 years

Hotel equipment, automobiles, furniture, and fixtures

   2 to 10 years

Leasehold improvements

   shorter of the lease term or the
estimated useful life

 

We periodically review the useful lives of our long-lived assets based on current assessments of the remaining utility of our assets. Such changes are accounted for prospectively and would either increase or decrease depreciation expense in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

We capitalize expenditures that increase the overall value of an asset or extend an asset’s life, typically associated with hotel refurbishment, renovation, and major repairs. Such costs primarily include third party contract labor, professional design and construction costs, including associated materials, and other direct and indirect costs, such as sales and use tax and interest costs, incurred during the redevelopment and renovation period. The capitalization period begins when the activities related to development have begun and ceases when the project is substantially complete and the assets are held available for use or occupancy. Once a redevelopment project is substantially complete and the associated assets are ready for intended use, costs related to the redevelopment project are no longer capitalized. Additionally, we capitalize costs such as construction administration, cost accounting, design and other various office costs that clearly relate to projects under development or construction (“Indirect Costs”). Total capitalized Indirect Costs were $3.0 million, $2.7 million, and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Normal maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. When depreciable property is retired or disposed, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the applicable accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Assets held for sale —Long-lived assets are classified as held for sale when all of the following criteria are met:

 

 

Management commits to a plan to sell the asset and does not expect significant changes to the plan or that the plan will be withdrawn

 

 

The asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition

 

 

The asset is being actively marketed

 

 

The sale of the asset is probable within one year

When we identify a long-lived asset as held for sale, depreciation of the asset is discontinued and the carrying value is reduced, if necessary, to the estimated sales price less costs to sell by recording a charge to current earnings, reflected within discontinued operations. All assets held for sale are monitored through the date of sale for potential adjustments based on offers we are willing to take under serious consideration and continued review of facts and circumstances. An impairment loss on the disposition is recorded to the extent that the amounts ultimately received for the sale of assets differ from the adjusted book values of the assets. Gains on sales are recognized at the time the assets are sold, provided there is reasonable assurance the sales price will be collected and any future activities to be performed by the Company relating to the assets sold are expected to be insignificant.

Fair value measurements —Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In evaluating the fair value of both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities, we use the accounting guidance that establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into three broad levels, which are as follows:

 

 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

 

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Valuations in this category are inherently less reliable than quoted market prices due to the degree of subjectivity involved in determining appropriate methodologies and the applicable underlying observable market assumptions.

 

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. These inputs cannot be validated by readily determinable market data and generally involve considerable judgment by management.

We use the highest observable market data if such data is available without undue cost and effort.

Valuation and impairment of long-lived assets —We annually review the performance of long-lived assets for impairment, as well as when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We also identify properties we intend to sell and properties we intend to hold for use. For each asset or group of assets held for use with indicators of impairment, we compare the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) generated by the asset or group of assets with its associated net carrying value.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

If the net carrying value of the asset or group of assets exceeds expected undiscounted future cash flows, the excess of the net book value over estimated fair value is charged to impairment loss in the accompanying combined statements of operations. Properties held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or their estimated sales price, less estimated costs to sell.

We estimate fair value primarily using Level 3 inputs by (1) calculating the discounted expected future cash flows, and (2) calculating expected liquidated sales proceeds, relying on common hotel valuation methods such as multiples of room revenues or per room valuations. Our estimate of fair value of the asset using these Level 3 inputs then becomes the new basis of the asset or group of assets and this new basis is then depreciated over the asset’s remaining useful life. We may be subject to impairment charges in the future, in the event that operating results of individual hotel operations are materially different from its forecasts, the economy or the lodging industry weakens, or if the assumed holding period of a hotel is shortened.

Intangible assets —Intangible assets consist of trademarks, franchise agreements and management contracts, Returns membership list, and leasehold interests. Owned trademarks are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

Intangible assets with a definite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which consist of the following:

 

          

Franchise agreements, management contracts and other

   3 to 20 years

Returns membership list

   3 years

Leasehold interests—hotels, restaurants, office

   2 to 49 years

 

Derivative instruments —We do not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. However, we are required by our current debt agreements to enter into interest rate cap agreements, which are considered to be derivative instruments that limit or cap interest expense related to our long-term debt. We do not designate these derivatives as hedges and accordingly account for such interest rate caps at fair value in the accompanying combined balance sheets, with adjustments to fair value recorded as a gain or loss on interest rate caps in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Insurance and self-insurance programs —We purchase insurance to limit the risk of loss associated with our lodging operations and use paid loss retrospective insurance for exposures covered under commercial general liability, automobile liability, and workers’ compensation insurance policies. Predetermined loss deductibles and self-insured retentions and liability limits have been selected to limit the per occurrence cash outlay.

We have a self-insurance program for major medical and hospitalization coverage offered to employees and their dependents that is partially funded by payroll deductions from our employees. Under the self-insurance program, payments for major medical and hospitalization to individual participants which are below specified deductible amounts are paid by us through a third party administrator.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we accrued the following liabilities related to our insurance programs:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012  

 

 

Automobile and general liability insurance

   $ 21,290       $ 20,308   

Workers’ compensation

     8,941         12,152   

Health insurance

     950         820   
  

 

 

 
   $ 31,181       $ 33,280   

 

 

The liability for automobile and general liability insurance is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities and the liability for workers’ compensation and health insurance is included in accrued payroll and employee benefits in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

Customer loyalty program —We administer Returns, which allows members to earn points based on certain dollars spent. Members may redeem points earned for free night certificates, gift cards, airline miles, and a variety of other awards. We account for the economic impact of points earned by accruing an estimate of its liability for unredeemed points. The expense related to this estimate includes the incremental cost of the stay at one of our hotels or the value of awards purchased from program partners. We estimate the future redemption obligation based upon historical experience, including an estimate of “breakage” for points that will never be redeemed. The estimate is based on a calculation that includes an assumption for the redemption rate, redemption type (whether for a free night certificate or other award), and rate of redemption at Company-owned hotels versus franchised hotels. The expenses of the Returns program are charged to marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total liability for Returns points was approximately $13.3 million and $12.1 million, respectively, of which $5.3 million and $4.7 million are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, representing the estimated points expected to be redeemed in the next year. The remainder is included within other long-term liabilities in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

Actual financial results of the Returns program may vary from our estimate due primarily to variances from assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation for future redemptions and changes in member behavior. These variances are accounted for as changes in estimates and are charged to operations as they become known.

Direct lodging expenses —Direct lodging expenses primarily consist of direct labor costs, repairs and maintenance, utilities, and other advertising costs to operate our owned hotels.

Other lodging and operating expenses —Other lodging and operating expenses consist of indirect costs to operate our owned hotels such as property taxes and insurance.

General and administrative expenses —General and administrative expenses consist of items such as corporate operating expenses including operations, information technology, accounting, legal, and human resources.

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses —Marketing, promotional, and other advertising expenses consist of BMF expenses not paid for with funds received from franchised or managed hotels, expenses related to other customer loyalty programs such as Returns, and other advertising expenses.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Advertising costs —We incur advertising costs associated with general promotion of the La Quinta brand and specific advertising and marketing support for our operation and for the operations of our franchisees. We expense the production cost of advertising the first time the advertising is publicly displayed.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we incurred advertising and promotional expenses included within the following in the accompanying combined statements of operations:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Direct lodging expenses

   $ 6,300       $ 6,417       $ 7,188   

Other lodging and operating expenses

     167         311         292   

General and administrative expenses

     1,324         1,521         1,449   

Marketing, promotional and other advertising expenses

     47,796         38,723         33,678   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,587       $ 46,972       $ 42,607   

 

 

Long-term debt amendments —We may elect to amend, extend, repay, or otherwise modify the terms of our long-term debt arrangements. When such a transaction occurs, we determine the appropriate accounting treatment primarily by first determining whether we have been fully relieved of our obligation by the creditor. If so, we recognize an extinguishment of debt and calculate a gain or loss which is reflected as gain or loss on extinguishment of debt in the accompanying combined statements of operations. If we are not fully relieved of our obligation by the creditor, we consider whether the amended debt agreement has substantially different terms, generally defined as a change in cash flows, on a present value basis, of 10 percent or greater. If the terms are not substantially different, we account for the change as a modification. If the terms are substantially different, we account for the change as an extinguishment of the old debt and the issuance of a new debt instrument. The determination of modification or extinguishment status then governs the expense versus deferral treatment of third party costs paid related to the modification.

Income taxes —The combined financial statements include taxable entities, limited liability companies, and REIT entities. Limited liability companies and REITs are not subject to federal income taxes at the entity level. For our taxable subsidiaries, we account for income taxes using the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting purposes. For financial reporting purposes, income tax expense or benefit is based on reported financial accounting income or loss before non-controlling interests and income taxes related to our taxable subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and the analogous amounts recognized for tax purposes using the statutory tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse, within the taxable subsidiaries.

In connection with the IPO ( See Note 1 ), our new parent would be subject to additional entity-level taxes that will be reflected in our financial statements. The unaudited pro forma income information gives effect to an adjustment for income tax expense as if we had been a “C” Corporation at the beginning of each year presented at an assumed combined federal and state income tax rate of 40%. This rate approximates the calculated effective assumed statutory combined tax rates for years presented. In addition, as a result of the IPO, because we would cease to operate as a pass-through entity for income tax purposes we would recognize a net deferred tax liability and corresponding income tax expense to establish our initial deferred tax balances.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

We evaluate the probability of realizing the future benefits of deferred tax assets and provide a valuation allowance for the portion of any deferred tax assets where the likelihood of realizing an income tax benefit in the future does not meet the more-likely-than-not criteria for recognition.

We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. As of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we did not recognize any previously unrecorded uncertain tax positions.

The State of Texas imposes a margin tax, with an effective rate of 0.7%, based on the prior year’s Texas-sourced gross receipts. This tax is treated as an income tax and accrued in the accounting period in which the taxable gross receipts are recognized.

We are required by certain foreign jurisdictions to have franchisees withhold up to 30% of revenues related to royalties and certain other revenues. This tax is treated as an income tax and expensed in the period in which the taxable gross receipts are recognized.

Comprehensive income —Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources and includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. We have no significant components of comprehensive income other than net income.

Concentrations of credit risk and business risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash. We utilize financial institutions that we consider to be of high credit quality and consider the risk of default to be minimal. We also monitor the credit-worthiness of our customers and financial institutions before extending credit or making investments.

Geographic concentrations, which potentially subject us to concentrations of business risk, relate primarily to locations of hotels and the revenue recognized in various states within the United States. We have a concentration of hotels operating in Texas and Florida.

The percentages of our total revenues, including revenue from discontinued operations, from these states for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

       2013      2012      2011  

 

    

 

 

 

Texas

     26%         25%         25%   

Florida

     13%         13%         13%   
  

 

 

 

Total

     39%         38%         38%   

 

 

Subsequent events —In connection with the preparation of the accompanying combined financial statements, we have evaluated events and transactions occurring after December 31, 2013, for potential recognition or disclosure through February 26, 2014, the date the accompanying combined financial states were available to be issued.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 3. Recently issued accounting standards

Newly issued accounting standards

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-02. This ASU amends existing guidance by requiring companies to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For amounts which are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, companies will be required to cross reference other disclosures that provide information about those amounts. We adopted ASU 2013-02 prospectively as of January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11. This ASU provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists in the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from disallowance of the tax position. The provisions of ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. When adopted, ASU 2013-11 is not expected to materially impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

Newly adopted accounting standards

From time to time, new accounting standards are issued by the FASB or other standards setting bodies, which we adopt as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, we believe the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on our combined financial statements upon adoption.

Note 4. Non-controlling interests

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded non-controlling interest deficits totaling approximately $13.8 million and $11.9 million, respectively, in the accompanying combined balance sheets. Non-controlling interests primarily consist of the following:

 

 

We hold a 60% controlling equity interest in a joint venture. The joint venture owns and operates one hotel in New Orleans, Louisiana. The non-controlling interest, totaling 40%, represents the external partner’s interest in the joint venture of approximately $2.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total distributions to the non-controlling interest holder were approximately $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

 

As described in Note 2, we consolidate LQM, and LQM’s results of operations and net equity or deficit are presented as a non-controlling interest. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, LQM had a members’ deficit of approximately $16.7 million and $14.8 million, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Note 5. Intangible assets

Intangible assets consist of both finite-lived and indefinite-lived assets. The following is a summary of our intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

       2013     2012  
(In thousands)    Weighted
average
remaining
life
    Amount     Weighted
average
remaining
life
    Amount  

 

   

 

 

 

Finite-lived assets:

        

Favorable leasehold interests—hotels, restaurants, offices

     31 years      $ 8,320        32 years      $ 8,320   

Franchise agreements, management contracts and other

     7 years        18,015        8 years        17,912   

Returns membership list

     (1)      3,200        (1)      3,200   

Accumulated amortization

       (19,483       (17,953
  

 

 

 

Total finite–lived assets

       10,052          11,479   

Indefinite-lived assets:

        

Trademarks – La Quinta

       169,434          169,434   
  

 

 

 

Total

     $ 179,486        $ 180,913   

 

 

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Returns membership list has been fully amortized.

 

       For the years ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets:

  

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 1,210       $ 1,287       $ 1,372   

Direct lodging operations

     320         321         327   
  

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 1,530       $ 1,608       $ 1,699   

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ending December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

 

            

2014

   $ 1,335   

2015

     1,153   

2016

     936   

2017

     863   

2018

     751   

Thereafter

     5,014   
  

 

 

 
   $ 10,052   

 

 

The accumulated amortization and related amortization expense described above do not include the impact of unfavorable leasehold interests which are reflected within other non-current liabilities in the accompanying combined balance sheets. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately $0.9 million and for the years ended 2012 and 2011, approximately $1.0 million of amortization expense, related to unfavorable leasehold interests, was reported as a reduction of depreciation and amortization expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 6. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

In September 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell one of our Baymont-branded hotels for approximately $1.8 million. As of that date, the hotel was classified as an asset held for sale, an impairment charge of $1.7 million was recognized to bring its carrying value to the lower of cost or estimated sales price, less estimated closing costs, and the results of its operations have been presented within discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 in the accompanying combined statements of operations. In December 2012, the sale of this hotel was completed.

During 2012, we began an exercise to identify hotel assets in our portfolio which, for a variety of reasons, we determined detracted from our brand. As a result of a tentative disposal list of hotels being identified, and the resulting change in assumed holding period for these assets, an impairment charge of $51.5 million was recognized as part of our annual testing for impairment of long-lived assets. However, the assets did not meet all of the criteria for classification as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2012.

During the second quarter of 2013, the disposal list was finalized, causing 44 of our hotels, including all 11 of our Baymont-branded hotels, to meet all of the criteria to be classified as assets held for sale. As such, these hotels were classified as assets held for sale, and the results of their operations have accordingly been presented within discontinued operations for all periods presented in the accompanying combined statements of operations. In addition, for these assets held for sale an impairment charge was recorded for any differences between the estimated selling price less associated closing costs and the carrying amount of the assets. Any gains on sale from discontinued operations were recorded when the sales were completed.

During 2013, 40 of these hotels, including all of the Baymont-branded hotels were sold. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining four hotels are reflected in the accompanying combined balance sheet as assets held for sale.

As of December 31, 2013, the carrying amounts of the major classes of assets for the assets held for sale are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2013  

 

 

Current assets

   $ 118   

Property and equipment, net

     7,134   

Other non-current assets

     80   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 7,332   

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2013, the four remaining hotels held for sale were sold. Estimated closing costs of approximately $0.1 million are included as a reduction of assets held for sale in the accompanying combined balance sheets ( See Note 10 ).

In accordance with the terms of our loan agreements, all proceeds associated with the sale of these hotels have been used to make principal payments on our long term-debt. ( See Note 8 ).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the operating results for discontinued operations:

 

       For the years ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Hotel revenues

   $ 41,477      $ 53,753      $ 51,611   

Direct lodging expenses

     25,780        34,391        33,664   

Other lodging and operating expenses

     4,317        5,132        4,544   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     11,380        14,230        13,403   

Depreciation and amortization

     (5,056     (13,854     (13,159

Impairment charge (see note 10)

     (19,533     (53,228       

Gain on sale from discontinued operations

     10,714                 
  

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   $ (2,495   $ (52,852   $ 244   

 

 

Note 7. Property and equipment

The following is a summary of property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012  

 

 

Land

   $ 808,960      $ 843,671   

Buildings and improvements

     2,635,651        2,720,351   

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and other

     369,235        356,566   
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     3,813,846        3,920,588   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,053,910     (987,520
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     2,759,936        2,933,068   

Construction in progress .

     1,521        7,060   
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

   $ 2,761,457      $ 2,940,128   

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $160.9 million, $162.9 million and $156.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Construction in progress includes capitalized costs for ongoing projects that have not yet been put into service. With the exception of the joint venture operating a hotel in New Orleans, Louisiana and three other hotels, all of our hotels are pledged as collateral for our long-term debt. (See Note 8).

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 8. Long-term debt

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

(In thousands)   Interest rate  

Maturity

date

  2013     2012  

 

 

Current:

       

Holdco I Mortgage Loan

  LIBOR + 2.892%(1)   (2)   $ 1,941,238      $ 56,250   

Holdco III Mortgage Loan

  (3)   (4)     208,909        5,042   

Holdco I Mezzanine Loans

  LIBOR + 9.0% to 13.9%(5)   (5)     570,139          
     

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

      $ 2,720,286      $ 61,292   
     

 

 

 

Long-term:

       

Holdco I Mortgage Loan

  LIBOR + 2.892%(1)   July 2014(6)            2,092,864   

Holdco III Mortgage Loan

  (3)   July 2014(7)            228,547   

Holdco I Mezzanine Loans

  LIBOR + 9.0% to 13.9%(5)   July 2014(6)            517,262   
     

 

 

 

Long-term debt

      $      $ 2,838,673   

 

 

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the 30 day United States dollar London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) was 0.17% and 0.21%, respectively. As more fully described below, portions of the Holdco I Mortgage Loan, with principal totaling $1.03 billion as of December 31, 2013, carry interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 0.55%. The remaining Holdco I Mortgage Loan balances, with principal totaling approximately $0.9 billion, are subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0% plus spreads ranging from 3.891% to 6.803%. The total weighted average spread for the Holdco I Mortgage loan was 2.892% as of December 31, 2013 and 2.664% as of December 31, 2012.

 

(2)   The terms of the Holdco I Mortgage Loan require us to make quarterly principal payments beginning with the first payment date following September 30, 2012. Final maturity is July 2014.

 

(3)   The interest rate for the Holdco III Mortgage Loan through December 31, 2011 was LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.0% and remained at this rate until the initial maturity of July 6, 2012. The interest rate for the Holdco III Mortgage loan as of July 6, 2012 and through December 31, 2013 was LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.5%.

 

(4)   Principal payments are required quarterly equal to the amount of excess cash flows, as defined, held in escrowed accounts over a specified floor.

 

(5)   The Holdco I Mezzanine Loans bear interest at LIBOR plus current payment spreads ranging from 1.0% to 2.15%, and deferred payment spreads ranging from 8.0% to 11.75%, payable at maturity. Any difference between current LIBOR and the LIBOR floor of 1% is deferred to maturity. The total weighted average spread for the Holdco I Mezzanine Loans was 11.590% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. No principal payments are required prior to the maturity date.

 

(6)   In accordance with the May 2012 amendment, the maturity date was extended to July 2014.

 

(7)   The original scheduled maturity date was July 2013. However, in July 2013, we exercised our option to extend the maturity date to July 2014. Included in the Holdco III Mortgage Loan as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is an unamortized long-term debt reduction of $2,297 and $6,892, respectively, which is being amortized using an imputed interest rate of 3.45%.

Holdco I debt

On July 6, 2007, we borrowed $2.40 billion under a mortgage loan agreement (“Mortgage Loan”) with Merrill Lynch Mortgage Lending, UBS Real Estate Securities, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. (“B of A”). In December 2007, a portion of the Mortgage Loan was refinanced with a $50 million senior mezzanine loan, reducing the Mortgage Loan to $2.35 billion.

In July 2007, we entered into five unsecured, mezzanine loans, totaling $700 million in aggregate. The senior mezzanine loan and the five unsecured, mezzanine loans are collectively referred to herein as the “Mezzanine Loans”.

In July 2011, the Funds made a contribution of $85 million which we used, along with $30 million of available cash, to settle portions of two of the Mezzanine Loans for $60.2 million and $45.2 million, respectively, resulting in a net gain on debt extinguishment of approximately $9.6 million.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

In November 2011, we settled an additional portion of two of the Mezzanine Loans for a total of $23.1 million, resulting in a net gain on debt extinguishment of approximately $1.9 million.

In May 2012, the terms of the Mortgage Loan and the Mezzanine Loans (together, the “Loans”) were amended (“Amendment”). Pursuant to the Amendment, certain interest rate spreads were increased, additional assets were pledged as collateral, cash distributions to Holdco I equity holders are prohibited, and we obtained the right, at our option, to one two-year term extension following the original maturity date of July 2012. On May 24, 2012, we exercised the option to extend the maturity date of the Loans for a period of two years to the current maturity date of July 6, 2014.

In connection with the Amendment, the Funds made a cash contribution to us of approximately $175 million. We used this contribution, along with approximately $101 million of available cash, to (1) make a principal payment of $180 million on the Mortgage Loan, (2) settle a portion of the Mezzanine Loans for approximately $69.8 million, resulting in a gain on early debt extinguishment of approximately $5.2 million, and (3) pay associated closing costs of which (i) $7.7 million was expensed as incurred and is included in other income (loss) in the accompanying combined statements of operations, and (ii) $4.0 million related to Mezzanine Loans was treated as loss on extinguishment and is included within gain on extinguishment of debt, net in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

In accordance with the Amendment, we are obligated to make principal payments on the Mortgage Loan in an amount equal to (i) $12.5 million on the first scheduled debt service payment date following the last day of each of the calendar quarters ending in September 2012, December 2012, and March 2013, and (ii) $15.625 million on the first scheduled debt service payment date following the last day of each of the calendar quarters ending in June 2013, September 2013, December 2013, and March 2014.

As of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Loans are collateralized by 314 and 354 of the Company’s owned hotel properties, respectively. Concurrently with the closing of the Amendment, a newly created limited liability company, BRE/LQ Franchise Sub-Holdings, LLC (“Franchise Holdco”), was formed which assumed ownership of the net assets of our franchising and other brand-related operations. In connection with the Amendment, 100% of the member interests of Franchise Holdco were pledged as collateral for the Loans. In addition, upon closing of the Amendment, the Lenders were granted a first-priority security interest in the cash assets of the entities owned by Franchise Holdco. The Loans may be prepaid in full without penalty. Subject to certain defined premiums, individual properties may be released as collateral after prepayment of a defined portion of the Loans.

In connection with the Amendment, interest for portions of the Mortgage Loan are subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus interest rate spreads ranging from 0.55% to 6.803%, resulting in a weighted average spread of 2.892% as of December 31, 2013, with all interest to be paid currently. In addition, interest for the Mezzanine Loans is subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus interest rate spreads ranging from 9.0% to 13.9%, resulting in a weighted average spread of 11.59% as of December 31, 2013. For the Mezzanine Loans, any difference between current LIBOR and the LIBOR floor, as well as the increase in the spreads as a result of the Amendment is deferred until the maturity date of the Mezzanine Loans. Such deferred interest is not to be treated as part of the principal amount of the Mezzanine Loans for any calculation of interest or any other purpose, although it is considered debt under the Mezzanine Loans and secured accordingly.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Holdco III debt

In February 2007, subsidiaries of Holdco III entered into a $101.3 million mortgage loan (“Olympus Loan”) with B of A. The Olympus Loan was collateralized by eight hotels owned by us.

Pursuant to the terms of the Olympus Loan, the Olympus Loan matured in February 2009; however, the Olympus Loan allowed us to extend the maturity date of the Olympus Loan for three successive one-year extensions, at our option. In February 2009, we exercised the first extension option, extending the maturity of the Olympus Loan to February 2010. In February 2010, we exercised the second extension option, extending the maturity of the Olympus Loan to February 2011. In February 2011, we exercised the third extension option, extending the maturity of the Olympus Loan to February 2012. The Olympus Loan required monthly interest payments based upon LIBOR plus a spread of 1.4%.

In June 2009, we extended the maturity date of our existing $250.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) with B of A and other lenders (“Revolver Lenders”) to June 26, 2010. The Revolver was collateralized by 20 hotels owned by us.

In June 2010, we obtained a new mortgage loan (“HCIII Loan”) in the amount of $177.9 million which replaced the expiring Revolver, and the Funds concurrently made a contribution of $34.6 million which was used to release three collateralized properties. As a result, the HCIII Loan was collateralized by 17 of our hotels. Under the terms of the HCIII Loan, we were required to make monthly interest payments at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus 3.5%.

In December 2011, we amended and restated the HCIII Loan. Under the new terms of the loan, the Olympus Loan and HCIII Loan were combined into one mortgage loan (“Holdco III Mortgage Loan”) with an outstanding balance of $237.3 million, and the maturity date was extended to June 2013. The Holdco III Mortgage Loan is collateralized by 25 hotels owned by us.

In connection with the closing of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan in December 2011, we made a principal payment on the Holdco III Mortgage Loan of approximately $7.8 million, paid fees of approximately $1.2 million and wrote off approximately $0.5 million of deferred financing costs, which is included in other income (loss) in the combined statements of operations. Further, B of A agreed to reduce the principal amount outstanding by approximately $11.9 million. The carrying amount of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan has not been changed as a result of this reduction. The reduction in the amount outstanding is being amortized as a reduction in interest expense through the extended maturity date using a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method.

In June 2013, we exercised our extension option and extended the maturity date of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan to July 2014. Under the terms of the Holdco III Mortgage Loan, we are required to make monthly interest payments at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.0% through July 2012, and thereafter at LIBOR with a floor of 1.0% plus a spread of 4.5%.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the loans discussed above, we are required to make deposits into certain escrow accounts for the payments of debt service, taxes, insurance, and ground leases. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, amounts held in escrow and included in current restricted cash were as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012  

 

 

Taxes escrow fund

   $ 22,191       $ 27,040   

Operational and capital replacement reserve

     30,521         25,201   

Excess cash flow reserve

     42,251         51,919   

Ground lease reserve escrow

     2,163         654   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 97,126       $ 104,814   

 

 

Interest rate caps

Pursuant to the terms of the Loans and the Holdco III Mortgage Loan, we are required to maintain interest rate caps under certain defined conditions until the maturity date. The effect of the interest rate cap agreements is to limit our maximum interest rate exposure with respect to increases in LIBOR through the maturity date. We have purchased and maintained the required interest rate caps during 2013, 2012, and 2011, and the related gain or loss on these investments is reflected within other income (loss) in the accompanying statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the interest rate caps we held are estimated to have no value. Management expects that, should it be necessary, the counter parties will fully perform under the terms of the interest rate cap agreements.

Subordinated notes

In conjunction with the Company being acquired by Blackstone in January 2006, we assumed approximately $7.6 million principal amount of unsecured, subordinated notes (the “Subordinated Notes”). The Subordinated Notes, originally issued in March 2003, bore interest at an annual interest rate of 8.875%, and required semiannual interest only payments in March and September of each year. The Subordinated Notes matured and were paid on March 15, 2011.

At the date of acquisition, the Subordinated Notes were valued at approximately $7.6 million, including a premium of $0.6 million, representing fair value. The premium was amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. The premium amortization is reflected within interest expense, net in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Letters of credit

In April 2010, we obtained two letters of credit through Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. aggregating approximately $9.2 million. In January 2012, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. agreed to reduce the two letters of credit by $2.0 million, to approximately $7.2 million. In October 2013, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. agreed to reduce the two letters of credit by $1.5 million, to approximately $5.7 million. We are required to pay a fee of 2.0% per annum related to these letters of credit, and paid fees of approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Interest expense, net

Interest expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

Description    2013     2012     2011  

 

 
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage Loan

   $ 69,203      $ 47,553      $ 26,113   

Holdco III Mortgage Loan

     12,121        12,390        9,983   

Mezzanine Loans:

      

Current

     9,025        8,590        7,186   

Deferred

     52,877        32,332          

Amortization of long-term debt reduction

     (4,595     (4,595     (384

Subordinated Notes

                   45   

Amortization of premium on Subordinated Notes

                   (29

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     10,155        7,046        9,046   

Other interest

     22        26        26   

Interest income

     (193     (218     (375
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 148,615      $ 103,124      $ 51,611   

 

 

New credit agreement

Subject to customary closing conditions and consummation of the IPO (See Note 1), Holdings will become our parent. Concurrently with, and subject to the completion of the IPO, Holdings’ wholly owned subsidiary, La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C. (the “Borrower”) intends to enter into a new credit agreement (the “Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPM”), as administrative agent, collateral agent, swingline lender and L/C issuer, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners, and the other agents and lenders from time to time party thereto.

The credit agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities (collectively the “Senior Facilities”) consisting of:

 

 

$2.1 billion senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”), which will mature in 2021; and

 

 

$250 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), $50 million of which is available in the form of letters of credit, which will mature in 2019.

On February 21, 2014, the Borrower agreed with the joint lead arrangers on the terms of the Agreement and the joint lead arrangers allocated participation in the Senior Facilities to the lenders.

The Revolving Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referred to as the swing line borrowings. In addition, the Senior Facilities also provide the Borrower with the option to raise incremental credit facilities including an uncommitted incremental facility that provides the Borrower the option to increase the amounts available under the Term Facility and/or the Revolving Facility by an aggregate of up to $350 million, subject to additional increases upon achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ratio of less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 (or, after the first anniversary of the closing date, 5.75 to 1.00), refinance the loans with debt incurred outside the Senior Facilities, and extend the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Facility, subject to certain limitations.

It is our expectation that, the proceeds of the Term Facility, together with the net cash proceeds of the IPO, will be used to repay the Loans and the Holdco III Mortgage Loan along with the acquisition of the Managed Hotels. The proceeds of the Revolving Facility will be used for general corporate purposes as needed. If the IPO is not successful, management intends to obtain other financing to replace the existing debt in place.

Interest Rate and Fees —Borrowings under the Term Facility bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the JPM prime lending rate, (2) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (3) the adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The margin for the Term Facility is 2.00%, in the case of base rate loans, and 3.00%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to one step-down of 0.25% upon the achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio (as defined in the Agreement) of less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, subject to a base rate floor of 2.00% and a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

Borrowings under the Revolving Facility will bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the JPM prime lending rate, (2) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (3) the adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The margin for the Revolving Facility is 1.50%, in the case of base rate loans, and 2.50%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to three step-downs of 0.25% each upon the achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00, 4.50 to 1.00 and 4.00 to 1.00, respectively.

In addition, the Borrower is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate is 0.50% per annum subject to a step-down to 0.375%, upon achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00. The Borrower is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

The Borrower will also be subject to a ticking fee (“Ticking Fee”) on the average daily amount of the allocations for the period between the date the allocations are notified to the lenders until the earlier of the closing date or the date of termination of the allocations. The Ticking Fee will be as follows:

 

Number of days after allocation    Ticking fee
per annum
 

 

 

0-30

     0.00%   

31-75

     1.50%   

Over 75

     3.00%   

 

 

Prepayments —The Term Facility requires mandatory prepayments, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

 

50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0%, as applicable, subject to achievement of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.25 to

 

F-27


Table of Contents
 

1.00 and 4.00 to 1.00, respectively) of annual excess cash flow, calculated in accordance with the Agreement;

 

 

100% of the net cash proceeds (including insurance and condemnation proceeds) of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries subject to de minimus thresholds, if those net cash proceeds are not reinvested in assets to be used in the Borrower’s business or to make certain other permitted investments (a) within 12 months of the receipt of such net cash proceeds or (b) if the borrower commits to reinvest such net cash proceeds within 12 months of the receipt thereof, within 180 days of the date of such commitment; and

 

 

100% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt by the Borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than debt permitted to be incurred or issued under the Senior Facilities.

Each lender of the Term Facility will have the right to reject its pro rata share of mandatory prepayments described above, in which case the Borrower may retain the amounts so rejected.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to installments of the Term Facility in direct order of maturity.

The Borrower has the ability to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than prepayment premium of 1.0% on voluntary prepayment of Term Facility in connection with a repricing transaction on or prior to the date which is six months after the closing of the Senior Facilities and customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization —The Borrower is required to repay installments on the Term Facility in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Facility, with the remaining amount payable on the applicable maturity date with respect to the Term Facility.

Guarantees and security —The obligations under the Senior Facilities will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Holdings, any subsidiary of Holdings that directly or indirectly owns any issued and outstanding equity interests of the Borrower, and, subject to certain exceptions, each of the Borrower’s existing and future material domestic wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”). In addition, the Senior Facilities will be collateralized by first priority or equivalent security interests in (i) all the capital stock, or other equity interests in, the Borrower and each of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ material direct or indirect wholly owned restricted domestic subsidiaries, and 65% of the voting stock (and 100% of the nonvoting stock) of, or other equity interests in, each of the Borrower’s or any subsidiary guarantors’ material direct wholly owned first-tier restricted foreign subsidiaries, and (ii) certain tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower (other than real property except for certain real property described in the credit agreement) and Guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and qualifications).

As of the closing date for the Senior Facilities, Holdings does not expect any of its foreign subsidiaries, non-wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are restricted subsidiaries or immaterial subsidiaries to guarantee the Senior Facilities. The Borrower will also have the ability to designate certain subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries utilizing its investment capacity under the Agreement.

Certain covenants and events of default —The Agreement contains a number of significant affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. Such covenants, among other things, will limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of (i) Holdings, the direct parent of the Borrower, to engage in any material operating or business activities other

 

F-28


Table of Contents

than the ownership of the equity interests of the Borrower and (ii) the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur additional indebtedness and make guarantees

 

 

create liens on assets;

 

 

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

 

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

 

sell certain assets;

 

 

make fundamental changes;

 

 

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

 

 

make investments, loans and advances;

 

 

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

 

make changes in the nature of their business; and

 

 

make prepayments of junior debt.

In addition, if, on the last day of any period of four consecutive quarters on or after the first full fiscal quarter following the closing of the Senior Facilities, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Facility, swing line loans and/or letters of credit (excluding up to $20 million of letters of credit and certain other letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or back-stopped) that are issued and/or outstanding is greater than 25% of the Revolving Facility, the Agreement will require the Borrower to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio not to exceed 8.0 to 1.0.

During the period in which Holdings’ corporate issuer rating is equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) according to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and no default has occurred and is continuing, the restrictions in the Senior Facility regarding incurring additional indebtedness, dividends and distributions or repurchases of capital stock and transactions with affiliates will not apply to the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries during such period.

The Senior Facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Senior Facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the Senior Facilities and actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Note 9. Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities include the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012  

 

 

Accrued automobile and general liability insurance

   $ 21,290       $ 20,308   

Accrued sales and occupancy taxes

     11,567         11,661   

Accrued guest loyalty program points

     5,330         4,717   

Accrued interest

     5,583         5,787   

Other accrued expenses

     9,801         10,908   
  

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 53,571       $ 53,381   

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 10. Fair value measurements

The carrying amount and estimated fair values of our financial assets and liabilities, which include related current portions, were as follows:

 

       December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
(In thousands)    Carrying
amount
     Fair value      Carrying
amount
     Fair value  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 33,412       $ 33,412       $ 40,813       $ 40,813   

Restricted cash(1)

     104,026         104,026         113,407         113,407   

Long-term debt(2)

     2,720,286         2,715,695         2,899,965         2,889,328   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Classified as Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy.

 

(2)   Classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.

We believe the carrying amounts of our cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Our estimates of the fair values were determined using available market information and valuation methods appropriate in the circumstances. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair values. Proper placement of fair value measurements within the valuation hierarchy is considered each reporting period. Third-party information received for calculating Level 3 fair value measurements is reviewed to ensure it is in accordance with GAAP. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Restricted cash is primarily comprised of short-term interest-bearing money market funds with maturities of less than 90 days and time deposits. The estimated fair values were based on available market pricing information of similar financial instruments.

We estimate the fair value of our long-term debt using discounted cash flow analysis based on current market inputs for similar types of arrangements. The primary sensitivity in these calculations is based on the selection of appropriate discount rates. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 we estimated the discount rate to be approximately 5.3% and 5.0%, respectively. Fluctuations in these assumptions will result in different estimates of fair value.

We test long-lived assets, which include property and equipment and other intangible assets, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no impairment was recorded on our assets held for use. In connection with the impairment test in 2012, we determined that property and equipment related to certain of our owned hotels, which became assets held for sale during the second quarter of 2013 (See Note 6) , were partially impaired primarily due to changes in the assumed holding period and, as a result, we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, no impairment was recorded on our assets held for use. The impairment losses for 2012 are included within discontinued operations in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

For these purposes, fair value of the properties was estimated primarily using comparable market transactions. One of the significant inputs to these fair value estimates, the per-key cost required at the time of asset transfer, is considered to be Level 3 within the fair value measurement hierarchy. A cost of $3,000 per room was utilized for this unobservable input.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

We estimate the fair value of hotels classified as held for sale using the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The inputs used in determining the fair value are considered to be Level 2 and Level 3 within the fair value measurement hierarchy. Level 2 reflects our sales price as determined by contract with the buyer, less associated closing costs. Level 3 reflects our sales price as determined by contract with buyer, less estimated associated closing costs. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $19.5 million related to hotels classified as held for sale which are included within discontinued operations in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information of our hotels classified as assets held for sale measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013, and related impairment charges recorded:

 

December 31, 2013    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total fair value      Impairment
charge
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (In thousands)  

4 La Quinta Inns

   $       $       $ 7,134       $ 7,134       $ 1,113   
  

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 7,134       $ 7,134       $ 1,113   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information of our hotels measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2012, and related impairment charges recorded:

 

December 31, 2012    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total fair value      Impairment
charge
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (In thousands)  

7 Baymont hotels(1)

   $       $ 1,755       $ 12,600       $ 14,355       $ 13,561   

14 La Quinta Inns

                     31,104         31,104         39,115   

1 La Quinta Inn and Suites

                     2,603         2,603         552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $—       $ 1,755       $ 46,307       $ 48,062       $ 53,228   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes one hotel located in Detroit, Michigan that was sold in December 2012. (See Note 6 )

Note 11. Third party lease commitments

Rental Income —We act as a lessor and lease properties we own to third parties, which are primarily operated as restaurants. These leases are accounted for as operating leases and mature on various dates through 2039. The leases provide for minimum and contingent rental income based on a percentage of the lessee’s annual sales in excess of stipulated amounts.

As of December 31, 2013, approximate future minimum rental income to be received under non-cancelable operating leases, in excess of one-year, is as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,   

Operating

lease income

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 4,480   

2015

     4,236   

2016

     3,772   

2017

     3,214   

2018

     2,758   

Thereafter

     5,423   
  

 

 

 
   $ 23,883   

 

  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Total rental revenue was approximately $3.8 million, of which $0.3 million related to contingent rents, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Total rental revenue was approximately $4.5 million, of which $0.3 million related to contingent rents, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total rental revenue was approximately $4.6 million, of which $0.3 million related to contingent rents, for the year ended December 31, 2011. Rental revenue is included within other hotel revenues.

Rental Expense —We maintain ground lease arrangements with third parties for certain hotel properties that contain contingent rent provisions based upon the respective hotel’s revenues. Many of these lease agreements contain renewal options at fair market value at the conclusion of the initial lease terms. The leases extend for varying periods through 2096.

 

Year ending December 31,    Operating
ground lease
commitments
 

 

  

 

 

 
     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 3,489   

2015

     3,451   

2016

     3,482   

2017

     3,100   

2018

     2,906   

Thereafter

     94,921   
  

 

 

 
   $ 111,349   

 

  

 

 

 

Total rent expense for ground leases included in other lodging and operating expenses was approximately $3.7 million, of which $0.1 million related to contingent rents, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Total rent expense was approximately $3.7 million, of which $0.2 million related to contingent rents, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total rent expense was approximately $3.6 million, of which $0.1 million related to contingent rents, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Note 12. Income taxes

Each of the Holdcos is a limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to federal and most state income taxes. Accordingly, no federal or state income taxes (with the exception described in the following paragraphs) have been recorded in the accompanying combined financial statements. For federal and state income tax purposes, the operating results of each of the Holdcos are reportable by their respective members.

Certain of our subsidiaries have elected to be treated as REITs for federal income tax purposes under the United States Internal Revenue Code. To qualify as REITs, these subsidiaries must meet all of the required organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that the REIT distribute at least 90% of its regular taxable income to its shareholders as dividends eligible for the dividends paid deduction. The REIT subsidiaries intend to adhere to these requirements. If the REIT subsidiaries fail to qualify as REITs in any taxable year, they would be subject to federal income taxes at regular corporate rates (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) and might not qualify as REITs for the four subsequent taxable years. For this reason, one of our REITs formed taxable subsidiaries to hold certain assets that could otherwise adversely affect its REIT status. These taxable subsidiaries are subject to federal and state income taxes.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LQM is a limited liability company, which is not subject to federal income taxes. For federal income tax purposes, the operating results of LQM are reportable by LQM’s members.

For financial reporting purposes, the combined income tax expense is based on combined reported financial accounting income or loss before non-controlling interests and income taxes.

The components of our income tax provision are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current provision:

      

Federal

   $ 874      $ 812      $ 182   

State(1).

     2,543        1,940        2,187   

Foreign

     205        497          
  

 

 

 

Total current

     3,622        3,249        2,369   

Deferred provision:

      

Federal

     (34     (43     (7

State

     77        77        74   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred

     43        34        67   
  

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 3,665      $ 3,283      $ 2,436   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   The State current provision contains approximately $67,000, $148,000 and $140,000 included in gain (loss) on discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of our combined assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes.

Significant components of our combined deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Accrued liabilities

   $ 13,460      $ 14,623   

Bad debt allowance

     1,180        987   
  

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets

     14,460        15,610   

Less valuation allowance

     (14,460     (15,610
  

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 115,526      $ 207,387   

Texas margin tax credit

     2,990        3,070   

Alternative minimum tax credit carry forward, net

     6,733        5,621   

Partnership investment

     (12     (51

Other

     18        20   

Installment sale

     (396     (396
  

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred tax assets

     124,859        215,651   

Less valuation allowance

     (122,259     (213,008
  

 

 

 

Net long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ 2,600      $ 2,643   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain subsidiaries of ours have available federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) totaling approximately $318.1 million and $586.5 million,

 

F-33


Table of Contents

respectively. Generally, NOL carryforwards expire 20 years after the year in which they arise. Our NOLs will expire between 2016 and 2033. We also have alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credit carry forwards, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, in the gross amount of $7.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, which do not expire. We maintain valuation allowances for our NOLs and AMT credit carry forwards as we believe the more-likely-than-not realization criteria are not met and therefore realization is not reasonably assured. When assessing the adequacy of the valuation allowance, the Company considers both anticipated reversals of deferred tax liabilities within applicable carryforward periods and other potential sources of taxable income within those periods. In 2013, we concluded that the likelihood of utilizing certain loss carryforwards in future periods was remote. Accordingly, we wrote off the deferred tax assets and associated valuation allowances relate to those carryforwards. The reduction in these deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances has no net impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company has open tax years dating back to 2010 ( See Note 14 ).

The state of Texas imposes a margin tax, with an effective rate of 0.7%, based on the prior year’s Texas-sourced gross receipts, as defined, less a statutory percentage of available Texas margin tax credits. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had approximately $3.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of Texas margin tax credits that meet the more-likely-than-not criteria to be recognized as a benefit against future margin tax. The credits are scheduled to be utilized annually over a period ending in 2026. This tax is treated as an income tax and accrued in the accounting period in which the taxable gross receipts are recognized.

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective tax rate reported in the combined financial statements:

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory U.S federal income tax provision

     35.0%        35.0%        35.0%   

Income not subject to tax at the Predecessor Entities level

     (33.9     (34.5     (34.8

State income taxes

     29.6        9.2        3.5   

Foreign income taxes

     2.4        2.5          

Increase in AMT valuation allowances

     7.1        2.8          

Other, net

     1.6        0.5        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     41.8%        15.5%        3.8%   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 13. Related party transactions

We maintain various agreements and enter into certain transactions with affiliates of the Funds. These affiliates own the 14 La Quinta-branded Managed Hotels which are managed by LQM. The following is a discussion of these arrangements and resulting transactions:

Management and service agreements

Hotel management agreements —Pursuant to hotel management agreements (“LQM Management Agreements”), LQM provides management services to the Managed Hotels, including supervision, direction, operation, management and promotion. The LQM Management Agreements will expire in July 2027, but may be terminated by either party at any time and for any reason. Under the terms of the LQM Management Agreements, LQM is entitled to receive from hotels it manages a management fee of 1.67% of gross operating revenue, as well as reimbursement for certain shared group costs.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Management fees earned by LQM from the Managed Hotels, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were approximately $0.6 million. These management fees are included within franchise and other fee-based revenues in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

In addition, in accordance with the LQM Management Agreements, LQM also provides certain group services for Managed Hotels including group and administrative services, information systems support, training, and other field services and is reimbursed for the cost of providing these services. During 2013, LQM earned from Managed Hotels approximately $1.6 million of group services reimbursements. During 2012, LQM earned from Managed Hotels approximately $1.5 million of group services reimbursements. During 2011, LQM earned from Managed Hotels approximately $1.3 million of group services reimbursements. These fees are included within franchise and other fees-based revenues in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Other fees and funding

Brand management fund —We maintain the BMF on behalf of our franchisees and the hotel properties we own and manage, and we charge these hotels a fee of 2.5% of room revenue, which is then used by the BMF to fund national advertising promotions and campaigns (See Note 2). BMF fees collected from franchised and Managed Hotels, and the related expenses, are reflected as other revenues and expenses from franchise and managed hotels in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Customer loyalty program —We administer Returns, and charge participating hotels a fee to administer the program equal to 5% of the Returns members’ eligible room rate per night. These fees are recorded within franchise and other fees-based revenues in the accompanying combined statements of operations. We recorded fees related to Returns from the Managed Hotels of approximately $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Trademark licenses —In accordance with our Management Agreements with the Managed Hotels, we charge a royalty fee of 0.33% of the Managed Hotels’ gross revenues. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, royalty fees charged to Managed Hotels, under these agreements, were approximately $0.1 million, respectively. This royalty fee is recorded within franchise and other fee-based revenues in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Receivables from affiliates —As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, receivables from the parent company of the Managed Hotels, which is an affiliate of the Funds, were approximately $10.9 million and $8.3 million, respectively. These receivables occur in the ordinary course of business and are settled from time to time.

We also purchase products and services from entities affiliated with or owned by Blackstone. The fees paid for these products and services were approximately $4.0 million, $3.3 million and $3.1 million, during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 14. Commitments and contingencies

Environmental —We are subject to certain requirements and potential liabilities under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances, and regulations. Such requirements

 

F-35


Table of Contents

often impose liability without regard to whether the current or previous owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Although we have incurred and expect to incur remediation and other environmental costs during the ordinary course of operations, we anticipate that such costs will not have a material effect on our operations or our combined financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Litigation —We are also party to a number of other pending claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We maintain general and other liability insurance; however, certain costs of defending lawsuits, such as those below the insurance deductible amount, are not covered by or are only partially covered by insurance policies, or the insurance carriers could refuse to cover certain claims in whole or in part. We regularly evaluate our ultimate liability costs with respect to such claims and lawsuits. We accrue costs incurred from defending litigation as they become determinable. We do not consider our ultimate liability with respect to any single claim or lawsuit, or the aggregate of such claims and lawsuits, to be material in relation to our combined financial condition, results of operations, or our cash flows taken as a whole.

Casualty losses —We maintain insurance for property and casualty damage, subject to deductibles and policy terms and conditions, attributable to wind, flood, and earthquakes. We also maintain business interruption insurance.

In 2013, one of our hotels in Minnesota sustained damage from wind and another in Louisiana sustained damage from a tornado. In 2012, one of our hotels in Oklahoma and another in Ohio sustained damage from wind. In addition, four of our hotels in Missouri and five in Texas sustained damage from hail storms. Additionally, 23 hotels in Florida, Louisiana, Alabama, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York and Connecticut were impacted by hurricanes.

We have filed insurance claims with our insurance carriers related to these casualty disasters. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we have a receivable due from insurance carriers for expected insurance proceeds of approximately $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, for property damage, which is included within accounts receivable in the accompanying combined balance sheets. During 2013 and 2012, we recorded a loss of approximately $0.5 million and $5.3 million, respectively, related to property damage which is included in other lodging and operating expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Tax contingencies —We are subject to regular audits by federal and state tax authorities. These audits may result in additional tax liabilities. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently auditing the tax returns of one of our REITs and a taxable REIT subsidiary for the tax years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. On January 9, 2014, we received a draft notice of proposed adjustment from the IRS in the amount of $158 million for the periods under audit in which the IRS has preliminarily asserted that the rent charged for these periods under the lease of hotel properties from the REIT to the taxable REIT subsidiary exceeded an arm’s length rent. We have reviewed the draft notice from the IRS, considered its content, and intend to seek additional input from the IRS. However, we continue to believe that the positions reported on our tax returns under audit by the IRS are, based on their technical merits, more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013, we have not established any reserves related to this draft proposed adjustment or any other issues reflected on the returns under examination.

We believe that we have appropriately provided for taxes in the accompanying combined financial statements. Several factors drive the calculation of our tax reserves. Some of these

 

F-36


Table of Contents

factors include: (i) the expiration of various statutes of limitations, (ii) changes in tax law and regulations, (iii) issuance of tax rulings, and (iv) settlements with tax authorities. Changes in any of these factors may result in adjustments to our reserves, which could materially impact our combined financial statements.

Purchase commitments —As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $53.9 million of purchase commitments related to certain continuing redevelopment and renovation projects and other contractual obligations.

Franchise commitments —Under certain franchise agreements, we are committed to provide certain incentive payments, reimbursements, rebates, and other payments to help defray certain franchisee costs. Our obligation to fund these commitments is contingent upon certain conditions set forth in the respective franchise agreement. Our franchise agreements generally require that, in the event that the franchise relationship is terminated, the franchisee is required to pay any outstanding balance owing to us, including the unamortized portion of any incentive payment. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $0.5 million in outstanding commitments owed to various franchisees for such financial assistance.

Long-term incentives —Certain members of our management and others associated with Blackstone (the “LTI Participants”) are eligible to receive long-term incentives evidenced by units (the “Units”) in LQ Services L.L.C. (“LQ Services”), which indirectly holds interests in the Company, which Units are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes. Units are typically granted by our Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with Blackstone, to key employees upon hire. Unit levels may also be adjusted to recognize changing job responsibilities. All of the Units are subject to exit-based vesting and will vest on the date when there is a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Holdcos to an unaffiliated entity which results in distributions being payable to the holders of the Units (a “Liquidity Event”), subject to an LTI Participant’s continued employment on such date. The value in respect of Units is determined based upon the amounts received by Blackstone pursuant to a Liquidity Event, net of certain debt repayments and return of equity to Blackstone. As payments in respect of the Units are contingent on occurrence of a Liquidity Event, which is not assessed to be probable as of the date of the financial statements, no expense has been accrued or recognized for Units granted as of or for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, or 2011. Any expense that could result in respect of the Units would be recorded at the time of a Liquidity Event.

Note 15. Employee benefit plans

We maintain a deferred savings plan covering substantially all of our employees that qualify under Section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code. Our deferred savings plan has an employer matching contribution of 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 2% of an employee’s eligible earnings, which vests immediately. We paid employer contributions of approximately $1.9 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 16. Segments

Our operating segments are components of the business which are managed discretely and for which discrete financial information is reviewed regularly by our chief operating decision maker to assess performance and make decisions regarding the allocation of resources. Our chief

 

F-37


Table of Contents

operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer. Our operating and reportable segments are defined as follows:

 

 

Owned hotels —This segment derives its earnings from the operation of owned hotel properties located in the United States.

 

 

Franchise and management —This segment derives its earnings primarily from revenues earned under various franchise and management agreements relating to our owned, franchised, and managed hotels, which provide for us to earn compensation for the licensing of our brand to franchisees, as well as for services rendered, such as hotel management and providing access to certain shared services and marketing programs such as reservations, Returns, and property management systems.

Corporate and other includes revenues generated and operating expenses incurred in connection with the overall support and brand management of our owned, managed, and franchised hotels and operations.

The performance of our operating segments is evaluated primarily based upon Adjusted EBITDA, which should not be considered an alternative to net income (loss) or other measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income (exclusive of non-controlling interests) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain items, including, but not limited to: gains, losses, and expenses in connection with: (i) asset dispositions; (ii) debt modifications/retirements; (iii) non-cash impairment charges; (iv) discontinued operations; and (v) other items.

The table below shows summarized combined financial information by segment:

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Revenues

      

Owned hotels

   $ 778,898      $ 734,547      $ 679,843   

Franchise and management

     55,542        50,086        44,064   
  

 

 

 

Segment revenues

     834,440        784,633        723,907   

Other fee-based revenues from franchise and managed properties

     19,065        17,157        15,182   

Corporate and other revenues(1)

     97,177        88,870        76,178   

Intersegment elimination(2)

     (76,789     (72,648     (63,726
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 873,893      $ 818,012      $ 751,541   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

      

Owned hotels

     311,809        285,974      $ 250,701   

Franchise and management

     55,542        50,086        44,064   
  

 

 

 

Segment adjusted EBITDA

     367,351        336,060        294,765   

Corporate and other

     (40,544     (38,237     (36,376
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 326,807      $ 297,823      $ 258,389   

 

 

 

(1)   Includes revenues related to our brand management programs and other cost reimbursements. The portion of these fees that are charged to our owned hotels, which totaled $53.7 million, $51.1 million and 44.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are eliminated in our combined financial statements.

 

(2)   Includes management, royalty, intellectual property royalty fees, and other cost reimbursements totaling $76.8 million, $72.6 million, and $63.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, which are charged as a cost to our owned hotels and eliminated in our combined financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The table below provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA, and EBITDA to net income attributable to the Company:

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 326,807      $ 297,823      $ 258,389   

Fixed asset impairment loss

     (19,533     (53,228       

Income from discontinued operations

     8,636        12,723        13,543   

Gain on sale from discontinued operations

     10,714                 

Loss on retirement of assets

     (359     (1,562     (2,168

Gain (loss) related to casualty disasters

     1,825        (4,730     3,447   

Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

            1,192        11,451   

Off-cycle management bonus related to debt amendment

            (4,932       

Financing costs expensed as incurred

            (7,749     (1,668

Other gains (losses), net(1)

     (2,697     4,111        850   

Termination of long-term contract

                   (5,152

EBITDA

     325,393        243,648        278,692   

Interest expense

     (148,806     (103,342     (51,986

Income tax expense

     (3,665     (3,283     (2,472

Depreciation and amortization

     (170,401     (172,787     (165,295

Non-controlling interests

     1,455        4,810        4,574   
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the company

   $ 3,976      $ (30,954   $ 63,513   

 

 

 

(1)   Other losses, net primarily consists of loss on interest rate caps, net income (loss) attributable to the BMF (which, over time, runs at a break-even level, but may reflect a profit or loss from year to year) and litigation reserve adjustments.

The following table presents total assets for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012  

 

 

Owned hotels

   $ 2,925,882       $ 3,122,256   

Franchise and management fees

     192,191         191,875   
  

 

 

 

Total segment assets

     3,118,073         3,314,131   

Corporate and other

     51,761         42,189   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,169,834       $ 3,356,320   

 

 

The following table presents total capital expenditures for our reportable segments, reconciled to our consolidated amounts:

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

 

 

Owned hotels

   $ 97,336       $ 89,429       $ 85,278   

Franchise and management fees

                       
  

 

 

 

Total segment capital expenditures

     97,336         89,429         85,278   

Corporate and other

     18,193         13,457         10,274   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,529       $ 102,886       $ 95,552   

 

 

**********

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Independent auditors’ report

To the Managing Member of

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels:

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels (the “Company”), which comprise the combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in member’s equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the combined financial statements. The combined financial statements include the accounts of La Quinta Inn—Fairfield, La Quinta Inn—Armonk, La Quinta Inn—Coral Springs, La Quinta Inn—Deerfield, La Quinta Inn—Sunrise, La Quinta Inn—Miami Lakes, La Quinta Inn—Naples, La Quinta Inn—Plantation, La Quinta Inn—Sarasota, La Quinta Inn—Wayne, La Quinta Inn—West Palm Beach, La Quinta Inn—Ft. Lauderdale, La Quinta Inn—Clifton, and La Quinta Inn—Elmsford. These entities are under common ownership and common management.

Management’s responsibility for the combined financial statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Miami, Florida

February 26, 2014

 

F-41


Table of Contents

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

Combined Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In thousands)    2013      2012  

 

 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42       $ 27   

Restricted cash

     2           

Accounts receivable—net

     936         1,565   

Inventory

     243         245   

Prepaid expenses and other

     490         273   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,713         2,110   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

     86,195         88,725   

OTHER ASSETS

     101         101   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 88,009       $ 90,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 2,873       $ 3,738   

Mortgage loan and mezzanine loan

     61,103           
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     63,976         3,738   
  

 

 

 

MORTGAGE LOAN AND MEZZANINE LOAN

             67,455   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     63,976         71,193   
  

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)

     

MEMBER’S EQUITY

     24,033         19,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 88,009       $ 90,936   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

Combined statements of operations

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

REVENUE:

      

Room

   $ 38,316      $ 35,328      $ 32,562   

Retail and other

     455        488        510   
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     38,771        35,816        33,072   
  

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

      

Room

     8,548        8,532        7,953   

Retail and other

     282        271        276   

Management, marketing and related party fees

     1,863        1,632        1,515   

Selling, general, and administrative

     14,253        14,102        13,966   

Depreciation

     4,685        4,450        4,678   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,631        28,987        28,388   
  

 

 

 

(LOSS) GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     (322     (695     4   
  

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     8,818        6,134        4,688   

INTEREST EXPENSE

     (1,663     (1,551     (2,060

GAIN ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT

                   6,705   
  

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 7,155      $ 4,583      $ 9,333   

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

Combined statements of changes in member’s equity (deficit)

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

(In thousands)         

 

 

BALANCE—January 1, 2011

   $ (5,201

Net income

     9,333   

Contributions

     31,132   

Distributions

     (16,927
  

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2011

     18,337   

Net income

     4,583   

Contributions

     2,916   

Distributions

     (6,093
  

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2012

     19,743   

Net income

     7,155   

Contributions

     6,352   

Distributions

     (9,217
  

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2013

   $ 24,033   

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

Combined statements of cash flows

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 7,155      $ 4,583      $ 9,333   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     4,685        4,450        4,678   

Gain on extinguishment of debt

                   (6,705

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

     322        695        (4

Reversal of provision for bad debts

     (62     (45     (25

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     226        333        598   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     691        (164     86   

Inventory

     2               3   

Prepaid expenses and other

     (9     (83     91   

Other assets

                   (1

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (865     1,416        344   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     12,145        11,185        8,398   
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Capital expenditures

     (2,477     (5,092     (1,408

Change in restricted cash

     (2     2        54   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,479     (5,090     (1,354
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Payments for deferred financing costs

     (434            (931

Distributions to Parent

     (9,217     (6,093     (16,927

Contributions from Parent

                   10,816   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (9,651     (6,093     (7,042
  

 

 

 

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     15        2        2   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

      

Beginning of year

     27        25        23   
  

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 42      $ 27      $ 25   
  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION—Cash paid for interest during the year

   $ 1,410      $ 1,223      $ 1,494   
  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH—FINANCING INFORMATION—Noncash contribution from Parent resulting from Parent’s paydown of the Company’s mortgage loan and mezzanine loan

   $ 6,352      $ 2,916      $ 20,316   

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements

 

F-45


Table of Contents

WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

Notes to combined financial statements

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended

December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

1. Organization and nature of operations

The accompanying financial statements are the combined financial statements of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels (the “Company”). WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels is comprised of 14 hotel properties that are owned, directly or indirectly, by WIH Hotels, L.L.C. WIH Hotels, L.L.C. (or “Parent”) was formed on September 21, 2004, under the laws of the State of Delaware and is owned, managed, and advised by Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV, L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV TE.2 L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV F L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV TE.1 (DC) L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV TE.2 (DC) L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners IV TE.3-A (DC) L.P. and Blackstone Real Estate Holdings IV L.P., (collectively, the “Fund”) and their affiliates. The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the following hotels:

La Quinta Inn—Fairfield

La Quinta Inn—Armonk

La Quinta Inn—Coral Springs

La Quinta Inn—Deerfield

La Quinta Inn—Sunrise

La Quinta Inn—Miami Lakes

La Quinta Inn—Naples

La Quinta Inn—Plantation

La Quinta Inn—Sarasota

La Quinta Inn—Wayne

La Quinta Inn—West Palm Beach

La Quinta Inn—Ft. Lauderdale

La Quinta Inn—Clifton

La Quinta Inn—Elmsford

Financial Condition —The Company’s Parent and its subsidiaries are in discussions with its lenders to extend the maturity date of the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan if the indebtedness is not otherwise fully retired prior to maturity. The total outstanding debt of the Parent and its subsidiaries was $118.9 million as of December 31, 2013. Although the credit environment has not yet returned to levels experienced prior to the credit crisis, management of the Company believes that the credit markets continue to improve and given the estimated value and operating performance of the assets that collateralize the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan, management of the Company believes that an extension would be secured. However, this event will likely result in the payment of loan related fees and potentially an overall increase to the interest rate, a principal payment in connection with the execution of the extension, and/or additional principal payments during the term of the extension. In the event the potential sale of the 14 hotel properties to La Quinta Holdings Inc. is not consummated and in the event the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan cannot be extended with the current lender, management believes the assets securing the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan have value in excess of the outstanding mortgage loan and mezzanine loan and can be underwritten based on commercially accepted underwriting requirements with respect to expected debt yields, debt service coverage ratios, and loan to value expectations. In addition to pursuing the loan extension with the

 

F-46


Table of Contents

current lender, the Parent and its subsidiaries are continuing to explore additional options available with respect to refinancing the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan. While substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern does not exist, there is the potential risk that the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan may not be extended or otherwise refinanced prior to the maturity date on terms acceptable to the Parent and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that the Parent and its subsidiaries will be able to successfully negotiate an extension of the maturity date of the mortgage loan or otherwise refinance the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan on terms acceptable to the Parent and its subsidiaries as it becomes due. If the Parent and its subsidiaries are unable to extend or refinance the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan, the lender could pursue foreclosure or other remedies legally available to them under the mortgage and mezzanine arrangements, which could significantly affect the Company’s future operations, liquidity, and cash flows.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation —The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash in banks and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Restricted cash —Restricted cash represents cash collected and held in restricted depository accounts or in escrow accounts for the payment of property taxes and debt service under the mortgage arrangements.

Accounts receivable—net —Accounts receivable are primarily due from major credit card companies and other large corporations. A provision for possible bad debts is made when collection of receivables is considered doubtful. The allowance is estimated based on specific review of customer accounts, as well as historical collection experience and current economic and business conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $58,400 and $62,000, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Inventory —Inventory consists of unused operating supplies, which are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Provisions are made, as necessary, to reduce excess or obsolete inventories to their net realizable values.

Prepaid expenses —Prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid insurance, prepaid maintenance contracts, and prepaid advertising. Advertising costs are expensed when the advertisement is run.

Distributions to and contributions from Parent —Distributions to Parent or BRE/Prime Holdings LLC, a holding company also owned by WIH Hotels L.L.C., represent the cash generated by the Company that is transferred to the Parent through sweep arrangements under the provisions of the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan agreements discussed in Note 5. The Parent controls the sweep accounts and uses the cash in these accounts to pay down the mortgage loan

 

F-47


Table of Contents

and mezzanine loan. Contributions from Parent represent subsequent funding by Parent to pay the obligations, including operating expenses, of the Company. Additionally, any net cash position advanced to Parent is forgiven each year and therefore is accounted for as an equity distribution.

Property and equipment net —Property and equipment were valued at acquisition based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition of the related properties. Subsequent additions are recorded at cost. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, and renewals of items that do not extend the service life or increase the capacity of assets are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures that increase the life or utility of property and equipment are capitalized. The Company recorded a loss on disposal of $322,000 in 2013, $695,000 in 2012, and a gain on disposal of $4,000 in 2011. Depreciation has been computed using the straight-line method using useful lives as follows:

 

       Years  

 

  

 

 

 

Building and improvements

     15–40   

Land improvements

     15–20   

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     3–10   

 

  

 

 

 

Long-lived assets and assets to be disposed of —Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is determined by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds such cash flows, the assets are considered impaired. The impairment charge to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their estimated fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined using management’s best estimate of the discounted net cash flows over the remaining life of the asset. No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded in 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Subsequent events —The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 26, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Fair value of financial instruments —Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at cost, which approximates fair value based on their short-term or highly liquid nature. The outstanding balance of the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan bears a variable interest rate and, accordingly, the carrying amounts approximate their fair value.

Revenue recognition —Revenue associated with room rentals, retail and other sales at the hotels is recognized when services are rendered and goods are provided. Room revenue is generated by the rental of rooms and retail and other revenues from the sale of goods and other services provided by the hotels. Advance deposits arise as a normal part of business due to advance payments from hotel guests for accommodations. Such amounts are deferred until the related services are provided.

Income taxes —The WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels are limited partnerships for federal income tax purposes. As such, the income tax effects of the results of operations of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels accrue directly to the member. Accordingly, the accompanying combined financial statements do not include a provision for income taxes.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Fair value measurements —In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures, the Company measures nonfinancial assets and liabilities subject to non-recurring measurement and financial assets and liabilities subject to recurring measurement based on a hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used to measure the fair value. Inputs used in determining fair value should be from the highest level available in the following hierarchy:

Level 1 —Inputs based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access.

Level 2 —Inputs based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted market prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 —Inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability and typically based on an entity’s own assumptions as there is little, if any, related market activity.

The Company generally determines or calculates the fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices in active markets when such information is available or using appropriate present value or other valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flow analysis, incorporating available market discount rate information for similar types of instruments and the Company’s estimates for non-performance and liquidity risk. These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate, credit spreads, and estimates of future cash flows.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels had assets that under certain conditions would be subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as long-lived assets subject to fair value measurement when an impairment loss is recorded. Recognition of these assets at their fair value would be determined utilizing Level 3 inputs.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company did not have assets for which it recorded impairment. As a result, the Company did not have assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the years December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

3. Property and equipment—net

A summary of property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, is as follows (in thousands):

 

       2013     2012  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land and land improvements

   $ 17,936      $ 17,936   

Buildings and improvements

     85,432        84,258   

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     16,630        16,229   

Construction in progress

     226        679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     120,224        119,102   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (34,029     (30,377
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 86,195      $ 88,725   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, was approximately $4.7 million, $4.5 million, and $4.7 million, respectively.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

4. Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       2013      2012  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ 1,185       $ 1,279   

Accrued payroll and related

     618         995   

Other accrued liabilities

     657         901   

Accrued sales, use and occupancy tax

     413         563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,873       $ 3,738   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Mortgage loan and mezzanine loan

The WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels were acquired in a series of transactions. Mortgage and mezzanine loans were originated in connection with a financing involving the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels and certain other properties. The total outstanding debt of the Parent and its subsidiaries with respect to such loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $118.9 million and $131.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $108.4 million and $120.1 million, respectively, represented the mortgage loan and $10.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively, represented the mezzanine loan. The 14 hotel properties have individual release price allocations. The portion of the loans associated with the assets being presented, and the related interest expense, represent the equivalent proportion with respect to the Parent and its subsidiaries’ outstanding mortgage loan, mezzanine loan and interest expense amounts allocated based on each property’s release amount. On May 10, 2011, the Parent and its subsidiaries under the mortgage and mezzanine loans entered into loan modification agreements with their lenders, which provided for the release of La Quinta Inn—Armonk from the mortgage loan. The loan modification further required that the La Quinta Inn—Armonk, La Quinta Inn—Clifton and La Quinta Inn—Elmsford secure the mezzanine loan only. In connection with this loan modification, a portion of the mezzanine loan was paid off at a discount resulting in a gain on extinguishment of debt. The portion of the gain attributed to the Company was $6.7 million. The amendment also extended the term of the loans for two successive one-year terms through May 10, 2013, and required the Parent to make quarterly principal payments of approximately $1.7 million through the final maturity date to be applied to the mortgage loan until fully repaid. The Company’s payments of this balance are reflected as distributions to Parent.

On May 9, 2013, the Parent and its subsidiaries under the mortgage loan and mezzanine loan entered into loan extension agreements, which extended the maturity date of the loans through June 11, 2013. On June 7, 2013, the Parent and its subsidiaries under the mortgage loan entered into the Third Modification of Loan Agreement and Omnibus Amendment and the Parent and its subsidiaries under the mezzanine loan entered into the Third Modification of Mezzanine Loan Agreement and Omnibus Amendment which, among other things, provide an extension of the maturity date of the mortgage and mezzanine loans through the payment date on July 7, 2014.

Prior to June 7, 2013, the mortgage and mezzanine loans paid interest at the one-month London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a spread on a blended basis of 1.67%, from June 7, 2013 and thereafter, the spread on a blended basis increased to 3.148%.

Cash flows from the mortgaged properties, in excess of amounts due on the mortgage and mezzanine loans, amounts required to be deposited into reserve accounts and amounts released

 

F-50


Table of Contents

to the Company for operating expenses for the mortgaged properties, are placed in restricted cash accounts which can be used as additional collateral to pay down the loans or certain other permitted uses.

Pursuant to the terms of the mortgage and mezzanine loans, the borrowers were also required to enter into an interest rate cap agreement with respect to each loan. An interest rate cap provides that a counterparty is obligated to pay any interest attributable to LIBOR over a set rate on a specified notional principal amount for a specific term. The value of the interest rate cap was not material at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

6. Commitments and contingencies

Insurance —The Company participates in a comprehensive insurance program on its properties, including liability, business interruption, fire, and extended coverage including windstorm and flood, in the types and amounts management believes are customary for the resort and hotel industry. Certain insurance risks for medical and workers’ compensation are self-insured by property management companies of the WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels (see Note 8) subject to certain stop-loss thresholds and therefore those property management companies direct bill medical, dental, and workers’ compensation costs to the hotel properties.

Litigation —The Company is not a party to any significant litigation or claims, other than routine matters arising out of the ordinary course of business. The Company believes that the results of all claims and litigation, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s combined financial statements.

Leases —The Company leases land under agreements, expiring through 2030, that provide for monthly payments of rent and are accounted for as operating leases for financial reporting purposes. Future minimum lease obligations under various noncancelable operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2013, are set forth as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31         

 

  

 

 

 

2014

   $ 936   

2015

     936   

2016

     936   

2017

     936   

2018

     936   

Thereafter

     7,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,180   

 

  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, was approximately $1.7 million, $1.4 million, and $1.6 million, respectively.

7. Franchise agreement

The Company has franchise agreements, which became effective on April 11, 2006, and expire on April 11, 2026, with La Quinta Franchising, LLC (“La Quinta Franchising”). La Quinta Franchising is an affiliate of the Fund. Under the franchise agreements, the Company is required to pay a sales and marketing fee equal to 2.5% of the corresponding properties’ annual revenue and a royalty fee equal to 0.33% of the respective properties’ annual revenue upon opening under the La

Quinta brand. Total sales and marketing and royalty fees were approximately $1.1 million,

 

F-51


Table of Contents

$1.1 million, and $0.9 million for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and were included in management, marketing and related party fees in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

8. Management of properties

On April 1, 2006, the Company engaged LQ Management LLC (LQ), a management company who primarily manages La Quinta franchised hotels, to provide hospitality management services to all of its limited-service hotels. LQ is an affiliate of the Fund. The hospitality management fee payable to LQ is based on 1.67% of the corresponding properties’ annual revenue. The hospitality management agreements expire on April 1, 2026, but may be terminated by either party at any time for any reason upon 30 days written notice.

Hospitality management fees under the agreements totaled approximately $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and are reflected as a component of management, marketing and related party fees in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

******

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Irving, Texas

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of La Quinta Holdings Inc. at December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 26, 2014

 

F-53


Table of Contents

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Balance sheet

As of December 31, 2013

 

            

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash

   $ 350   

Deferred costs

     650   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,000   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,000   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

  

Commitments and Contingencies

       

Equity:

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 1   

Additional paid-in capital

     999   
  

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 1,000   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Notes to balance sheet

As of December 31, 2013

Note 1. Organization

La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on December 9, 2013, and was initially capitalized with the issuance of 100 shares of common stock with $0.01 par value. The Company has had minimal operations since its formation. The Company plans to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering and issuing common stock (“IPO”).

If the IPO is successful, the Company will initially own and operate 353 hotels and own certain trade names, trademarks and franchise agreements.

The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Note 2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Use of estimates —The preparation of the accompanying balance sheet in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Subsequent events —In connection with the preparation of the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2013, the Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring after December 31, 2013, for potential recognition or disclosure through February 26, 2014, the date that the accompanying balance sheet was issued.

Note 3. Commitments and contingencies

Legal contingencies —The Company is not a party to any litigation or claims, other than routine matters arising in the ordinary course of business, that are incidental to the operation of the business of the Company. The Company believes that the results of all claims and litigation, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on its business or financial position.

Organizational costs and offering expenses —The Company’s organizational costs and offering expenses, other than selling commissions and underwriter fees, which are included in deferred costs and are expected to be offset against the proceeds of the IPO, are paid by the predecessor entities on the Company’s behalf. Organizational costs and offering expenses include all costs other than selling commissions and underwriter fees to be paid by the predecessor entities in connection with the IPO. As of December 31, 2013, certain organizational costs and offering expenses are not recorded in the accompanying balance sheet because such costs are not a liability of the Company until completion of the IPO. When recorded, the organizational expenses will be expensed as incurred, and direct offering expenses will be charged to equity.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Note 4. Equity

On December 17, 2013, the Company issued 100 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, each at $10.00 per share to a subsidiary of the Blackstone Group L.P. Consideration for the shares was $1,000 of cash.

On February 10, 2014, our parent contributed $200,000 to the Company to fund anticipated fees related to the IPO.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

                Shares

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

J.P. Morgan

Morgan Stanley

BofA Merrill Lynch

Citigroup

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Wells Fargo Securities

Blackstone Capital Markets

EA Markets

Evercore

JMP Securities

Lebenthal Capital Markets

Loop Capital Markets

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

Ramirez & Co., Inc.

 

RBC Capital Markets

Stifel

 

 

Through and including                 , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

 

Filing Fee—Securities and Exchange Commission

   $ 83,720   

Fee—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority

     98,000   

Listing Fee—New York Stock Exchange

         *   

Fees and Expenses of Counsel

         *   

Printing Expenses

         *   

Fees and Expenses of Accountants

         *   

Miscellaneous Expenses

         *   
  

 

 

 

Total

         *   

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not

 

II-1


Table of Contents

opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements require or will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

None.

Item 16. Financial statements and exhibits.

(a) See Page F-1 for an index of the financial statements that are being filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1.

(b) Following is a list of exhibits being filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit No.     Description

 

 

  1.1     

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1 **   

Certificate of Incorporation of La Quinta Holdings Inc.

  3.2     

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of La Quinta Holdings Inc.

  3.3 **   

Bylaws of La Quinta Holdings Inc.

  3.4 **   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of La Quinta Holdings Inc.

  5.1  

Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

  10.1 **   

Form of Stockholders’ Agreement

  10.2 **   

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

  10.3     

Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan

  10.4     

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2003, between La Quinta Corporation and Wayne B. Goldberg

  10.5     

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2005, between La Quinta Corporation and Wayne B. Goldberg

  10.6     

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2006, between LQ Management L.L.C. and Wayne B. Goldberg

  10.7     

Letter and Severance Agreement, dated January 7, 2013, between LQ Management L.L.C. and Keith Cline

  10.8 **   

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

  10.9     

Form of Credit Agreement among La Quinta Holdings Inc., La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C., as borrower, the other guarantors party thereto from time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and L/C lender, and the other lenders party thereto from time to time

  10.10     

Form of Security Agreement among the grantors identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent

  10.11     

Form of La Quinta Holdings Inc. Share Distribution Acknowledgement

  10.12     

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Notice under the Omnibus Incentive Plan

  10.13  

Form of Agreement of Purchase and Sale between BRE/Prime Mezz 2 L.L.C., as seller, and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C., as buyer

  21.1     

List of Subsidiaries

  23.1  

Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)

  23.2     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP as to Lodge Holdco I L.L.C. and subsidiaries, Lodge Holdco II L.L.C. and subsidiaries and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C. and subsidiaries

  23.3     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP as to WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels

  23.4     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP as to La Quinta Holdings Inc.

  24.1     

Power of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this Registration Statement)

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.


Table of Contents

Item 37. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant, has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irving, Texas, on March 18, 2014.

 

La Quinta Holdings Inc.
By:  

/s/ Wayne B. Goldberg

 

Name: Wayne B. Goldberg

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 18, 2014.

 

Signature

  

Capacity

/s/ Wayne B. Goldberg

Wayne B. Goldberg

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Keith A. Cline

Keith A. Cline

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

/s/ James H. Forson

James H. Forson

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer

(principal accounting officer)

*

Glenn Alba

   Director

*

Alan J. Bowers

   Director

*

Henry G. Cisneros

   Director

*

Jonathan D. Gray

   Director

*

Michael Nash

   Director

*

Mitesh B. Shah

   Director


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Capacity

*

William J. Stein

   Director

*

Gary M. Sumers

   Director

 

 

* By: 

  /s/ Wayne B. Goldberg
  Name: Wayne B. Goldberg
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 1.1

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

[ ] Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

            , 2014

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [ ] shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [ ] shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”. On or prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), the Company will effect the transactions described in the Prospectus (as defined below) under the heading “Our pre-IPO transactions and organizational structure.” Such transactions are referred to in this Agreement as the “Pre-IPO Transactions.” Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references to the “Company” shall refer to the Company after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Transactions, except that references to the financial statements of the Company or similar references shall refer to the financial statements of the Predecessor Entities (as defined in the Prospectus).

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-193860), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used


herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated             , 2014 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [            ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on             , 2014.

2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

(a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $        .

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

 

2


The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(b) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on             , 2014, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. To the extent the Shares are delivered in certificated form and not in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, the certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information

 

3


relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(d) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

4


(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(g) Financial Statements. The historical combined financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby (except as otherwise stated therein), and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; and the pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information are reasonable and are set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

5


(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) or material change in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined below) or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, management or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation, direct or contingent, which is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree. Schedule 2 to this Agreement includes a true and complete list of each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”).

(i) Organization and Good Standing. (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) each Subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (iii) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, and (iv) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has full power and authority (corporate or other) to own or lease, as the case may be, its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), where the failure to be so incorporated or organized, to be so validly existing and in good standing, to be so qualified or in good standing or to have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, management or results operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.

(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such Subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock, limited liability company or other membership interests, as

 

6


applicable, of each Subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party, other than liens securing the indebtedness described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(k) Stock Options. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have granted any stock options pursuant to any stock-based compensation plans since the Acquisition (as defined in the Registration Statement).

(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Pre-IPO Transactions; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and of the Pre-IPO Transactions has been duly and validly taken.

(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform, in all material respects, to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(o) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents, as applicable; or (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, except, in the case of clauses (i) (other than with respect to the Company) and (ii), for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) (other than with respect to the Company) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7


(q) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (i) the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, (ii) as shall have been obtained or made prior to the Closing Date and (iii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, except where the failure to obtain any such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations or qualifications or make such filings would not impair, in any material respect, the ability of the Company to issue and sell the Shares or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(r) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened (i) against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any property owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and there are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(s) Independent Accountants . Deloitte & Touche LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(t) Title to Real and Personal Property . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) Title to Intellectual Property . Except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess or have sufficient rights to use the trademarks, trade names, patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other similar rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration

 

8


Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to so own or possess or have the right to use would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and any expiration, cancellation, abandonment, forfeiture or relinquishment of any such Intellectual Property Rights would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any unresolved written notice of any claim of infringement with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others in the past two years, except for any such claims as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) No Undisclosed Relationships . No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders or, to the Company’s knowledge, affiliates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(w) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(x) Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have paid all federal and state income taxes and other material taxes that are due and payable and filed all federal and state income tax returns and other material tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no material tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets. Commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2006 and through the closing of the Pre-IPO Transactions, each of Lodge S-Holdings Inc., Lodge Holdings Inc. and La Quinta Corporation was organized and operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(y) Certificates, Authorizations and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit, except for any such proceedings as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) No Labor Disputes. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, there are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


(aa) Environmental Matters. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus: (i) the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to pollution or protection of human health (to the extent relating to exposure to hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, petroleum and petroleum products (collectively, “Materials of Environmental Concern”), including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Materials of Environmental Concern, or otherwise relating to the use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Materials of Environmental Concern (collectively, “Environmental Laws”)); (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice of any claim, investigation, action or cause of action filed with a court or governmental authority, violation, or actual or potential liability under Environmental Law (collectively, “Environmental Claims”), and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such Environmental Claims have been threatened against the Company and its subsidiaries or any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company and its subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no activity, circumstance, condition, event or occurrence, including, without limitation, the release, emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, that would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company or its subsidiaries under Environmental Laws or form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Company or its subsidiaries or against any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company and its subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law.

(bb) Compliance with ERISA. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, which is required to be treated as a single employer with the Company under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, (A) the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (B) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (C) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (D) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (iv) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with

 

10


respect to any Plan. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur; (1) an increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries, (2) an increase in the “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; or (3) the filing of a material claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries related to their employment.

(cc) Disclosure Controls . The Company maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer by others within the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and such disclosure controls and procedures are reasonably effective to perform the functions for which they were established subject to the limitations of any such control system.

(dd) Accounting Controls. The Company maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that has been designed by, or under the supervision of, its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(ee) Insurance . The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance, including self-insurance, covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as the Company reasonably believes are adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that material capital improvements or other material expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(ff) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any

 

11


foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment. The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

(gg) Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(hh) Compliance with OFAC. None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, in each case to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or controlled affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is, or was in the past five years, or is owned or controlled by a person that is, or was in the past five years, (i) the subject to any U.S. sanctions (“Sanctions”) administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), nor (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC nor in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any person (including any person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(ii) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(jj) No Registration Rights . No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.

(kk) No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(ll) Statistical and Market Data. The statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and represent their good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.

 

12


(mm) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof that are then in effect and which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(nn) Status under the Securities Act . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

4. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge unless otherwise noted, upon request of the Representatives, (i) to the Representatives, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request; provided that with respect to (B), any such delivery later than nine months following the date of this Agreement shall be at the expense of the Representatives. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object promptly after reasonable notice thereof.

 

13


(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (ii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (v) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, or prior to filing of the Prospectus with the Commission, the Pricing Disclosure Package, as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, or prior to filing of the Prospectus with the Commission, the Pricing Disclosure Package, is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and (2) if at any time prior to the Prospectus being filed with the Commission (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the

 

14


Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system) an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

(h) Clear Market. For a period starting on the date of the Prospectus and continuing for 180 days after the Closing Date, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. The restrictions in the foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the sale of Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the Shares or any substantially similar securities to be issued pursuant to employee incentive plans existing as of the date of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the La Quinta Holdings Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any long-term incentive awards disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package), (C) the exchange of interests in the Predecessor Entities (as such term is described in the Pricing Disclosure Package), (D) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or any substantially similar securities in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture with or a merger with, another company, and the filing of a registration statement with respect thereto; provided that, in the case of (D), any recipient of such securities shall execute and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC a lock-up letter substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A and (E) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8, or any amendment thereto, to register shares issuable upon exercise of awards granted pursuant to the terms of any employee equity incentive plan.

If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(n) hereof for an executive officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

15


(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

(j) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on The New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”).

(l) Reports. During a period of two years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s EDGAR system.

(m) Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

(p) Refinancing Transaction . On the Closing Date, the Company will effect the refinancing of its current debt facilities as described in the Prospectus (the “Refinancing Transaction”).

5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show approved in

 

16


advance by the Company), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) No Downgrade. Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, if there are any debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any such debt securities or preferred stock and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

(d) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 10 hereof) makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

17


(e) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company substantially in the form of Annex B hereto.

(f) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(g) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(i) Opinion of General Counsel for the Company. Mark M. Chloupek, Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives his written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(j) Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the chief financial officer substantially in the form of Annex C hereto, dated the applicable date of delivery.

(k) No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

(l) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and, if reasonably requested by the Representatives, its Subsidiaries, in its or their respective jurisdictions of organization and the Company’s good

 

18


standing as a foreign entity in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication, from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(m) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(n) Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, executive officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(o) Pre-IPO Transactions. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have effected the Pre-IPO Transactions.

(p) Refinancing Transaction. On the Closing Date, the Company shall have effected the Refinancing Transaction.

(q) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonably incurred legal fees and other reasonably incurred expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, (ii) or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

 

19


(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any road show, or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the names of the Underwriters appearing on the front and back cover pages of the Prospectus, the names of the Underwriters set forth in the table of Underwriters in the first paragraph of text under the caption “Underwriting” and the third paragraph, seventh paragraph and twelfth through fourteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel or counsel with specialized expertise that is required) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be

 

20


liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonably incurred legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

21


8. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

9. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriter .

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons reasonably satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

22


(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; provided, however, that 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid by the Underwriters (with the Company paying the remaining 50% of the cost); and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange; provided , however , that the Company’s obligations with respect to clauses (iv) and (vii), excluding all FINRA filing fees, shall not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Section 7 and 11(a) hereof. If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 10), then the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters (other than a defaulting Underwriter) for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters (other than a defaulting Underwriter) in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be

 

23


construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

13. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

14. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

15. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358), Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; and c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at La Quinta Holdings Inc., 909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600, Irving, Texas 75038 (fax: (214) 492-6500); Attention: Mark M. Chloupek.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

(c) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(d) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(e) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

24


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Accepted:             , 20    

 

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
For itself and on behalf of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
For itself and on behalf of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

25


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P.

  

EA Market Securities LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Lebenthal & Co., LLC

  

Loop Capital Markets LLC

  

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

26


Schedule 2

Significant Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Lodge Holdco I L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge Holdco II L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge Holdco III L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge S-Holdings Inc.    Delaware
Lodge Holdings Inc.    Delaware
La Quinta Corporation    Delaware
BRE/LQ Properties L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/LQ FL Properties L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/LQ TX Properties L.P.    Delaware
BRE/LQ Operating Lessee Inc.    Delaware
La Quinta Franchising LLC    Nevada
Lodge Management L.L.C.    Delaware
LQ Portfolio East L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge Borrower III L.L.C.    Delaware
LQ Chicago L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/Wellesley Properties L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/Prime Mezz L.L.C.    Delaware
LQ Management L.L.C.    Delaware
La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C.    Delaware

 

27


Annex A

 

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

[                    ]

 

b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

[                    ]

 

28


Annex B

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Officer’s Certificate

Pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Underwriting Agreement

            , 20    

The undersigned, [Name], [Chief Financial Officer][Chief Accounting Officer] of La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify solely in his capacity as an officer of the Company and not individually, on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of             , 20     (the “Underwriting Agreement”), among the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives of the several underwriters named in Schedule 1 thereto (collectively, the “Underwriters”), as follows (capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement):

I have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and:

1. to my knowledge, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(f) of the Underwriting Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of the date hereof;

2. the other representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the Underwriting Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of the date hereof;

3. the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied under the Underwriting Agreement at or prior to the date hereof;

4. no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-193860) has been issued, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act is pending before or, to my knowledge, threatened by the Commission;

5. subsequent to the earlier of the Applicable Time and the execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement, if there are any debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, (i) no downgrading has occurred in the rating accorded any such debt securities or preferred stock and (ii) no such organization has publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading); and

6. since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has

 

29


not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), or material change in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, management or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation, direct or contingent, which is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and changes and transactions disclosed or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree.

Latham & Watkins LLP and Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP are entitled to rely on this certificate in connection with the respective opinions and negative assurance letters such firms are rendering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and delivered this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   [Chief Financial Officer][Chief Accounting Officer]


Annex C

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate

            , 20    

The undersigned, Keith A. Cline, the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), acting in his capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and not individually, hereby certifies that as of the date hereof:

1. I am familiar with the accounting, operations and records systems of the Issuer and its consolidated subsidiaries;

2. I have reviewed the items identified on the pages of the preliminary prospectus, dated             , 2014 (the “ Prospectus ”) attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Identified Items ”);

3. I have compared each of the Identified Items with the amount included in the books and records of the Issuer and its consolidated subsidiaries, or on a schedule or report prepared by the Issuer’s management team and derived from the applicable books and records, and found them to be in agreement; and

4. Nothing has come to my attention that would lead me to believe any other disclosures or statements described in the Identified Items are, as of the dates of which the applicable information is set forth, inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect.

[ Signature page to follow. ]


In witness whereof, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate on behalf of the Issuer as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

 

  Name:   Keith A. Cline
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

            , 2014

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

Agreement referred to below

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Re: La Quinta Holdings Inc. — Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, $0.01 per share par value, of the Company (the “Securities”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning on the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) and ending 180 days after the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, $0.01 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, regardless of whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than (i) the Securities to be sold by the undersigned


pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or (ii) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (A) by will or intestacy, (B) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (C) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for the purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (D) to any immediate family member or other dependent, (E) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned, (F) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned, (G) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (A) through (F) above, (H) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (I) from an executive officer to the Company or its parent entities upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive officer, (J) pursuant to the exchange of interests in the Predecessor Entities (as such term is described in the Prospectus) for shares of Common Stock, or (K) in connection with any sales by any person other than the Company relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering provided that in the case of this clause (K) no public reports or filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with any such sales (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referenced above); provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (B) through (G), (I) and (J) above, each donee over which the donor exercises investment discretion, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph; provided further that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (B) through (G) above, if any public reports or filings (including filings under the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period, (i) the undersigned shall provide J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC prior written notice informing them of such report or filing and (ii) such report or filing shall disclose that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein. The restrictions described in this paragraph shall not apply to the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act; provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the 180-day period referenced above and no public announcement or filing shall be required or voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith other than general disclosure in Company periodic reports to the effect that Company directors and officers may enter into such trading plans from time to time.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.


The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective on or before June 15, 2014, (ii) Company notifies J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Securities to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement and this Letter Agreement shall be of no further effect. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
NAME OF STOCKHOLDER
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit B

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

Corporation

Public Offering of Common Stock

            , 20    

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) of                  shares of common stock, $         par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated             , 20     (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated             , 20    , with respect to                  shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective             , 20    ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

                         Yours very truly,

[Signature of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]

[Name of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]

[Signature of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Representative]

[Name of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Representative]

 

cc: Company


Exhibit C

[Form of Press Release]

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

[Date]

La Quinta Holdings Inc. (“Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                  shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                  shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain executive officers or directors] [an executive officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on             ,      20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

The present name of the corporation is La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “La Quinta Holdings Inc.” on December 9, 2013 by the filing of the original certificate of incorporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1. Name . The name of the Corporation is La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1. Address . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1. Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1. Capitalization . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 2,100,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 2,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”) and (ii) 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

1


Section 4.2. Preferred Stock .

(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(B) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.3. Common Stock .

(A) Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(B) Dividends and Distributions . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property of the Corporation or shares of stock of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine.

(C) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder.

 

2


ARTICLE V

Section 5.1. By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal any provision of the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1. Board of Directors .

(A) Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board.

(B) Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(A), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(A) hereof.

(C) Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1. Meetings of Stockholders . For so long as the stockholders party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as amended from time to time the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), among the Corporation and the stockholders from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Sponsor Stockholders ”), collectively, continue to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation may be effected by written consent without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to

 

3


authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. From and after the date on which the Sponsor Stockholders collectively cease to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders unless such action is recommended in advance by all directors of the Corporation then in office and is expressly submitted by such directors to stockholders for action by written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate(s) of designation relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant series or class having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or upon the request of holders of stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to not less than a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1. Limitation on Liability of Directors . No director of the Corporation will have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate or reduce the effect thereof in respect of any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1. Business Combinations . The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL until such time as the Sponsor Stockholders cease to beneficially own at least 5% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock

 

4


of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, whereupon the Corporation shall immediately and automatically, without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of stock of the Corporation, become governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1. Certain Acknowledgment . In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of investment funds or vehicles affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P. (the “ Sponsor ”) and its Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Sponsor and its Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (“ Non-Employee Directors ”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article X are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Sponsor, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

Section 10.2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities; Renouncement . None of (i) the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 10.3 hereof. Subject to said Section 10.3, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the

 

5


Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.

Section 10.3. Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

Section 10.4. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article X, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 10.5. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article X, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of the Sponsor, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Sponsor, controls the Sponsor or is under common control with the Sponsor and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

Section 10.6. Notice of this Article . To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article X.

ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6


ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1. Forum . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 8:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on             , 2014.

*        *        *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by              this      day of             , 2014.

 

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature page – Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 10.3

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of the La Quinta Holdings Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2. Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “ Absolute Share Limit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award and Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) “Cause”, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), the Participant’s (A) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; (B) engagement in conduct in connection with the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient, which results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate; (C) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, (I) any felony; or (II) any other crime that results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate; (D) material violation of the written policies of the Service Recipient, including but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (E) fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or any Affiliate; or (F) act of personal dishonesty that involves personal profit in connection with the Participant’s employment or service to the Service Recipient.


(f) “ Change in Control ” means:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however , that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant);

(ii) during any period of 24 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; or

(iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(h) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof if required with respect to actions taken to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of Awards or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

 

2


(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(j) “ Company ” means La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(k) “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(l) “ Designated Foreign Subsidiaries ” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(m) “ Detrimental Activity ” means any of the following: (i) unauthorized disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) any activity that would be grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient for Cause; (iii) the breach of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other agreement containing restrictive covenants, with the Company or its Affiliates; or (iv) fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(n) “ Disability ” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) “Disability”, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Disability” contained therein), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

(o) “ Effective Date ” means [            ], 2014.

(p) “ Eligible Director ” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

(q) “ Eligible Person ” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on

 

3


Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or one of its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or one of its Affiliates), who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) above has entered into an Award agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan. Solely for purposes of this Section 2(q), “Affiliate” shall be limited to (1) a Subsidiary; (2) any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code (“ Parent ”); (3) any corporation, trade or business of which 50% or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s outstanding securities is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent; or (4) any corporation, trade or business which, directly or indirectly, controls 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company.

(r) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(s) “ Exercise Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(t) “ Fair Market Value ” means, on a given date, (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided , however , as to any Awards granted on the date of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

(u) “ Immediate Family Members ” has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(v) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(w) “ Indemnifiable Person ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

 

4


(x) “ Negative Discretion ” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(y) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(z) “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

(aa) “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

(bb) “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(cc) “ Option Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(dd) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(ee) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(ff) “ Performance Compensation Award ” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(gg) “ Performance Criteria ” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(hh) “ Performance Formula ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(ii) “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

(jj) “ Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(kk) “ Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(ll) “ Person ” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

 

5


(mm) “ Plan ” means this La Quinta Holdings Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(nn) “ Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(oo) “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(pp) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(qq) “ SAR Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(rr) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(ss) “ Service Recipient ” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(tt) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(uu) “ Strike Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(vv) “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

6


(ii) any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(ww) “ Substitute Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

(xx) “ Sub-Plans ” means, any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub-Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub-Plan adopted hereunder.

(yy) “ Termination ” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient.

3. Effective Date; Duration. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however , that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4. Administration.

(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be an Eligible Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or

 

7


other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are Non-Employee Directors or otherwise are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any of its Affiliates, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e) No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary (each such person, an “ Indemnifiable Person ”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and

 

8


defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations.

(a) The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b) Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than [ insert limit ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Absolute Share Limit ”) shall be available for Awards under the Plan; (ii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than [ insert limit ] shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than [ insert limit ] shares of Common Stock may be issued in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such

 

9


Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $[ insert limit ] in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 11(a) of the Plan) shall be $[ insert limit ].

(c) Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price or Strike Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not issued to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan; or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(d) Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

(e) Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

6. Eligibility. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

7. Options.

(a) General . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7,

 

10


and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“ Exercise Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination .

(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Options at any time and for any reason. Options shall expire upon a date determined by the Company, not to exceed ten years (the “ Option Period ”); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall

 

11


immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual issuance of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation: (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price; or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding and any other applicable taxes. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

(f) Compliance With Laws, etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines

 

12


would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) General . Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

(b) Strike Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“ Strike Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination .

(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any SAR at any time and for any reason. SARs shall expire upon a date determined by the Company, not to exceed ten years (the “ SAR Period ”); provided , that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).

 

13


(d) Method of Exercise . SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(f) Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options . The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options; provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option; (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options; and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a) General . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Stock Certificates and Book Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than issued to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable; and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 14(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock; provided that if the lapsing

 

14


of restrictions with respect to any grant of Restricted Stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time), any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and issued (without interest) to the Participant within 15 days following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate). To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(c) Vesting; Termination .

(i) The Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit at any time and for any reason.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, have vested, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units shall cease; and (ii) unvested shares of Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

(d) Issuance of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or his or her

 

15


beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of issuing only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units; or (ii) defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock (or cash or part shares of Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

(e) Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate, if any, representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC. 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, BETWEEN LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC. AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

10. Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awards at a future date, or other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Other Stock-Based Award so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

 

16


11. Performance Compensation Awards.

(a) General . The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan).

(b) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.

(c) Performance Criteria . The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following: (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes) or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) earnings before or after, interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end

 

17


cash position or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; or (xxviii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(d) Modification of Performance Goal(s) . In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(e) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

18


(ii) Limitation . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals.

(iii) Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

(iv) Use of Negative Discretion . In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f) Timing of Award Payments . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee; or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii)) of the Plan.

12. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events. In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a

 

19


Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock; or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of the following:

(i) adjusting any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder; (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan); and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate; (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award; or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals);

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

(iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

provided, however, that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment in

 

20


Incentive Stock Options under this Section 12 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 12 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards; (B) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock; and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

13. Amendments and Termination.

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted) or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 12 of the Plan); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 13(b) of the Plan without stockholder approval.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with

 

21


a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the intrinsic value (if any) of the cancelled Option or SAR; and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

14. General.

(a) Award Agreements . Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b) Nontransferability . (i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (including, without limitation, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, pursuant to a domestic relations order) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “ Immediate Family Members ”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

 

22


(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the Termination of the Participant under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends, dividend equivalents, or similar payments in respect of Awards, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided , that no dividends, dividend equivalents or other similar payments shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs; or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends, dividend equivalents or other similar payments may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within 15 days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

(d) Tax Withholding .

(i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property issuable or deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or any other applicable taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing

 

23


withholding liability by (A) the issuance of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

(e) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver . No employee of the Company or any Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

(f) International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

(g) Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

 

24


(h) Termination . Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant’s undergoes a Termination of employment, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(i) No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to such person.

(j) Government and Other Regulations .

(i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other

 

25


securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(k) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(l) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

26


(n) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(o) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

(p) Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.

(q) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(r) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s) Obligations Binding on Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(t) 409A of the Code .

 

27


(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) Clawback/Forfeiture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity, the Participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such Award, and must repay the gain to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations

 

28


or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

(v) Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

 

29

Exhibit 10.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of September 30, 2003, is entered between La Quinta Corporation (the “Company”) and Wayne B. Goldberg (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have previously entered into a letter agreement regarding employment which they wish to amend and restate in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement, pursuant to which the Executive will be employed by the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions stated below;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the delivery and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, respectively, said parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Employment, Duties and Responsibilities

1.1 Employment. The Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President—Operations of the Company. The Executive hereby accepts such continued employment. The Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his time and efforts to promoting the interests of the Company.

1.2 Duties and Responsibilities. Subject to the supervision of and direction by the Chief Executive Officer and President, the Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of Senior Vice President — Operations of the Company, and such related duties and responsibilities with comparable levels of responsibilities and skill set requirements as the Company may assign, from time to time.

1.3 Base of Operation. The Executive’s principal base of operation for the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement shall be the offices of the Company in Dallas, Texas.

ARTICLE II

Term

2.1 Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the date of this Agreement as indicated above, and shall continue for a period of three years from the commencement date hereof. The Term and this Agreement will be renewed automatically thereafter for successive one-year terms unless 6 months notice of non-renewal is given by either party to the other. Regardless of the term remaining on this Agreement determined as provided above, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Company, the Term of this Agreement shall not expire until the later of the end of the remaining term then in effect or two years from the date of such Change of Control.


ARTICLE III

Compensation and Expenses

3.1 Salary and Benefits. As compensation and consideration for the performance by the Executive of his obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to the following (subject, in each case, to the provisions of Article V hereof):

(a) The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in accordance with the ordinary payment procedures of the Company and subject to such withholdings and other ordinary employee deductions as may be required by law. The total base salary paid to the Executive through the date of his next regular annual salary review shall be $225,000. The base salary to be paid the Executive during the Term for subsequent years shall be reviewed on an annual basis, by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or by the Compensation Committee of the Board, (the “Compensation Committee”) subject to increase based upon performance and competitive market data as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. In no event shall such base salary be less than $225,000 per annum.

(b) The Executive shall participate during the Term in the annual cash bonus plan maintained by the Company, subject to the performance goals and procedures established by the Compensation Committee, from time to time. Subject to the terms and conditions of the annual cash bonus plan, the Executive’s base target bonus opportunity for each fiscal year for satisfaction of goals for such fiscal year shall be 50 percent of the Executive’s base salary as actually paid in the applicable calendar year (“Base Target”). In the event the Executive significantly exceeds annual goals for any fiscal year, he may receive a cash bonus of up to 100 percent of the Executive’s base salary as actually paid in the applicable calendar year. Actual payments under the annual cash bonus plan will be determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.

(c) The Executive shall participate during the Term in such retirement, pension, health, disability and medical insurance plans, and in such other employee benefit plans and programs, as may be maintained from time to time during the Term by the Company for the benefit of the employees of the Company, in each case to the extent and in such manner available to other executive officers of the Company and subject to the terms and provisions of such plans or programs.

(d) The Executive shall be entitled to an annual paid vacation period (but not necessarily consecutive vacation weeks) during the Term, in accordance with the Company’s employee benefit policies, but in no event less than four weeks per year.

3.2 Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for reasonable business-related expenses incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder during the Term subject, however, to the Company’s policies relating to business-related expenses as in effect from time to time during the Term.

3.3 Long Term Incentives. The Company may provide the Executive with additional opportunities to earn long-term incentive awards in the future, from time to time, at levels that are


competitive with external market place opportunities for the Executives’ position and in line with the Company’s compensation philosophies as in effect, from time to time, as may be approved by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.

As compensation and in consideration for the performance by the Executive of his obligations under his prior employment letter agreement and this Employment Agreement, the Executive has received the following (subject, in each case, to the provisions of Article V hereof):

(a) Performance Shares. The Company has granted awards to the Executive and may grant additional awards in the future of shares of the common stock of La Quinta Corporation and shares of the common stock of La Quinta Properties, Inc. which are paired for trading purposes (“Paired Shares”) in accordance with the provisions of the Agreements pursuant to which such awards have been or will be granted (the “Award Agreements”) and the terms of the La Quinta Corporation 1995 Share Award Plan, the La Quinta Corporation 2002 Share Award Plan and any additional or modified plans as may be adopted from time to time, as applicable, (the “Award” of the “Performance Shares” under the “Plans”).

(b) Stock Options. The Company has also granted to the Executive options to purchase Paired Shares and may grant additional awards in the future (the “Options”) in accordance with the provisions of the Agreements pursuant to which such awards have been or will be granted (the “Option Agreements”) and the terms of the Plans.

In the event of a Change in Control (as hereafter defined and provided for in Section 5.7), all Performance Shares and Options shall become fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control.

3.4 Automobile Allowance. In lieu of an automobile furnished by the Company, the Executive shall receive an automobile allowance of $1,100 per month. All gas, insurance, and maintenance will be at the Executive’s expense.

ARTICLE IV

Exclusivity, Etc.

4.1 Exclusivity. The Executive agrees to perform his duties, responsibilities and obligations hereunder efficiently and to the best of his ability. The Executive agrees that he will devote substantially all of his working time, care and attention and best efforts to such duties, responsibilities and obligations throughout the Term. The foregoing shall not be interpreted to prohibit the Executive from serving as director or trustee of one or more corporations or foundations (either for-profit or not-for-profit) other than the Company, after obtaining consent from the Board, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Executive also agrees so long as he is employed by the Company that he will not engage in any other business activities, pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, that are competitive with the activities of the Company.


4.2 Other Business Ventures. The Executive agrees that, so long as he is employed by the Company, he will not own, directly or indirectly, any controlling or substantial stock or other beneficial interest in any business enterprise which is engaged in, or competitive with, any business engaged in by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may own, directly or indirectly, up to 5% of the outstanding capital stock of any business having a class of capital stock which is traded on any national stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

4.3 Confidentiality. The Executive agrees that he will not, at any time during or after the Term, make use of or divulge to any other person, firm or corporation any trade or business secret, process, method or means, or any other confidential information concerning the business or policies of the Company, which he may have learned in connection with his employment hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, a “trade or business secret, process, method or means, or any other confidential information” shall mean and include written information treated as both confidential and as a trade secret by the Company. The Executive’s obligation under this Section 4.3 shall not apply to any information which (a) is known publicly; (b) is in the public domain or hereafter enters the public domain without the fault of the Executive; (c) is known to the Executive prior to his receipt of such information from the Company, as evidenced by written records of the Executive; or (d) is hereafter disclosed to the Executive by a third party not under an obligation of confidence to the Company. The Executive agrees not to remove from the premises of the Company, except as an employee of the Company in pursuit of the business of the Company or except as specifically permitted in writing by the Company, any document or other object containing or reflecting any such confidential information. The Executive recognizes that all such documents and objects, whether developed by him or by someone else, will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Upon termination of his employment hereunder, the Executive shall forthwith deliver to the Company all such confidential information, including without limitation all lists of lessees, customers, correspondence, accounts, records and any other documents or property made or held by him or under his control in relation to the business or affairs of the Company, and no copy of any such confidential information shall be retained by him. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

4.4 Noncompetition and Non Disparagement. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the first anniversary of the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated, (the “Restricted Period”) whether before or after the Term the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor, partner, joint venturer or otherwise, (A) solicit or induce, or in any manner attempt to solicit or induce, any person employed by, or as agent of, the Company to terminate such person’s employment or agency, as the case may be, with the Company or (B) divert, or attempt to divert, any person, concern, or entity from doing business with the Company (including entering into a lease), nor will he attempt to induce any such person, concern or entity to cease being a lessee, customer or supplier of the Company. Furthermore, during the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not make disparaging remarks about the Company. If the Executive is terminated by the Company for other than Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, or after a Change of Control and Executive Termination Event, the provisions of this Section 4.4 relating to non-competition shall not be binding on Executive. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.


ARTICLE V

Termination

5.1 Termination by the Company.

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time with or without “Cause”. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean that, prior to any termination the Executive shall have committed: (i) an act of willful misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft, or any other act constituting a felony, involving moral turpitude or causing material harm, financial or otherwise, to the Company; (ii) a demonstrably intentional and deliberate act or failure to act, including a gross neglect in duties, (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which is committed in bad faith by the Executive, which causes or can be expected to cause material financial injury to the Company; or (iii) an intentional and material breach of this Agreement that is not cured by the Executive within 30 days after written notice from the President and Chief Executive Officer specifying the breach and requesting a cure. For purposes of this Agreement, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive had committed an act set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Executive or his beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

(b) The end of the Term, due to the exercise by the Company of its non-renewal right under Section 2.1, shall also constitute termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, with the giving of such notice by the Company creating a severance payment obligation, which is payable at the end of the notice period.

5.2 Death. In the event the Executive dies during the Term, this Agreement shall automatically terminate, such termination to be effective on the date of the Executive’s death.

5.3 Disability. In the event that the Executive shall suffer a disability which shall have prevented him from performing satisfactorily his obligations hereunder for a period of at least 120 consecutive days, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, such termination to be effective upon the giving of notice thereof to the Executive in accordance with this Agreement.

5.4 Termination by the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive’s employment may be terminated during the Term by the Executive for Good Reason, by giving to the Company 30 days advance written notice specifying the event or circumstance which the Executive alleges constitutes


Good Reason. Such notice of resignation will take effect, if not revoked by the Executive, at the conclusion of such thirty-day period. For purposes of this Agreement, the following circumstances shall constitute “Good Reason” if not cured prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period:

(a) the assignment to the Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position or with his authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company or its successor which results in a material diminution or material adverse change in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities;

(b) any material breach by the Company or its successor of the provisions of this Agreement;

(c) the Company shall relocate its principal executive offices or require the Executive to have his principal location of work changed, in either case, to any location which is in excess of 45 miles from its current location; or

(d) the reduction of the Executive’s base salary below its then current level or the reduction of the Executive’s Base Target bonus percentage factor.

5.5 Effect of Termination.

(a) In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason or by reason of the Executive’s death or disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or his beneficiary in the event of his death) within 30 days after termination of employment any base salary, bonus, vested benefits in accordance with the Company’s plans, and any other compensation earned but not paid to the Executive prior to the effective date of such termination and, other than the circumstances of termination by the Company for Cause or by the Executive voluntarily without Good Reason, the pro rata amount of the annual cash bonus payable under the plan based on the Base Target bonus for the year during which such termination occurs, based on the number of days worked during such year. Upon such termination, the Company’s obligation to pay base salary, annual bonus and long term incentives ceases except to the extent vested, in accordance with the plans, or as otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment (other than a termination following a Change of Control as hereafter defined and provided for in Section 5.7, which shall govern in such event) (i) by the Company other than for Cause or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason, (subject to the signing by the Executive of the Company’s standard form of general release of employment claims as generally used prior to the Change in Control and the expiration of the statutory revocation period) the Company shall pay to the Executive, within 30 days after termination of employment in addition to the amounts described in Section 5.5(a) hereof, a lump sum equal to one time the sum of Executive’s then current base salary and then current Base Target bonus.

(c) In the event of the termination of the Executive’s employment (other than a termination following a Change in Control as hereafter defined and provided for in Section 5.7,


which shall govern in such event) (i) by the Company other than for Cause, (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason or (iii) on account of the Executive’s death or disability, for 12 months (or, if later, the date the Executive becomes eligible for Medicare if his employment terminates on account of disability) following the Termination Date, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive with insurance benefits (medical, dental, life and disability) on the same terms and conditions applicable to active executive officers of the Company, and in the event of the Executive’s death, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive’s surviving spouse and dependents with such benefits if they were provided with such benefits by the Company at the time of the Executive’s death. If and to the extent that such benefits shall not or cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company solely due to the fact that the Executive is no longer an officer or employee of the Company, then the Company shall pay to the Executive, his dependents and beneficiaries, the amount of premiums that would have been incurred by the Company were the Company able to provide such coverage through its plan, program or arrangement. Such benefits shall be discontinued prior to the end of the specified continuation period if the Executive receives comparable coverage from a subsequent employer (except to the extent that the subsequent employer does not cover the preexisting medical conditions of the Executive or a previously covered member of the Executive’s family).

5.6 Termination Following a Change of Control.

(a) Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) Change in Control. “Change in Control” shall mean

(1) any transaction, or series of transactions, including, but not limited to any merger, consolidation, or reorganization, which results when any “person” as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, and any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(2) when, during any period of 24 consecutive months the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that a director who was not a director at the beginning of such 24-month period shall be deemed to have satisfied such 24-month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors either actually (because they were directors at the beginning of such 24-month period) or by prior operation of this Section; or


(3) upon the closing of a transaction comprising: a stockholder approved plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or an agreement for the sale or disposition of substantially all of the Company’s assets; or a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Company in which stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own less than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity.

(ii) “Termination Date” shall mean the date on which the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated.

(b) Termination by the Company. Following a Change in Control, the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company (a “Company Termination Event”) and the Executive shall not be entitled to the severance benefits provided under Section 5.7, provided that the Executive’s termination occurs as a result of one or more of the following events:

(i) The Executive’s death;

(ii) The Executive’s disability, provided the Executive actually begins to receive disability benefits pursuant to the long-term disability plan in effect for senior executives of the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

(c) Executive Termination Event. If at any time during the two year period commencing on the date of a Change in Control (except as provided in clause (ii)(5) below to which the time period stated therein shall apply), the Company or the Executive terminates his employment following the occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Executive Termination Event”), the Executive shall be entitled to the severance benefits provided in Section 5.7 below:

(i) Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment during such two year period for any reason, other than for Cause, as a result of the Executive’s death, or by reason of the Executive’s disability and the actual receipt of disability benefits pursuant to the long-term disability plan in effect for senior executives of the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(ii) Termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company at any time within two years after the Change in Control (except as provided in clause (5) below to which the time period stated therein shall apply), upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) The Company’s failure to elect, re-elect or otherwise maintain the Executive in the office or position in the Company which the Executive held immediately prior to a Change in Control.


(2) A significant, adverse change (increase or decrease) in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position with the Company which the Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control, or a reduction in the aggregate of the Executive’s base pay or annual incentive bonus opportunity (and relative level of goal achievement) in which the Executive participated immediately prior to the Change in Control, or the termination of the Executive’s rights to any employee benefits to which he was entitled immediately prior to the Change in Control, or a reduction in scope or value of such benefits, without prior written consent of the Executive, any of which is not remedied within 10 calendar days after receipt by the Company of a written notice from the Executive of such change, reduction, or termination, as the case may be;

(3) The Company or its successor becomes a subsidiary of another company and the Executive does not hold the position stated in Section 1.1 of the ultimate parent company;

(4) The Company shall relocate its principal executive offices, or require the Executive to have his principal location of work changed, to any location which is in excess of 45 miles from the location thereof immediately prior to the Change in Control;

(5) In the event of the consummation of a Change in Control event with Accor S.A. or any of its affiliates, for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter, the Executive may terminate his employment for any reason upon delivery of written notice to the Company;

(6) Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, any material breach of this Agreement by the Company or any successor thereto.

5.7 Severance Benefits. In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated within two years of the date of a Change in Control as a result of an Executive Termination Event, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits set forth below, subject to the signing by the Executive of the Company’s standard form of general release of employment claims as generally used prior to the Change in Control and the expiration of any statutory revocation period. All amounts payable under this Section 5.7(a) (b) (c) and (d) shall be paid to the Executive in one lump sum within 30 days after his termination of employment.

(a) The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to two times the greater of: (i) average of his annual base salary for the three fiscal years (or such fewer fiscal years that the Executive is actually employed by the Company) preceding the Change in Control or (ii) his then current base salary (“average Base Salary”) and two times the greater of: i) the average of his cash bonuses paid with respect to the last two fiscal years (or such fewer fiscal years that the Executive is actually employed by the Company) preceding the Change in Control, or ii) his Base Target bonus.


(b) The Company shall pay the Executive his full base salary through the Executive’s Termination Date. The Company shall also pay the Executive an amount equal to the pro rata amount of the Base Target bonus award available to the Executive under the bonus plan during the year of termination, based on the number of days of the year elapsed prior to the Termination Date. Any cash-based long-term incentives shall be cashed out on a pro-rata basis, based on the greater of actual goal achievement or target.

(c) All Performance Shares, Options, Award Grants and retirement benefits (such as 401k) shall become vested in accordance with the applicable plan documents as in effect on the dates of the respective grants.

(d) The Company will provide outplacement assistance from a service selected by the Executive for a period of one year from the Termination Date. All associated costs will be paid by the Company, up to a maximum of thirty percent (30%) of the Executive’s average Base Salary.

(e) For a period of two years following the Executive’s termination of employment the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive with insurance benefits (medical, dental, life and disability) substantially similar to those which the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Termination Date with all costs paid by the Company. If and to the extent that such benefits shall not or cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company solely due to the fact that the Executive is no longer an officer or employee of the Company, then the Company shall pay to the Executive, his dependents and beneficiaries, the amount of premiums that would have been incurred by the Company were the Company able to provide such coverage through its plan, program or arrangement. Such insurance benefits shall be discontinued prior to the end of the specified continuation period if the Executive receives comparable coverage from a subsequent employer (except to the extent that the subsequent employer does not cover the preexisting medical conditions of the Executive or a previously covered member of the Executive’s family).

5.8 Other Rights. A termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or by the Executive shall not affect adversely any rights which the Executive may have pursuant to any agreement, employment contract, policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company providing employee benefits, which rights shall be governed by the terms of such employee benefit plan.

5.9 Retirement. The Executive will be entitled to retirement benefits and all other applicable benefits if any, pursuant to the terms of any of the Company’s plans. The Company’s obligation to pay base salary, annual bonus and long-term incentives ceases upon retirement except to the extent vested, in accordance with the plans, or as otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement.


ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

The Company will indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent that would be permitted by law (including a payment of expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding) as in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, or by the charter or by-laws of the Company as in effect at such time, or by the terms of any indemnification agreement between the Company and the Executive, whichever affords greatest protection to the Executive, and the Executive shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the Company may elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its officers and/or, during the Executive’s service in such capacity (if applicable), directors (and to the extent the Company maintains such an insurance policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company officer or director); against all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Executive (including but not limited to any judgment entered by a court of law) at the time such costs, charges and expenses are incurred or sustained, in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which the Executive may be made a party by reason of his being or having been an officer or employee of the Company, or serving as a director, officer or employee of an affiliate of the Company, at the request of the Company, other than any action, suit or proceeding brought against the Executive by or on account of his breach of the provisions of an employment agreement with a third party that has not been disclosed by the Executive to the Company. The provisions of this Article VI shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

Taxes and Miscellaneous Other Provisions

7.1 Tax Considerations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any payments or benefits provided to the Executive hereunder upon a Change in Control are determined by the Company to be subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”, with all Code Section references used herein being deemed to include any regulations thereunder), or any similar federal or state excise tax, FICA tax, or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), the Company shall pay to the Executive at the time specified in Section 5.5 (b) or 5.7 above (whichever applies), an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that after the payment by the Executive of all federal, state, or local income taxes, Excise Taxes, FICA tax, or other taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect thereto) imposed upon the receipt of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed on the severance payments and benefits provided herein.


(a) For purposes of determining whether any payments or benefits to the Executive hereunder will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax:

(i) all payments or benefits received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the termination of employment (whether pursuant to the tennis of this Agreement or of any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company) shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless in the opinion of tax counsel selected by the Company and acceptable to the Executive, such payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute payments under Section 280G of the Code, or such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code;

(ii) the amount of the severance payments which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of Sections 280G(b)(1) and (4) (after applying clause (a), above); and

(iii) the parachute value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by Company in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

(b) If the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of employment, the Executive shall repay to the Company, at the time the reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction. If the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of employment, the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment to the Executive in respect of such excess at the time the amount of such excess is finally determined. The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30 calendar day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,


(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting fees and additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax, FICA tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this section, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

If any such claim referred to in this Section is made by the Internal Revenue Service and the Company does not request the Executive to contest the claim within the 30 calendar day period following notice of the claim, the Company shall pay to the Executive the amount of any Gross-Up Payment owed to the Executive, but not previously paid pursuant to Section 7.1(b), immediately upon the expiration of such 30 calendar day period. If any such claim is made by the Internal Revenue Service and the Company requests the Executive to contest such claim, but does not advance the amount of such claim to the Executive for purposes of such contest, the Company shall pay to the Executive the amount of any Gross-Up Payment owed to the Executive, but not previously paid under the provisions of Section 7.1(b), within 5 business days of a Final Determination of the liability of the Executive for such Excise Tax. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Final Determination” shall be deemed to occur with respect to a claim when (i) there is a decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction, which decision, judgment, decree or other order has become final, i.e., all allowable appeals pursuant to this section have been exhausted by either party to the action, (ii) there is a closing agreement made under Section 7121 of the Code, or (iii) the time for instituting a claim for refund has expired, or if a claim was filed, the time for instituting suit with respect thereto has expired.


If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this section, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of this Section) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section, a determination is made by the Internal Revenue Service that the Executive is not entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 calendar days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

7.2 No Set-Off. There shall be no set-off or counterclaim against, or delay in, any payment of severance benefits by the Company to the Executive provided for in this Agreement with respect to any claim against or debt or obligation of the Executive, whether arising hereunder or otherwise except for insurance benefits as provided in Sections 5.5(c) or 5.7(e).

7.3 No Mitigation Obligation. The Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be payable to him as severance pay in consideration of his services under this Agreement. The Company hereby acknowledges that it will be difficult, and may be impossible, for the Executive to find reasonably comparable employment following the Termination Date. Accordingly, the parties hereto expressly agree that the payment of the severance benefits by the Company to the Executive in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be liquidated damages, and that the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall any profits, income, earnings or other benefits from any source whatever create any mitigation, offset, reduction or any other obligation on the part of the Executive hereunder or otherwise.

7.4 Enforcement Costs. The Company is aware that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board of Directors or a shareholder of the Company, or the Company’s successor in interest, may then cause or attempt to cause the Company to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Company to institute, or may institute litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny the Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Company that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Executive hereunder. Accordingly, if following a Change in Control the Executive should conclude in good faith that the Company has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from the Executive the benefits intended to be provided to the Executive hereunder, the Company irrevocably


authorizes the Executive from time to time to retain legal counsel of his choice at the expense of the Company to represent the Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Company. The reasonable fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by the Executive as provided herein shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive by the Company on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by the Executive of a statement or statements prepared by his counsel in accordance with its customary practices. In any action involving this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to prejudgment interest on any amounts found to be due him as of the date such amounts would have been payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement at an annual rate of interest of 10%.

7.5 Arbitration. The Company and the Executive hereby agree that certain issues and/or disagreements arising in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration. Accordingly, in the event the Company or the Executive believes that the other party has violated any provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to any action by the Company which the Executive believes would entitle the Executive to terminate his employment with severance benefits in accordance with Article V hereof, the party alleging such violation shall notify the other party in writing of such alleged violation. In the event the party receiving such violation notice disagrees with the position taken by the other party in such written notice, the recipient of the violation notice may, within 20 days of receipt of such written notice, notify the other party, in writing, that it has elected to submit such disagreement to arbitration. Arbitration of such dispute shall be settled in Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the then applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall bear all costs associated with such arbitration. In the event the party receiving a violation notice does not elect to submit any issue or disagreement to arbitration within 10 days of its receipt of the written violation notice, such party will be deemed to have accepted the position taken in such written notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Executive shall be required to arbitrate the basis of any involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company by the Company or its successor.

7.6 Employment Rights. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall create any right or duty on the part of the Company or the Executive to have the Executive remain in the employment of the Company prior to any Change in Control, provided, however, that any event which would constitute an Executive Termination Event had a Change in Control occurred following the commencement of active negotiations with a third party (which negotiations are evidenced by the delivery of evaluation material) that ultimately results in a Change in Control shall be deemed to be a termination or removal of the Executive by the Company other than for Cause after a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

7.7 Benefit of Agreement; Assignment; Beneficiary. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any corporation or person which may acquire all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business, or with or into which the Company may be consolidated or merged. This Agreement shall also inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if he


had continued to live, all such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s beneficiary, devisee, legatee or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

7.8 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by telegram or telex or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed:

(a) in the case of the Company, La Quinta Corporation, 909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600, Irving, Texas 75038, Attention: General Counsel; and

(b) in the case of the Executive, to Wayne B. Goldberg, 1202 Earlston Court, Southlake, TX 76092, or such other address as the Executive may specify in writing to the Company.

7.9 Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment during the Term and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties hereto with respect to compensation due for services rendered hereunder. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

7.10 Waiver. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a continuing waiver or as a consent to or waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.

7.11 Headings. The article and section headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

7.12 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Texas without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

7.13 Agreement to Take Actions. Each party hereto shall execute and deliver such documents, certificates, agreements and other instruments, and shall take such other actions, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable in order to perform his or its obligations under this Agreement or to effectuate the purposes hereof

7.14 Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of the rights and obligations under this Agreement.

7.15 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.


7.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

7.17 Corporate Authorization. The Company hereby represents that the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement are within the corporate powers of the Company, and that the President and Chief Executive Officer has the requisite authority to bind the Company hereby.

7.18 Third Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any employer, former employer or other party, and the Executive does not possess tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party. Further, the Executive represents and acknowledges that to the extent that he is under any continuing obligation under any agreement with any employer, former employer or other party with regard to non-solicitation, non-inducement and confidentiality, he shall not violate any such obligation.

7.19 Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company; provided, however, that such cooperation shall not materially and adversely affect the Executive or expose the Executive to an increased probability of civil or criminal litigation. The Executive’s cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall also provide the Executive with compensation on an hourly basis (to be derived from his then current or last applicable level of base compensation, as paid by the Company) for requested litigation and regulatory cooperation that occurs after his termination of employment, and reimburse the Executive for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with his performance under this Section 7.19, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

LA QUINTA CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Francis W. Cash

Name:

  Francis W. Cash

As its:

  President and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne B. Goldberg

Name:

 

Wayne B. Goldberg

Exhibit 10.5

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment dated as of November 9, 2005 (this “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of September 30, 2003 (the “Original Agreement”), is entered into between La Quinta Corporation (the “Company”) and Wayne B. Goldberg (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have previously entered into the Original Agreement, which they wish to amend as set forth in this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the delivery and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, respectively, said parties hereby agree as follows:

1. In Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of the Original Agreement, the title “Senior Vice President—Operations” is deleted and the title “Executive Vice President—Operations” is inserted in lieu thereof.

2. In Section 3.1(b) of the Original Agreement, “50 percent” and “100 percent” are deleted and “75 percent” and “150 percent” are respectively inserted in lieu thereof.

3. Except as hereby amended, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LA QUINTA CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Francis W. Cash

Name:  

Francis W. Cash

As its:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne B. Goldberg

Wayne B. Goldberg

Exhibit 10.6

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment dated as of January 25, 2006 (this “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of September 30, 2003 (the “Original Agreement”), is entered into between LQ Management L.L.C. (the “Company”) and Wayne B. Goldberg (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have previously entered into the Original Agreement, which they wish to amend as set forth in this Amendment;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have previously entered into the First Amendment to the Original Agreement, which they wish to amend, in part, as set forth in this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the delivery and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, respectively, said parties hereby agree as follows:

1. In the first paragraph of the Original Agreement, the name of the Company “LaQuinta Corporation” is deleted and the name “LQ Management L.L.C.” is inserted in lieu thereof.

2. In Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of the Original Agreement, the title “Senior Vice President—Operations of the Company” is deleted and the title “Chief Executive Officer” is inserted in lieu thereof.

3. In Section 1.2 of the Original Agreement, the title “Chief Executive Officer and President” is deleted and the title “Board of Directors” inserted in lieu thereof.

4. In Section 2.1 of the Original Agreement, the last sentence of the paragraph that begins “Regardless of the term...” and ends with “change of control” is deleted.

5. In Section 3.1(a) of the Original Agreement, the entire section is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

“The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in accordance with the ordinary payment procedures of the Company and subject to such withholdings and other ordinary employee deductions as may be required by law. The total base salary paid to the Executive through the date of his next regular annual salary review shall be $500,000. The base salary to be paid the Executive during the Term for subsequent years shall be reviewed on an annual basis, by the Board of


Directors of the Company (the “Board”) subject to increase based upon performance and competitive market data as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. In no event shall such base salary be less than $500,000 per annum.”

6. In Section 3.1(b) of the Original Agreement, the entire section is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

“The Executive shall participate during the term in the annual cash bonus plan maintained by the Company, subject to the performance goals and procedures established by the Board of Directors, from time to time. Subject to the terms and conditions of the annual cash bonus plan, the Executive’s bonus opportunity for each fiscal year for satisfaction of goals for such fiscal year shall be 100% (or such higher amount, if any, to be determined at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors) of the Executive’s base salary as actually paid in the applicable calendar year.”

7. Section 3.3 of the Original Agreement is deleted.

8. In Section 4.4 of the Original Agreement, the phrase “or after a Change in Control and Executive Termination Event” is deleted.

9. In Section 5.5(a) of the Original Agreement, the entire section is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

“In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment (i) for cause, or (ii) by Executive without good reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive within thirty (30) days after termination of employment any base salary, bonus, vested benefits in accordance with the Company’s plans and any other compensation earned but not paid to the Executive prior to the effective date of such termination. Upon such termination, the Company’s obligation to pay base salary, annual bonus or any other compensation ceases except to the extent vested, in accordance with the plans, or as otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement.”

10. In Section 5.5 (b) of the Original Agreement, the entire section is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

“In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment (i) by the Company without cause or (ii) as a result of the circumstances described in Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 herein, (subject to the signing by the Executive of the Company’s Standard Form of General Release of Claims as generally used and the expiration of the statutory revocation period) the Company shall pay to the Executive, within thirty (30) days of termination of employment, a lump sum equal to three times the sum of Executive’s then current base salary and bonus (with such bonus to be calculated at the 100% level as described in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement), less lawful withholdings.”

 

2


11. In Section 5.5(c) of the Original Agreement, the parenthetical phrase “(other than a termination following a Change in Control as hereafter defined and provided for in Section 5.7, which shall govern in such event)” is deleted.

12. Section 5.6 of the Original Agreement is deleted.

13. Section 5.7 of the Original Agreement is deleted.

14. Section 7.6 of the Original Agreement is deleted.

15. In Section 7.8(a), “LaQuinta Corporation” is deleted and “LQ Management L.L.C.” is inserted in lieu thereof.

16. In Section 7.17 of the Original Agreement, “President and Chief Executive Officer” is deleted and “Blackstone Real Estate Acquisitions IV L.L.C., its manager” is inserted in lieu thereof.

17. Except as hereby amended, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LQ MANAGEMENT L.L.C.
  By: Blackstone Real Estate Acquisitions IV L.L.C., its manager
          By:  

/s/William J. Stein

   

William J. Stein

   

Managing Member and Vice President

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne B. Goldberg

Wayne B. Goldberg

Exhibit 10.7

LQ MANAGEMENT L.L.C.

909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600

Irving, Texas 75038

January 7, 2013

Mr. Keith Cline

c/o LQ Management L.L.C.

909 Hidden Ridge, Suite 600

Irving, Texas 75038

    Re:      Terms of Severance Arrangement

Dear Mr. Cline:

This letter agreement sets forth the terms of the severance you will be entitled to receive in the event your employment with LQ Management L.L.C. (the “Company”) is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined herein) and other than pursuant to the transfer of your employment to an affiliate of the Company that assumes the Company’s obligations under this letter agreement.

If the Company terminates your employment with the Company other than for Cause, and other than pursuant to the transfer of your employment to an affiliate of the Company that assumes the Company’s obligations under this letter agreement, you will be entitled to receive a severance amount equal to the amount, if any, by which $2,400,000 exceeds the total value of your long-term incentive plan participation (with the “total value” thereof meaning the value of the plan at the time of termination of your employment plus any prior distributions under the plan). This means that if your long-term incentive plan has a total value (as so determined) of at least $2,400,000 at the time of your termination, you would not be entitled to any severance payment in connection with your termination. For purposes hereof, your long-term incentive plan participation means the interest you own as a Class B-2 Member in LQ Services L.L.C. pursuant to the terms of the LQ Services L.L.C. Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended (including, without limitation, the Third Amendment thereto that created the Class B-2 Units held by you, and any prior and future amendments thereto) and the distributions you may receive from time to time by virtue of your ownership of that interest. For the avoidance of doubt, if you terminate your employment with the Company for any reason (including your death or disability), you will not be entitled to any severance amount.

As used in this letter agreement, the term “Cause” means that, prior to any termination of your employment, you shall have committed: (i) an act of willful misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft, or any other act constituting a felony, involving moral turpitude or causing material harm, financial or otherwise, to the Company; (ii) a demonstrably intentional and deliberate act or failure to act, including gross neglect in duties, (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which is committed by you in bad faith, which causes or can be expected to cause material financial injury to the Company; or (iii) an intentional and material breach of your responsibilities that you fail to cure within 30 days after written notice from the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company specifying the breach and requesting a cure. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on your


part shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company.

If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company under circumstances in which you would be entitled to receive a severance amount in accordance with the terms of this letter agreement as a result of such termination, the applicable severance amount will be paid to you in a lump sum within 60 days following your termination of employment, but contingent on your execution and effectiveness of a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates in the Company’s standard form for departing executives eligible for severance.

Please indicate your agreement to the terms and conditions of this letter agreement by signing the enclosed copy of this letter agreement in the space indicated below and returning it to the undersigned. This letter agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Sincerely,
LQ MANAGEMENT L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Goldberg

Name:   Wayne Goldberg
Title:   President & CEO

Accepted and agreed as of the date

set forth above.

 

/s/ Keith Cline

     Keith Cline

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of [            ], 2014,

among

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.,

as Holdings,

LA QUINTA INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS L.L.C.,

as the Borrower,

THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer,

and

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Co-Syndication Agents

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Co-Documentation Agents

BLACKSTONE ADVISORY PARTNERS LP,

as Co-Manager

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1   

SECTION 1.01

 

Defined Terms.

     1   

SECTION 1.02

 

Other Interpretive Provisions.

     69   

SECTION 1.03

 

Accounting Terms.

     70   

SECTION 1.04

 

Rounding.

     71   

SECTION 1.05

 

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

     71   

SECTION 1.06

 

Times of Day.

     71   

SECTION 1.07

 

Timing of Payment or Performance.

     71   

SECTION 1.08

 

Cumulative Credit Transactions.

     71   
ARTICLE II   

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     71   

SECTION 2.01

 

The Loans.

     71   

SECTION 2.02

 

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

     72   

SECTION 2.03

 

Letters of Credit.

     74   

SECTION 2.04

 

Swing Line Loans.

     84   

SECTION 2.05

 

Prepayments.

     87   

SECTION 2.06

 

Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

     100   

SECTION 2.07

 

Repayment of Loans.

     101   

SECTION 2.08

 

Interest.

     101   

SECTION 2.09

 

Fees.

     102   

SECTION 2.10

 

Computation of Interest and Fees.

     103   

SECTION 2.11

 

Evidence of Indebtedness.

     103   

SECTION 2.12

 

Payments Generally.

     104   

SECTION 2.13

 

Sharing of Payments.

     106   

SECTION 2.14

 

Incremental Credit Extensions.

     106   

SECTION 2.15

 

Refinancing Amendments.

     112   

SECTION 2.16

 

Extension of Term Loans; Extension of Revolving Credit Loans.

     114   

SECTION 2.17

 

Defaulting Lenders.

     118   
ARTICLE III   

TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     120   

SECTION 3.01

 

Taxes.

     120   

SECTION 3.02

 

Illegality.

     123   

SECTION 3.03

 

Inability to Determine Rates.

     123   

SECTION 3.04

 

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

     123   

SECTION 3.05

 

Funding Losses.

     125   

SECTION 3.06

 

Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

     126   

SECTION 3.07

 

Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

     127   

SECTION 3.08

 

Survival.

     128   

 

i


ARTICLE IV   

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     129   

SECTION 4.01

 

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension.

     129   

SECTION 4.02

 

Conditions to All Credit Extensions.

     131   
ARTICLE V   

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     132   

SECTION 5.01

 

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws.

     132   

SECTION 5.02

 

Authorization; No Contravention.

     132   

SECTION 5.03

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

     132   

SECTION 5.04

 

Binding Effect.

     133   

SECTION 5.05

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

     133   

SECTION 5.06

 

Litigation.

     133   

SECTION 5.07

 

[Reserved].

     134   

SECTION 5.08

 

Ownership of Property; Liens; Real Property; Management Agreements and Franchise Agreements.

     134   

SECTION 5.09

 

Environmental Matters.

     134   

SECTION 5.10

 

Taxes.

     135   

SECTION 5.11

 

ERISA Compliance.

     135   

SECTION 5.12

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests.

     136   

SECTION 5.13

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

     136   

SECTION 5.14

 

Disclosure.

     136   

SECTION 5.15

 

Labor Matters.

     137   

SECTION 5.16

 

[Reserved].

     137   

SECTION 5.17

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     137   

SECTION 5.18

 

Solvency.

     138   

SECTION 5.19

 

Subordination of Junior Financing; First Lien Obligations.

     138   

SECTION 5.20

 

OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA; Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions.

     138   

SECTION 5.21

 

Security Documents.

     138   
ARTICLE VI   

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     139   

SECTION 6.01

 

Financial Statements.

     140   

SECTION 6.02

 

Certificates; Other Information.

     142   

SECTION 6.03

 

Notices.

     143   

SECTION 6.04

 

Payment of Obligations.

     144   

SECTION 6.05

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     144   

SECTION 6.06

 

Maintenance of Properties.

     144   

SECTION 6.07

 

Maintenance of Insurance.

     144   

SECTION 6.08

 

Compliance with Laws.

     145   

SECTION 6.09

 

Books and Records.

     145   

SECTION 6.10

 

Inspection Rights.

     145   

 

ii


SECTION 6.11

 

Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.

     146   

SECTION 6.12

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws.

     148   

SECTION 6.13

 

Further Assurances.

     148   

SECTION 6.14

 

Designation of Subsidiaries.

     148   

SECTION 6.15

 

Maintenance of Ratings.

     149   

SECTION 6.16

 

Post-Closing Covenants.

     149   
ARTICLE VII   

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     149   

SECTION 7.01

 

Liens.

     149   

SECTION 7.02

 

Investments.

     154   

SECTION 7.03

 

Indebtedness.

     157   

SECTION 7.04

 

Fundamental Changes.

     162   

SECTION 7.05

 

Dispositions.

     164   

SECTION 7.06

 

Restricted Payments.

     166   

SECTION 7.07

 

Change in Nature of Business.

     169   

SECTION 7.08

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

     169   

SECTION 7.09

 

Burdensome Agreements.

     170   

SECTION 7.10

 

Use of Proceeds.

     171   

SECTION 7.11

 

Financial Covenant.

     171   

SECTION 7.12

 

Fiscal Year.

     172   

SECTION 7.13

 

Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness.

     172   

SECTION 7.14

 

Permitted Activities.

     172   
ARTICLE VIII   

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     174   

SECTION 8.01

 

Events of Default.

     174   

SECTION 8.02

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     176   

SECTION 8.03

 

Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries.

     177   

SECTION 8.04

 

Application of Funds.

     177   

SECTION 8.05

 

Borrower’s Right to Cure.

     178   
ARTICLE IX   

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

     179   

SECTION 9.01

 

Appointment and Authorization of Agents.

     179   

SECTION 9.02

 

Delegation of Duties.

     180   

SECTION 9.03

 

Liability of Agents.

     181   

SECTION 9.04

 

Reliance by Agents.

     181   

SECTION 9.05

 

Notice of Default.

     182   

SECTION 9.06

 

Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents.

     182   

SECTION 9.07

 

Indemnification of Agents.

     183   

SECTION 9.08

 

Agents in Their Individual Capacities.

     183   

SECTION 9.09

 

Successor Agents.

     184   

SECTION 9.10

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

     185   

 

iii


SECTION 9.11

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

     186   

SECTION 9.12

 

Other Agents; Lead Arrangers and Managers.

     187   

SECTION 9.13

 

Withholding Tax Indemnity.

     187   

SECTION 9.14

 

Appointment of Supplemental Agents.

     188   
ARTICLE X   

MISCELLANEOUS

     189   

SECTION 10.01

 

Amendments, Etc.

     189   

SECTION 10.02

 

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.

     192   

SECTION 10.03

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

     193   

SECTION 10.04

 

Attorney Costs and Expenses.

     193   

SECTION 10.05

 

Indemnification by the Borrower.

     194   

SECTION 10.06

 

Payments Set Aside.

     196   

SECTION 10.07

 

Successors and Assigns.

     196   

SECTION 10.08

 

Confidentiality.

     205   

SECTION 10.09

 

Setoff.

     206   

SECTION 10.10

 

Interest Rate Limitation.

     207   

SECTION 10.11

 

Counterparts.

     207   

SECTION 10.12

 

Integration; Termination.

     207   

SECTION 10.13

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties.

     208   

SECTION 10.14

 

Severability.

     208   

SECTION 10.15

 

GOVERNING LAW.

     208   

SECTION 10.16

 

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

     209   

SECTION 10.17

 

Binding Effect.

     209   

SECTION 10.18

 

USA PATRIOT Act.

     210   

SECTION 10.19

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

     210   

SECTION 10.20

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments.

     211   

SECTION 10.21

 

Effect of Certain Inaccuracies.

     211   

SECTION 10.22

 

Judgment Currency.

     212   
ARTICLE XI   

GUARANTY

     212   

SECTION 11.01

 

The Guaranty.

     212   

SECTION 11.02

 

Obligations Unconditional.

     213   

SECTION 11.03

 

Reinstatement.

     214   

SECTION 11.04

 

Subrogation; Subordination.

     214   

SECTION 11.05

 

Remedies.

     214   

SECTION 11.06

 

Instrument for the Payment of Money.

     215   

SECTION 11.07

 

Continuing Guaranty.

     215   

SECTION 11.08

 

General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations.

     215   

SECTION 11.09

 

Information.

     215   

SECTION 11.10

 

Release of Guarantors.

     215   

SECTION 11.11

 

Right of Contribution.

     216   

SECTION 11.12

 

Cross-Guaranty.

     216   

 

iv


SCHEDULES

 

  1.01A    Commitments
  1.01B    Disqualified Lenders
  1.01C    Collateral Documents
  1.01D    Excluded Subsidiaries
  1.01E    Securitization Subsidiaries
  1.01F    Unrestricted Subsidiaries
  1.01G    Approved Counterparties
  5.05    Certain Liabilities
  5.06    Litigation
  5.08    Ownership of Property
  5.09(a)    Environmental Matters
  5.10    Taxes
  5.11(a)    ERISA Compliance
  5.12    Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
  6.16    Post-Closing Covenants
  7.01(b)    Existing Liens
  7.02(f)    Existing Investments
  7.03(b)    Existing Indebtedness
  7.08    Transactions with Affiliates
  7.09    Certain Contractual Obligations
  10.02    Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

 

  Form of   
  A    Committed Loan Notice
  B    Letter of Credit Issuance Request
  C    Swing Line Loan Notice
  D-1    Term Note
  D-2    Revolving Credit Note
  D-3    Swing Line Note
  E-1    Compliance Certificate
  E-2    Solvency Certificate
  F    Assignment and Assumption
  G    Security Agreement
  H    Perfection Certificate
  I    Intercompany Note
  J-1    First Lien Intercreditor Agreement
  J-2    Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement
  K-1    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Non-Partnership Lenders)
  K-2    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Non-Partnership Participants)
  K-3    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Partnership Lenders)
  K-4    United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Partnership Participants)

 

v


  L    Administrative Questionnaire
  M-1    Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
  M-2    Affiliated Lender Notice
  M-3    Acceptance and Prepayment Notice
  M-4    Discount Range Prepayment Notice
  M-5    Discount Range Prepayment Offer
  M-6    Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice
  M-7    Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
  M-8    Specified Discount Prepayment Notice
  M-9    Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

vi


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of [            ], 2014, among LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation, LA QUINTA INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of (i) the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date in an initial aggregate principal amount of $2,100,000,000 and (ii) a Revolving Credit Facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000.

The proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, together with a portion of the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, will be used by the Borrower to directly or indirectly consummate the Transactions and pay the Transaction Expenses.

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acceptable Discount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(2) .

Acceptable Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3) .

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice ” means a notice of the Borrower’s acceptance of the Acceptable Discount in substantially the form of Exhibit M-3 .

Acceptance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(2) .

Acquired EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated

 

1


EBITDA were references to such Acquired Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or to such Converted Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), as applicable, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

Acquired Entity or Business ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Additional Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Additional Refinancing Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a) .

Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit L or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Affiliated Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is an Investor (including portfolio companies of the Investors notwithstanding the exclusion in the definition of “Investors”) (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and other than any Debt Fund Affiliate) or a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate of an Investor at such time.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(l)(i) .

Affiliated Lender Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(l)(iii) .

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, partners, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact and other representatives of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Supplemental Agents (if any).

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

2


Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

All-In Yield ” means, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, OID, upfront fees or Eurocurrency Rate or Base Rate floor; provided that OID and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of its incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness); and provided , further , that “All-In Yield” shall not include arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees or other fees payable to any lead arranger (or its affiliates) (regardless of whether paid in whole or in part to any or all Lenders) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such Indebtedness.

Allocation Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(b) .

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Discount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(2) .

Applicable ECF Percentage ” means, for any fiscal year, (a) 50.0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is greater than 5.25 to 1.00, (b) 25.0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 5.25 to 1.00 and greater than 4.00 to 1.00 and (c) 0.0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00.

Applicable Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.21 .

Applicable Rate ” means (a) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01 , a percentage per annum equal to:

(i) with respect to Initial Term Loans, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, [3.00-3.25]% and (B) for Base Rate Loans, [2.00-2.25]%; and

(ii) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans and Letter of Credit fees, 2.50%, (B) for Base Rate Loans, 1.50% and (C) for commitment fees on the unused Revolving Credit Commitments, 0.50%; and

(b) thereafter, the following percentages per annum , based upon the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a) :

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing Level

  

Consolidated First
Lien Net Leverage
Ratio

   Eurocurrency Rate for
Revolving Credit
Loans and Letter of
Credit Fees
    Base Rate for
Revolving
Credit Loans
    Unused Commitment
Fee Rate
 

1

   £  4.00:1.00      1.75     0.75     0.375

2

   > 4.00:1.00 and £  4.50:1.00      2.00     1.00     0.375

3

   > 4.50:1.00 and £  5.00:1.00      2.25     1.25     0.375

4

   > 5.00:1.00      2.50     1.50     0.50

 

3


Applicable Rate

Pricing Level

   Consolidated First
Lien Net Leverage
Ratio
  

Eurocurrency Rate for
Initial Term Loans

  

Base Rate for
Initial Term
Loans

1

   £  4.50:1.00    [2.75-3.00]%    [1.75-2.00]%

2

   > 4.50:1.00    [3.00-3.25]%    [2.00-2.25]%

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) ; provided that, at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the highest pricing level ( i.e. , Pricing Level 2 for Initial Term Loans or Pricing Level 4 for Revolving Credit Loans, Letter of Credit fees and commitment fees) shall apply (x) as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) and (y) as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer and (ii) the Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a) , the Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

4


Approved Counterparty ” means (a) each counterparty listed on Schedule 1.01G , (b) any Agent, Lender or any Affiliate of an Agent or Lender at the time it entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Treasury Services Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, (c) any other Person whose long term senior unsecured debt rating is A/A2 by S&P or Moody’s (or their equivalent) or higher or (d) any other Person from time to time approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.

Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Assignees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(b) .

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

Assignment Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b) .

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Auction Agent ” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v) ; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided , further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of each of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus  1 2 of 1.00%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect for such day and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate for deposits in Dollars for a one-month Interest Period plus 1.00%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Eurocurrency Rate for any day shall be LIBOR, at

 

5


approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to such day for deposits in Dollars with a term of one month commencing on such day; it being understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, solely with respect to the Initial Term Loans, the Base Rate shall be deemed to be not less than 2.00%  per annum . If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (a) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate, as the case may be.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan denominated in Dollars that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02 .

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment ” means the offer by any Company Party to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a Specified Discount to par pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(B) .

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers ” means the solicitation by any Company Party of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(C) .

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers ” means the solicitation by any Company Party of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(D) .

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing or a Term Borrowing of a particular Class, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the State where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

6


Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP; provided , further , that for purposes of calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat leases in a manner consistent with its current treatment under generally accepted accounting principles as of the Closing Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur thereafter.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease; provided that any obligations of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Closing Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations or indebtedness due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at a commercial bank specified by the Administrative Agent in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) Dollars;

(2) such local currencies held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

7


(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) , (4) , (7)  and (8)  entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency);

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency);

(11) securities with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

8


(12) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(13) investment funds investing at least 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (12)  above.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (8)  and clauses (10) , (11) , (12)  and (13)  above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (13)  and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than that set forth in clause (1) above; provided that such amounts are converted into the currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

For the avoidance of doubt, any items identified as Cash Equivalents under this definition will be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for all purposes regardless of the treatment of such items under GAAP.

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as subsequently amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Change of Control ” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) any person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than any combination of the Investors or any “group” including any Permitted Holders, shall have acquired beneficial ownership of 35% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting interest in Holdings’ Equity Interests and the Permitted Holders shall own, directly or indirectly, less than such person or “group” on a fully diluted basis of the voting interest in Holdings’ Equity Interests;

(b) a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(c) Holdings shall cease to own directly 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower.

 

9


Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Extension Series, Other Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Refinancing Series, Initial Term Commitments, Incremental Term Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(b) , Incremental Revolving Credit Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Loans of a given Extension Series, Other Revolving Credit Loans of a given Refinancing Series, Initial Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Extension Series. Revolving Credit Commitments, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Initial Term Commitments, Incremental Term Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms or conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class. There shall be no more than an aggregate of two Classes of revolving credit facilities and five Classes of term loan facilities under this Agreement.

Closing Date ” means [            ], 2014, the first date on which all conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01 .

Closing Fees ” means those fees required to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Engagement Letter.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Co-Documentation Agents ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in their respective capacities as co-documentation agents under this Agreement.

Collateral ” means (i) the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement, (ii) all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” as defined in any other Collateral Document and (iii) any other assets pledged or in which a Lien is granted, in each case, pursuant to any Collateral Document.

Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent or pledgee in its own name under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

 

10


Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a) or from time to time pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13 , subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party party thereto;

(b) the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary) directly owned by any Loan Party and (iii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the non-voting Equity Interests in each Restricted Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary solely pursuant to clause (f) or (j)  of the definition thereof)) directly owned by any Loan Party, which Restricted Subsidiary (x) is a Foreign Subsidiary or (y) substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(c) the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in, and Mortgages (to the extent required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 ) on, substantially all now owned or at any time hereafter acquired tangible and intangible assets of each Loan Party (including Equity Interests, intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property in the United States of America, other general intangibles, fee owned Real Property (but only to the extent required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 ) and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, (i) with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and (ii) subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(d) subject to limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to the extent a security interest in and Mortgages on any Real Property are required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 (each, a “ Mortgaged Property ”), the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property, together with evidence such Mortgage has been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto, in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien (subject only to Liens described in clause (ii) below) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness

 

11


evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed 100% of the fair market value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, each of which shall (A) to the extent reasonably necessary, include such coinsurance and reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if reasonably necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (B) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e. , policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), and (C) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot, revolving credit and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions, to the extent such endorsements are available in the applicable jurisdiction at commercially reasonable rates), (iii) opinions of local counsel to the Loan Parties in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (iv) no later than three Business Days prior to the date on which a Mortgage is executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property on which any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, together with evidence of flood insurance as and to the extent required under Section 6.07(c) hereof; and

(e) after the Closing Date, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not then a Guarantor and not an Excluded Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and signatory to this Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement in accordance with Sections 6.11 or 6.13 and a party to the Collateral Documents in accordance with Section 6.11 ; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that Guarantees (other than Guarantees by a Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary) any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 or any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it Guarantees such Indebtedness.

 

12


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary:

(A) the foregoing definition shall not require, unless otherwise stated in this clause (A) , the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance or taking other actions with respect to, (i) in excess of 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the non-voting Equity Interests of any direct Foreign Subsidiary of a Loan Party or a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are treated as controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (ii) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iii) any lease, license or agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law notwithstanding such prohibition, (iv) any interest in real property (whether fee-owned (other than as required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 ) or leased, including any requirement to deliver landlord waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters), (v) Excluded Contracts and Excluded Equipment, (vi) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the Uniform Commercial Code, (vii) Margin Stock and Equity Interests of any Person other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, (viii) any trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s “intent to use” such mark and for which a form evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark application prior to such filing would impair the enforceability or validity of such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable federal Law, (ix) the creation or perfection of pledges of, or security interests in, any property or assets that would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower and communicated in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent, (x) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable Law, (xi) pledges and security interests prohibited or restricted (to the extent of such restriction) by applicable Law (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party), (xii) all commercial tort claims in an amount less than $10,000,000, (xiii) accounts, property and other assets pledged pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing, (xiv) letter of credit rights, except to the extent constituting a supporting obligation for other Collateral as to which perfection of the security interest in such other Collateral is accomplished solely by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (it being understood

 

13


that no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in letter of credit rights, other than the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement), (xv) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the burden, cost or consequences of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Lenders under the Loan Documents and (xvi) proceeds from any and all of the foregoing assets described in clauses (i) through (xv)  above to the extent such proceeds would otherwise be excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (xv)  above;

(B) (i) the foregoing definition shall not require control agreements with respect to any cash, deposit accounts or securities accounts; (ii) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the U.S., including any intellectual property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction, or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction) and (iii) except to the extent that perfection and priority may be achieved by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the Borrower or a Guarantor, the Loan Documents shall not contain any requirements as to perfection or priority with respect to any assets or property described in this clause (B) ;

(C) the Administrative Agent in its discretion may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of security interests in, and Mortgages on, or obtaining title insurance or taking other actions with respect to, particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date) or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition where it reasonably determines in writing, in consultation with the Borrower, that the creation or perfection of security interests and Mortgages on, or obtaining title insurance or taking other actions, or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition cannot be accomplished without undue delay, burden or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents; provided that the Collateral Agent shall have received on or prior to the Closing Date (i) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each Loan Party and (ii) any certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Equity Interests of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank (or confirmation in lieu thereof that such certificates, powers and instruments have been sent for overnight delivery to the Collateral Agent or its counsel); and

(D) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, each of the Mortgages (if any), collateral assignments, security

 

14


agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.01 , Section 6.11 or Section 6.13 , and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means a Revolving Credit Commitment, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of a given Extension Series, Other Revolving Credit Commitment of a given Refinancing Series, Initial Term Commitment, Incremental Term Commitment or Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ).

Company Parties ” means the collective reference to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Borrower, and “ Company Party ” means any one of them.

Compensation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(c)(ii) .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 .

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than with respect to clauses (h) and (k) ) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital gains of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (1) through (15)  of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(b) Fixed Charges for such period (including (x) net losses on Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and other financing fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in clauses (1)(r) through (y)  in the definition thereof); plus

 

15


(c) the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Qualified Securitization Financing of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; plus

(d) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves, equity-based or non-cash compensation charges or expenses including any such charges or expenses arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, retention charges (including charges or expenses in respect of incentive plans), start-up or initial costs for any project or new production line, division or new line of business or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, integration and facilities opening costs or any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and investments and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Borrower may elect not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Borrower elects to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent), and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period; plus

(f) the amount of any non-controlling interest or minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary; plus

(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 7.08 ; plus

(h) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or expected in good faith to be taken no later than 24 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period for which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety

 

16


of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided , that such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (it is understood and agreed that “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions); provided , further , that each Compliance Certificate delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a) shall provide reasonable detail with respect to such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies and certifying that such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are factually supportable and are projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or expected in good faith to be taken no later than 24 months after the end of such period; plus

(i) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables, Securitization Assets and related assets to any Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus

(j) any costs or expense incurred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interest) solely to the extent that such cash proceeds or net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of Cumulative Credit; plus

(k) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(l) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; plus

(b) any net income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations.

 

17


There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (B) for the purposes of the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition”, compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 and the calculation of Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. There shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of or, closed or classified as discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”) and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each a “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ”), based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition).

Consolidated First Lien Net Debt ” means Consolidated Total Net Debt minus the sum of (i) the portion of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary included in Consolidated Total Net Debt that is not secured by any Lien on property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the portion of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary included in Consolidated Total Net Debt that is secured by Liens on property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, which Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated First Lien Net Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

 

18


Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made ( less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Swap Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) costs associated with obtaining Swap Obligations, (s) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (u) any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to other securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (v) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (w) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Transactions or any acquisitions after the Closing Date, (x) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Financing and (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses ( less all fees and expenses relating thereto), charges or expenses (including relating to any multi-year strategic initiatives), Transaction Expenses, restructuring and duplicative running costs, relocation costs, integration costs, facility consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses, one-time compensation charges, costs relating to pre-opening and opening costs for facilities, signing, retention and completion bonuses, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and non-recurring product and intellectual property development, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems

 

19


design, retention charges, system establishment costs and implementation costs) and operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded;

(3) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal, abandonment or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, as applicable, shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses ( less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, bulk subscriber contract sales) or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded;

(5) the net income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments (other than Excluded Contributions) that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions in this Agreement), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the Borrower’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

 

20


(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Swap Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities and investments recorded using the equity method or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(10) any equity-based or non-cash compensation charge or expense including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, profits interests or other rights or equity or equity-based incentive programs (“ equity incentives ”), any one-time cash charges associated with the equity incentives or other long-term incentive compensation plans (including under deferred compensation arrangements), roll-over, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, investment, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering and issuance of any securities and the syndication and incurrence of any Facility), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of any securities and any Facility) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated on or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805), shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions (or within 24 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of modifications of accounting policies shall be excluded;

(13) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , shall be excluded;

 

21


(15) the following items shall be excluded:

(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Swap Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging ,

(b) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Swap Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any other foreign currency translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items,

(c) any adjustments resulting for the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees , or any comparable regulation,

(d) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks, and

(e) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments;

(16) reserves established for the benefit of landlords of leased hotel properties for the acquisition of capitalized assets and equipment at such properties shall be excluded; and

(17) if such Person is treated as a disregarded entity or partnership for U.S. federal, state and/or local income tax purposes for such period or any portion thereof, the amount of distributions actually made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 7.06(i)(iii) shall be included in calculating Consolidated Net Income as though such amounts had been paid as taxes directly by such Person for such period.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement.

Consolidated Total Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition), consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Attributable Indebtedness, and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments, minus the aggregate amount of all cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet

 

22


of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that Consolidated Total Net Debt shall not include Indebtedness (i) in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder; provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Net Debt until three Business Days after such amount is drawn, (ii) in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings and (iii) of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that obligations under Swap Contracts do not constitute Consolidated Total Net Debt.

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Net Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

Contract Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Converted Restricted Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Co-Syndication Agents ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in their respective capacities as co-syndication agents under this Agreement.

Covenant Suspension Event ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII .

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” means (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans (or Revolving Credit Commitments), or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness

 

23


(“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than the Refinanced Debt, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount than the principal amount of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (i) above and with respect to pricing, premiums, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)) and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, and all commitments thereunder terminated, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cumulative Credit ” means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the greater of (x) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period from the first day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower during which the Closing Date occurred to and including the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit and (y) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time, plus

(b) the cumulative amount of the cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds (other than Excluded Contributions) from (i) the sale of Equity Interests (other than any Disqualified Equity Interests and other than any Designated Equity Contribution) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of the Borrower, (ii) the common Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) (other than Disqualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) and other than any Designated Equity Contribution) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the Obligations) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to a Person other than a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, in each case, not previously applied for a purpose other than use in the Cumulative Credit (including, for the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of Section 7.03(m)(y) ); plus

 

24


(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Designated Equity Contribution) of the Borrower received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Closing Date (other than Excluded Contributions), excluding any such amount that has been applied in accordance with Section 7.03(m)(y) ; plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in cash and Cash Equivalents from:

(A) the sale (other than to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any minority investments, or

(B) any dividend or other distribution by an Unrestricted Subsidiary or received in respect of any minority investment (except to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income and excluding Excluded Contributions), or

(C) any interest, returns of principal payments and similar payments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary or received in respect of any minority investments (except to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income), plus

(e) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investments of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) so long as such Investments were originally made pursuant to Sections 7.02(i)(iv)(2) or 7.02(n)(y) , plus

(f) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income or Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount, as applicable, an amount equal to any returns in cash and Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Investments made pursuant to Sections 7.02(i)(iv)(2) or 7.02(n)(y) , minus

(g) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Investments pursuant to Sections 7.02(i)(iv)(2) or 7.02(n)(y) after the Closing Date and prior to such time, minus

(h) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to pay dividends or make distributions or other Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(h)(y) after the Closing Date and prior to such time, minus

(i) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make payments or distributions in respect of Junior Financings pursuant to Section 7.13(a)(iv)(y) after the Closing Date and prior to such time.

 

25


Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, less the amount of Excess Cash Flow of Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent and for so long as such Excess Cash Flow is excluded from Excess Cash Flow prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(xi) , for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date.

Current Assets ” means, with respect to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, pension assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” means, with respect to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) accruals of Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding Consolidated Interest Expense that is past due and unpaid), (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves and (e) any Revolving Credit Exposure.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” means (i) any fund managed by, or under common management with GSO Capital Partners LP, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund L.P. or Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies L.P., (ii) any fund managed by GSO Debt Funds Management LLC, Blackstone Debt Advisors L.P., Blackstone Distressed Securities Advisors L.P., Blackstone Mezzanine Advisors L.P. or Blackstone Mezzanine Advisors II L.P. and (iii) any other Affiliate of Holdings that is a bona fide debt fund or an investment vehicle that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

26


Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum ; provided that, with respect to the overdue principal or interest in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan, plus 2.0%  per annum , in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of “Lender Default.”

Designated Equity Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) .

Discharge of Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11(a).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(2) .

Discount Range ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) .

Discount Range Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) .

Discount Range Prepayment Notice ” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(C) substantially in the form of Exhibit M-4 .

Discount Range Prepayment Offer ” means the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-5 , submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) .

Discount Range Proration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(3) .

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3) .

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date ” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1) , Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) or Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1) , respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(A) .

 

27


Disposed EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA (and in the component definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale or issuance of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that “ Disposition ” and “ Dispose ” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by Holdings of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and the termination or expiration of all outstanding Letters of Credit (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized, backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer)), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and the expiration or termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized, backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer)), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Equity Interests; provided that, if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Disqualified Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01B .

 

28


Distressed Person ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event.”

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Yield ” means, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or OID (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees or other fees payable to any lead arranger (or its affiliates) (regardless of whether paid in whole or in part to any or all Lenders) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such Indebtedness.

Eligible Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(a) .

Engagement Letter ” means that certain Engagement Letter dated February 12, 2014, among the Borrower, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environment ” means indoor air, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface, subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws ” means any applicable Law relating to pollution, protection of the Environment and natural resources, pollutants, contaminants, or chemicals or any toxic or otherwise hazardous substances, wastes or materials, or the protection of human health and safety as it relates to any of the foregoing, including any applicable provisions of CERCLA.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation and remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of or relating to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of, or liability under or relating to any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

 

29


Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a notification or determination that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing by the PBGC of a notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan, the treatment of a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, respectively, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302, 303 or 304 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (g) any Foreign Benefit Event; (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate; (i) a determination that any Pension Plan is in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA) or (j) a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA).

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) or such comparable or successor rate which is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date which is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provision of this definition, the “Eurocurrency Rate” with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be the interest rate per annum , determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the

 

30


date which is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period; provided that solely with respect to the Initial Term Loans, the Eurocurrency Rate shall be deemed to not be less than 1.00%  per annum in all cases.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan denominated in Dollars that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 .

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting), and

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges included in clauses (1) through (17)  of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to the extent not expensed and Capitalized Software Expenditures accrued or made in cash or accrued during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash or borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and were not made by utilizing the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases, (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.07 , and (C) any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a

 

31


Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Term Loans and all prepayments and repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and (Y) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except in the case of clause (Y) to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with internally generated cash,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period pursuant to Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(a) or (c) ) to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash or the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans and were not made by utilizing the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount,

(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Section 7.06(i) ( clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  only) or Section 7.06(g) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash or the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions that constitute Investments permitted under this Agreement or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of

 

32


intellectual property to the extent not expected to be consummated or made, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made in cash, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash not utilizing the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount actually utilized to finance such Investments, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property or other amounts referred to above during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and

(xiv) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.

Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of Excess Cash Flow to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” means each fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, but in all cases for purposes of calculating the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount shall only include such fiscal years for which financial statements and a Compliance Certificate have been delivered in accordance with Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02(a) and for which any prepayments required by Section 2.05(b)(i) (if any) have been made (it being understood that the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period shall be included in the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount regardless of whether a prepayment is required by Section 2.05(b)(i) ).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contract ” means, at any date, any rights or interest of the Borrower or any Guarantor under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a “ Contract ”) to the extent that such Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not Holdings, the Borrower or a Subsidiary, or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition for or would terminate because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest therein by the Borrower or a Guarantor; provided that (i) rights under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 or Section 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Borrower or any Guarantor from any sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral.

 

33


Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Borrower from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital;

(2) dividends, distributions, fees and other payments (A) from Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any of their Subsidiaries, (B) received in respect of any minority investments and (C) from any joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(3) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and preferred stock) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower);

in each case, to the extent designated as Excluded Contributions by the Borrower within 180 days of the date such capital contributions are made, such dividends, distributions, fees or other payments are paid, or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.

Excluded Equipment ” means, at any date, any equipment or other assets of the Borrower or any Guarantor which is subject to, or secured by, a Capitalized Lease Obligation or a purchase money obligation if and to the extent that (i) a restriction in favor of a Person (other than Holdings, the Borrower or a Subsidiary) contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for or would result in the termination of such agreement or document because of an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by the Borrower or any Guarantor and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by the Borrower or any Guarantor with the proceeds of such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation and attachments thereto, improvements thereof or substitutions therefor; provided that all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Borrower or any Guarantor from any sale, transfer or assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such assets and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid to the holder of any Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations secured by such assets.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Guarantor, (b) any Subsidiary of a Guarantor that does not have total assets in excess of 1.0% of Total Assets, individually or in the aggregate with all other Subsidiaries excluded via this clause (b) , (c) [reserved], (d) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations existing on the Closing Date (or, in the case of any newly acquired Subsidiary, in existence at the time of acquisition but not entered into in contemplation thereof) from guaranteeing the Obligations or if guaranteeing the Obligations would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such

 

34


consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained), (e) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, the burden or cost or other consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (f) any direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, (g) any not-for-profit Subsidiaries, (h) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (i) any Securitization Subsidiary or Subsidiary of a Securitization Subsidiary, (j) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (k) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary and (l) any captive insurance subsidiaries. The Excluded Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date are listed on Schedule 1.01D .

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation, or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (i) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 11.12 and any other applicable agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all applicable guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties), at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (ii) in the case of a Swap Obligation that is subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act, because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Guarantor as specified in any agreement between the relevant Loan Parties and the Approved Counterparty applicable to such Swap Obligations. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to the Swap for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Existing Revolver Tranche ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b) .

Existing Term Loan Tranche ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a) .

Expiring Credit Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(g) .

Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b) .

Extended Revolving Credit Loans ” means one or more Classes of Revolving Credit Loans that result from an Extension Amendment.

 

35


Extended Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a) .

Extending Revolving Credit Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c) .

Extending Term Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c) .

Extension ” means the establishment of an Extension Series by amending a Loan pursuant to Section 2.16 and the applicable Extension Amendment.

Extension Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(d) .

Extension Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c) .

Extension Request ” means any Term Loan Extension Request or a Revolver Extension Request, as the case may be.

Extension Series ” means any Term Loan Extension Series or a Revolver Extension Series, as the case may be.

Facility ” means the Initial Term Loans, a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Extension Series of Extended Term Loans, the Revolving Credit Facility, a given Class of Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, a given Refinancing Series of Other Revolving Credit Commitments, or a given Extension Series of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as the context may require.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code), as of the Closing Date (and any amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future Treasury Regulations or other official administrative guidance promulgated thereunder and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the implementation thereof.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Covenant Event of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.01(b) .

FIRREA ” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

 

36


First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 (which agreement in such form or with immaterial changes thereto the Collateral Agent is authorized to enter into) among Holdings, the Borrower, the subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and one or more collateral agents or representatives for the holders of Indebtedness that is permitted under Section 7.03 to be, and intended to be, secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to the Fixed Charges for such period. In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Equity Interests or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Equity Interests or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, Dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, Disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, Disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests during such period.

 

37


Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Benefit Event ” means, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable Law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable Governmental Authority or (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable Law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments.

Foreign Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(xi) .

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any benefit plan that under applicable Law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP in good faith by a Responsible Officer.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that (i) if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to

 

38


eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith, (ii) GAAP shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB ASC Topic 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein, and Indebtedness shall be measured at the aggregate principal amount thereof, and (iii) the accounting for operating leases and capital leases under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof (including, without limitation, Accounting Standards Codification 840) shall apply for the purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, including the definition of Capitalized Leases and obligations in respect thereof.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(i) .

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which

 

39


such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 .

Guarantors ” means, collectively, (i) Holdings, (ii) the wholly owned Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than any Excluded Subsidiary), (iii) those wholly owned Domestic Subsidiaries that issue a Guaranty of the Obligations after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.11 or otherwise, at the option of the Borrower, issues a Guaranty of the Obligations after the Closing Date and (iv) solely in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement to which the Borrower is not a party, the Borrower, in each case, until the Guaranty thereof is released in accordance with this Agreement.

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” means all materials, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, compounds, constituents, substances or wastes, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, radon gas, pesticides, fungicides, fertilizers, or toxic mold that are regulated pursuant to, or which could give rise to liability under, applicable Environmental Law.

Holdings ” means Parent, if it is the direct parent of the Borrower or, if not, any Domestic Subsidiary of Parent that directly owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower and issues a Guarantee of the Obligations and agrees to assume the obligations of “Holdings” pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to one or more instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Honor Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Identified Participating Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(3) .

Identified Qualifying Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3) .

Immaterial Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03 .

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(f) .

Incremental Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Incremental Facility Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(d) .

Incremental Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Incremental Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b) .

 

40


Incremental Loan Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Incremental Revolving Credit Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Incremental Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b) .

Incremental Term Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Incremental Term Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c) .

Incremental Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b) .

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) accruals for payroll and other liabilities accrued in the ordinary course);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests;

if and to the extent that the foregoing would constitute indebtedness or a liability in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower appearing upon the balance sheet of the Borrower solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded; and

 

41


(h) to the extent not otherwise included above, all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise expressly limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Net Debt, (B) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business, to the extent such intercompany Indebtedness, if the lender thereunder is a Loan Party, is evidenced by a promissory note that is pledged as Collateral to the Collateral Agent and (C) exclude obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financing, operating leases or sale lease-back transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations). The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose hereunder as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05 .

Indemnified Taxes ” means, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, all Taxes other than (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income, however denominated, and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed in lieu of net income Taxes by a jurisdiction (A) as a result of such recipient being organized in or having its principal office (or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable Lending Office) in such jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof), or (B) as a result of any other connection between such Lender or Agent and such jurisdiction other than any connections arising from executing, delivering, being a party to, engaging in any transactions pursuant to, performing its obligations under, receiving payments under, or enforcing, any Loan Document, (ii) Taxes attributable to the failure by any Agent or Lender to deliver the documentation required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(d) , (iii) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States or any similar Tax, imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (i) above, (iv) in the case of any Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 3.07 ), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is in effect on the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, or designates a new Lending Office, except to the extent such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled immediately prior to the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment) to receive additional amounts with respect

 

42


to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01 , (v) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, and (vi) any U.S. federal backup withholding imposed as a result of a failure by a Lender that is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code to deliver the form described in Section 3.01(d)(i) . For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” for purposes of this definition shall include each L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05 .

Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08 .

Initial Public Offering ” means the issuance by Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Initial Term Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make an Initial Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Term Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01A under the caption “Initial Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The initial aggregate amount of the Initial Term Commitments is $2,100,000,000.

Initial Term Loans ” means the term loans made by the Lenders on the Closing Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) .

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Intercompany Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

Intercreditor Agreements ” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, collectively, in each case to the extent in effect.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that, if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, 12 months or, to the extent agreed by the Administrative Agent, less than one month thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

43


(ii) any Interest Period (other than an Interest Period having a duration of less than one month) that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness, having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, to the extent such intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness, if the lender thereunder is a Loan Party, are evidenced by a promissory note that is pledged as Collateral to the Collateral Agent or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or if the applicable securities or loans are not then rated by Moody’s or S&P, an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency.

Investors ” means one or more investment funds, investment partnerships or managed accounts controlled or managed by The Blackstone Group L.P. or one of its Affiliates (other than any portfolio operating companies).

IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.17 .

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

44


Joint Bookrunners ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners under this Agreement.

Junior Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13(a) .

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 hereto (which agreement in such form or with immaterial changes thereto the Collateral Agent is authorized to enter into) between the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and one or more collateral agents or representatives for the holders of Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to Sections 7.03(q) or 7.03(s) that are intended to be secured on a basis junior to the Obligations. Wherever in this Agreement an Other Debt Representative is required to become party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if the related Indebtedness is the initial Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to be secured by a Lien on a basis junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, then the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Other Debt Representative for such Indebtedness shall execute and deliver the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, any Incremental Term Loans, any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments or any Other Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents, orders, decrees, injunctions or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement. All L/C Advances shall be denominated in Dollars.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

45


L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Disbursement ” means any payment made by an L/C Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

L/C Issuer ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and any other Lender that becomes an L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(k) or 10.07(k) , in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. If there is more than one L/C Issuer at any given time, the term L/C Issuer shall refer to the relevant L/C Issuer(s).

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.03(l) . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lead Arrangers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers under this Agreement.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

Lender Default ” means (i) the refusal (which may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of revolving loans or reimbursement obligations required to be made by it, which refusal or failure is not cured within two Business Days after the date of such refusal or failure unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable Default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied; (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, unless subject to a good faith dispute; (iii) a Lender has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations, or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations, under the Revolving Credit Facility or under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit; (iv) a Lender has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility; or (v) a Lender has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or

 

46


such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender Default has occurred under any one or more of clauses (i) through (v)  above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and the applicable Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17(b) ) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each L/C Issuer, each Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

Lender-Related Distress Event ” means, with respect to any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “ Distressed Person ”), as the case may be, a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit and shall be issued in Dollars.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the applicable Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Issuance Request ” means a letter of credit request substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

47


Loan ” means an extension of credit in Dollars by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan (including any Incremental Term Loan and any extensions of credit under any Revolving Commitment Increase).

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Collateral Documents, (iv) each Intercreditor Agreement to the extent then in effect, (v) each Letter of Credit Issuance Request and (vi) any Refinancing Amendment, Incremental Amendment or Extension Amendment.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Regulation U issued by the FRB.

Market Capitalization ” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Equity Interests of Holdings on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Equity Interests on the principal securities exchange on which such common Equity Interests are traded for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

Master Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect ” means a (a) material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to fully and timely perform any of their payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party; or (c) material adverse effect on the rights and remedies available to the Lenders or any Agent under any Loan Document.

Maturity Date ” means (i) with respect to the Initial Term Loans, the date that is seven years after the Closing Date, (ii) with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, the date that is five years after the Closing Date, (iii) with respect to any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Extension Request accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders, (iv) with respect to any Refinancing Term Loans or Other Revolving Credit Commitments, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment and (v) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment; provided , in each case, that if such date is not a Business Day, then the applicable Maturity Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

48


Maximum Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10 .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgaged Property ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgages ” means collectively, if any, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property (if any) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with such terms and provisions as may be required by the applicable Laws of the relevant jurisdiction.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding six years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Proceeds ” means:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien (other than a Lien that ranks pari passu with or subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations) on the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii) ) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and

 

49


(y) retained by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Default exists, the Borrower may reinvest any portion of such proceeds in assets useful for its business (which shall include any Investment permitted by this Agreement) within 12 months of such receipt and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within 12 months of such receipt, so reinvested or contractually committed to be so reinvested (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12-month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; it being further understood that such proceeds shall constitute Net Proceeds notwithstanding any investment notice if there is a Specified Default at the time of a proposed reinvestment unless such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing); provided , further , that no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds shall exceed $30,000,000 and (y) the aggregate net proceeds excluded under clause (x) exceeds $100,000,000 in any fiscal year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a) ), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(d) .

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of the Investors other than (a) Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) any Debt Fund Affiliate and (c) any natural person.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Expiring Credit Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(g) .

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Note ” means a Term Note, a Revolving Credit Note or a Swing Line Note, as the context may require.

 

50


Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit fees, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the Guaranty only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations of any Guarantor shall in no event include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Offered Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1) .

Offered Discount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1) .

OID ” means original issue discount.

Organization Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(ii) .

Other Debt Representative ” means, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

 

51


Other Revolving Credit Commitments ” means one or more Classes of revolving credit commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Revolving Credit Loans ” means one or more Classes of Revolving Credit Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b) .

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding Principal Amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the aggregate outstanding Principal Amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Parent ” means La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(f) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(f) .

Participating Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(2) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding six years.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit H hereto or any other form reasonably approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(i) .

 

52


Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” means any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Notes and any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Loans.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Loans ” means any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in the form of secured loans incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more tranches of loans under this Agreement; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties or (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) on or prior to the date that is the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Notes ” means any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in the form of secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) on or prior to the date that is the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (v) an Other Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to each Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders ” means each of (x) the Investors and (y) the Management Stockholders (provided that if the Management Stockholders own beneficially or of record more than 10% of the outstanding voting stock of Holdings in the aggregate, they shall be treated as Permitted Holders of only 10% of the outstanding voting stock of Holdings at such time).

Permitted Other Debt Conditions ” means that such applicable Indebtedness (i) does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case on or prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, and (iii) to the extent secured, the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

 

53


Permitted Ratio Debt ” means secured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof (but without netting the proceeds thereof) (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) (x) if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the Facilities or secured by assets or property not constituting Collateral, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is no greater than 6.00 to 1.00 (or, after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 5.75 to 1.00) and (y) if such Indebtedness is secured on a junior basis to the Facilities, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is no greater than 6.25 to 1.00; provided that, such Indebtedness shall (A) in the case of clause (x) above, have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, and in the case of clause (y) above, have a maturity date that is at least 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (B) in the case of clause (x) above, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facilities and, in the case of clause (y) above, shall not be subject to scheduled amortization prior to maturity, (C) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party with respect to Collateral, be subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and, if the Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the Facilities, be (x) in the form of debt securities and (y) subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (D) have terms and conditions (other than pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption provisions) that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to the Borrower than the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole) ( provided that a certificate of the Borrower as to the satisfaction of the conditions described in this clause (D) delivered at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements of this clause (D) , shall be conclusive unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)); provided , further , that any such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this definition by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to Sections 7.03(g) , 7.03(q) or 7.03(w) , does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding 3.0% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness

 

54


permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e) , such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e) , at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is Junior Financing, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (ii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended and (iii) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended was subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, the holders of such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended Indebtedness (if such Indebtedness is secured) or their representative on their behalf shall become party to such Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt ” means Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness constituting secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien (or other junior lien) secured notes or second lien (or other junior lien) secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,” (iii) an Other Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Second Lien Representative” thereunder, and (iv) such Indebtedness meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions. Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” means Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in the form of unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that such Indebtedness (i) constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (ii) meets the Permitted Other Debt Conditions.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

55


Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02 .

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Post-Acquisition Period ” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or the conversion of any Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated and ending on the first anniversary of the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City and notified to the Borrower.

Principal Amount ” means the stated or principal amount of each Loan or Letter of Credit or L/C Obligation with respect thereto, as applicable.

Pro Forma Adjustment ” means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) at the election of the Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $15,000,000, and (ii) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided , further , that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” mean, with respect to compliance with any test hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following

 

56


transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment; provided , further , that when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of (i) the definition of “Applicable Rate”, (ii) the Applicable ECF Percentage and (iii) determining actual compliance (and not Pro Forma Compliance or compliance on a Pro Forma Basis) with Section 7.11 , the events that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time; provided that, in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility, if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Projections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c) .

Public Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02 .

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that, at the time the relevant Guaranty (or grant of the relevant security interest, as applicable) becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or otherwise constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and which may cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into an agreement pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

57


Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualified Proceeds ” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interests of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (x) the board of directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary and (y) all sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower). The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under this Agreement prior to engaging in any Securitization Financing shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3) .

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P.

Rating Categories ” means:

(1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and

(2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories).

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned or leased by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Refinanced Debt ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.

Refinancing ” means the repayment in full of all third party Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing prior to the consummation of the Transactions (other than existing capital leases and letters of credit and any Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 7.03(b) ) with the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans and a portion of the Initial Public Offering and the termination and release of all commitments, security interests and guarantees in connection therewith.

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Loans incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.15 .

 

58


Refinancing Series ” means all Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Term Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Loans that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Term Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Loans provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and, in the case of Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments, amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments ” means one or more Classes of Term Commitments hereunder that are established to fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” means one or more Classes of Term Loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(d) .

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating in into, onto or through the Environment.

Released Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.10 .

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the 30-day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Initial Term Loans with the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any debt financing having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (with the comparative determinations to be made by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, after giving effect to, among other factors, margin, interest rate floors, upfront or similar fees or original issue discount, but excluding the effect of any arrangement, structuring, syndication or other fees payable to any lead arranger (or its affiliates) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such debt financing, and without taking into account any fluctuations in the Eurocurrency Rate) that is less than the effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of such Initial Term Loans so repaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced,

 

59


including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, such Term Loans or the incurrence of any Replacement Term Loans, in each case other than in connection with a Change of Control.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, continuation or conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Issuance Request, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Class Lenders ” means, with respect to any Class on any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (i) the outstanding Loans under such Class and (ii) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that the unused Commitments of, and the portion of the outstanding Loans under such Class held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Class Lenders; provided , further , that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(n) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Class Lenders.

Required Facility Lenders ” mean, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Facility, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the Total Outstandings under such Facility (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, as applicable, under such Facility being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that the unused Commitments of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings under such Facility held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Facility Lenders; provided , further , that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(n) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Facility Lenders.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided , further , that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(n) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Required Revolving Credit Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Revolving Credit Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and all L/C Obligations (with the aggregate

 

60


amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and all L/C Obligations held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Credit Lenders; provided , further , that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(n) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Credit Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retained Percentage ” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

Reversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII .

Revolver Extension Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b) .

Revolver Extension Series ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b) .

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b) .

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit and (c) purchase

 

61


participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate Principal Amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01A under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitments” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $250,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the amount of the outstanding Principal Amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the amount of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated, Revolving Credit Exposure.

Revolving Credit Loans ” means any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(b) , Incremental Revolving Credit Loans, Other Revolving Credit Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Loans, as the context may require.

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Same Day Funds ” means immediately available funds.

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council or the European Union.

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

62


Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Approved Counterparty.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, any Approved Counterparty party to a Secured Hedge Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement, the Supplemental Agents and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.02.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securitization Assets ” means the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment and any other assets related thereto subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing ” means any of one or more receivables or securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or grants a security interest in its accounts receivable or Securitization Assets or assets related thereto to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Subsidiary ” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01E and (ii) any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Qualified Securitization Financing and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G , dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdings, the Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Similar Business ” means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, and any reasonable extension thereof, or (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged or propose to be engaged on the Closing Date.

 

63


Sold Entity or Business ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Solicited Discount Proration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3) .

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1) .

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ” means a written notice of the Borrower of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit M-6 .

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer ” means the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-7 , submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1) .

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(i) .

Specified Default ” means a Default under Section 8.01(a) , (f)  or (g) .

Specified Discount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1) .

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1) .

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ” means a written notice of the Borrower of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit M-8 .

 

64


Specified Discount Prepayment Response ” means the irrevocable written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-9 , to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1) .

Specified Discount Proration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(3) .

Specified Equity Contribution ” means any cash contribution to the common equity of Holdings and/or any purchase or investment in an Equity Interest of Holdings other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Specified Guarantor ” means any Guarantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section 11.12 ).

Specified Representations ” means those representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Sections 5.01(b)(ii) , 5.02(a) , 5.02(b) , 5.02(c)(i) , 5.02(c)(iii) (to the extent such conflict has not resulted in a Material Adverse Effect (as such term or similar definition is defined in the main transaction agreement governing the applicable Permitted Acquisition)), 5.04 , 5.13 , 5.18 , 5.20 and 5.21 .

Specified Transaction ” means any Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation, Incremental Term Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase in respect of which the terms of this Agreement require any test to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis” or after giving “Pro Forma Effect”; provided that a Revolving Commitment Increase, for purposes of this “Specified Transaction” definition, shall be deemed to be fully drawn.

Submitted Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) .

Submitted Discount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) .

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which (i) a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, (ii) more than half of the issued share capital is at the time beneficially owned or (iii) the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, any entity that is owned at a 50.0% or less level (as described above) shall not be a “Subsidiary” for any purpose under this Agreement, regardless of whether such entity is consolidated on Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s financial statements.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Guarantor other than Holdings.

 

65


Successor Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(d) .

Supplemental Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14(a) and “ Supplemental Agents ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Suspended Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII .

Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII .

Swap ” means, any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Facility ” means the swing line loan facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

 

66


Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender resulting from the Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Tax Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06(i) .

Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a) .

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Class and Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .

Term Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Term Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Term Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension.

Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Initial Term Commitment, a Term Commitment or a Term Loan at such time.

Term Loans ” means any Initial Term Loan or any Incremental Term Loan, Refinancing Term Loan or Extended Term Loan designated as a “Term Loan”, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a) .

Term Loan Extension Series ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a) .

Term Loan Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

Term Loan Standstill Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.01(b) .

 

67


Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans of each Class made by such Term Lender.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 , as applicable; provided that for purposes of determining actual compliance with Section 7.11 , “Test Period” shall mean the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended as of such date of determination.

Threshold Amount ” means $50,000,000.

“Ticking Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(b) .

Ticking Fee Rate ” means during the period from and including the 31 st day after the Allocation Date through and including the 75 th day after the Allocation Date, a percentage per annum equal to 50% of the Applicable Rate with respect to Initial Term Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans; provided that commencing on the 76 th day after the Allocation Date and thereafter, the Ticking Fee Rate means a percentage per annum equal to 100% of the Applicable Rate with respect to Initial Term Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) .

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Investors, Holdings, the Borrower or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions related to the Facilities and any original issue discount or upfront fees), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the funding of the Initial Term Loans and the issuance of any Letters of Credit on the Closing Date and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents entered into on the Closing Date, (b) the Refinancing, (c) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and (d) the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Treasury Services Agreement ” means any agreement between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Approved Counterparty relating to treasury, depository, credit card, debit card, stored value cards, purchasing or procurement cards and cash management services or automated clearinghouse transfer of funds or any similar services.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

 

68


Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 , K-2 , K-3 or K-4 hereto, as applicable.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) as of the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01F , (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the board of managers of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the Closing Date and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

USA PATRIOT Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, as amended or modified from time to time.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

wholly owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Yield Differential ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(e)(iii) .

SECTION 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

69


(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(h) If the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 is applicable as of the last day of any Test Period in accordance with the terms of such Section 7.11 , such covenant shall be deemed to be applicable and in effect until such time as the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of Credit (excluding up to $20,000,000 of Letters of Credit and other Letters of Credit which have been Cash Collateralized or backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer) that are issued and/or outstanding is equal to or less than 25% of the Revolving Credit Facility.

(i) Wherever in this Agreement a representative for holders of obligations that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Facilities is required to become a party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is not otherwise in effect such representative shall not be required to become a party thereto until such time (if any) as the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is in effect.

SECTION 1.03 Accounting Terms.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

70


SECTION 1.04 Rounding.

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by the Loan Documents; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.06 Times of Day.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07 Timing of Payment or Performance.

Except as otherwise provided herein, when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of “Interest Period”) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 1.08 Cumulative Credit Transactions.

If more than one action occurs on any given date the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount of the Cumulative Credit immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined independently and in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously.

ARTICLE II

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 2.01 The Loans.

(a) The Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Closing Date loans denominated in

 

71


Dollars in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Term Lender’s Initial Term Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower from its applicable Lending Office (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 , on any Business Day during the period beginning on the Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment, in an aggregate Principal Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that, after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b) , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b) . Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

SECTION 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and (ii) one Business Day before the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided that the notice referred to in clause (i) above may be delivered no later than one Business Day prior to the Closing Date in the case of the initial Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Except as provided in Section 2.14(a) , each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c) , 2.04(c) or 2.14(a) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing of a particular Class, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans of any Class or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the

 

72


Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans of a Class or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower that the primary syndication of the Initial Term Loans has been completed, the Borrower shall not be permitted to request a Term Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans with an Interest Period in excess of one month. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as or converted to Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion or continuation described in Section 2.02(a) . In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent by wire transfer of such funds in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Prime Rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than 15 Interest Periods in effect.

 

73


(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

SECTION 2.03 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date to issue Letters of Credit at sight denominated in Dollars for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 ; provided that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than 12 months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender has approved of such expiration date or (2) the L/C Issuer thereof has approved of such expiration date and the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer;

 

74


(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders have approved such expiry date and have agreed to remain liable hereunder in respect of such Letter of Credit as if the Letter of Credit Expiration Date had not occurred;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws binding upon such L/C Issuer;

(E) the L/C Issuer does not as of the issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit issue Letters of Credit in Dollars; or

(F) any Revolving Credit Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.

(iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(iv) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and any Letter of Credit Issuance Request (and any other document, agreement or instrument entered into by such L/C Issuer and the Borrower or in favor of such L/C Issuer) pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to each L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit. (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Issuance Request, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or his/her delegate or designee. Such Letter of Credit Issuance Request must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least two Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such other date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the

 

75


case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Issuance Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (g) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Issuance Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Issuance Request, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Issuance Request from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the relevant L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Issuance Request, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each 12-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a number of days (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) prior to the last day of such 12-month period to be agreed upon by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its extended form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension

 

76


Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after issuance of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations. (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (1) the next Business Day immediately following any payment by an L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit that the Borrower receives notice thereof (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing in Dollars; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with a Revolving Credit Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility or a Swing Line Borrowing under the Swing Line Facility in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Credit Borrowing or Swing Line Borrowing, as applicable. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as applicable, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Appropriate Lenders and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Appropriate Lender (including any Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Appropriate Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan or Eurocurrency Rate Loan, as applicable, to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall promptly remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer in Dollars.

 

77


(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as applicable, because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest (which begins to accrue upon funding by the L/C Issuer) at the Default Rate for Revolving Credit Loans. In such event, each Appropriate Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

(iv) Until each Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

78


(d) Repayment of Participations. (i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement hereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession,

 

79


assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit;

(vi) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of Dollars to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the currency markets generally; and

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential or exemplary damages, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such L/C Issuer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.

(f) Role of L/C Issuers. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Issuance Request. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vii)  of Section 2.03(e) ; provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence

 

80


or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit, in each case as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral. If (i) as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, (ii) any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 or (iii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Event of Default or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii) , (1) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (iii) , the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Appropriate Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Appropriate Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders of the applicable Facility, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in a Cash Collateral Account and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents as directed by the Borrower. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are expressly subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the Cash Collateral Account, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that

 

81


the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. To the extent any Event of Default giving rise to the requirement to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 2.03(g) is cured or otherwise waived by the Required Lenders, then so long as no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all Cash Collateral pledged to Cash Collateralize such Letter of Credit shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders for the applicable Revolving Credit Facility (in accordance with their Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement) a Letter of Credit fee in Dollars for each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit); provided , however , any Letter of Credit fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Pro Rata Shares allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.17(a)(iv) , with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the L/C Issuer for its own account. Such Letter of Credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such Letter of Credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in any Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by such Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers. The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125%  per annum of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within 10 Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

 

82


(j) Conflict with Letter of Credit Issuance Request. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Issuance Request, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Issuance Request, the terms hereof shall control.

(k) Addition of an L/C Issuer. A Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.

(l) Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

(m) Reporting . Each L/C Issuer will report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each calendar month, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the last Business Day of the preceding calendar month (and on such other dates as the Administrative Agent may request), (ii) on or prior to each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer expects to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance or amendment, and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit to be issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and such L/C Issuer shall advise the Administrative Agent on such Business Day whether such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension occurred and whether the amount thereof changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer makes any L/C Disbursement, the date and amount of such L/C Disbursement and (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an L/C Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such L/C Issuer on such day, the date and amount of such failure.

(n) Provisions Related to Letters of Credit in respect of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . If the Letter of Credit Expiration Date in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments occurs prior to the expiry date of any Letter of Credit, then (i) if consented to by the L/C Issuer which issued such Letter of Credit, if one or more other tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of which the Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall not have so occurred are then in effect, such Letters of Credit for which consent has been obtained shall automatically be deemed to have been issued (including for purposes of the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders to purchase participations therein and to make Revolving Credit Loans and payments in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and 2.03(d) ) under (and ratably participated in by Lenders pursuant to) the Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of such non-terminating tranches up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the unutilized Revolving Credit Commitments thereunder at such time (it being understood that no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated) and (ii) to the extent not reallocated pursuant to immediately preceding clause (i) , the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize

 

83


any such Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.03(g) . Upon the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Letters of Credit may be reduced as agreed between the L/C Issuers and the Borrower, without the consent of any other Person.

(o) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 2.04 Swing Line Loans.

(a) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, agrees to make loans in Dollars to the Borrower (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”), from time to time on any Business Day during the period beginning on the Business Day after the Closing Date and until the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the requested borrowing date and shall specify (i) the principal amount to be borrowed, which principal amount shall be a minimum of $500,000 (and any amount in excess of $500,000 shall be in integral multiples of $100,000) and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business

 

84


Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice (by telephone or in writing), the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.04 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loan at a time when a Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender unless the Swing Line Lender has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ participation in such Swing Line Loans, including by Cash Collateralizing, or obtaining a backstop letter of credit from an issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Swing Line Lender to support, such Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Swing Line Loans.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans. (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes such Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

 

85


(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) (but not to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share or other applicable

 

86


share provided for under this Agreement thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

(g) Provisions Related to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . If the maturity date shall have occurred in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ Expiring Credit Commitment ”) at a time when another tranche or tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments is or are in effect with a longer maturity date (each, a “ Non-Expiring Credit Commitment ” and, collectively, the “ Non-Expiring Credit Commitments ”), then with respect to each outstanding Swing Line Loan, if consented to by the applicable Swing Line Lender, on the earliest occurring maturity date such Swing Line Loan shall be deemed reallocated to the tranche or tranches of the Non-Expiring Credit Commitments on a pro rata basis; provided that (x) to the extent that the amount of such reallocation would cause the aggregate credit exposure to exceed the aggregate amount of such Non-Expiring Credit Commitments, immediately prior to such reallocation the amount of Swing Line Loans to be reallocated equal to such excess shall be repaid and (y) notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall still be obligated to pay Swing Line Loans allocated to the Revolving Credit Lenders holding the Expiring Credit Commitments at the maturity date of the Expiring Credit Commitment or if the Loans have been accelerated prior to the maturity date of the Expiring Credit Commitment. Upon the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Swing Line Loans may be reduced as agreed between the Swing Line Lender and the Borrower, without the consent of any other Person.

SECTION 2.05 Prepayments.

(a) Optional. (i) The Borrower may, upon, subject to Section 2.05(a)(iii) below, written notice to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans of any Class and Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty (subject to Section 2.05(a)(iv) ); provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) one Business Day prior to any prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum Principal Amount of $2,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum Principal Amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or, in each

 

87


case, if less, the entire Principal Amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon to such date, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) , the Borrower may in its sole discretion select the Borrowing or Borrowings (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares or other applicable share as provided for under this Agreement.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon, subject to Section 2.05(a)(iii) below, written notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum Principal Amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, subject to the payment of any amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.05 , the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Sections 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all or a portion of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of any Class of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a) as directed by the Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a) .

(iv) In the event that, on or prior to the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower (x) prepays, refinances, substitutes or replaces any Initial Term Loans pursuant to a Repricing Transaction (including, for avoidance of doubt, any prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv) that constitutes a Repricing Transaction), or (y) effects any amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Term Lenders, (I) in the case of clause (x) , a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans so prepaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced and (II) in the case of clause (y) , a fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Initial Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment. If,

 

88


on or prior to the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date, any Term Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender and is replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) in connection with any amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction, such Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Term Lender pursuant to Section 3.07(a) ) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium or fee described in the preceding sentence. Such amounts shall be due and payable on the date of effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(v) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no proceeds of Revolving Credit Borrowings are applied to fund any such repayment, any Company Party may prepay the outstanding Term Loans (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be automatically and permanently canceled immediately upon such prepayment) (or Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may purchase such outstanding Term Loans and immediately cancel them) on the following basis:

(A) Any Company Party shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers (any such prepayment, the “ Discounted Term Loan Prepayment ”), in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.05(a)(v) ; provided that no Company Party shall initiate any action under this Section 2.05(a)(v) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least 10 Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Company Party on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Company Party was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Company Party’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(B) (1) Subject to the proviso to Section 2.05(a)(v)(A) above, any Company Party may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with five Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Term Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “ Specified Discount ”) of such Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(B) ), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount

 

89


Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”).

(2) Each Term Lender receiving such offer and wishing to participate shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date that it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its applicable then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “ Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the relevant Company Party will make a prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v)(B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(2) above; provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Specified Discount Proration ”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such

 

90


date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Company Party and such Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(v)(F) below (subject to Section 2.05(a)(v)(J) below).

(C) (1) Subject to the proviso to Section 2.05(a)(v)(A) above, any Company Party may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Term Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Loans (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”), the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “ Discount Range ”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by such Company Party (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(C) ), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”). Each Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount ”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “ Submitted Amount ”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

 

91


(2) The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.05(a)(v)(C) . The relevant Company Party agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “ Applicable Discount ”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Term Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(3) ) at the Applicable Discount (each such Term Lender, a “ Participating Lender ”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the relevant Company Party will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “ Identified Participating Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Discount Range Proration ”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the

 

92


Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Company Party and Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(v)(F) below (subject to Section 2.05(a)(v)(J) below).

(D) (1) Subject to the proviso to Section 2.05(a)(v)(A) above, any Company Party may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate amount of the Term Loans (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(D) ), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Term Lenders (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “ Offered Discount ”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “ Offered Amount ”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.

(2) The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the relevant Company Party with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. Such Company Party shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term

 

93


Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Company Party (the “ Acceptable Discount ”), if any. If the Company Party elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by such Company Party from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(2) (the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Company Party shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Company Party by the Acceptance Date, such Company Party shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “ Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans (the “ Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”) to be prepaid by the relevant Company Party at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.05(a)(v)(D) . If the Company Party elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Company Party agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Term Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Qualifying Lender ”). The Company Party will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v)(D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that, if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “ Identified Qualifying Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Solicited Discount Proration ”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the

 

94


relevant Company Party of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the tranches to be prepaid to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Term Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Company Party and Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(v)(F) below (subject to Section 2.05(a)(v)(J) below).

(E) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Company Parties and the Term Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from a Company Party in connection therewith.

(F) If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.05(a)(v)(B) through 2.05(a)(v)(D) above, a Company Party shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The relevant Company Party shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, and shall be applied to the relevant Loans of such Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Share. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. In connection with each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v) , the relevant Company Party shall waive any right to bring any action against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, in connection with any such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

95


(G) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.05(a)(v) , established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(H) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.05(a)(v) , each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(I) Each of the Company Parties and the Term Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.05(a)(v) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.05(a)(v) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

(J) Each Company Party shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Company Party to make any prepayment to a Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01 or otherwise).

(b) Mandatory. (i) Within five Business Days after financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015) and the related Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) , the Borrower shall cause to be offered to be prepaid in accordance with clause (b)(ix) below, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made during such fiscal year or after year-end and prior to when such Excess Cash Flow prepayment is due (including the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v) during such time) and (2) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans during such fiscal year or after year-end and prior to when such Excess Cash Flow prepayment is due to the extent the Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by

 

96


the amount of such payments, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1) and (2) , to the extent such prepayments are funded with the internally generated cash and, without duplication of any deduction from Excess Cash Flow in any prior period.

(ii) If (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Sections 7.05(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) , (e) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (k) , (l) , (m) , (o) , (p)  or (q) ), or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Borrower shall cause to be offered to be prepaid in accordance with clause (b)(ix) below, on or prior to the date which is 10 Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds, subject to clause (b)(xi) below, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received; provided that, if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower is required to offer to repurchase any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Indebtedness required to be offered to be so repurchased, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time); provided , further , that (A) the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Net Proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly and (B) to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iii) [Reserved].

(iv) If the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness not prohibited under Section 7.03 (excluding Section 7.03(t) )), the Borrower shall cause to be offered to be prepaid in accordance with clause (b)(ix) below an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five Business Days after the receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(v) If for any reason the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of the termination of any Class of Revolving Credit

 

97


Commitments on the Maturity Date with respect thereto), the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(v) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans such aggregate Outstanding Amount exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

(vi) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request, Revolver Extension Request or any Incremental Amendment (which may be prepaid on a less than pro rata basis in accordance with its terms), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied ratably to each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt, and (ii) any Class of Incremental Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans may be prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans); (B) with respect to each Class of Term Loans, each prepayment pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv)  of this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the scheduled installments of principal thereof following the date of prepayment pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in direct order of maturity; and (C) each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(vii) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv)  of this Section 2.05(b) at least four Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment.

(viii) All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05 . Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.05(b) , so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b) (other than Section 2.05(b)(v) ) prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) .

 

98


(ix) With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.05(b) , (A) each Lender of Term Loans will have the right to refuse such offer of prepayment by giving written notice of such refusal to the Administrative Agent within one Business Day after such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent of such offer of prepayment (and the Borrower shall not prepay any Term Loans of such Lender on the date that is specified in clause (B) below), (B) the Borrower will make all such prepayments not so refused upon the fourth Business Day after delivery of notice by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(vii) and (C) any prepayment refused by Lenders of Term Loans may be retained by the Borrower.

(x) In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) , such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Class or Classes being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans; provided that, if no Lenders exercise the right to waive a given mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ix) , then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment within any tranche of Term Loans shall be applied first to Term Loans of such tranche that are Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans of such tranche that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans in a manner that minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.05.

(xi) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.05 , (i) to the extent that any or all of the Net Proceeds of any Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary (“ Foreign Disposition ”) or Excess Cash Flow attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.05 but may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that, in each case, would otherwise be required to be used to make an offer of prepayment pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(i) or 2.05(b)(ii) , is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be immediately effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than two Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05 and (ii) to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition or Foreign Subsidiary Excess Cash Flow would have material adverse tax cost consequences with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this clause (ii) , on or before the date on

 

99


which any such Net Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or any such Excess Cash Flow would have been required to be applied to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) , the Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments, as applicable, as if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary).

SECTION 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Optional. The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000, or any whole multiple of $1,000,000, in excess thereof or, if less, the entire amount thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The amount of any such Commitment reduction shall not otherwise be applied to the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

(b) Mandatory. The Initial Term Commitment of each Term Lender of each Class shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the funding of Initial Term Loans of such Class to be made by it on the Closing Date. The Revolving Credit Commitment of each Class shall automatically and permanently terminate on the Maturity Date with respect to such Class of Revolving Credit Commitments.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06 . Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07 ). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

100


SECTION 2.07 Repayment of Loans.

(a) Term Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first full quarter after the Closing Date, an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Initial Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05 ) and (ii) on the Maturity Date for the Initial Term Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Initial Term Loans outstanding on such date. In the event that, prior to the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans, the Initial Term Loans or any existing Incremental Term Loans have scheduled amortization payments under Section 2.07(a)(i) (or other equivalent section) that are less than 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans when initially incurred, then at the Borrower’s option, (x) the scheduled amortization payments of such existing Term Loans on the effective date of such Incremental Term Loans shall be increased to be equal quarterly installments of principal equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans originally incurred or (y) the scheduled amortization payment of the Incremental Term Loans shall equal such smaller percentage applicable to the existing Term Loans on such scheduled amortization payment date(s) (reflected as a percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Incremental Term Loans), so long as, in the event this clause (y) is applicable, and for the avoidance of doubt, such percentage is expressly set forth in the Incremental Amendment with respect to such Incremental Term Loans. In the event any other Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans or Extended Term Loans are made, such other Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans or Extended Term Loans, as applicable, shall be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Incremental Amendment, Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment with respect thereto and on the applicable Maturity Date thereof.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the applicable Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities of a given Class the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans of such Class outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is five Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility (although Swing Line Loans may thereafter be reborrowed, in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, if there are one or more Classes of Revolving Credit Commitments which remain in effect).

SECTION 2.08 Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) , (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan (other than a Swing Line Loan) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans.

 

101


(b) During the continuance of a Default under Section 8.01(a) , the Borrower shall pay interest on past due amounts owing by it hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws; provided that no interest at the Default Rate shall accrue or be payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. Accrued and unpaid interest on such amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

SECTION 2.09 Fees.

In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and 2.03(i) :

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender under each Facility in accordance with its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement, a commitment fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to Revolving Credit Loan commitment fees, times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment for the applicable Facility exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans for such Facility and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations for such Facility; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender, except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrower prior to such time; and provided , further , that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fee on each Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Commitments, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date during the first full fiscal quarter to occur after the Closing Date and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Commitments. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Agent).

 

102


SECTION 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees.

All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days, or 366 days, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.11 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as a non-fiduciary agent for the Borrower, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and 2.11(b) , and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and 2.11(b) , shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

103


SECTION 2.12 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office and in Same Day Funds not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after the time specified above shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, if any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Federal Funds Rate, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment (including, without limitation, failure to fund participations in respect of any Letter of Credit or Swing Line Loan), such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “Compensation Period”) at a rate per

 

104


annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount (including, without limitation, failure to fund participations in respect of any Letter of Credit or Swing Line Loan) forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV or in the applicable Incremental Amendment, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.04 . If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable

 

105


Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

SECTION 2.13 Sharing of Payments.

If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that, if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09 ) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.14 Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) Incremental Commitments . The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (an “ Incremental Loan Request ”), request (A) one or more new commitments which may be in the same Facility as any

 

106


outstanding Term Loans of an existing Class of Term Loans (a “ Term Loan Increase ”) or a new Class of term loans (collectively with any Term Loan Increase, the “ Incremental Term Commitments ”) and/or (B) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”) or the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments (any such new commitments, collectively with any Revolving Commitment Increases, the “ Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments ” and, the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, collectively with any Incremental Term Commitments, the “ Incremental Commitments ”), whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders.

(b) Incremental Loans . Any Incremental Commitments effected through the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments or new Term Loans made on an Incremental Facility Closing Date shall be designated a separate Class of Incremental Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement. On any Incremental Facility Closing Date on which any Incremental Term Commitments of any Class are effected (including through any Term Loan Increase), subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in this Section 2.14 , (i) each Incremental Term Lender of such Class shall make a Loan to the Borrower (an “ Incremental Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Commitment of such Class and (ii) each Incremental Term Lender of such Class shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Term Commitment of such Class and the Incremental Term Loans of such Class made pursuant thereto. On any Incremental Facility Closing Date on which any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class are effected through the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments (including through any Revolving Commitment Increase), subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in this Section 2.14 , (i) each Incremental Revolving Credit Lender of such Class shall make its Commitment available to the Borrower (when borrowed, an “ Incremental Revolving Credit Loan ” and collectively with any Incremental Term Loan, an “ Incremental Loan ”) in an amount equal to its Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class and (ii) each Incremental Revolving Credit Lender of such Class shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class and the Incremental Revolving Credit Loans of such Class made pursuant thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incremental Term Loans may have identical terms to any of the Term Loans and be treated as the same Class as any of such Term Loans.

(c) Incremental Loan Request . Each Incremental Loan Request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments may be provided, by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make any Incremental Commitment, nor will the Borrower have any obligation to approach any existing lenders to provide any Incremental Commitment) or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”) (each such existing Lender or Additional Lender providing such, an “ Incremental Revolving Credit Lender ” or “ Incremental Term Lender ,” as applicable, and, collectively, the “ Incremental Lenders ”); provided that (i) the Administrative Agent, each Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such

 

107


Revolving Commitment Increases to the extent such consent, if any, would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender, (ii) with respect to Incremental Term Commitments, any Affiliated Lender providing an Incremental Term Commitment shall be subject to the same restrictions set forth in Section 10.07(l) as they would otherwise be subject to with respect to any purchase by or assignment to such Affiliated Lender of Term Loans and (iii) Affiliated Lenders may not provide Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments.

(d) Effectiveness of Incremental Amendment . The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, and the Incremental Commitments thereunder, shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (the “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) of each of the following conditions:

(i) (x) if the proceeds of such Incremental Commitments are being used to finance a Permitted Acquisition, no Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) or 8.01(f) shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments, or (y) if otherwise, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments;

(ii) after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments, the conditions of Sections 4.02(i) and 4.02(ii) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” or similar language in such Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment); provided that, if the proceeds of such Incremental Commitments are being used to finance a Permitted Acquisition, (x) the reference in Section 4.02(i) to the accuracy of the representations and warranties shall refer to the accuracy of the representations and warranties that would constitute Specified Representations and (y) the reference to “Material Adverse Effect” in the Specified Representations shall be understood for this purpose to refer to “Material Adverse Effect” or similar definition as defined in the main transaction agreement governing such Permitted Acquisition;

(iii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 if such covenant is then in effect, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Incremental Facility Closing Date and the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, as if any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, available under such Incremental Commitments had been outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower for testing compliance therewith, and, in each case, (x) with respect to any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of Loans available thereunder, and (y) without netting the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Loans;

(iv) each Incremental Term Commitment shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $20,000,000 and shall be in an increment of $1,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than $20,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in Section 2.14(d)(v)) and each Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000 and shall be in an increment of $1,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than $5,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in Section 2.14(d)(v));

 

108


(v) the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments shall not exceed the sum of (A) $350,000,000 less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(q) at or prior to such time plus (B) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are internally available, as if any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, available under such Incremental Commitments had been outstanding on the last day of such period, and, in each case, (x) with respect to any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of Loans available thereunder, and (y) without netting the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Loans, does not exceed 6.00 to 1.00 (or, after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 5.75 to 1.00);

(vi) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received (A) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (B) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Incremental Commitment is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents; and

(vii) such other conditions as the Borrower, each Incremental Lender providing such Incremental Commitments and the Administrative Agent shall agree.

(e) Required Terms . The terms, provisions and documentation of the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Commitments or the Incremental Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, of any Class shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, and except as otherwise set forth herein, to the extent not identical to the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, each existing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date, shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent (it being understood that to the extent any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Commitments or the Incremental Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Facility). In any event:

(i) the Incremental Term Loans:

(A) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans,

 

109


(B) shall not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date of any Term Loans outstanding at the time of incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans,

(C) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Initial Term Loans,

(D) subject to clauses (e)(i)(B) and (e)(i)(C) above and clause (e)(iii) below and Section 2.07(a), shall have an Applicable Rate and amortization determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Term Lenders, and

(E) the Incremental Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of Term Loans hereunder, as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment;

(ii) the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments and Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Loans, other than the Maturity Date and as set forth in this Section 2.14(e)(ii) ; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or otherwise:

(A) any such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans,

(B) any such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date of any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at the time of incurrence of such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments,

(C) the borrowing and repayment (except for (1) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), (2) repayments required upon the maturity date of the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments and (3) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (subject to clause (E) below)) of Loans with respect to Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments after the associated Incremental Facility Closing Date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments on the Incremental Facility Closing Date,

(D) subject to the provisions of Sections 2.03(n) and 2.04(g) to the extent dealing with Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit which mature or expire after a maturity date when there exists Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments with a longer maturity date, all Swing Line Loans and Letters of

 

110


Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments on the Incremental Facility Closing Date (and except as provided in Section 2.03(n) and Section 2.04(g) , without giving effect to changes thereto on an earlier maturity date with respect to Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit theretofore incurred or issued),

(E) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments after the associated Incremental Facility Closing Date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments on the Incremental Facility Closing Date, except that the Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class,

(F) assignments and participations of Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments and Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans on the Incremental Facility Closing Date, and

(G) any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments may constitute a separate Class or Classes, as the case may be, of Commitments from the Classes constituting the applicable Revolving Credit Commitments prior to the Incremental Facility Closing Date; and

(iii) the amortization schedule applicable to any Incremental Loans and the All-In Yield applicable to the Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans of each Class shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Incremental Amendment; provided , however , that with respect to any Loans under Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments made on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the Closing Date, if the All-In Yield applicable to such Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be greater than the applicable All-In Yield payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as amended through the date of such calculation with respect to Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, by more than 50 basis points per annum (the amount of such excess, the “ Yield Differential ”) then the interest rate (together with, as provided in the proviso below, the Eurocurrency or Base Rate floor) with respect to each Class of Term Loans or the Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, shall be increased by the applicable Yield Differential; provided , further , that, if any Incremental Term Loans include a Eurocurrency or Base Rate floor that is greater than the Eurocurrency or Base Rate floor applicable to any existing Class of Term Loans, such differential between interest rate floors shall be included in the calculation of All-In Yield for purposes of this clause (iii) but only to the extent an increase in the Eurocurrency or Base Rate Floor applicable to the existing Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the Eurocurrency and Base Rate floors (but not the Applicable Rate) applicable to the existing Term Loans shall be increased to the extent of such differential between interest rate floors.

 

111


(f) Incremental Amendment . Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments shall become Commitments (or in the case of an Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment), under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Incremental Lender providing such Commitments and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Loan Party, Agent or Lender, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14 . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, unless it so agrees.

(g) Reallocation of Revolving Credit Exposure . Upon any Incremental Facility Closing Date on which Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments are effected through an increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14 , (a) if the increase relates to the Revolving Credit Facility, each of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall assign to each of the Incremental Revolving Credit Lenders, and each of the Incremental Revolving Credit Lenders shall purchase from each of the Revolving Credit Lenders, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Incremental Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such Incremental Facility Closing Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Credit Loans will be held by existing Revolving Credit Lenders and Incremental Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments to the Revolving Credit Commitments, (b) each Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Credit Commitment and each Loan made thereunder shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Credit Loan and (c) each Incremental Revolving Credit Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments and all matters relating thereto. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing and prepayment requirements in Sections 2.02 and 2.05(a) of this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(h) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.15 Refinancing Amendments.

(a) On one or more occasions after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any other bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans or Other Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.15 (each,

 

112


an “ Additional Refinancing Lender ”) ( provided that (i) the Administrative Agent, each Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Lender’s or Additional Refinancing Lender’s making such Refinancing Term Loans or providing such Other Revolving Credit Commitments to the extent such consent, if any, would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Refinancing Lender, (ii) with respect to Refinancing Term Loans, any Affiliated Lender providing an Refinancing Term Loans shall be subject to the same restrictions set forth in Section 10.07(l) as they would otherwise be subject to with respect to any purchase by or assignment to such Affiliated Lender of Term Loans and (iii) Affiliated Lenders may not provide Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness referred to in clause (d) of the definition thereof in respect of all or any portion of any Class of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (or unused Revolving Credit Commitments) then outstanding under this Agreement, in the form of Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Term Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, or Other Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.15 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Other Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the maturity date of the Other Revolving Credit Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (subject to clause (3) below)) of Loans with respect to Other Revolving Credit Commitments after the date of obtaining any Other Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(n) and Section 2.04(g) to the extent dealing with Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit which mature or expire after a maturity date when there exist Other Revolving Credit Commitments with a longer maturity date, all Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments (and except as provided in Section 2.03(n) and Section 2.04(g) , without giving effect to changes thereto on an earlier maturity date with respect to Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit theretofore incurred or issued), (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, Other Revolving Credit Commitments after the date of obtaining any Other Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, except that the Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class and (4) assignments and participations of Other Revolving Credit Commitments and Other Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans.

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

 

113


(c) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.15(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $20,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto and (ii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.15 , and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

(e) This Section 2.15 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.16 Extension of Term Loans; Extension of Revolving Credit Loans.

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.16 . In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans were

 

114


amended are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by at least a pro rata optional prepayment of such Existing Term Loan Tranche; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any then existing Term Loans hereunder, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, (D) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements (to the extent any Intercreditor Agreement is then in effect), (E) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request and (F) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.16 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $20,000,000.

(b) Extension of Revolving Credit Commitments . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Revolver Tranche ”) be amended to extend the Maturity Date with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Revolving Credit Commitments (any such Revolving Credit Commitments which have been so amended, “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.16 . In order to establish any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Revolver Tranche) (each, a “ Revolver Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Revolver Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Revolver Tranche and (y) be identical to the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche from which such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments are to be amended, except that: (i) the Maturity Date of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be delayed to a later date than the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Existing Revolver Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to extensions of credit under the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, commitment fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for extensions of credit under the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Existing Revolver Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension

 

115


Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments); and (iv) all borrowings under the applicable Revolving Credit Commitments ( i.e ., the Existing Revolver Tranche and the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Revolver Extension Series) and repayments thereunder shall be made on a pro rata basis (except for (I) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings) and (II) repayments required upon the Maturity Date of the non-extending Revolving Credit Commitments); provided , further , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Revolver Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Revolver Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder, (C) any such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements (to the extent any Intercreditor Agreement is then in effect) and (D) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing. Any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments amended pursuant to any Revolver Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Revolver Extension Series ”) of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments amended from an Existing Revolver Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Revolver Extension Series with respect to such Existing Revolver Tranche. Each Revolver Extension Series of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments incurred under this Section 2.16 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000.

(c) Extension Request . The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least three Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.16 . No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans or any of its Revolving Credit Commitments amended into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans and any Revolving Credit Lender (each, an “ Extending Revolving Credit Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Revolving Credit

 

116


Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, in respect of which applicable Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, requested to be extended pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Administrative Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, included in each such Extension Election.

(d) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender or Extending Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, providing an Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Sections 2.16(a) or 2.16(b) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, are provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.07 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.07 ), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.05 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto and (iv) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.16 , and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(e) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension in accordance with this Section 2.16 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

 

117


(f) This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.17 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.01 .

(ii) Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to L/C Issuers or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by any L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that, if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or L/C Borrowings were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Borrowings owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

118


(iii) Certain Fees . That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 2.03(h) .

(iv) Reallocation of Pro Rata Share to Reduce Fronting Exposure . During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each Non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans pursuant to Sections 2.03 and 2.04 , the Pro Rata Share of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each Non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Credit Commitment of that Non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of that Lender. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuers agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) ), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

119


ARTICLE III

TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

SECTION 3.01 Taxes.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3.01 , any and all payments made by or on account of the Borrower (the term Borrower under Article III being deemed to include any Subsidiary for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued) or any Guarantor under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments or withholdings (including backup withholding) or similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority including interest, penalties and additions to tax (collectively “ Taxes ”), except as required by applicable Law. If the Borrower, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (A) to the extent the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01 ), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions, (C) the applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (D) within 30 days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within 30 days, as soon as possible thereafter), if the Borrower or any Guarantor is the applicable withholding agent, shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other evidence reasonably acceptable to such Agent or Lender.

(b) In addition, each Loan Party agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes, or charges or levies of the same character, imposed by any Governmental Authority, which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including additions to tax, penalties and interest related thereto) excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Agent or Lender’s Assignment and Assumption, grant of a participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document (collectively, “ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes result from a connection that the Agent or Lender has with the taxing jurisdiction other than the connection arising out of the Loan Documents or the transactions therein, except for such Assignment Taxes resulting from assignment or participation that is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (all such non-excluded Taxes described in this Section 3.01(b) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) Each Loan Party agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes payable by such Agent or such Lender and (ii) any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith

 

120


by such Agent or Lender (or by an Agent on behalf of such Lender), accompanied by a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by Law certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its inability to do so. Unless the applicable withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender are not subject to withholding Tax or are subject to such Tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable Law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.01(d) , a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 3.01(d) that such Lender is not legally able to deliver. Without limiting the foregoing:

(i) Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from federal backup withholding.

(ii) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, and such other documentation as required under the Code,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (a) a United States Tax Compliance Certificate and (b) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form), or

 

121


(D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY and/or any other required information from each beneficial owner, as applicable ( provided that if the Lender is a partnership, and one or more beneficial partners of such Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such partner).

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.01(d)(iii) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.

(e) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.01 and Section 3.04(a) shall, if requested by the Borrower, use its reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or take any other measures reasonably requested by the Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (including any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

(f) If any Lender or Agent receives a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Section 3.01 , it shall promptly remit such refund to such Loan Party (but only to the extent of indemnification or additional amounts paid by such Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Loan Party, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. This Section 3.01 shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

 

122


(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” for purposes of this Section 3.01 shall include each L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

SECTION 3.02 Illegality.

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies, or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or convert all applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05 . Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

SECTION 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates.

If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the applicable Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that deposits in Dollars are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request, if applicable, into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loan in the amount specified therein.

SECTION 3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the Closing Date, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing

 

123


to make or making, funding or maintaining any Eurocurrency Rate Loans or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, or any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (i)(B) through (vi)  thereof or (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c) ) and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining the Eurocurrency Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligations to make any Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, then from time to time within 15 days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06 ), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued; provided that to the extent any increased costs or reductions are incurred by any Lender as a result of any requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or pursuant to Basel III after the Closing Date, then such Lender shall be compensated pursuant to this Section 3.04 only if such Lender imposes such charges under other syndicated credit facilities involving similarly situated borrowers that such Lender is a lender under.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity requirements or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any Person controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06 ), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within 15 days after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves, capital or liquidity with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower equal to the actual costs of such reserves, capital or liquidity allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio, capital or liquidity requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding

 

124


of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans of the Borrower, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04 , then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.04(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Sections 3.04(a) , 3.04(b) , 3.04(c) or 3.04(d) .

SECTION 3.05 Funding Losses.

Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower, including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for the applicable currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

 

125


SECTION 3.06 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

(a) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Sections 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 , the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04 , the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or, if applicable, to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) , such Lender’s applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans (or, if such conversion is not possible, repaid) on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02 , on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Sections 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans (if possible), and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Sections 3.02 , 3.03 or 3.04 that gave rise to the conversion of any of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate

 

126


Loans made by other Lenders under the applicable Facility are outstanding, if applicable, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans under such Facility and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments for the applicable Facility.

SECTION 3.07 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

(a) If at any time (i) the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 3.01 (with respect to Indemnified Taxes) or Section 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04 , (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at its sole cost and expense, on 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or, with respect to a Class vote, clause (iii) ) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that (A) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 (with respect to Indemnified Taxes), such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (B) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to, and shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of, the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender or L/C Issuer (in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or clause (iii) ), as the case may be, and (1) in the case of a Lender (other than an L/C Issuer), repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date and (2) in the case of an L/C Issuer, repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such L/C Issuer relating to the Loans and participations held by the L/C Issuer as of such termination date and cancel or backstop on terms satisfactory to such L/C Issuer any Letters of Credit issued by it; provided that, in the case of any such termination of a Non-Consenting Lender such termination shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents and such termination shall be in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or, with respect to a Class vote, clause (iii) .

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(x) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments

 

127


and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Assumption and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a backup standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer, reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09 .

(d) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of each Lender, each affected Lender or each affected Lender of a certain Class in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders (or, in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment involving all affected Lenders of a certain Class, the Required Class Lenders as applicable) have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

SECTION 3.08 Survival.

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

128


ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 4.01 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension.

The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or pdf copies or other facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

(i) a Committed Loan Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof;

(ii) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(iii) each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01C required to be executed on the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto, together with:

(A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock or membership interest powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank (or confirmation in lieu thereof that such certificates, powers and instruments have been sent for overnight delivery to the Collateral Agent or its counsel); and

(B) evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings required by the Collateral Documents as of the Closing Date or that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iv) [Reserved];

(v) such certificates of good standing (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable secretary of state of the state of organization of each Loan Party, certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party (including a certificate attaching the Organization Documents of each Loan Party) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date;

 

129


(vi) an opinion from (A) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties and (B) [            ], Nevada counsel to the Loan Parties; 1

(vii) a solvency certificate from the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or other officer with equivalent duties of the Borrower (after giving effect to the Transactions) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E-2 ;

(viii) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, confirming satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(i) and 4.02(ii) ;

(ix) the Perfection Certificate, duly completed and executed by the Loan Parties; and

(x) copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loan Parties.

(b) The Closing Fees and all fees and expenses due to the Lead Arrangers and their Affiliates required to be paid on the Closing Date and (in the case of expenses) invoiced at least three Business Days before the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower) shall have been paid from the proceeds of the initial funding under the Facilities. Without duplication of the foregoing, the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to the Term Lenders, a ticking fee (the “Ticking Fee”) which will accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days) on the average daily amount of the allocations with respect to the Initial Term Loans during the period from and including the 31 st day after the date that allocations with respect to the Initial Term Loans are notified to the Term Lenders (the “Allocation Date”) until the Closing Date; provided that it is understood and agreed that on the six-month anniversary of the Allocation Date, such allocations shall terminate and be of no further effect as of such six-month anniversary if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by such time. The Ticking Fee shall be due and payable on the Closing Date.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions the Refinancing has been consummated.

(d) The Lead Arrangers shall have received the Audited Financial Statements.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information about the Borrower and the Guarantors required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act that has been requested by the Administrative Agent in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

(f) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension, the Initial Public Offering shall have been consummated and Holdings shall have received at least $650,000,000 in gross cash proceeds therefrom, which proceeds shall have been or, substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension, shall be contributed to the Borrower.

 

1   Additional opinions of local counsel to be added if necessary.

 

130


Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.03(b) , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions.

The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and other than a Request for Credit Extension for an Incremental Facility which shall be governed by Section 2.14(d) ), including on the Closing Date, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(i) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in Article V and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(ii) No Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(iii) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(i) and 4.02(ii) (or, in the case of a Request for Credit Extension for an Incremental Facility, the conditions specified in Section 2.14(d) ) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

131


ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto represent and warrant to the Agents and the Lenders at the time of each Credit Extension that:

SECTION 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws.

Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and (ii) in the case of the Loan Parties, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs and injunctions and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case, referred to in clauses (a) (other than with respect to the Borrower), (b)(i) (other than with respect to the Borrower), (c) , (d)  and (e) , to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention.

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (a) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and (c) do not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01 ), or require any payment to be made under (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject, or (iii) violate any applicable Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (c)(ii)(x) , to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral

 

132


pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings, recordings and registrations with Governmental Authorities necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect (except to the extent not required to be obtained, taken, given or made or be in full force and effect pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement) and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04 Binding Effect.

This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is a party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity, (ii) the need for filings, recordations and registrations necessary to create or perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (iii) the effect of foreign Laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges, if any, of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income and cash flow of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such forecasts, it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.

(c) Since December 31, 2013, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) As of the Closing Date, none of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has any Indebtedness or other obligations or liabilities, direct or contingent (other than (i) the liabilities reflected on Schedule 5.05 , (ii) obligations arising under the Loan Documents and (iii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business that, either individually or in the aggregate, have not had nor could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

SECTION 5.06 Litigation.

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.06 , there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in

 

133


arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.07 [Reserved].

SECTION 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens; Real Property; Management Agreements and Franchise Agreements.

(a) The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good record title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all Real Property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except as set forth on Schedule 5.08 hereto and except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the management agreements or franchise agreements relating to Real Property owned or leased by any Loan Party requires or will require any Loan Party to pay any material property improvement plan fees or charges or requires or will require any Loan Party to renovate, update, upgrade, repair, enhance, or improve such Real Property as a result of the Transactions, and (ii) all management agreements and franchise agreements to which any Loan Party is a party relating to Real Property are in full force and effect and no consent is required in connection with any such agreements for the consummation of the Transactions, except as shall have been obtained prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 5.09 Environmental Matters.

Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09(a) or except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) each Loan Party and its respective properties and operations are and, other than any matters which have been finally resolved, have been in compliance with all Environmental Laws, which includes obtaining, maintaining and complying with all applicable Environmental Permits required under such Environmental Laws to carry on the business of the Loan Parties;

(b) the Loan Parties have not received any written notice that alleges any of them is in violation of or potentially liable under any Environmental Laws and none of the Loan Parties nor any of the Real Property owned, leased, operated or licensed to a franchisee (subject to, in the case of such franchised Real Property not managed by the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries or their Affiliates, the knowledge of the Borrower) by any Loan Party or Subsidiary is the subject of any claims, investigations, liens, demands, or judicial, administrative or arbitral proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under or relating to any Environmental Law;

(c) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any Real Property or facilities currently or formerly owned, leased, operated or licensed to a franchisee

 

134


(subject to, in the case of such franchised Real Property not operated by the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries or their Affiliates, the knowledge of the Borrower) by any Loan Party or Subsidiary, or arising out of the conduct of the Loan Parties that could reasonably be expected to require investigation, remedial activity or corrective action or cleanup by, or on behalf of, any Loan Party or Subsidiary or could reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liability;

(d) there are no facts, circumstances or conditions arising out of or relating to the Loan Parties or any of their respective operations or any facilities currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned, leased, operated or licensed to a franchisee (subject to, in the case of such franchised Real Property not operated by the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries or their Affiliates, the knowledge of the Borrower) by any of the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to require investigation, remedial activity or corrective action or cleanup by, or on behalf of, any Loan Party or Subsidiary or could reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liability; and

(e) the Borrower has made available to the Administrative Agent all environmental reports, studies, assessments, audits, or other similar documents containing information regarding any Environmental Liability that are in the possession or control of the Borrower or any Loan Party or Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.10 Taxes.

Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, that are due and payable (including in their capacity as a withholding agent), except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted. Except as described on Schedule 5.10 , there is no proposed Tax deficiency or assessment known to any of the Loan Parties against any of the Loan Parties that would, if made, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.11 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.11(a) or as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan maintained by a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder and other federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the six year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither

 

135


any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(b) , as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) With respect to each Pension Plan, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 436 of the Code), as determined by the applicable Pension Plan’s Enrolled Actuary under Sections 436(j) and 430(d)(2) of the Code and all applicable regulatory guidance promulgated thereunder (“ AFTAP ”), would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.” Neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to a Plan that is, or is expected to be, in at-risk status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code), in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests.

As of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions), no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests owned by the Loan Parties (or a Subsidiary of any Loan Party) in such Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) have been validly issued and are fully paid and all Equity Interests owned by a Loan Party in such Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) are owned free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents and (ii) any Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01 . As of the Closing Date, Schedules 1(a) and 10 to the Perfection Certificate (a) set forth the name and jurisdiction of each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Loan Party and (b) set forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Guarantor in each wholly owned Subsidiary (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries), including the percentage of such ownership.

SECTION 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System.

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 5.14 Disclosure.

To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, no report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party (other than projected financial information, pro forma financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature) to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan

 

136


Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading. With respect to projected financial information and pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

SECTION 5.15 Labor Matters.

Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect as of the Closing Date (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws, (c) the Borrower and the other Loan Parties have complied with all applicable labor laws including work authorization and immigration and (d) all payments due from the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.

SECTION 5.16 [Reserved].

SECTION 5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses, technology, software, know-how database rights, design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, such IP Rights do not conflict with the rights of any Person, except to the extent such failure to own, license or possess or such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The business of any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights held by any Person except for such infringements, misappropriations and violations, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the IP Rights is filed and presently pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, presently threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Except pursuant to licenses and other user agreements entered into by each Loan Party in the ordinary course of business, as of the Closing Date, all registrations listed in Schedule 9 to the Perfection Certificate are valid and subsisting, except, in each case, to the extent failure of such registrations to be valid and subsisting could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

137


SECTION 5.18 Solvency.

On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 5.19 Subordination of Junior Financing; First Lien Obligations.

The Obligations are “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

SECTION 5.20 OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA; Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions.

(a) The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects.

(b) To the extent applicable, each of Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act.

(c) Neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, employee, agent or controlled affiliate of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby is a Sanctioned Person, nor is Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located, organized or resident in any country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.

(d) No part of the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower (i) in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions or (ii) for the purpose of financing any activities or business of or with any Sanctioned Person.

SECTION 5.21 Security Documents.

(a) Valid Liens. Each Collateral Document delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 and Sections 6.11 and 6.13 will, upon execution and delivery thereof, be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent intended to be created thereby and (i) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security

 

138


interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Collateral Documents (other than the Mortgages (if any)) shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in (to the extent intended to be created thereby), all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case subject to no Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

(b) PTO Filing; Copyright Office Filing . When the Intellectual Property Security Agreements are properly filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, to the extent such filings may perfect such interests, the Liens created by the Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in Patents and Trademarks (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and Copyrights (as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, in each case subject to no Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to establish a Lien on registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights acquired by the grantors thereof after the Closing Date).

(c) Mortgages . Upon recording thereof in the appropriate recording office, each Mortgage (if any) is effective to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable perfected Liens on, and security interest in, all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Properties thereunder and the proceeds thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder, and when the Mortgages (if any) are filed in the offices specified in the local counsel opinion delivered with respect thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Mortgages (if any) shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than Liens permitted by hereunder.

Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 5.21 ) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to (A) the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign Law or (B) the pledge or creation of any security interest, or the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest to the extent such pledge, security interest, perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than obligations under Treasury Services Agreements or obligations under

 

139


Secured Hedge Agreements) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized, backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer), then from and after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01 Financial Statements.

(a) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit other than a going concern qualification resulting solely from an upcoming maturity date under the Facilities occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered;

(b) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, and statements of stockholders’ equity for the current fiscal quarter and consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year on a quarterly basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material; and

 

140


(d) Deliver to the Administrative Agent with each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, supplemental financial information necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and the Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) or (B) Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to clauses (A) and (B) , (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a) , such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and, except as permitted in Section 6.01(a) , shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01 , 6.02(b) and 6.02(c) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the website on the Internet at the Borrower’s website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent; and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(a) to the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that, if such Compliance Certificate is first delivered by electronic means, the date of such delivery by electronic means shall constitute the date of delivery for purposes of compliance with Section 6.02(a) . Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

141


SECTION 6.02 Certificates; Other Information.

Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 6.02(b) may be satisfied if such information is publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR website;

(c) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) or material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of debt securities (other than in connection with any board observer rights) of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $100,000,000, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing thereof, and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02 ;

(d) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a) , (i) in the case of annual Compliance Certificates only, a report setting forth the information required by sections describing the legal name and the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party and the location of the chief executive office of each Loan Party of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such report, (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (iii) a list of each Subsidiary of the Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a Securitization Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or confirmation that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such list; and

(e) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information

 

142


provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders ( i.e. , Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower or their respective subsidiaries or securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not specifically the subject of an authorization letter or other written notice confirming that the information set forth in such Borrower Materials is either publicly available or not material information (though it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to Holdings, the Borrower or their respective subsidiaries or securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated for Public Lenders. The Borrower agrees that (i) any Loan Documents, (ii) any financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and (iii) any Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

SECTION 6.03 Notices.

Promptly after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any Guarantor has obtained knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) of the filing or commencement of any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority, (i) against Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) with respect to any Loan Document.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) , 6.03(b) or 6.03(c) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

143


SECTION 6.04 Payment of Obligations.

Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable in the normal conduct of its business all its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, (i) to the extent any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) if such failure to pay or discharge such obligations and liabilities would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in the case of clause (a) (other than with respect to the Borrower) or clause (b) , to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.06 Maintenance of Properties.

Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material tangible or intangible properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and fire, casualty or condemnation excepted.

SECTION 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance.

(a) Generally . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

(b) Requirements of Insurance . All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 10 days (or, to the extent reasonably available, 30 days) after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof (the Borrower shall deliver a copy of the policy (and to the extent any such policy is cancelled or renewed, a renewal or replacement policy) or other evidence thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, or insurance certificate with respect thereto) and (ii) name the Collateral Agent as loss payee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) (it being understood that, absent an Event of Default, any proceeds of any such property insurance shall be delivered by the insurer(s) to the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and applied in accordance with this Agreement), as applicable.

 

144


(c) Flood Insurance . With respect to each Mortgaged Property (if any), obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any material improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time. Following the Closing Date, to the extent there are any Mortgaged Properties, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent annual renewals of each flood insurance policy or annual renewals of each force-placed flood insurance policy, as applicable. In connection with any amendment to this Agreement pursuant to which any increase, extension, or renewal of Loans is contemplated, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for any Mortgaged Property (if any), a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and evidence of flood insurance, as applicable.

SECTION 6.08 Compliance with Laws.

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.09 Books and Records.

Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and which reflect all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that certain Foreign Subsidiaries maintain individual books and records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in their respective countries of organization and that such maintenance shall not constitute a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants hereunder).

SECTION 6.10 Inspection Rights.

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders

 

145


under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10 , none of the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

SECTION 6.11 Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.

At the Borrower’s expense, take all action either necessary or as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

(a) Upon (x) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) by the Borrower, (y) any Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary or (z) the designation in accordance with Section 6.14 of an existing direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) within 60 days after such formation, acquisition, cessation or designation, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion:

(A) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) joinders to this Agreement as Guarantors, Security Agreement Supplements, intellectual property security agreements, Mortgages (to the extent required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 ), a counterpart of the Intercompany Note, each Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable, and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to such Mortgages, the documents listed in Section 6.13 ) as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Security Agreement and other security agreements in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(B) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (and the parent of each such Domestic Subsidiary that is a Guarantor) to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) and

 

146


intercompany notes (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank;

(C) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages (to the extent required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 ), the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and intellectual property security agreements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and perfected Liens to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within 60 days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Real Property that is required to be a Mortgaged Property pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 , any existing title reports, abstracts or environmental assessment reports, to the extent available and in the possession or control of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any existing environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Loan Parties or one of their respective Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained; and

(iv) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within 60 days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion), deliver to the Collateral Agent any other items necessary from time to time to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to perfection and existence of security interests with respect to property of any Guarantor acquired after the Closing Date and subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, but not specifically covered by the preceding clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii) .

 

147


SECTION 6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws.

Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and take all commercially reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain, maintain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and, in each case to the extent the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries are required to do so by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, remedial or other corrective action necessary to address Hazardous Materials at any property or facility in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws.

SECTION 6.13 Further Assurances.

Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Intercreditor Agreement or any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents, to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent reasonably determines that it is required by applicable Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property of any Loan Party subject to a Mortgage constituting Collateral pursuant to the requirements of the final sentence of Section 7.01 , the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA.

SECTION 6.14 Designation of Subsidiaries.

The Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 (it being understood that if no Test Period cited in Section 7.11 has passed, the covenant in Section 7.11 for the first Test Period cited in such Section shall be satisfied as of the last four quarters ended) if then in effect, and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance, (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 or any Junior Financing and (iv) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it was previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment therein.

 

148


The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in such Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.15 Maintenance of Ratings.

In respect of the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause each Facility to be continuously rated (but not any specific rating) by S&P and Moody’s and (ii) maintain a public corporate rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any specific rating) from Moody’s.

SECTION 6.16 Post-Closing Covenants.

Except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the other Loan Parties to, deliver each of the documents, instruments and agreements and take each of the actions set forth on Schedule 6.16 2 within the time periods set forth therein (or such longer time periods as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than obligations under Treasury Services Agreements or obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements) which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized, backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer), then from and after the Closing Date:

SECTION 7.01 Liens.

Neither the Borrower nor the Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

2   To include delivery of insurance certificates and endorsements described in Section 6.07 to the extent not delivered by closing.

 

149


(b) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01(b) and any modifications, replacements, renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b) , and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens, to the extent constituting Indebtedness, is permitted by Section 7.03(b) ;

(c) Liens for Taxes that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;

(d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, sublandlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 45 days or if more than 45 days overdue, that are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including (i) those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations and (ii) letters of credit and bank guarantees required or requested by any Governmental Authority in connection with any contract or Law) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting Real Property, and any exceptions on the Mortgage Policies issued in connection with the Mortgaged Properties (if any), that do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;

(i) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

 

150


(j) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of Law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of Law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institution’s general terms and conditions;

(l) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02(i) and 7.02(n) or, to the extent related to any of the foregoing, Section 7.02(r) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 (other than Section 7.05(e) ), in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(m) Liens (i) in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing permitted intercompany Indebtedness and (ii) in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(n) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

(p) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 ;

(q) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off or rights of pledge (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

151


(s) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(t) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(u) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) ; provided that (i) such Liens are created within 365 days of the acquisition, construction, repair, lease or improvement of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber property (except for replacements, additions and accessions to such property) other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for replacements, additions and accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(v) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and that does not constitute Collateral, which Liens secure Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties permitted under Section 7.03 ;

(w) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 ), in each case after the Closing Date (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(g) ;

(x) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies, and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(y) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

 

152


(z) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(aa) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by Sections 7.01(u) and 7.01(w) ; provided that (i) such Lien does not extend to any additional property, other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03 (to the extent constituting Indebtedness);

(bb) [Reserved];

(cc) Liens with respect to property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets, in each case determined as of the date of incurrence;

(dd) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.03(q) or 7.03(s) ; provided that the representative of the holders of each such Indebtedness becomes party to (i) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “First Lien Representative” (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Second Lien Representative” (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement);

(ee) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness constituting Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt (and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing); provided that (x) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of such Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(ff) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(gg) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the performance of the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;

(hh) Liens on the Securitization Assets arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; and

 

153


(ii) Liens with respect to property or assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including accounts receivable or other revenue streams and other rights to payment and any other assets related thereto) in connection with a property manager’s obligations in respect of hotel collection accounts, operating accounts and reserve accounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no consensual Liens shall exist on Equity Interests that constitute Collateral other than pursuant to Sections 7.01(a) , 7.01(dd) and 7.01(ee) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any consensual Liens shall exist on fee owned Real Property of the Loan Parties located in the United States that secure obligations in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time in excess of $600,000,000 (in each case determined as of the date of incurrence), then the Borrower shall (i) cause such Real Properties that secure such obligations in excess of $600,000,000 to be subject to a pari passu Lien and Mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (ii) cause the representative of the holders of such obligations in excess of $600,000,000 to become party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “First Lien Representative” (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (iii) take, or cause the relevant Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

SECTION 7.02 Investments.

Neither the Borrower nor the Restricted Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors, managers and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof directly from such issuing entity ( provided that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) ; provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(c) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that will, upon such Investment become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any Investment made by any Person that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party pursuant to this Section 7.02(c) shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loans; provided , further , that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.02(c) in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed at any time outstanding 10.0% of Total Assets;

 

154


(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments (excluding loans and advances made in lieu of Restricted Payments pursuant to and limited by Section 7.02(m) below) consisting of transactions permitted under Sections 7.03 (other than 7.03(c) and 7.03(d) ), 7.04 (other than 7.04(c) , 7.04(d) and 7.04(e) ), 7.05 (other than 7.05(d)(ii) or 7.05(e) ), 7.06 (other than 7.06(e) and 7.06(i)(iv) ) and 7.13 , respectively;

(f) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02(f) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) existing on the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02 ;

(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03 ;

(h) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05 ;

(i) any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of a Person, or any Equity Interests in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or a division or line of business of a Person (or any subsequent Investment made in a Person, division or line of business previously acquired in a Permitted Acquisition), in a single transaction or series of related transactions, if immediately after giving effect thereto: (i) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 if the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 is then in effect after giving effect to such acquisition or Investment and any related transactions; (ii) any acquired or newly formed Restricted Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness otherwise permitted by Section 7.03 ; (iii) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (A) the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and (B) any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary, Securitization Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall become a Guarantor, in each case, in accordance with Section 6.11 , and (iv) the aggregate amount of Investments made in Persons that do not become Loan Parties shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (1) 3.0% of Total Assets and (2) the Cumulative Credit at such time (subject to, solely in the case of amounts attributable to clause (a) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date being at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis) (any such acquisition, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”);

(j) Investments made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing franchisee contracts; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.02(j) shall not exceed at any time outstanding 5.0% of Total Assets;

 

155


(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(l) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(m) loans and advances to Holdings and any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Sections 7.06(g) , 7.06(h) or 7.06(i) ;

(n) Investments (including Investments made in Persons that do not become Loan Parties) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this Section 7.02(n) (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write downs or write offs thereof) at any time not to exceed (x) 4.0% of Total Assets (in each case, net of any return in respect thereof, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) plus (y) the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date that the Borrower elects to apply to this clause (y) (subject to, solely in the case of amounts attributable to clause (a) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date being at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis);

(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings);

(q) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or amalgamated or consolidated into the Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(r) Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary contemplated pursuant to Section 7.02(i)(iv) or permitted under Section 7.02(n) ;

 

156


(s) Investments constituting the non-cash portion of consideration received in a Disposition permitted by Section 7.05 (other than 7.05(d)(ii) or 7.05(e) );

(t) Guarantees by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(u) (i) Investments in or relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing (including any contribution of replacement or substitute assets to such subsidiary) or any repurchase obligation in connection therewith and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(v) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.02(v) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities (until such proceeds are converted to Cash Equivalents), not to exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that any Investment made by any Loan Party pursuant to this Section 7.02(v) shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loans;

(w) any Investment in a Similar Business taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.02(w) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 7.02(w) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7.02(c) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this Section 7.02(w) ; and

(x) Investments in joint ventures of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.02(x) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

SECTION 7.03 Indebtedness.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents;

 

157


(b) (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Closing Date and any refinancing thereof with Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the intercompany Indebtedness so refinanced; provided that (x) any amount owed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to a Loan Party shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note and (y) all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person or Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an Intercompany Note;

(c) Guarantees by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) no Guarantee (other than Guarantees by a Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary) of any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 or any Indebtedness constituting Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such guaranteeing party shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations on the terms set forth herein and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or issued or transferred to any direct or indirect parent of a Loan Party which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e) ); provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person or Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note and any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party is subordinated in right of payment to the Loans (for the avoidance of doubt, any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be deemed to be expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Loans unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise);

(e) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing an acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of a fixed or capital asset incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or within 365 days after the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of the applicable asset in an aggregate amount not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence (together with any Permitted Refinancings thereof) at any time outstanding, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 7.05(m) and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing;

(f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

158


(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition so long as such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the assumption of such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed (x) $50,000,000 at any time outstanding plus (y) any additional amount of such Indebtedness so long as (i) if such Indebtedness is secured on a junior basis to the Facilities, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 6.25 to 1.00, (ii) if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the Facilities or secured by assets or property not constituting Collateral, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 6.00 to 1.00 (or, after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 5.75 to 1.00) or (iii) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that any such Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to Sections 7.03(q) , 7.03(s) or 7.03(w) , does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding 3.0% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence;

(h) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings permitted by Section 7.06 ;

(j) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case, constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earnouts) or other similar adjustments;

(k) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(l) obligations in respect of Treasury Services Agreements and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

(m) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of, and after giving effect to, the incurrence thereof, would not

 

159


exceed (x) the greater of $150,000,000 and 4.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding plus (y) 100% of the cumulative amount of the net cash proceeds and Cash Equivalent proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Excluded Contributions, proceeds of Disqualified Equity Interests, Designated Equity Contributions or sales of Equity Interests to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of the Borrower that has not been applied to incur debt pursuant to this Section 7.03(m)(y) , to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06 , to make Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(n) , 7.02(v) , 7.02(w) or 7.02(x) , to make Permitted Acquisitions pursuant to Section 7.02(i) of Persons that do not become Loan Parties or to make prepayments of Junior Financing pursuant to Section 7.13 (other than pursuant to Section 7.13(a)(iv)(y) );

(n) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;

(p) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(q) Indebtedness incurred on (x) a pari passu basis with the Facilities or (y) a junior basis to the Facilities in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the amount of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14(d)(v)(A) , not to exceed $350,000,000; provided that such Indebtedness shall (A) in the case of clause (x) above, have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, and in the case of clause (y) above, have a maturity date that is at least 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (B) in the case of clause (x) above, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facilities and, in the case of clause (y) above, shall not be subject to scheduled amortization prior to maturity, (C) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party with respect to Collateral, be subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and, if the Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the Facilities, be (x) in the form of debt securities and (y) subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (D) have terms and conditions (other than pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption provisions) that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to

 

160


the Borrower than the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole) ( provided that a certificate of the Borrower as to the satisfaction of the conditions described in this clause (D) delivered at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements of this clause (D) , shall be conclusive unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)); provided , further , that any such Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to Sections 7.03(g) , 7.03(s) or 7.03(w) , does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding, 3.0% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence;

(r) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(s) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(t) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(u) [Reserved];

(v) Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 7.03(v) and then outstanding, does not exceed 5.0% of Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets;

(w) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period and, without duplication, Permitted Refinancings of such Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness (i) shall have a maturity date that is at least 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facilities, (iii) shall not be subject to scheduled amortization prior to maturity and (iv) shall have terms and conditions (other than pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption provisions) that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to the Borrower than the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole) ( provided that a certificate of the Borrower as to the satisfaction of the conditions described in this clause (iv) delivered at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the

 

161


foregoing requirements of this clause (iv) , shall be conclusive unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)); provided , further , that any such Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to Sections 7.03(g) , 7.03(q) or 7.03(s) , does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding, 3.0% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence; and

(x) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in Sections 7.03(a) through 7.03(w) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.03 , in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in Sections 7.03(a) through 7.03(w) above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify or later divide or classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in Section 7.03(a) .

SECTION 7.04 Fundamental Changes.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and such merger does not result in the Borrower ceasing to be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may change its legal form (x) if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (y) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Loan Party, any assets or business not otherwise disposed of or transferred in accordance with Sections 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e) ) or 7.05 (other than Section 7.05(e) ) or, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to otherwise owned or conducted by another Loan Party after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

 

162


(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor or the Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e) ) and 7.03 , respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its Guaranty shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (D) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents and (E) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document preserves the enforceability of this Agreement, the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents and the perfection of the Liens under the Collateral Documents; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e) ); provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement; and

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 (other than Section 7.05(e) ).

 

163


SECTION 7.05 Dispositions.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, make any Disposition, except:

(a) (i) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business (and for consideration complying with the requirements applicable to Dispositions pursuant to Section 7.05(j) below) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000;

(b) Dispositions of inventory or goods (or other assets, including timeshare and residential assets, furniture and equipment) held for sale and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial intellectual property to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party or (ii) if such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02 ;

(e) to the extent constituting Dispositions, transactions permitted by Sections 7.01 (other than Section 7.01(l)(ii) ), 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e) and Section 7.02(s) ), 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(b)(ii) and Section 7.04(f) ) and 7.06 ;

(f) [Reserved];

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) (i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) Dispositions of intellectual property that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives a license or other ownership rights to use such intellectual property;

(i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(j) Dispositions of property; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition and (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this Section 7.05(j) for a purchase price in excess of $50,000,000, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens

 

164


permitted by Sections 7.01(a) , 7.01(f) , 7.01(k) , 7.01(p) , 7.01(q) , 7.01(r)(i) , 7.01(r)(ii) , 7.01(dd) (only to the extent the Obligations are secured by such cash and Cash Equivalents) and 7.01(ee) (only to the extent the Obligations are secured by such cash and Cash Equivalents)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this Section 7.05(j)(ii) , the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s (or the Restricted Subsidiaries’, as applicable) most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, and (C) aggregate non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the closing of the applicable Disposition for which such non-cash consideration is received) not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets at any time (net of any non-cash consideration converted into cash and Cash Equivalents);

(k) any Disposition of Securitization Assets (or of the Equity Interests in a Subsidiary, substantially all of the assets of which are Securitization Assets) to a Securitization Subsidiary;

(l) Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Dispositions of property pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that the fair market value of all property so Disposed of after the Closing Date shall not exceed $25,000,000;

(n) any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower;

(o) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary which owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of such an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(p) the unwinding of any Swap Contract pursuant to its terms;

(q) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(r) the lapse or abandonment in the ordinary course of business of any registrations or applications for registration of any immaterial IP Rights.

 

165


provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(e) (other than, to the extent constituting Dispositions, transactions permitted by Sections 7.02 or 7.04 ), 7.05(i) , 7.05(p) and 7.05(r) and except for Dispositions from a Loan Party to any other Loan Party) shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition.

To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 7.06 Restricted Payments.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

(b) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make Restricted Payments payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03 ) of such Person;

(c) [Reserved];

(d) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an unlimited amount so long as the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00;

(e) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Sections 7.02 (other than Sections 7.02(e) and 7.02(m) ), 7.04 or 7.08 (other than Sections 7.08(b) , 7.08(e) , 7.08(j) and 7.08(m) );

(f) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(g) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary (or of Holdings or any other such direct or indirect parent thereof) from any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of such

 

166


Restricted Subsidiary (or the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee, manager or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, manager, director, officer or consultant of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 7.06(g) shall not exceed $30,000,000 in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $50,000,000 in any calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) to the extent contributed to the Borrower as common equity, the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Designated Equity Contributions and Disqualified Equity Interests) of any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, managers, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the net cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied for another purpose and have not been added to the calculation of the Cumulative Credit; plus

(ii) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii)  of this Section 7.06(g) ;

(h) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed, when combined with prepayment of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.13(a)(iv) , (x) 3.0% of Total Assets, plus (y) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date that the Borrower elects to apply to this paragraph (subject to, solely in the case of amounts attributable to clause (a) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date being at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis);

(i) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower:

(i) to pay its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, Transaction Expenses and any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors, managers or officers of such parent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

167


(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used by such parent to pay franchise Taxes and other fees, Taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) corporate existence;

(iii) for any taxable period ending after the Closing Date (A) in which the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar Tax group (a “ Tax Group ”) of which a direct or indirect parent of Borrower is the common parent or (B) in which the Borrower is treated as a disregarded entity or partnership for U.S. federal, state and/or local income tax purposes, to pay U.S. federal, state and local and foreign Taxes that are attributable to the taxable income, revenue, receipts, gross receipts, gross profits, capital or margin of the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries; provided that, for each taxable period, the amount of such payments made in respect of such taxable period in the aggregate shall not exceed the amount of such Taxes that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay if they were a stand-alone Tax Group with the Borrower as the corporate common parent of such stand-alone Tax Group; provided , further , that the permitted payment pursuant to this clause (iii) with respect to any Taxes of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be limited to the amount actually paid with respect to such period by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purposes of paying such consolidated, combined unitary or similar Taxes;

(iv) to finance any Investment that would be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02 (other than Sections 7.02(e) and 7.02(m) ) if such parent were subject to such Section 7.02 ; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.11 ;

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) that is directly attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

168


(j) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of required withholding or similar non-US Taxes with respect to any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(k) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition;

(l) (i) any Restricted Payment by the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company which are reasonable and customary and (ii) Restricted Payments not to exceed the sum of (A) up to 6.0%  per annum of the net proceeds received by (or contributed to) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the Initial Public Offering and (B) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed (x) 3.50% of Market Capitalization, if, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is greater than 5.25 to 1.00 and (y) 4.75% of Market Capitalization, so long as, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 5.25 to 1.00;

(m) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees; and

(n) Restricted Payments that are made (i) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received or (ii) without duplication with clause (i) , in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from a Disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Closing Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions.

SECTION 7.07 Change in Nature of Business.

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof.

SECTION 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates.

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) loans and other transactions among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Securitization Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or Securitization Subsidiary as a result of such loan or other transaction to the extent permitted under this Article VII , (b) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with

 

169


a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the Transactions and the payment of Transaction Expenses as part of or in connection with the Transactions, (d) [Reserved], (e) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and Investments permitted under Section 7.02 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business, (g) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (h) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (i) customary payments by the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors or managers or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower, in good faith, (j) payments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements with any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but only to the extent permitted by Section 7.06(i)(iii) , (k) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof, (l) any Disposition of Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or (m) a joint venture which would constitute a transaction with an Affiliate solely as a result of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an equity interest or otherwise controlling such joint venture or similar entity.

SECTION 7.09 Burdensome Agreements.

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or to make or repay intercompany loans and advances to the Borrower or any Guarantor or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b)  shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09 ) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted

 

170


Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided , further , that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 , (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03 , (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Sections 7.04 or 7.05 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any such negative pledge or restriction on Liens relates to the property the acquisition of which was financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) [Reserved], (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (xii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 and limited to such cash or deposit.

SECTION 7.10 Use of Proceeds.

The proceeds of the Term Loans received on the Closing Date, together with the proceeds of a portion of the Initial Public Offering received and contributed to the Borrower on the Closing Date, shall not be used for any purpose other than for the Transactions. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans shall be used for working capital, general corporate purposes and any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments. The Letters of Credit shall be used solely to support obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred for working capital, general corporate purposes and any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

SECTION 7.11 Financial Covenant.

The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of a Test Period (commencing with the Test Period ending June 30, 2014) to exceed 8.00 to 1.00 ( provided that the provisions of this Section 7.11 shall not be applicable to any such Test Period if on the last day of such Test Period the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of Credit (excluding up to $20,000,000 of Letters of Credit and other Letters of Credit which have been Cash Collateralized or backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer) that are issued and/or outstanding is equal to or less than 25% of the Revolving Credit Facility).

 

171


SECTION 7.12 Fiscal Year.

The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 7.13 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal and interest shall be permitted), any subordinated Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.03(g) or any other Indebtedness that is or is required to be subordinated, in right of payment or as to Collateral, to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Refinancing and, if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 7.03(g) , is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(g) ), to the extent not required to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b) , (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parents, (iii) the prepayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not prohibited by the subordination provisions contained in the Intercompany Note and (iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed, when combined with the amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(h) , (x) 3.0% of Total Assets plus (y) the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date that the Borrower elects to apply to this Section 7.13(a) (subject to, solely in the case of amounts attributable to clause (a) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date being at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis).

(b) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

SECTION 7.14 Permitted Activities.

(a) Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following and activities incidental thereto shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of Borrower and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating

 

172


to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Loan Documents and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, including the Initial Public Offering, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrower, guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrower and guaranteeing the obligations of any Securitization Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as owner of the Borrower, (vii) holding any cash incidental to any activities permitted under this Section 7.14 , (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors and (ix) any activities incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrower other than those for the benefit of the Obligations or any comparable term in any Permitted Refinancing thereof and Holdings shall not own any Equity Interests other than those of the Borrower.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article VII of this Agreement, if on any date (i) the Loans have an Investment Grade Rating from either of the Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii)  being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), then, beginning on such date and continuing so long as the Loans have an Investment Grade Rating, Sections 7.03 , 7.06 and 7.08 (the “ Suspended Covenants ”) will no longer be applicable during such period (the “ Suspension Period ”) until the occurrence of the Reversion Date.

(c) In the event that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) (i) one or more of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Loans below an Investment Grade Rating (leaving neither of the Rating Agencies with an Investment Grade Rating for the Loans) and/or (ii) the Borrower enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Loans below an Investment Grade Rating (in either case leaving neither of the Rating Agencies with an Investment Grade Rating for the Loans), then the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in this clause (ii) .

(d) During a Suspension Period, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to consummate transactions to the extent not prohibited hereunder without giving effect to the Suspended Covenants. During a Suspension Period, the covenants that are not Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though the Suspended Covenants continue to be applicable during such Suspension Period. For illustrative purposes only, even though Section 7.03 will not be in effect during a Suspension Period, Section 7.01(dd) will be interpreted as though Section 7.03(q) were still in effect during such Suspension Period.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any

 

173


other Loan Document; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though the covenant described above under Section 7.06 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Equity Interests issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(i) ; and (3) any transaction with an Affiliate entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 7.08(h) .

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 8.01 Events of Default.

Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or, in the case of Section 7.14 , Holdings, fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Article VII ; provided that a Default as a result of a breach of Section 7.11 (a “ Financial Covenant Event of Default ”) is subject to cure pursuant to Section 8.05 ; provided , further , that a Financial Covenant Event of Default shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Term Loans unless and until the Revolving Credit Lenders have declared all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (if any) to be immediately due and payable and all outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments to be immediately terminated, in each case in accordance with this Agreement, and such declaration has not been rescinded on or before such date (the “ Term Loan Standstill Period ”); or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Sections 8.01(a) or 8.01(b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default. Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any, (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any

 

174


Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an outstanding aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Agreements), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(i) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Sections 7.04 or 7.05 ) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document or the validity or priority of a Lien as required by the Collateral Documents on a material portion of the Collateral; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further

 

175


liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(j) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(k) Collateral Documents. (i) Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Sections 4.01 , 6.11 or 6.13 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction not prohibited under this Agreement) cease to create a valid and perfected Lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01 , (x) except to the extent that any such perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or any loss thereof results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and (y) except as to Collateral consisting of Real Property (if any) to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of the Borrower shall for any reason cease to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents; or

(l) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(m) Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be (A) “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation and (B) “First Lien Obligations” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable.

SECTION 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, take any or all of the following actions (or, if a Financial Covenant Event of Default occurs and is continuing and prior to the expiration of the Term Loan Standstill Period, at the request of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility only, and in such case only with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans, L/C Obligations, Letters of Credit and L/C Credit Extensions):

(i) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

176


(ii) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(iii) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(iv) exercise (or direct the Collateral Agent to exercise) on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law or in equity;

provided that, upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 8.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries.

Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred under Section 8.01(f) or 8.01(g) , any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary (an “Immaterial Subsidiary”) affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that did not, as of the last day of the most recent completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower, have assets with a fair market value in excess of 1.0% of Total Assets (it being agreed that all Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).

SECTION 8.04 Application of Funds.

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

 

177


Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings (including to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit), and any breakage, termination or other payments under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(g) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts received from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Guarantor.

SECTION 8.05 Borrower’s Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 8.01 or 8.02 , if the Borrower determines that an Event of Default under the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 has occurred or may occur, during the period commencing after the beginning of the last fiscal quarter included in such Test Period and ending 10 Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder with respect to such fiscal quarter, the

 

178


Investors may make a Specified Equity Contribution to Holdings (a “ Designated Equity Contribution ”), and the amount of the net cash proceeds thereof shall be deemed to increase Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter; provided that such net cash proceeds are actually received by the Borrower as cash common equity (including through capital contribution of such net cash proceeds to the Borrower) during the period commencing after the beginning of the last fiscal quarter included in such Test Period by the Borrower and ending 10 Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 8.05(a) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.11 and shall not result in any adjustment to any baskets or other amounts other than the amount of the Consolidated EBITDA for the purpose of Section 7.11 .

(b) (i) In each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Designated Equity Contribution is made, (ii) no more than five Designated Equity Contributions may be made in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, (iii) the amount of any Designated Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.11 for any applicable period and (iv) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Designated Equity Contribution for determining compliance with Section 7.11 for the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Designated Equity Contribution was made.

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

SECTION 9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Agents.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or Participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agents in this Article IX with respect to any

 

179


acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(c) Each of the Secured Parties (by their acceptance of the benefits of the Security Documents) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Secured Party for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07 , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(d) Each Lender hereby and each other Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of the Security Documents) hereby (i) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements to the extent then in effect, and (iii) authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and on behalf of such Lender or Secured Party.

(e) Except as provided in Sections 9.09 and 9.11 , the provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

SECTION 9.02 Delegation of Duties.

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Agent-Related Persons. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Agent-Related Persons of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities as well as activities as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or

 

180


misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

SECTION 9.03 Liability of Agents.

No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or Participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any Agent-Related Person under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, any failure to monitor or maintain any part of the Collateral, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law.

SECTION 9.04 Reliance by Agents.

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any

 

181


action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

SECTION 9.05 Notice of Default.

The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders (or, if a Financial Covenant Event of Default occurs and is continuing and prior to the expiration of the Term Loan Standstill Period, the Required Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility only, and in such case only with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans, L/C Obligations, Letters of Credit and L/C Credit Extensions) in accordance with Article VIII ; provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.06 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents.

Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself

 

182


as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 9.07 Indemnification of Agents.

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07 ; provided , further , that any obligation to indemnify an L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall be limited to Revolving Credit Lenders only. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 9.08 Agents in Their Individual Capacities.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Borrower and its respective Affiliates as though JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were not the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrower or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of

 

183


the Borrower or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any Affiliate thereof shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its individual capacity. Any successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall also have the rights attributed to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. under this Section 9.08 .

SECTION 9.09 Successor Agents.

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower and if either the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may remove such Defaulting Lender from such role upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent resigns under this Agreement or is removed by the Borrower, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) , 8.01(f) or 8.01(g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in the case of a resignation, and the Borrower, in the case of a removal may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower (in the case of a resignation), a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or retiring Collateral Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent or collateral agent and/or Supplemental Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and the provisions of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent by the date which is 30 days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation or 10 days following the Borrower’s notice of removal, the retiring Administrative Agent’s or the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure

 

184


that Section 6.11 is satisfied, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 9.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower or the Collateral Agent) shall be (to the fullest extent permitted by provisions of applicable Law) entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) , 2.03(i) , 2.09 , 10.04 and 10.05 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, curator, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under Sections 2.09 , 10.04 and 10.05 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

185


SECTION 9.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

The Lenders irrevocably agree:

(a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full in cash in immediately available funds of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Treasury Services Agreements not yet due and payable and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination or cash collateralization of all Letters of Credit (or if such Letters of Credit have been backstopped by letters of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuers or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuers) (the “ Discharge of Obligations ”), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is Disposed as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder to any Person other than a Person required to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents (or, if such transferee is a Person required to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on such asset, at the option of the applicable Loan Party, such Lien on such asset may still be released in connection with the transfer so long as (x) the transferee grants a new Lien to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on such asset substantially concurrently with the transfer of such asset, (y) the transfer is between parties organized under the laws of different jurisdictions and at least one of such parties is a Foreign Subsidiary and (z) the priority of the new Lien is the same as that of the original Lien), (iii) subject to Section 10.01 , if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.11(c) below;

(b) to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.01(u) or 7.01(w) (to the extent required by the terms of the obligations secured by such Liens);

(c) that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty in the circumstances described in Section 11.10 ; provided that, in the case of any circumstances described in the first paragraph of Section 11.10 , no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 or any Junior Financing; and

(d) that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may, without any further consent of any Lender, enter into (i) a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the collateral agent or other representatives of holders of Permitted Ratio Debt that is intended to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations and/or (ii) a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood and agreed that this Agreement is the Initial First Lien Credit Agreement under and as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) with the collateral agent or other representatives of the holders of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 , in each case, where

 

186


such Indebtedness is secured by Liens permitted under Section 7.01 . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as to whether any such other Liens are permitted. Any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be binding on the Secured Parties.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.11 . In each case as specified in this Section 9.11 , the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent will promptly (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.11 .

SECTION 9.12 Other Agents; Lead Arrangers and Managers.

None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “joint bookrunner”, “joint lead arranger”, “co-syndication agent”, “co-documentation agent” or “co-manager” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such (to the extent such Person is a Lender). Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 9.13 Withholding Tax Indemnity.

To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall, within 10 days after written demand therefor, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.01 and Section 3.04 and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant

 

187


Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.13 . The agreements in this Section 9.13 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” for purposes of this Section 9.13 shall include each L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

SECTION 9.14 Appointment of Supplemental Agents.

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are hereby authorized to appoint one or more additional individual(s) or institution(s) selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Collateral Agent appoints a Supplemental Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Collateral Agent or such Supplemental Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Agent and all references therein to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Collateral Agent and/or such Supplemental Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, such Loan Party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. In case any Supplemental Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be

 

188


removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Agent.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01 Amendments, Etc.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders, or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders, and such Loan Party and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that any amendment or waiver contemplated in clauses (g) or (i)  below, shall only require the consent of such Loan Party and the Required Revolving Credit Lenders or the Required Facility Lenders under the applicable Facility, as applicable; provided , further , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender holding such Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent or of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce or forgive the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Sections 2.07 or 2.08 without the written consent of each Lender holding the applicable Obligation (it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it being understood that any change to the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest);

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the third proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (or change the timing of payments of such fees or other amounts) without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan, L/C Borrowing or to whom such fee or other amount is owed (it being understood that any change to the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest); provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of Sections 8.04 or 10.01 or the definition of “Required Revolving Credit Lenders,” “Required Lenders,” “Required Facility Lenders,” “Required Class Lenders” or any other provision specifying the number of Lenders or portion of the Loans or Commitments required to take any action under the Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

189


(e) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Sections 7.04 or 7.05 , release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Sections 7.04 or 7.05 , release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) (1) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.02 as to any Credit Extension under one or more Revolving Credit Facilities or (2) amend, waive or otherwise modify any term or provision which directly affects Lenders under one or more Revolving Credit Facilities and does not directly affect Lenders under any other Facility (including any waiver, amendment or modification of Section 7.11 or the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or the component definitions thereof (but only to the extent of any such component definition’s effect on the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” for the purposes of Section 7.11 )), in each case, without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders under such applicable Revolving Credit Facility or Facilities (and in the case of multiple Facilities which are affected, with respect to any such Facility, such consent shall be effected by the Required Facility Lenders of such Facility); provided , however , that the waivers described in this clause (g) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Facility Lenders under such Facility or Facilities;

(h) amend, waive or otherwise modify the portion of the definition of “Interest Period” that provides for one, two, three or six month intervals to automatically allow intervals in excess of six months, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby; or

(i) amend, waive or otherwise modify any term or provision (including the availability and conditions to funding under Section 2.14 with respect to Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, under Section 2.15 with respect to Refinancing Term Loans and Other Revolving Credit Commitments and under Section 2.16 with respect to Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and, in each case, the rate of interest applicable thereto) which directly affects Lenders of one or more Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Refinancing Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and does not directly affect Lenders under any other Facility, in each case, without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders under such applicable Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Refinancing Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and in the case of multiple Facilities which are affected, with respect to any such Facility, such consent shall be effected by the Required Facility Lenders of such Facility); provided , however , that the waivers described in this clause (i) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Facility Lenders under such applicable Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Refinancing Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be; and

 

190


provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Issuance Request relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by a Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; provided , however , that this Agreement may be amended to adjust the borrowing mechanics related to Swing Line Loans with only the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Borrower so long as the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders are not affected thereby; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv)  Section 10.07(i) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of any Class of Commitments or Loans shall be required with respect to any amendment that by its terms adversely affects the rights of such Class in respect of payments or Collateral hereunder in a manner different than such amendment affects other Classes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms materially and adversely affects any Defaulting Lender (if such Lender were not a Defaulting Lender) to a greater extent than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, as expressly contemplated by the terms of such First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, such Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable.

 

191


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment is delivered in order (x) to correct or cure ambiguities, errors, omissions or defects, (y) to effect administrative changes of a technical or immaterial nature or (z) to fix incorrect cross references or similar inaccuracies in this Agreement or the applicable Loan Document. The Collateral Documents and related documents in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to correct or cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such Collateral Documents or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may enter into any Incremental Amendment in accordance with Section 2.14 , any Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.15 and any Extension Amendment in accordance with Section 2.16 and such Incremental Amendments, Refinancing Amendments and Extension Amendments shall be effective to amend the terms of this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents, in each case, without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document (other than as set forth in such Sections ).

SECTION 10.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.

(a) General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower (or any other Loan Party) or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand

 

192


or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c) ), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, an L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

SECTION 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law or in equity.

SECTION 10.04 Attorney Costs and Expenses.

The Borrower agrees (a) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the

 

193


consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including all Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Latham & Watkins LLP and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole) and (b) from and after the Closing Date, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners and each Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all respective Attorney Costs which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers (and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole)). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable search, filing, recording and title insurance charges (to the extent applicable) and fees related thereto, and other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid within 30 days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail including, if requested by the Borrower and to the extent reasonably available, backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request; provided that, with respect to the Closing Date, all amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid on the Closing Date solely to the extent invoiced to the Borrower within three Business Days of the Closing Date. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.04 shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, prepayments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising from any non-Tax claims.

SECTION 10.05 Indemnification by the Borrower.

The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender, each Lead Arranger, each Joint Bookrunner and their respective Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, agents, advisors and other representatives of each of the foregoing (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities (including Environmental Liabilities), obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs but limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel for all Indemnitees taken as a whole in each relevant jurisdiction that is material to the interests of the Lenders, and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to each group of similarly situated affected Indemnitees) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, document, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions

 

194


contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (c) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”) in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any of its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, agents, advisors or other representatives, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) a material breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any of its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, advisors or other representatives, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any dispute solely among Indemnitees (other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an agent or arranger or any similar role or as a letter of credit issuer or swing line bank under any Facility and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of Holdings, the Borrower, the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee, Loan Party or any Subsidiary have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date) (other than, in the case of any Loan Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party and for any out-of-pocket expenses); it being agreed that this sentence shall not limit the indemnification obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents are consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within 30 days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided , however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund the amount of any payment to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.05 . The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.05 shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, prepayments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising from any non-Tax claims.

 

195


SECTION 10.06 Payments Set Aside.

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, to the fullest extent possible under provisions of applicable Law, be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment.

SECTION 10.07 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (except as permitted by Section 7.04 ) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Assignee pursuant to an assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) (such an assignee, an “ Eligible Assignee ”) and (A) in the case of any Assignee that, immediately prior to or upon giving effect to such assignment, is an Affiliated Lender, Section 10.07(l) , (B) in the case of any Assignee that is Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, Section 10.07(m) , or (C) in the case of any Assignee that, immediately prior to or upon giving effect to such assignment, is a Debt Fund Affiliate, Section 10.07(p) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(f) , (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(h) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(i) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void); provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (x) no Lender may assign or transfer by participation any of its rights or obligations hereunder to (i) any Person that is a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified Lender, (ii) a natural Person or (iii) to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (except pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v) or 10.07(m) ) and (y) no Lender may assign or transfer by participation any of its rights or obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility hereunder without the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld) unless (i) such assignment or transfer is to a Revolving Credit Lender or (ii) an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment of Term Loans or participations in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility unless the Borrower shall have objected thereto within 15 Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower has received written notice thereof. Nothing in this

 

196


Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(f) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 10.07(b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b) , participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for (i) an assignment of all or any portion of the Term Loans to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, (ii) an assignment related to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Exposure to a Revolving Credit Lender, (iii) if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing or (iv) an assignment of all or a portion of the Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l) , Section 10.07(m) or Section 10.07(p) ;

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment (i) of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (ii) all or any portion of the Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l) or Section 10.07(m) ;

(C) each L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment; provided that no consent of the L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment not related to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Exposure; and

(D) the Swing Line Lender; provided that no consent of the Swing Line Lender shall be required for any assignment not related to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Exposure.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $5,000,000 (in the case of each Revolving Credit Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment), $1,000,000 (in the case of a Term Loan), and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 (in the case of each Revolving Credit Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment) or $1,000,000 (in the case of Term

 

197


Loans) in excess thereof ( provided that simultaneous assignments to or from two or more Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.07(b)(ii)(A) ), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents; provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); provided that only one such fee shall be payable in the event of simultaneous assignments to or from two or more Approved Funds; and

(C) other than in the case of assignments pursuant to Section 10.07(m) , the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire (in which the Assignee shall designate one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including federal and state securities laws) and all applicable tax forms required pursuant to Section 3.01(d) .

This Section 10.07(b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

198


(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 10.07(d) and 10.07(e) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, (1) other than in connection with an assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(m) , the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and (2) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.07(c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(f) .

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it, each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption delivered to it, and each notice of cancellation of any Loans delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(m) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and the amounts due under Section 2.03 , owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Agent and, with respect to such Lender’s own interest only, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 10.07(d) and Section 2.11 shall be construed so that all Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related Treasury regulations (or any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or of such Treasury regulations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01 ) provide to the Administrative Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01 , provide to the Administrative Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time.

 

199


(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 10.07(b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent, if required, and, if required, the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer to such assignment and any applicable tax forms required pursuant to Section 3.01(d) , the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Assumption and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this Section 10.07(e) .

(f) Any Lender may at any time sell participations to any Person, subject to the proviso to Section 10.07(a) (each, a “ Participant ”), in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the second proviso to Section 10.01 that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. Subject to Section 10.07(g) , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c) . To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with an audit or other proceeding to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(g) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with

 

200


respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) such SPC and the applicable Loan or any applicable part thereof shall be appropriately reflected in the Participant Register. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Section), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement except in the case of Section 3.01 or 3.04 , to the extent that the grant to the SPC was made with the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall have reasonable basis for withholding consent if an exercise by SPC immediately after the grant would result in materially increased indemnification obligations to the Borrower at such time), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations

 

201


owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that, unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07 , (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that, on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender shall have identified a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender reasonably acceptable to the Borrower willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans, Eurocurrency Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) .

(l) Any Lender may, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, an Affiliated Lender through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with procedures of the type described in Section 2.05(a)(v) or (y) open market purchases on a non-pro rata basis, in each case subject to the following limitations:

(i) the assigning Lender and the Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ”);

(ii) Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II ;

 

202


(iii) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders shall not exceed 30% of the original principal amount of all Term Loans at such time outstanding (such percentage, the “ Affiliated Lender Cap ”); provided that to the extent any assignment to an Affiliated Lender would result in the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Affiliated Lenders exceeding the Affiliated Lender Cap, the assignment of such excess amount will be void ab initio ; and

(iv) as a condition to each assignment pursuant to this clause (l), the Administrative Agent shall have been provided a notice in the form of Exhibit M-2 in connection with each assignment to an Affiliated Lender or a Person that upon effectiveness of such assignment would constitute an Affiliated Lender pursuant to which such Affiliated Lender shall waive any right to bring any action in connection with such Term Loans against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such.

Each Affiliated Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) if it acquires any Person who is also a Lender, and each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) if it becomes an Affiliated Lender. Such notice shall contain the type of information required and be delivered to the same addressee as set forth in Exhibit M-2 . In addition, any assignment by an Affiliated Lender shall be made pursuant to an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption.

(m) Any Lender may, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no proceeds of Revolving Credit Borrowings are applied to fund the consideration for any such assignment, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to Holdings or the Borrower through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with procedures of the type described in Section 2.05(a)(v) or (y) notwithstanding Sections 2.12 and 2.13 or any other provision in this Agreement, open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis; provided that, in connection with assignments pursuant to clause (y) above:

(i) if Holdings is the assignee, upon such assignment, transfer or contribution, Holdings shall automatically be deemed to have contributed the principal amount of such Term Loans, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the Borrower; or

(ii) if the assignee is the Borrower (including through contribution or transfers set forth in clause (i) above), (A) the principal amount of such Term Loans, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, so contributed, assigned or transferred to the Borrower shall be deemed automatically cancelled and extinguished on the date of such contribution, assignment or transfer, (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans shall reflect such cancellation and extinguishing of the Term Loans then held by the Borrower and (C) the Borrower shall promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent of such contribution, assignment or transfer of such Term Loans, and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notice, shall reflect the cancellation of the applicable Term Loans in the Register.

 

203


(n) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Required Class Lenders,” or “Required Facility Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, the Required Class Lenders (in respect of a Class of Term Loans) or the Required Facility Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom unless the action in question affects any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders, or subject to Section 10.07(o) , any plan of reorganization pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to consent (or not consent), otherwise act or direct or require the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to take (or refrain from taking) any such action and:

(A) all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders, the Required Class Lenders (in respect of a Class of Term Loans) or the Required Facility Lenders have taken any actions; and

(B) all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether all Lenders or all affected Lenders have taken any action unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on other Lenders.

(o) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption shall provide a confirmation that, if a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law shall be commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender with respect to the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender in any manner in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, unless the Administrative Agent instructs such Affiliated Lender to vote, in which case such Affiliated Lender shall vote with respect to the Term Loans held by it as the Administrative Agent directs; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not in accordance with the direction of the Administrative Agent) in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Term Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders.

(p) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) directed or

 

204


required the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Total Outstandings and Revolving Credit Commitments held by Debt Fund Affiliates may not account for more than 50% (pro rata among such Debt Fund Affiliates) of the Total Outstandings and Revolving Credit Commitments of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 10.01 .

SECTION 10.08 Confidentiality.

Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information and not to disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender or its Affiliates); provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (c) to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities or market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Loan Documents; (d) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (e) to any other party to this Agreement; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(h) , counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement ( provided that the disclosure of any such Information to any Lenders or Eligible Assignees or Participants shall be made subject to the acknowledgement and acceptance by such Lender, Eligible Assignee or Participant that such Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this Section 10.08 or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, including, without limitation, as agreed in any Borrower Materials) in accordance with the standard processes of the Administrative Agent or customary market standards for dissemination of such type of Information); (g) with the written consent of the Borrower; (h) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party or any Investor or their respective Affiliates (so long as such source is not known to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers,

 

205


such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates to be bound by confidentiality obligations to any Loan Party); (i) to any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender; (j) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender) or to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; (k) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder or (l) to the extent such Information is independently developed by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates; provided that no disclosure shall be made to any Disqualified Lender. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and publicly available information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08 , “ Information ” means all information received from the Loan Parties relating to any Loan Party, its Affiliates or its Affiliates’ directors, managers, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 ; provided that all information received after the Closing Date from Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed confidential unless such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as not being confidential.

SECTION 10.09 Setoff.

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by Holdings and the Borrower (on their own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, and the Lenders, and (y) the

 

206


Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Lender may have. No amounts set off from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

SECTION 10.10 Interest Rate Limitation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 10.11 Counterparts.

This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or other electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission.

SECTION 10.12 Integration; Termination.

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

 

207


SECTION 10.13 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

SECTION 10.14 Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.14 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

SECTION 10.15 GOVERNING LAW.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK (BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN), AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE OR SUPPORT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION. EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO

 

208


SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELECOPIER OR OTHER ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION) IN SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO THE CONTRARY, (A) A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISIDCTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW AND (B) WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL, NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY SECURED PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH COLLATERAL IS LOCATED.

SECTION 10.16 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.16 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 10.17 Binding Effect.

This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the L/C Issuers, and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer that such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it, and thereafter this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 10.07 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04 .

 

209


SECTION 10.18 USA PATRIOT Act.

Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of such Loan Party and other information regarding such Loan Party that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 10.19 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

(a) In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof), (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person, (iii) none of the Agents, the Lead Arrangers or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising the Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Lead Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the financing transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Agents, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Lead Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship and (v) the Agents, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate.

Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that each Lender, the Lead Arrangers and any Affiliate thereof may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any of the Borrower, Holdings, any Investor, any Affiliate thereof or any other person or entity that may do business with or own securities of any of the foregoing, all as if such Lender,

 

210


Lead Arranger or Affiliate thereof were not a Lender or Lead Arranger or an Affiliate thereof (or an agent or any other person with any similar role under the Facilities) and without any duty to account therefor to any other Lender, the Lead Arrangers, Holdings, the Borrower, any Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Each Lender, the Lead Arrangers and any Affiliate thereof may accept fees and other consideration from Holdings, the Borrower, any Investor or any Affiliate thereof for services in connection with this Agreement, the Facilities or otherwise without having to account for the same to any other Lender, the Lead Arrangers, Holdings, the Borrower, any Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Some or all of the Lenders and the Lead Arrangers may have directly or indirectly acquired certain equity interests (including warrants) in Holdings, the Borrower, an Investor or an Affiliate thereof or may have directly or indirectly extended credit on a subordinated basis to Holdings, the Borrower, an Investor or an Affiliate thereof. Each party hereto, on its behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, acknowledges and waives the potential conflict of interest resulting from any such Lender, Lead Arranger or an Affiliate thereof holding disproportionate interests in the extensions of credit under the Facilities or otherwise acting as arranger or agent thereunder and such Lender, Lead Arranger or any Affiliate thereof directly or indirectly holding equity interests in or subordinated debt issued by Holdings, the Borrower, an Investor or an Affiliate thereof.

SECTION 10.20 Electronic Execution of Assignments.

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based record keeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 10.21 Effect of Certain Inaccuracies.

In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate previously delivered pursuant to Section 6.02 was inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Rate for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall as soon as practicable deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected financial statement and a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Rate shall be determined based on the corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the Borrower shall within 15 days after the delivery of the corrected financial statements and Compliance Certificate pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest or fees owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period. This Section 10.21 shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders with respect to Sections 2.08(b) and 8.01 .

 

211


SECTION 10.22 Judgment Currency.

If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ specified currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures any Lender could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at such Lender’s New York office on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency; if the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such Lender in the specified currency, such Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

ARTICLE XI

GUARANTY

SECTION 11.01 The Guaranty.

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of (i) Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code and (ii) any other Debtor Relief Laws) on the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, the Borrower, and all other Obligations (other than with respect to any Guarantor, Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor) from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Services Agreement, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower or other Guarantor(s) shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

212


SECTION 11.02 Obligations Unconditional.

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 11.01 shall constitute a guarantee of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, to the extent permitted by Law, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, an L/C Issuer or any Lender or Agent or any other Secured Party as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.10 or otherwise.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and, to the extent permitted by Law, all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive, to the extent permitted by Law, any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guaranty, and all dealings between the Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be

 

213


conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty. This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

SECTION 11.03 Reinstatement.

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article XI shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

SECTION 11.04 Subrogation; Subordination.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the payment in full in cash in immediately available funds of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Treasury Services Agreements not yet due and payable and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination or cash collateralization of all Letters of Credit (or the backstopping of such Letters of Credit by letters of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuers or the deemed reissuance under another agreement reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuers), it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 11.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Sections 7.03(b)(ii) or 7.03(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party’s Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note evidencing such Indebtedness.

SECTION 11.05 Remedies.

The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.02 ) for purposes of Section 11.01 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against

 

214


the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 11.01 .

SECTION 11.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money.

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article XI constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

SECTION 11.07 Continuing Guaranty.

The guarantee in this Article XI is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 11.08 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations.

In any action or proceeding involving any state, corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 11.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 11.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 11.11 ) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding. For purposes of the foregoing, all Guarantees of such Guarantor other than the Guaranty shall be deemed to be enforceable and payable after the Guaranty.

SECTION 11.09 Information.

Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that each Guarantor assumes and incurs under this Guaranty, and agrees that none of any Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender or any other Secured Party shall have any duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to it regarding those circumstances or risks.

SECTION 11.10 Release of Guarantors.

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, (i) all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or property of any Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred to a person or persons, none of which is a Loan Party or (ii) any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary (any such Subsidiary Guarantor described in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii), a “ Released Guarantor ”), such Released Guarantor shall, upon the

 

215


consummation of such sale or transfer or upon becoming an Excluded Subsidiary, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.05 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Collateral Document and, in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of the Released Guarantor, the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrower shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall, at such Released Guarantor’s expense, take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this Section 11.10 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Collateral Documents.

Upon the Discharge of Obligations, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations, except with respect to Obligations that expressly survive such Discharge of Obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. The Collateral Agent shall, at each Guarantor’s expense, take such actions as are necessary to release any Collateral owned by such Guarantor in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Collateral Documents.

SECTION 11.11 Right of Contribution.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment (based on an equitable apportionment of such payment among all Guarantors based on the relative value of their assets and any other equitable considerations deemed appropriate by a court of competent jurisdiction). Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04 . The provisions of this Section 11.11 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 11.12 Cross-Guaranty.

Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Guarantor as may be needed by such Specified Guarantor from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty and the other Loan Documents in respect of any Swap Obligation ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 11.12 for up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this Section 11.12 voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 11.12 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and all Commitments have been terminated.

 

216


Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 11.12 constitute, and this Section 11.12 shall be deemed to constitute, an agreement for the benefit of each Specified Guarantor for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

217


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

LA QUINTA INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS L.L.C., as Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC., as Holdings
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS], as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and a Lender
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


[                                         ],
as a Lender
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of

[            ], 2014

among

THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions   
Section 1.01.  

Credit Agreement

     1   
Section 1.02.  

Other Defined Terms

     1   
ARTICLE II   
Pledge of Securities   
Section 2.01.  

Pledge

     5   
Section 2.02.  

Delivery of the Pledged Collateral

     6   
Section 2.03.  

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     7   
Section 2.04.  

Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests

     8   
Section 2.05.  

Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations

     9   
Section 2.06.  

Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest

     9   
ARTICLE III   
Security Interests in Personal Property   
Section 3.01.  

Security Interest

     11   
Section 3.02.  

Representations and Warranties

     13   
Section 3.03.  

Covenants

     15   
ARTICLE IV   
Remedies   
Section 4.01.  

Remedies Upon Default

     17   
Section 4.02.  

Application of Proceeds

     19   
Section 4.03.  

Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property

     19   
ARTICLE V   
Subordination   
Section 5.01.  

Subordination

     20   

 

-i-


ARTICLE VI   
Miscellaneous   
Section 6.01.  

Notices

     21   
Section 6.02.  

Waivers; Amendment

     21   
Section 6.03.  

Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

     21   
Section 6.04.  

Successors and Assigns

     22   
Section 6.05.  

Survival of Agreement

     22   
Section 6.06.  

Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement

     22   
Section 6.07.  

Severability

     22   
Section 6.08.  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process

     23   
Section 6.09.  

Headings

     23   
Section 6.10.  

Security Interest Absolute

     23   
Section 6.11.  

Termination or Release

     23   
Section 6.12.  

Additional Grantors

     24   
Section 6.13.  

Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact

     24   
Section 6.14.  

General Authority of the Collateral Agent

     25   
Section 6.15.  

Reasonable Care

     25   
Section 6.16.  

Delegation; Limitation

     25   
Section 6.17.  

Reinstatement

     26   
Section 6.18.  

Miscellaneous

     26   

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule I    Subsidiary Parties
Schedule II    Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt
Schedule III    Commercial Tort Claims

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit I    Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit II    Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit III    Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit IV    Form of Copyright Security Agreement

 

-ii-


SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [ ], 2014, among the Grantors (as defined below) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto from time to time, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01. Credit Agreement .

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

Agreement ” means this Security Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a) .

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.


Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Excluded Assets ” means (i) voting Equity Interests in excess of 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any direct Foreign Subsidiary of a Loan Party or a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are treated as controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (ii) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iii) any lease, license or agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable Law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable Law notwithstanding such prohibition, (iv) any interest in real property (whether fee owned (other than as required pursuant to the final sentence of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement) or leased, including any requirement to deliver landlord waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters), (v) Excluded Contracts and Excluded Equipment, (vi) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC, (vii) Margin Stock and Equity Interests of any Person other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, (viii) any trademark application filed in the USPTO on the basis of the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s “intent to use” such mark and for which a form evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the USPTO, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark application prior to such filing would impair the enforceability or validity of such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable federal Law, (ix) the creation or perfection of pledges of, or security interests in, any property or assets that would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower and communicated in writing delivered

 

-2-


to the Collateral Agent, (x) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the UCC and other applicable Law, (xi) pledges and security interests prohibited or restricted (to the extent of such restriction) by applicable Law (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any Governmental Authority or third party), (xii) all Commercial Tort Claims in an amount less than $10,000,000, (xiii) accounts, property and other assets pledged pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing, (xiv) Letter-of-Credit Rights, except to the extent constituting a Supporting Obligation for other Collateral as to which perfection of the security interest in such other Collateral is accomplished solely by the filing of a UCC financing statement or possession of the obligation so supported to the extent possession is otherwise required hereunder (it being understood that no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in Letter-of-Credit Rights, other than the filing of a UCC financing statement or such possession), (xv) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent and the Borrower, the burden, cost or consequences of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Lenders under the Loan Documents and (xvi) proceeds from any and all of the foregoing assets described in clauses (i) through (xv)  above to the extent such proceeds would otherwise be excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (xv)  above.

General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

Grantor ” means the Borrower, each Guarantor that is a party hereto and each Guarantor that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date.

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions and improvements to the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits II , III and IV , respectively.

Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

License ” means any (a) Patent License, (b) Trademark License, (c) Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.

 

-3-


Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H to the Credit Agreement, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of each of the Grantors.

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 .

Pledged Securities ” means the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt.

Secured Approved Counterparty ” means an Approved Counterparty party to a Secured Hedge Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement.

Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, each Secured Approved Counterparty, the Supplemental Agents and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a) .

Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.

 

-4-


Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names and other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.

USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

Section 2.01. Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guaranty, each of the Grantors hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantors’ right, title and interest in, to and under:

(i) all Equity Interests held by it that are listed on Schedule II and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include Excluded Assets;

(ii) (A) the debt securities owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II , (B) any debt securities obtained in the future by such Grantor and (C) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (the “ Pledged Debt ”); provided that the Pledged Debt shall not include any Excluded Assets;

 

-5-


(iii) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 ;

(iv) subject to Section 2.06 , all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii)  above;

(v) subject to Section 2.06 , all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii)  and (iv)  above; and

(vi) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing

(the items referred to in clauses (i) through (vi)  above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Section 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral .

(a) Each Grantor agrees promptly (but in any event within 60 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all (i) Pledged Equity to the extent certificated and (ii) to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.02(b) , Pledged Debt.

(b) Each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money having an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 owed to such Grantor by any Person that is evidenced by a duly executed promissory note to be pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof. Each Grantor will cause any intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness referred to in clause (B) of the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness” set forth in the Credit Agreement or referred to in clause (b) of the definition of “Investment” set forth in the Credit Agreement that are owed to such Grantor to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note and will cause each such promissory note to be pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent, any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or security powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (other than instruments or documents governed by or requiring actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction related to Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries). Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule II and made a

 

-6-


part hereof; provided that failure to supplement Schedule II shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Equity. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

Section 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the date hereof, Schedule II includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged by such Grantor hereunder in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(b) the Pledged Equity issued by the Borrower or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and are fully paid and nonassessable;

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, such Grantor (i) is, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity indicated on Schedule II , (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (iii) if requested by the Collateral Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) ), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations (i) imposed or permitted by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, (ii) in the case of Pledged Equity of Persons that are not Subsidiaries, transfer restrictions that exist at the time of acquisition of Equity Interests in such Persons, and (iii) except as described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) the execution and performance by the Grantors of this Agreement are within each Grantor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action or other organizational action;

(f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby, except for (i) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect (except to the extent not required to be obtained, taken, given, or made or to be in full force and effect pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);

 

-7-


(g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement, and delivery of the Pledged Securities in accordance with this Agreement to and continued possession by the Collateral Agent in the State of New York, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties has a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Security as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations to the extent such perfection is governed by the UCC, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; and

(h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral to the extent intended hereby.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Grantor hereby agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement excludes any assets from the scope of the Pledged Collateral, or from any requirement to take any action to perfect any security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral, the representations, warranties and covenants made by any relevant Grantor in this Agreement with respect to the creation, perfection or priority (as applicable) of the security interest granted in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including, without limitation, this Section 2.03 ) shall be deemed not to apply to such excluded assets.

Section 2.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . No interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor that constitutes Pledged Equity shall be represented by a certificate unless (i) the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement expressly provides that such interests shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction, and (ii) such certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.02 . Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the UCC or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Such Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, if necessary or, upon the reasonable request of the

 

-8-


Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equity holder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Collateral Agent perfection by control and the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof.

Section 2.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Borrower prior written notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent and each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any written notices or other written communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Equity for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, to the extent permitted by the documentation governing such Pledged Securities and applicable Laws.

Section 2.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have provided prior notice to the Borrower that the rights of the Grantor under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof and each Grantor agrees that it shall exercise such rights for purposes consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(ii) The Collateral Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice) execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) above.

(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation,

 

-9-


acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent). So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall promptly deliver to each Grantor any Pledged Securities in its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Securities permitted by the Credit Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.06(a)(iii) .

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Borrower of the suspension of the Grantors’ rights under Section 2.06(a)(iii) , then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(iii) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 days or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) delivered to the Collateral Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06(b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 . After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06(a)(iii) and that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have provided the Borrower with notice of the suspension of its rights under Section 2.06(a)(i) , then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 2.06(a)(ii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that the Borrower would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 2.06(a)(ii) shall be reinstated.

 

-10-


(d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Borrower under Section 2.05 or Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under Section 2.06(a)(i) or Section 2.06(a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

Section 3.01. Security Interest .

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guaranty, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all Documents;

(iv) all Equipment;

(v) all General Intangibles;

(vi) all Goods;

(vii) all Instruments;

(viii) all Inventory;

(ix) all Investment Property;

(x) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xi) all Fixtures;

 

-11-


(xii) all Letter-of-Credit Rights, but only to the extent constituting a Supporting Obligation for other Article 9 Collateral as to which perfection of security interests in such Article 9 Collateral is accomplished by the filing of a UCC financing statement or possession to the extent possession is required hereunder;

(xiii) all Intellectual Property;

(xiv) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III and on any supplement thereto received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 3.03(g) ; and

(xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Assets.

(b) Subject to Section 3.01(e) , each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.

(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) The Collateral Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United States Intellectual Property of each Grantor in which a security interest has been granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Collateral Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the UCC in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State(s), and filings in the applicable real estate records with respect to any fixtures relating to Mortgaged Properties, (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property of the Grantors as expressly required elsewhere herein, (C) delivery to the Collateral Agent to be held in its

 

-12-


possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments and certificated Pledged Equity as expressly required elsewhere herein or (D) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement or any other control agreement with respect to any deposit account, securities account or any other Collateral that requires perfection by “control” other than with respect to uncertificated securities to the extent provided in Section 2.04 , (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clauses (i)(A) and (C)  above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States, (iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute or (v) to deliver any Equity Interests except as expressly provided in Section 2.01 or Section 2.04 .

Section 3.02. Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title (except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents) to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and those consents or approvals, the failure of which to be obtained or to be made could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(e) , the UCC financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Collateral Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Collateral Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights), in each case, as required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC, and no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

 

-13-


(c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of material United States registered Patents (and Patents for which United States registration applications are pending), United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively (other than, in each case, any Excluded Assets), have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights. To the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, then no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b) ).

(d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations and (ii) subject to the filings described in Sections 3.02(b) and 3.02(c) , a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the UCC. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the UCC or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and assignments permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $10,000,000, other than the Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III .

 

-14-


Section 3.03. Covenants .

(a) The Borrower agrees to notify the Collateral Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 60 days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), after any change in (i) the legal name of any Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Grantor, or (iii) the organizational identification number of such Grantor, if any. The Borrower agrees to notify the Collateral Agent in writing at least one day prior to any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor.

(b) Subject to Section 3.01(e) and Section 3.03(f)(iv) , each Grantor shall, at its own expense, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(c) Subject to Section 3.01(e) , each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $10,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 60 days of its acquisition or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(d) At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Collateral Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , the Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Collateral Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property that any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain in accordance with Section 3.03(f)(iv) . Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the

 

-15-


Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(e) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which is in excess of $10,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly (but in any event within 60 days after such action by such Grantor or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Assets. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

(f) Intellectual Property Covenants .

(i) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other Governmental Authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application now or hereafter included in the Intellectual Property of such Grantor that are not Excluded Assets.

(ii) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property, excluding Excluded Assets, may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, become publicly known).

(iii) Other than as excluded or as not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the applicable Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.

 

-16-


(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents or shall be deemed to prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

(v) Within the same delivery period as required for the delivery of the annual Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under Section 6.02(a) of the Credit Agreement the Borrower shall provide a list of any additional registrations of Intellectual Property of all Grantors not previously disclosed to the Collateral Agent including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the USPTO and USCO.

(g) Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed $10,000,000 for which this clause has not been satisfied and for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 60 days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such complaint was filed notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

Section 4.01. Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the UCC or other applicable Law or in equity and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent, promptly assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased (it being acknowledged and agreed that the Grantors are not required to obtain any waiver or consent from any owner of such leased premises in connection with such occupancy or attempted occupancy) by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with reasonable prior notice thereof which in any event shall be at least 10 days prior to such occupancy; (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (iv) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the

 

-17-


Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.

To the extent notice is required by applicable Law, the Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied

 

-18-


and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default ( provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

Section 4.02. Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement.

The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

The Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Secured Obligations; provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).

Section 4.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies

 

-19-


at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the Collateral Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Collateral Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the applicable Grantor, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that any such license and any such license granted by the Collateral Agent to a third party shall include reasonable and customary terms and conditions necessary to preserve the existence, validity and value of the affected Intellectual Property, including without limitation, provisions requiring the continuing confidential handling of trade secrets, requiring the use of appropriate notices and prohibiting the use of false notices, quality control and inurement provisions with regard to Trademarks, patent designation provisions with regard to Patents, copyright notices and restrictions on decompilation and reverse engineering of copyrighted software (it being understood and agreed that, without limiting any other rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or applicable Law, nothing in the foregoing license grant shall be construed as granting the Collateral Agent rights in and to such Intellectual Property above and beyond (x) the rights to such Intellectual Property that each Grantor has reserved for itself and (y) in the case of Intellectual Property that is licensed to any such Grantor by a third party, the extent to which such Grantor has the right to grant a sublicense to such Intellectual Property hereunder). For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may also exercise the rights afforded under Section 4.01 with respect to Intellectual Property contained in the Article 9 Collateral.

ARTICLE V

Subordination

Section 5.01. Subordination .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable Law

 

-20-


or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

(b) Each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice from the Collateral Agent, all Indebtedness owed to it by any other Grantor shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

Section 6.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Borrower or any other Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 6.02. Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay by any Secured Party in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Secured Parties herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 6.02(b) , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the provision of services under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 6.03. Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

 

-21-


(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 30 days of written demand therefor.

Section 6.04. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 6.05. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of services under Treasury Services Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Secured Party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as this Agreement has not been terminated or released pursuant to Section 6.11 .

Section 6.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

Section 6.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

-22-


Section 6.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) The terms of Sections 10.15 and 10.16 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

(b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 6.09. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 6.10. Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) subject only to termination of a Grantor’s obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 6.11 , any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

Section 6.11. Termination or Release .

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon the Discharge of Obligations.

(b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (if and to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

 

-23-


(c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to Section 6.11(a) , (b)  or (c) , the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Secured Approved Counterparty by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Security Interests granted under this Agreement of the Obligations of any Grantor and its Subsidiaries under any Secured Hedge Agreement and any Treasury Services Agreement shall be automatically released upon the Discharge of Obligations, in each case, unless the Obligations under any such Secured Hedge Agreement or any such Treasury Services Agreement are due and payable at such time (it being understood and agreed that this Agreement and the Security Interests granted herein shall survive solely as to such due and payable Obligations and until such time as such due and payable Obligations have been paid in full in cash in immediately available funds) and (ii) any release of Collateral or of a Grantor, as the case may be, effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Secured Approved Counterparty.

Section 6.12. Additional Grantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

Section 6.13. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Collateral Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Collateral Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or

 

-24-


deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 6.14. General Authority of the Collateral Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Collateral Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Collateral Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.

Section 6.15. Reasonable Care . The Collateral Agent is required to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have used reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.

Section 6.16. Delegation; Limitation . The Collateral Agent may execute any of the powers granted under this Agreement and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or

 

-25-


through agents or attorneys-in-fact, and shall not be responsible for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care and without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 6.17. Reinstatement . The obligations of the Grantors under this Security Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Secured Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

Section 6.18. Miscellaneous . The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Collateral Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as Collateral Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LA QUINTA INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS L.L.C.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to La Quinta Security Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to La Quinta Security Agreement]


Schedule I

to the Security Agreement

SUBSIDIARY PARTIES

[ List ]

 

Schedule I-1


Schedule II

to the Security Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY AND PLEDGED DEBT

 

1. Pledged Equity :

 

Record Owner

  

Issuer

   Certificate No.
(to the extent
certificated)
    No.
Shares/Share
Class
    Percentage
of
Ownership
    Percent
Pledged
 

La Quinta Holdings Inc.

   La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C.      [                 [                 100     100

[ List ]

           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

2. Pledged Debt :

Intercompany Note

[ List ]

 

Schedule II-1


Schedule III

to the Security Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

[ List ]

 

Schedule III-1


Exhibit I to the

Security Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of [            ] (this “ Supplement ”), to the Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) among the Grantors identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

A. Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among La Quinta Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto from time to time, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and the other agents named therein.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit. Section 6.12 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.12 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Exhibit I-1


SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Collateral Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the information required by Schedules II and III to the Security Agreement applicable to it and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. If any provision of this Supplement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Supplement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

Exhibit I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Legal Name:

Jurisdiction of Formation:

Location of Chief Executive office:

 

Exhibit I-3


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit I-4


Schedule I to

Supplement No      to the Security Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY AND PLEDGED DEBT

 

1. Pledged Equity :

 

Current Legal Entities Owned

   Record Owner    Certificate No.
(to the extent
certificated)
   No. Shares
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        

 

2. Pledged Debt :

[ List ]

 

Exhibit I-5


Schedule II

to Supplement No      to the

Security Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

[ List ]

 

Exhibit I-6


Exhibit II to the

Security Agreement

[FORM OF]

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ] (this “ Patent Security Agreement ”) by [            ] and [            ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Grantors are party to a Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral (excluding any Excluded Assets) of such Grantor:

(a) Patents of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 3. The Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the termination of the Security Agreement in accordance with Section 6.11 thereof, the Collateral Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the lien on and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

 

Exhibit II-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[ Signature pages follow. ]

 

Exhibit II-2


[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit II-3


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit II-4


Schedule I to the

Patent Security Agreement

PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit II-5


Exhibit III to the

Security Agreement

[FORM OF]

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ] (this “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) by [            ] and [            ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Grantors are party to a Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral (excluding any Excluded Assets) of such Grantor:

(a) registered Trademarks and Trademarks with respect to which applications for registration are pending of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 3. The Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the termination of the Security Agreement in accordance with Section 6.11 thereof, the Collateral Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the lien on and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

Exhibit III-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[ Signature pages follow. ]

 

Exhibit III-2


[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit III-3


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit III-4


Schedule I to the

Trademark Security Agreement

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND USE APPLICATIONS

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit III-5


Exhibit IV to the

Security Agreement

[FORM OF]

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ] (this “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) by [            ] and [            ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Grantors are party to a Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral (excluding any Excluded Assets) of such Grantor:

(a) registered Copyrights of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 3. The Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon termination of the Security Agreement in accordance with Section 6.11 thereof, the Collateral Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the lien on and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

Exhibit IV-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[ Signature pages follow. ]

 

Exhibit IV-2


[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit IV-3


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit IV-4


Schedule I to the

Copyright Security Agreement

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit IV-5

Exhibit 10.11

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

SHARE DISTRIBUTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

In connection with the initial public offering of La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”), LQ Services L.L.C. (“ LQ Services ”) has agreed to distribute (the “ Distribution ”) to its membership interest holders, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) received by LQ Services from the Company in connection with the contribution to the Company of certain assets. The purpose of this Share Distribution Acknowledgement is to confirm that as a result of the Distribution, LQ Services has transferred to the Holder set forth below the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below (the “ Distributed Shares ”) on the date set forth below:

 

Date of Distribution:

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

Number of Distributed Shares:

 

 

 

As a condition of the Distribution, the Distributed Shares shall remain subject to the same transfer, vesting, forfeiture and other restrictions and conditions applicable to such shares of Common Stock prior to the Distribution. Specifically, the following restrictions and conditions on the Distributed Shares shall apply:

Vesting and Forfeiture : The Distributed Shares shall be subject to the following vesting and forfeiture conditions:

 

    40% of the Distributed Shares are fully vested and not subject to any additional vesting requirements.

 

    Subject to the Holder’s continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable (the “ Employer ”):

 

    40% of the Distributed Shares will vest on [ insert date that is the first anniversary of the IPO ]; and

 

    20% of the Distributed Shares will vest upon the earlier of (1) the date that Blackstone L.P. and its affiliates reduce its ownership to less than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, and (2) the [ insert date that is the seventh anniversary of the IPO ].

To the extent that the Holder’s employment with the Employer terminates prior to an applicable vesting date, any then-unvested Distributed Shares will be forfeited, and the Holder will have no further rights with respect to such forfeited Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) the Holder’s employment with the Employer is terminated by the Employer without Cause (as defined in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LQ Services, dated as of January 26, 2006, as amended (the “ LQ LLC Agreement ”)), or as a result of the Holder’s death or Disability (as defined in the LQ LLC Agreement), or (ii) a Change in Control (as defined in the Company’s 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan) occurs, the Holder will fully vest in the Distributed Shares, and no forfeiture will occur.


Dividends : If, at any time prior to the vesting of the Distributed Shares, the Issuer declares a dividend on the Common Stock, any dividend attributable to such unvested Distributed Shares will be retained by the Issuer, and distributed (without interest) as and if the applicable shares vest.

Transfer and Assignment : The Distributed Shares shall be subject to the following restrictions on transfer and Assignment:

 

    The Distributed Shares may not, at any time prior to vesting in accordance with the terms herein, be Assigned and any such purported Assignment shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any affiliate. Further, in accordance with the lock-up agreement executed with the underwriters of the IPO, during the period from the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and continuing through the date 180 days after the closing date of the IPO, the Distributed Shares may not be sold or transferred except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. For purposes hereof, “ Assign ” or “ Assignment ” shall mean (in either the noun or the verb form, including with respect to the verb form, all conjugations thereof within their correlative meanings) with respect to any security, the gift, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition (whether for or without consideration, whether directly or indirectly, and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of such security or any interest therein.

 

    The Distributed Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and accordingly, may not be sold or transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom. To the extent applicable, all book entries (or certificates, if any) representing the Distributed Shares shall be subject to the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares of Common Stock are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Company may cause notations to be made next to the book entries (or a legend or legends put on certificates, if any) to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. Any such book entry notations (or legends on certificates, if any) shall include a description to the effect of the vesting, forfeiture and transfer restrictions set forth herein.

Restrictive Covenants : The Holder’s obligations under the restrictive covenants with LQ Services, including applicable prohibitions against competing, will continue to apply following the Distribution, and may be enforced by LQ Services or the Company.

Tax Withholding : The Holder may be required to pay to the Company or any affiliate and the Company has the right and has been authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Distributed Shares at the minimum applicable statutory rates, and to take such action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

Book Entry/Certification : The Company shall recognize the Holder’s ownership of Distributed Shares through uncertificated book entry. If elected by the Company, certificates evidencing the Distributed Shares may be issued by the Company and any such certificates shall be registered in the Holder’s name on the stock transfer books of the Company promptly after the date hereof, but shall remain in the physical custody of the Company or its designee at all times prior to the later of (x) the vesting of the Distributed Shares as provided herein and (y) the expiration of any


transfer restrictions applicable to the Distributed Shares. As soon as practicable following such time, any certificates for the Distributed Shares shall be delivered to the Holder or to the Holder’s legal guardian or representative) along with the stock powers relating thereto. No certificates shall be issued for fractional shares of Common Stock. To the extent required by the Company, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a stock power, duly endorsed in blank, relating to the Distributed Shares that have not previously vested. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Holder for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates (if any) to the Holder, any loss by the Holder of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.

While the Company cannot require the Holder to do so, the Company expects that the Holder will timely file a completed election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”), within thirty (30) days following the date of the transfer. The Holder should consult his or her tax advisor regarding the consequences of making or failing to make such election, as well as the receipt, vesting, holding and subsequent sale of the Distributed Shares. A form of Section 83(b) election is attached as Exhibit A . For purposes of determining the value of the Distributed Shares as of the Date of Distribution, the value of each share of Common Stock was $[ ]. 1 A copy of any Section 83(b) election timely filed should be provided to the Company.

*            *             *

 

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

 

By:  
Title:  

The Holder hereby acknowledges the receipt of the Distributed Shares and that the Holder has read and understands the provisions of this Share Distribution Acknowledgement as it applies to the Distributed Shares.

 

Signature:  

 

Name:  

 

Date:  

 

 

1   Insert IPO Price


Exhibit A

ELECTION TO INCLUDE SHARES IN GROSS

INCOME PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF THE

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned acquired shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) on [ Insert the Date of Distribution ].

The undersigned desires to make an election to have the Shares taxed under the provision of Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code §83(b) ”), at the time the undersigned acquired the Common Stock.

Therefore, pursuant to Code §83(b) and Treasury Regulation §1.83-2 promulgated thereunder, the undersigned hereby makes an election, with respect to the Common Stock, to report as taxable income for calendar year 2014 the excess, if any, of the Shares’ fair market value on the Transfer Date over the acquisition price thereof.

The following information is supplied in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.83-2(e):

The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

SSN:

                       -                       -                     

A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made: [ Insert the Number of Distributed Shares ] shares of Common Stock of La Quinta Holdings Inc.

The date on which the property was transferred: [ Insert Date of Distribution ].

The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar year 2014.

The restrictions to which the property is subject: The Shares are subject to time based and/or performance based vesting conditions. If the undersigned ceases to be employed by any of the Company under certain circumstances, all or a portion of the Shares may be subject to forfeiture. The Shares are also subject to transfer restrictions.

The aggregate fair market value on the Transfer Date of the property with respect to which the election is being made, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions: $[ Insert the Product of the Number of Distributed Shares and the Per Share Value (as provided in the Acknowledgement) ]

The aggregate amount paid for such property: $[ Insert the Product of the Number of Distributed Shares and the Per Share Value (as provided in the Acknowledgement) ]

A copy of this election has been furnished to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(e)(7).

Dated:             , 2014               

 

  Name:                                 

Exhibit 10.12

RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the Participant set forth below the number of shares of Restricted Stock set forth below. The shares of Restricted Stock are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, in the Restricted Stock Agreement (attached hereto or previously provided to the Participant in connection with a prior grant), and in the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

Participant :

[ Insert Participant Name ]

 

Vesting Commencement Date :

[ Insert IPO Date ]

Number of Shares of

Restricted Stock :

[ Insert No. of Shares of Restricted Stock Granted ]

 

Vesting Schedule :

Provided the Participant has not undergone a Termination at the time of each applicable vesting date (or event):

 

    50% of the Restricted Stock will be immediately vested;

 

    40% of the Restricted Stock will vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and

 

    10% of the Restricted Stock will vest on the earlier of, the date that Blackstone L.P. and its Affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company or the seventh anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date;

 

  provided , however , that in the event that (i) the Participant undergoes a Termination by the Service Recipient without Cause, or as a result of such Participant’s death or Disability, or (ii) a Change in Control occurs, such Participant shall fully vest in such Participant’s Restricted Stock.

Additional Terms :

 

    The Committee has approved permission for the Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, such Participant’s required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of the shares of Restricted Stock awarded under this Grant Notice, by having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Grant Notice, a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability; provided that with respect to shares withheld, the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

 

    For purposes hereof, prior to the finding of the existence of Cause under clauses (ii)(A), (B) and (D) of the definition thereof, the Company must provide (x) the Participant written notice setting forth the alleged Cause event and (y) such Participant not less than ten (10) days to fully cure such alleged Cause event.

 

  *        *        *


THE UNDERSIGNED PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

 

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

    PARTICIPANT 1
       

By:

   

Title:

   

 

1   To the extent that the Company has established, either itself or through a third-party plan administrator, the ability to accept this award electronically, such acceptance shall constitute the Participant’s signature hereof.

 

2


RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

UNDER THE

LA QUINTA HOLDINGS INC.

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) delivered to the Participant (as defined in the Grant Notice), and subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement (this “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”) and the La Quinta Holdings Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), La Quinta Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the Participant agree as follows. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1. Grant of Shares of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock provided in the Grant Notice. The Company may make one or more additional grants of shares of Restricted Stock to the Participant under this Restricted Stock Agreement by providing the Participant with a new Grant Notice, which may also include any terms and conditions differing from this Restricted Stock Agreement to the extent provided therein. The Company reserves all rights with respect to the granting of additional shares of Restricted Stock hereunder and makes no implied promise to grant additional shares of Restricted Stock.

2. Vesting . Subject to the conditions contained herein and the Plan, the shares of Restricted Stock shall vest and the restrictions on such shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse as provided in the Grant Notice. With respect to any share of Restricted Stock, the period of time that such share of Restricted Stock remains subject to vesting shall be its Restricted Period.

3. Issuance of Shares of Restricted Stock . The provisions of Section 9(d)(i) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

4. Treatment of Shares of Restricted Stock Upon Termination . The provisions of Sections 9(b) and 9(c)(ii) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

5. Company; Participant .

(a) The term “Company” as used in this Agreement with reference to employment shall include the Company and its subsidiaries.

(b) Whenever the word “Participant” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the shares of Restricted Stock may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the word “Participant” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

6. Non-Transferability . The shares of Restricted Stock are not transferable by the Participant except to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 14(b) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, no assignment or transfer of the shares of Restricted Stock, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the shares of Restricted Stock shall terminate and become of no further effect.

7. Rights as Stockholder; Legend . The provisions of Sections 9(b) and 9(e) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

3


8. Tax Withholding . The provisions of Section 14(d) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

9. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement between the Company and the Participant shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Company General Counsel, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Participant may be given to the Participant personally or may be mailed to the Participant at the Participant’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records. Notwithstanding the above, all notices and communications between the Participant and any third-party plan administrator shall be mailed, delivered, transmitted or sent in accordance with the procedures established by such third-party plan administrator and communicated to the Participant from time to time.

10. No Right to Continued Service . This Agreement does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue as an employee or service provider to the Company.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.

12. Waiver and Amendments . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 13 of the Plan, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however , that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Committee. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

13. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan to the contrary, if any suit or claim is instituted by the Participant or the Company relating to this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan, the Participant hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts of Delaware.

14. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the Plan shall govern and control.

 

4

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following entities were subsidiaries of the Registrant as of December 31, 2013. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not have constituted a significant subsidiary (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) have been omitted.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Lodge Holdco I L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge Holdco II L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge Holdco III L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge S-Holdings Inc.    Delaware
Lodge Holdings Inc.    Delaware
La Quinta Corporation    Delaware
BRE/LQ Properties L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/LQ FL Properties L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/LQ TX Properties L.P.    Delaware
BRE/LQ Operating Lessee Inc.    Delaware
La Quinta Franchising LLC    Nevada
Lodge Management L.L.C.    Delaware
LQ Portfolio East L.L.C.    Delaware
Lodge Borrower III L.L.C.    Delaware
LQ Chicago L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/Wellesley Properties L.L.C.    Delaware
BRE/Prime Mezz L.L.C.    Delaware
LQ Management L.L.C.    Delaware
La Quinta Intermediate Holdings L.L.C.    Delaware

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-193860 of our report dated February 26, 2014, relating to the combined financial statements of Lodge Holdco I L.L.C. and subsidiaries, Lodge Holdco II L.L.C. and subsidiaries and Lodge Holdco III L.L.C. and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 18, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-193860 of La Quinta Holdings Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated February 26, 2014 related to the combined financial statements of WIH La Quinta Inn Hotels as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Miami, Florida

March 18, 2014

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-193860 of our report dated February 26, 2014, relating to the financial statements of La Quinta Holdings Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 18, 2014